24/5/24, 3:49 p.m.

Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAPÍTULO ANTERIOR CAP. 1: REGRESO DEL CEMENTERIO NEVERDEATH

Introducción: peligro para el multiverso

ARTIST: CHRIS RAHN

LOS PERSONAJES ESTÁN DESTINADOS A VERSE ENVUELTOS EN EL

ODIO LEGENDARIO ENTRE EL DIOS EXÁNIME VECNA ​Y EL SEÑOR DE LA GUERRA KAS.

Esta aventura celebra cincuenta años de historia de Dungeons & Dragons. La historia abarca muchos escenarios queridos y maravillosos planos de
existencia. Su elenco incluye personajes icónicos para los fanáticos de toda la vida. Lo que está en juego en esta aventura involucra el destino de
todos los mundos; en otras palabras, el multiverso. Si los personajes jugadores terminan esta aventura con éxito, alcanzarán el nivel 20 y habrán
frustrado a uno de los villanos más notorios de la historia de D&D.

La información contenida en este libro está destinada únicamente al Dungeon Master. Si planeas jugar la aventura con otra persona como DM, ¡deja
de leer ahora!

Vecna: Eve of Ruin es una aventura de Dungeons & Dragons optimizada para cuatro a seis personajes. Los personajes comienzan en el nivel 10 y
ganan un nivel al final de cada uno de los capítulos de este libro.

Los personajes son los héroes de la historia. Este libro describe los lugares que exploran los personajes y los desafíos que deben superar para
completar con éxito la aventura. Todos los detalles pertinentes sobre los escenarios y ubicaciones de las aventuras se tratan en este libro.

Existencia en peligro

Durante muchos años, el lich Vecna ​ha imaginado rehacer la existencia. Cuando comienza esta aventura, Vecna ​ya es un dios. Nunca realmente
satisfecho, anhela convertirse en el ser más poderoso del multiverso. Desafortunadamente para sus enemigos, Vecna ​ideó recientemente el Ritual de

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 1/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Rehacer para convertir sus sueños en realidad.

El ritual de la reconstrucción

El ritual de reconstrucción de Vecna ​implica reunir secretos poderosos, extraer energía de ellos y entrelazar esta energía con la esencia y la magia del
lich. Después de que Vecna ​y sus cultistas extraigan suficientes secretos, el lich planea tejer el ritual solo en la Cueva del Reflejo Destrozado en el
plano de Pandemonium.

La cueva tiene el poder de aprovechar la energía y revelar verdades fundamentales, lo que la convierte en el lugar perfecto para el ritual. El poder
combinado de la magia de Vecna ​y los secretos recopilados alcanza una masa crítica al final del ritual, provocando una explosión de magnitud
suficiente para destruir Pandemonium y desentrañar el multiverso. Vecna, con su conciencia preservada dentro de una singularidad mágica, puede
volver a tejer el multiverso exactamente como quiera, sellando el terrible destino del multiverso.

Vecna plans to elevate himself above all others and to rewrite the histories and details of the entire multiverse. In Vecna’s new reality, all people serve
him, he has never known defeat, and all who oppose him live in torment.

By the time this adventure begins, the lich has gathered a hoard of secrets and is nearly ready to begin the Ritual of Remaking. Only the characters
can stop Vecna’s evil plan.

Vecna’s History

Throughout the adventure, Vecna proceeds with his plans as if nothing can stop him. However, the waves of magic the lich and his cult unleash in
preparing for the Ritual of Remaking garner the attention of powerful individuals.

One is Kas, a vampire warrior who once served Vecna but is now Vecna’s eternal enemy. Kas learns the details of Vecna’s plans and plots to co-opt
the ritual for himself.

Kas and Vecna

ARTIST: LILY ABULLINA

A YOUNG KAS AND VECNA MUSE ABOUT THE DESTRUCTION OF OERTH

Hundreds of years ago, Vecna and Kas were close associates. They were driven men who shared similar evil outlooks. Kas admired Vecna’s sadism
and thirst for power, while Vecna valued Kas’s ferocity and cruelty.

By the time Vecna became a lich and the despotic ruler of an empire on the world of Oerth, Kas was the leader of Vecna’s armies and the lich’s most
trusted lieutenant. Kas pledged his life to Vecna, and Vecna gave Kas generous gifts. The lich created the Sword of Kas (see the Dungeon Master’s
Guide) for his lieutenant. This intelligent artifact of pure evil was meant to serve Kas unquestioningly, but the sword soon developed other ideas.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 2/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Over time, Kas and Vecna began disagreeing about strategies to expand the lich’s empire. Convinced Kas was more gullible than Vecna, the sword
urged Kas to kill and supplant Vecna. The sword wanted nothing less than full control of Vecna’s empire through Kas.

Kas finally betrayed his liege when he confronted Vecna in the lich’s tower. Kas killed Vecna, but before Vecna died, Vecna flung Kas across the
multiverse. Kas lost the Sword of Kas in his flight. All that was left of Vecna after he died was one hand and one eye. These eventually became
artifacts known as the Eye and Hand of Vecna (see the Dungeon Master’s Guide).

In the aftermath of this battle, Kas transformed into a vampire. He became the ruler and prisoner of a Domain of Dread (a mist-bordered realm in the
Shadowfell) called Tovag. Eventually, the Dark Powers whispered to Kas that Vecna had risen again, becoming an evil god of secrets and magic on
Oerth.

Vecna’s defeat of Kas grates on the warlord’s ego. Kas aches to annihilate Vecna. Meanwhile, Vecna has been building his power, though the lich
yearns to finally destroy his former lieutenant.

Kas’s Plan
ARTIST: LAUREN WALSH

THE DARK POWERS HAVE GIFTED KAS A POWERFUL ARTIFACT TO HELP HIM DESTROY VECNA

Shortly after Vecna began traversing the multiverse to gather secrets, Kas learned of the lich-god’s plan from the Dark Powers. Upon working out a
bargain with those powers, Kas devised a plot to usurp the power Vecna was gathering.

The moment before the lich unravels existence, Kas plans to slay Vecna and step into the lich’s place, reshaping the multiverse to his own whims.

Domain of Dread Parolee

Kas uses an artifact called the Crown of Lies to impersonate a powerful wizard and manipulate others into retrieving an item that will allow him to
free a demon lord ally named Miska the Wolf-Spider. Together, the two can defeat Vecna. Kas is attuned to the crown throughout this adventure.

Crown of Lies
Wondrous Item, Artifact (Requires Attunement)

After betraying and nearly destroying the lich Vecna, the warrior Kas found himself trapped in the Shadowfell, imprisoned in a Domain of Dread called
Tovag. There, he languished as a vampire. In time, the Dark Powers of the Shadowfell lured Kas to a hidden forge, where he found the Crown of Lies.
Once Kas vowed to deliver Vecna into the Dark Powers’ clutches and donned the crown, the Dark Powers released Kas. From there, Kas set out to ruin
his former master. Should Kas fail, the Dark Powers will reclaim him.

The crown is made of burnished and entwined metal rods. To attune to it, you must place it on your head and speak a true desire of your heart. You
know how to attune to the crown when you touch it.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 3/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Random Properties. The Crown of Lies has the following random properties (see the Dungeon Master’s Guide for options):
ARTIST: LAUREN WALSH

CROWN OF LIES

1 minor beneficial property

1 major beneficial property
1 minor detrimental property

Perfect Disguise. While attuned to the crown, you can use an action to transform yourself to look and feel like any creature you’ve seen at least once
and whose size is no more than one size smaller or larger than yours.

The new form mimics the chosen creature’s appearance exactly, including its voice. Your size and speed are replaced by the chosen creature’s. You
otherwise retain your own game statistics. While in this new form, the crown melds into your person and is undetectable.

Your new form lasts until you die, your attunement to the crown ends, or you use another action to transform into a different creature or your true
form. Interactions with you while you are transformed by the crown reveal no illusory magic, nor do they reveal anything other than details about the
creature you’re disguised as. You count as the chosen creature for the purposes of spells, traps, and other defenses that wouldn’t target the chosen
creature.

While in your disguised form, any lies you tell always seem to be true, no matter what magical or mundane methods are used to try to detect your
falsehoods. You are the recipient of Sending spells addressed to you and the creature you are disguised as, and Scrying and similar spells that target
the creature you are disguised as actually target you. The only way to reveal your true nature while transformed by the crown is with a Wish spell.

While wearing this crown in your true form, you can choose for the crown to be visible if you wish.

Destroying the Crown. If a creature wearing the crown is killed by the creature it is disguised as, the crown disintegrates and is destroyed.

The Wizards Three

When the Dark Powers divulged Vecna’s plan to Kas, the powers also whispered that Lady Alustriel Silverhand was marshaling allies to stop the lich.
Kas didn’t relish the thought of facing the might of one of the multiverse’s most powerful good-aligned spellcasters, so the warlord devised a plot to
trick Alustriel into helping him defeat Vecna.

With the help of spies, Kas learned that Alustriel intended to summon two powerful friends to oppose Vecna: the wizards Tasha and Mordenkainen.
(For more information about Alustriel, Tasha, and Mordenkainen, see appendix B.)

Kas knows Tasha only by reputation, and he holds a grudging respect for the daughter of Baba Yaga. Kas is more familiar with Mordenkainen, as the
two have clashed on Oerth in the past.

Kas disguised himself as Mordenkainen using the Crown of Lies and received Alustriel’s summons to her sanctum in Sigil, the City of Doors.
Throughout this adventure, the real Mordenkainen is traveling the multiverse, unaware of Kas’s impersonation.

When Kas arrives in the sanctum, he realizes that Alustriel plans to combine her magic with Tasha’s and Mordenkainen’s to craft a Wish spell to
thwart Vecna. Alustriel intends to dispel the collective power of the secrets Vecna gathered, rendering the lich’s Ritual of Remaking useless.

Despite looking identical to Mordenkainen, Kas has no significant magical power. This lack sabotages the Wish spell exactly as the warlord hoped,
allowing him to suggest an alternate course of action: reassemble the artifact called the Rod of Seven Parts and use it to defeat Vecna instead. Kas
is lying; he wants the rod only for his own selfish ends.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 4/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Confronting Vecna

When the spellcasters’ Wish spell goes awry in chapter 2 of this adventure, the player characters are shunted to the sanctum in Sigil. Kas doesn’t
expect this development, but the characters are the perfect patsies. Kas planned to retrieve the pieces of the Rod of Seven Parts himself, but now he
sends the characters to do so. Kas plans to use the rod to free the demon lord Miska the Wolf-Spider, his ally against Vecna, though he falsely claims
that the rod is the key to stopping Vecna. (Read more about Kas’s plan in chapters 2 and 9.)

Rod of Seven Parts

Rod, Artifact (Requires Attunement)

Eons ago, a war between the primordials and the gods scarred the planes of existence. A demon lord named Miska the Wolf-Spider eventually
pushed the primordials’ enemies to the brink of annihilation.

Desperate to save themselves and their allies, powerful elemental beings called the Wind Dukes of Aaqa rose against Miska. Committed to the
concept of law, the Wind Dukes descended from a people called the vaati, who once ruled many worlds. Seven Wind Dukes wove their power into an
artifact called the Rod of Law. The dukes used the rod to imprison Miska on the plane of Pandemonium. As a result, the rod shattered into seven
parts that were scattered throughout the multiverse. The rod thus became known as the Rod of Seven Parts.

Possessing the Broken Rod. The rod can’t be attuned to while it is broken. While holding one piece of the broken rod, you know the general location of
the next consecutive piece, as the rod yearns to be a complete artifact. Multiple rod pieces can be assembled into one piece or disassembled again,
each requiring an action, although a partially complete rod doesn’t gain any other abilities.

Additionally, while holding one piece of the broken rod, you can use an action to cast the spell associated with that piece, as listed on the Rod Pieces
table. Once that piece of the rod has been used to cast a spell, it can’t be used that way again until the next dawn.
ARTIST: COUPLEOFKOOKS

Rod Pieces

Piece Spell

First Commune

Second Arcane Gate

Third Reverse Gravity (spell save DC 18)

Fourth Regenerate

Fifth Find the Path

Sixth Mirage Arcane

Seventh Simulacrum

Possessing the Whole Rod. Once all seven pieces are reassembled, a creature can attune to the Rod of
Seven Parts. While attuned to the rod, you gain the following benefits:

Magic Weapon. The Rod of Seven Parts functions for you as a magic quarterstaff that grants a +3
bonus to attack and damage rolls made with it.

Rod Spellcasting. The Rod of Seven Parts has 7 charges and regains 1d4 + 3 expended charges daily
at dawn. While holding the rod, you can use an action to expend 1 charge and cast any of the spells in
the Rod Pieces table. You can also use an action to cast Detect Evil and Good from the rod without
WHEN WHOLE, THE LEGENDARY
using any charges.
ROD OF SEVEN PARTS
LOOKS FORMIDABLE

Ultimate Law. If you are not of a lawful alignment, you find your worldview shifting toward keeping a personal code. You are more apt to keep your
promises, follow through on your declarations, and adhere to your beliefs.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 5/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Destroying the Rod. The only way to destroy the Rod of Seven Parts is to immerse the assembled rod in lava in the Abyss. It must remain in the lava
for fifty years before it finally is consumed.

A piece of the rod may be temporarily destroyed in this way, but each piece re-forms one year after it has succumbed. A re-formed piece teleports to a
random place in the multiverse.

The Rod’s Pieces

During this adventure, the characters might recover all the pieces of the Rod of Seven Parts. Each piece’s location is presented in the Rod Piece
Locations table below.

Rod Piece Locations

Piece Chapter Place Setting Location

First 2 Underdark, Toril Forgotten Realms A covert base of Lolth worshipers

Second 3 Astral Sea Spelljammer Near the wreckage of a spelljamming ship

Third 4 Mournland Eberron The control room of a deactivated colossus

Fourth 5 Death House, Barovia Ravenloft The house’s dungeon

Fifth 6 Northern Dargaard Mountains, Krynn Dragonlance The Three Moons Vault’s upper level

Sixth 7 Isle of Serpents, Oerth Greyhawk The Tomb of Wayward Souls

Seventh 8 Avernus, Nine Hells Planescape The Red Belvedere casino

Adventure Summary

The adventure is split into three narrative components:

Discovering Vecna’s Activity. In chapter 1, the characters stumble upon a cult of Vecna performing a ritual to extract secrets. When the characters
clash with the cult, they become linked to the lich, which sets them on the path to discover Vecna’s plot to remake the multiverse.

Seeking the Rod. In chapter 2, the characters’ link to Vecna shunts them to Sigil when powerful spellcasters botch a Wish spell to stop the lich. The
characters are asked to retrieve the pieces of the Rod of Seven Parts, as detailed in chapters 2 through 8.

Stopping the Ritual of Remaking. In chapter 9, “Mordenkainen” reveals himself as Kas in disguise. Kas steals the reassembled rod and heads to the
plane of Pandemonium to co-opt Vecna’s ritual. The characters can chase and confront Kas, but they must stop the Ritual of Remaking from being
completed.

Chapter 1 Summary

Chapter 1 takes place in Neverwinter, a city on the Sword Coast on the world of Toril. The characters are investigating the disappearance of high-
ranking nobles in Neverwinter when they stumble upon a cult of Vecna. The characters stop the cult from performing a ritual to steal a kidnap victim’s
secrets. In so doing, they are shunted to Evernight, a gloomy version of Neverwinter in the Shadowfell, and receive Vecna’s Link, which ties their fate
to that of the lich-god.

Chapter 2 Summary

The first part of chapter 2 takes place in a secret sanctum in Sigil, the City of Doors. The second part takes place in the Underdark on Toril. When two
powerful spellcasters and an impostor try to cast a Wish spell to stop Vecna’s plot, the botched spell latches on to Vecna’s Link and pulls the
characters to the trio’s location. Lady Alustriel Silverhand, Tasha, and Mordenkainen (secretly Kas) are baffled by this development, but Mordenkainen
pretends to improvise a plan to stop Vecna. He falsely claims that the Rod of Seven Parts, a powerful artifact, might be the only way to stop Vecna
now. He knows the location of the first piece, which is in a covert base for Lolth operatives, and sends the characters after it. Each rod piece will point
the way to the next piece, and all pieces are in different locations in multiverse.

ARTIST: OLIVIER BERNARD

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 6/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

KAS DISGUISES HIMSELF FLAWLESSLY AS

MORDENKAINEN USING THE CROWN OF LIES

Chapter 3 Summary

Chapter 3 takes place on the Astral Plane. The characters learn that the second rod piece is in the wreckage of a spelljamming ship called the
Lambent Zenith. The ship was carrying the piece when it crashed into a dying god’s body adrift on the Astral Sea. The characters soon discover that a
dragonlike creature devoured the piece and retreated into the heart of the god. The characters must confront the creature and retrieve the rod piece.

Chapter 4 Summary

Chapter 4 takes place on the continent of Khorvaire in the world of Eberron. The characters learn that the third rod piece is located in the Mournland, a
magical wasteland. Eventually, the characters discover that the piece is located within an enormous, deactivated construct called Landro. The
characters must navigate this colossus and retrieve the rod piece from Landro’s engine room.

Chapter 5 Summary

Chapter 5 takes place in Barovia, a Domain of Dread. The characters learn that the fourth rod piece was taken to a haunted residence called Death
House. Cultists and the infamous vampire lord Strahd von Zarovich hope to obtain the rod piece themselves, and the characters must thwart all
threats before they can claim the piece.

Chapter 6 Summary

Chapter 6 takes place on the world of Krynn. The characters believe the fifth rod piece is inside a gigantic tree, but with the help of good-aligned
werewolves, they learn that an evil group loyal to the mighty warlord Lord Soth took the piece to a complex called Three Moons Vault. The characters
must infiltrate the complex and retrieve the rod piece, perhaps freeing a resistance leader in the process.

Chapter 7 Summary

Chapter 7 takes place on the Isle of Serpents on the world of Oerth. The characters learn that the sixth rod piece is in the crypt vault of the Tomb of
Wayward Souls, a dungeon created by the lich Acererak. The characters must defeat a false lich that calls himself Rerak—a less-powerful version of
the Acererak—before they can claim the rod piece.

Chapter 8 Summary

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 7/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Chapter 8 takes place near the dragon god Tiamat’s lair in Avernus, the first layer of the Nine Hells. The characters learn Tiamat obtained the seventh
rod piece and stashed it somewhere near her lair. The characters discover that the rod piece is inside a casino called the Red Belvedere. They must
infiltrate a members-only section and either defeat a champion of Tiamat or convince the champion to surrender the rod piece.

Chapter 9 Summary

Chapter 9 starts in Sigil and continues in Pandesmos, the first layer of the chaotic plane of Pandemonium. The rest of the adventure takes place on
that plane. With all pieces of the Rod of Seven Parts retrieved, the characters must allow the spellcasters to examine the rod—or so “Mordenkainen”
claims. The archmage reveals himself as Kas and uses the rod to subdue Alustriel and Tasha. Kas flees to Pandemonium to free Miska the Wolf-
Spider and usurp Vecna’s ritual. The characters must race to Pandemonium in pursuit of Kas, who has discovered where Vecna’s ritual is taking place.

Chapter 10 Summary

In chapter 10, the characters follow Kas through Pandemonium toward the Ruinous Sea, an ocean of swirling, impassable, chaotic magic. On the
coast, a battle rages between the demonic forces of Kas, who is attempting to free Miska the Wolf-Spider from his prison in the nearby Ruinous
Citadel, and the demon-god Lolth, who is allied with Vecna. The characters can manipulate the battle, or they can race straight to Kas, who eventually
reveals the location of Vecna’s ritual.

Chapter 11 Summary

In chapter 11, the characters must descend into the Cave of Shattered Reflection, where Vecna weaves his Ritual of Remaking. The ritual is nearing its
end, and the lich-god has created several demiplanes that offer glimpses of the multiverse he is creating. The characters must navigate these
demiplanes to find the key to entering Vecna’s ritual chamber. Once inside, the characters must stop the ritual, which has left the lich-god in a
weakened state.

Running the Adventure

ARTIST: IRINA NORDSOL

LADY ALUSTRIEL SILVERHAND, TASHA, AND MORDENKAINEN HAVE DISCOVERED VECNA’S PLAN TO
REMAKE THE MULTIVERSE. MORDENKAINEN IS AN IMPOSTOR WHO HOPES TO CO-OPT THE LICH’S RITUAL

To run this adventure, you need the fifth edition core rulebooks (Player’s Handbook, Dungeon Master’s Guide, and Monster Manual).

Text that appears in a box like this is meant to be read aloud or paraphrased for the players when their characters first arrive at a location or under specific
circumstances, as described in the text.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 8/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The Monster Manual contains stat blocks for most of the creatures encountered in this adventure. The remaining stat blocks can be found in
appendix A or B, as indicated in the text, or in the encounters in which they appear.

When a creature’s name appears in bold type, that’s a visual clue pointing you to its stat block as a way of saying, “Hey, DM, you better get this
creature’s stat block ready. You’re going to need it.”

Spells and equipment mentioned in the adventure are described in the Player’s Handbook. Magic items not described in the adventure’s text are
described in the Dungeon Master’s Guide.

Using the Maps

This book contains a number of interior maps.

Interior Maps
Maps that appear in this book are for the DM only. As the characters explore locations on a given map, you can redraw portions of the map on graph
paper, an erasable mat, or another surface to help your players visualize locations with unusual shapes or features. Your hand-drawn maps needn’t be
faithful to the originals, and you can alter a map’s features as you see fit. Nor do your maps need to be painstakingly rendered. Omit details that aren’t
readily visible (such as secret doors and other hidden features) until the characters detect and interact with them. For example, locked doors are
indicated on the maps with dots, but you need not include this detail in your hand-drawn maps.

One of the maps within shows the sanctum in Sigil that serves as the characters’ home base for most of this adventure. This map is further described
in chapter 2, but don’t share information with the players that their characters wouldn’t know. For example, the characters wouldn’t know which magic
items Alustriel keeps in area S3 of the sanctum unless they examine that area carefully. The map shows the sanctum as it is before the characters
arrive.

Nondeadly Resolutions

This adventure sets up a number of encounters for the characters to fight their foes. However, other nondeadly resolutions are equally valid ways to
resolve enemy encounters. The characters might knock out enemies, intimidate them into running away, bribe them for information, or otherwise find
creative ways to resolve conflicts. Use your discretion, and if the characters attempt to resolve encounters without violence, go with it if the story
allows.

Character Creation

Before starting this adventure, consider spending your first game session helping your players create characters. This adventure recommends 10th-
level characters to start, so make sure your players have appropriately leveled characters before play begins. Chapter 1 provides instructions for
starting this adventure with 7th-, 8th-, 9th-, or 11th-level characters.

Existing Characters

One or more of your players might want to continue playing characters who have successfully completed previous D&D adventures, and that’s fine!
Any character from any campaign setting is appropriate for this adventure, as long as they aren’t higher than 11th level.

The beginning of this adventure takes place in the city of Neverwinter on the world of Toril (in the Forgotten Realms campaign setting). If a character
is from a different world or is from somewhere else in that setting, work with the player to devise a reason why that character is in Neverwinter and
answers Lord Neverember’s call for help in solving the disappearance of several nobles. The reason might range from the magical (an unexpected
magical backlash transports them to the city) to the mundane (a family connection brings them there).

If a character takes a break after their previous adventure, consider rolling on or picking an option from the Purpose in Neverwinter table, expanding
on it as necessary, to provide a reason the character has come to Neverwinter.

New Characters

Players might create a 10th-level character from scratch for this adventure. For ease of introduction, the character might be from Neverwinter or
somewhere else nearby.

If one or more of your players want to create characters from more distant lands, use the suggestions provided in the previous section for why the
characters are now in Neverwinter. If they don’t already have one, the characters need a reason for Lord Neverember to request their help in chapter 1,

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 9/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

even if it’s simply because their heroics are widely known.

Regardless, 10th-level characters have already had long careers and earned their abilities through experience. These characters have likely
accomplished impressive deeds, so encourage your players to describe how the characters reached 10th level.

The 10th-Level Backstories table contains sample backstories for new characters. Roll on the table or pick your favorite option when working with
your players to determine their characters’ backstories.

10th-Level Backstories

d6 Deeds Accomplished

The character began their adventuring career investigating zombies that rose from a once-peaceful graveyard. Their investigations revealed a
1
cult. The character fought the cultists and defeated the cult’s archmage leader.

2 As a bodyguard for a high-ranking political or business figure, the character has staved off attacks from assassins and demons.

3 The character hunts evil dragons or another dangerous kind of creature.

The character is a private investigator who, for the right price, retrieves kidnapped loved ones and recovers stolen documents and items from
4
crafty villains.

The character studies and preserves nonmagical historical artifacts and has traveled widely in pursuit of rare items of deep significance. While
5
securing items for local museums, the character has thwarted threats ranging from ettins to glabrezus.

The character is in the service of a god and on a mission to protect the helpless. The work doesn’t pay well, but the character has saved children
6
from hungry monsters, thwarted rampaging monsters in villages, and protected the poor from greedy overlords.

Purpose in Neverwinter

d6 Reason

The character is in the employ of a powerful merchant, mage, or monarch who sent the character to Lord Neverember as a favor. Neverember
1 needed the character’s help to handle growing problems with undead in Neverwinter. The emergency involving the missing nobles is the
character’s most recent assignment.

After a long struggle, the character defeated a powerful sorcerer. In the throes of death, the sorcerer’s magic backfired, opening a portal and
2
shunting the character to Neverwinter. The character has been working for Lord Neverember as a mercenary while figuring out what to do next.

The character fought an adult black dragon. The fight wasn’t going well, and nothingness enveloped the character as the character was about to
3 die. Instead of dying, the character woke up in Neverwinter outside Lord Neverember’s villa. It’s up to you to decide why; perhaps a god’s or
spellcaster’s intervention is involved.

The character defeated an evil leader and was given the pick of the spoils from the villain’s lair. While examining the items, the character
4 stumbled upon a Cubic Gate that sent them to Neverwinter. The character agreed to work for Lord Neverember in exchange for the spellcasting
services they need to return home.

The character is an expert at retrieving kidnapped individuals, even those on other planes of existence. The family of one of the kidnapped
5 nobles in chapter 1 reached out to the Harpers, who recommended the character’s services. The family promised a high price for the character
to come to Neverwinter and look for the missing loved one.

The character is an explorer charting the multiverse. During their travels, they’ve come to recognize the foreboding sense of danger they feel
6 whenever they’re about to encounter evil. The character can’t shake a sense of dread about Neverwinter, so they’ve come to the city to ask Lord
Neverember if there’s a threat.

The Power of Secrets

ARTIST: WADE ACUFF

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 10/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CULTS OF VECNA EVERYWHERE ARE CONDUCTING RITUALS TO SIPHON VICTIMS’

SECRETS, WHICH WILL FUEL THE LICH’S RITUAL TO REMAKE THE MULTIVERSE

Vecna uses stolen secrets to power his ritual to remake the multiverse. When the characters stumble on the cult of Vecna, whose members are trying
to extract secrets from a captive, they gain access to magic fueled by powerful secrets. The characters can spend secrets like currency once they
receive Vecna’s Link in chapter 1.

Throughout the adventure, the characters can learn many secrets. Each chapter’s beginning includes a “Power of Secrets” section that lists each
secret that can be used with these rules. The Secrets Tracker in appendix C helps you keep track of secrets the characters have learned. The Secrets
Tracker includes spoilers, so keep it hidden from the players.

Learning Secrets

Every time the characters learn a powerful secret, note it on the Secrets Tracker. Once the characters learn a secret, they can’t learn it again. When
one character learns a secret, it counts as a secret learned for the whole party.

Revealing Secrets
A character can magically spend a secret like currency, revealing it to the multiverse to gain a momentary boon. To do this, the character must use an
action to whisper the secret into the wind. The secret is then gone from the minds of every character in the party. There is one exception; if the
characters spend the secret they learn from Kas in chapter 10 about Vecna’s location, they still know where the lich-god weaves his ritual.

When a character spends a secret, every character in the party gains advantage on d20 rolls for 1 minute.

The characters might hear the information from the secret again, but they can’t spend a secret more than once. If the characters share a secret with a
nonplayer character, that secret immediately loses its power and counts as revealed. It remains in the minds of every character in the party, but the
characters gain no benefit from revealing the secret.

Keeping Secrets
When the characters confront Vecna in the Cave of Shattered Reflection in chapter 11, they can use any number of secrets they’ve kept to help thwart
the lich-god’s Ritual of Remaking. See chapter 11 for more details about how secrets the characters kept can affect their confrontation with Vecna.

Linked to Vecna

Once the characters are metaphysically linked to Vecna and can spend powerful secrets, their connection to the lich-god might manifest in additional
ways, at your discretion.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 11/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

For instance, the characters might periodically see mental images of Vecna weaving his ritual in a mysterious, crystal-filled cave. Or the characters
might dream about foreboding Vecnan images, including the lich-god’s unholy symbol or robed cultists worshiping Vecna. Reminding the characters
periodically about the lich-god’s evil plan adds a sense of urgency to the adventure.

Challenge Ratings

The Stat Blocks by Challenge Rating table sorts the creatures in this book by challenge rating. It also lists their creature type and where in the book
they appear.

Stat Blocks by Challenge Rating

CR Stat Block Creature Type Chapter

1 Warforged warrior Construct A

5 Night scavver Monstrosity A

5 Kakkuu spyder-fiend Fiend A

6 Black rose bearer Undead A

6 Moonlight guardian Construct A

6 Priest of Osybus Humanoid A

7 Blade scout Construct A

7 Lost sorrowsworn Monstrosity A

8 Bone roc Undead A

8 Inquisitor of the Tome Humanoid A

8 Star angler Monstrosity A

8 Whirling chandelier Construct A

9 Blade lieutenant Construct A

9 Lonely sorrowsworn Monstrosity A

9 Necromancer wizard Humanoid A

10 Eye monger Aberration A

10 Mirror shade Undead A

11 Degloth Fiend A

11 Glaive Humanoid 4

11 Spiderdragon Monstrosity A

11 Vlazok Fiend A

12 Blazebear Monstrosity A

12 Granite juggernaut Construct A

13 Deadbark dryad Fey A

13 Adult lunar dragon Dragon A

13 Phisarazu spyder-fiend Fiend A

14 Cadaver collector Construct A

14 Hazvongel Fiend A

15 Green abishai Fiend A

15 Borthak Monstrosity A

15 Deathwolf Undead A

15 Relentless impaler Fiend A

15 Strahd, Master of Death House Undead B

17 Blue abishai Fiend A

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 12/13
24/5/24, 3:49 p.m. Peligro para el multiverso - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CR Stat Block Creature Type Chapter

17 Hertilod Monstrosity A

17 Quavilithku spyder-fiend Fiend A

18 Citadel spider Monstrosity A

18 Cosmic horror Aberration A

19 Red abishai Fiend A

19 Raklupis spyder-fiend Fiend A

19 Lord Soth Undead B

19 Tasha the Witch Humanoid B

21 Astral dreadnought Monstrosity A

21 False lich Undead A

21 Alustriel Silverhand Humanoid B

22 Camlash Fiend 10

23 Kas the Betrayer Undead B

23 Windfall Humanoid 8

24 Miska the Wolf-Spider Fiend B

26 Vecna the Archlich Undead B

Hemos actualizado nuestros términos y condiciones . Haga clic en el enlace para obtener más información.

APOYO ACERCA DE ENCUÉNTRANOS EN LAS APLICACIÓN D&D MÁS ALLÁ

REDES SOCIALES
Portal de ayuda Contáctenos
Foro de soporte Carreras
No vendas ni magos de la costa
compartas mi
información
Galletas

© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/danger-to-the-multiverse 13/13
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

PELIGRO PARA EL MULTIVERSO CAP. 2: LOS TRES MAGOS

Capítulo 1: Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath

ARTIST: KATERINA LADÓN

UN EXTRAÑO RITUAL REVELA EL CULTO A LAS ATERRADORAS ACTIVIDADES DE VECNA

Cuando comienza la aventura, los personajes son héroes establecidos que actualmente se encuentran en la ciudad de Neverwinter en Sword Coast.
Varias calamidades han azotado a Neverwinter en el pasado reciente. La mayor fue la erupción del cercano monte Hotenow, que casi destruyó la
ciudad hace cuarenta años, aunque la mayor parte de los daños ya han sido reparados.

Neverwinter está gobernado por su Lord Protector, Dagult Neverember. Lord Neverember, que llegó al poder a través de una tenue afirmación de
descendencia de uno de los héroes pasados ​de Neverwinter, ha proporcionado un liderazgo estable.

Desconocido para las autoridades, un culto de Vecna ​opera en las catacumbas debajo del extenso Cementerio Neverdeath de Neverwinter. Los
miembros del culto han estado secuestrando a residentes de la ciudad que guardan secretos importantes, drenando su conocimiento y sus almas en
un ritual malvado y pasando los secretos recopilados a Vecna ​mientras reúne poder para su Ritual de Rehacer . (Consulte la introducción para
obtener más información sobre el complot de Vecna). En el proceso, las víctimas del secuestro se convierten en criaturas despojadas de su
conocimiento y voluntad.

Ejecutando este capítulo

En este capítulo, los personajes descubren un culto de Vecna ​que prepara a cuatro víctimas de secuestro para un ritual en las catacumbas debajo del
mausoleo de Hallix. Interrumpir este ritual arroja a los personajes y a un erudito elfo llamado Eldon Keyward a Evernight, el siniestro reflejo de

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 1/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Neverwinter en Shadowfell. Para regresar a casa, los personajes deben enfrentar el legado solitario de la familia Dolindar y encontrar una grieta que
los lleve de regreso a Neverwinter.

Avance del personaje

Los personajes deberían estar en el nivel 10 cuando comience este capítulo; Consulta la barra lateral " Personajes de nivel inferior y superior " para
adaptar personajes de otros niveles. Si los personajes son de nivel 10 o inferior, ganan un nivel después de regresar a Neverwinter desde Evernight.

El poder de los secretos

Los personajes pueden aprender tres secretos en este capítulo aplicables a las reglas del Poder de los Secretos que se encuentran en la introducción
de este libro . Estos secretos están vinculados a tres NPC que los personajes encuentran en las Catacumbas de Neverdeath:

El secreto de Indrina. Una prisionera llamada Indrina sabe que Lord Neverember no tiene un derecho legítimo a su título. Los personajes pueden
aprender este secreto en el área C20 .

Sarcelle’s Secret. A prisoner named Sarcelle recently received a disturbing vision. The characters can learn about Sarcelle’s recent vision in area C5.

Umberto’s Secret. The characters can learn about Umberto’s secret role as a historian of Vecna in area C11.

The first time the characters learn one of these secrets, they feel a sense that the information they’ve discovered is important. Describe the Power of
Secrets rules to the players at this time, but don’t let them spend any secrets yet. When the characters receive Vecna’s Link, they can spend secrets
using the Power of Secrets rules, as described in the introduction.

Lower-Level and Higher-Level Characters

This chapter is a preamble to the adventure’s primary plot. You can run this chapter for lower-level characters, adapting it as described below. If your
characters are 7th, 8th, or 9th level, remove creatures as noted in the Creatures to Remove table.

Additionally, have the marid in area C10 surrender if reduced to fewer than 150 hit points (rather than 100 hit points).

Creatures to Remove

Area Remove

C2 Two wights

C7 Two water weirds

C14 Two cult fanatics

C16 One mage

C17 Two cult fanatics

C25 One nothic

C26 Three nothics

Evernight
Three ghouls
Awakening

B1 One vampire spawn

If the characters are 11th level at the start of this chapter, they don’t gain a level for completing it.

Getting Started

This adventure begins when Lord Dagult Neverember summons the characters to his modest villa in Neverwinter. Several local guards are present, as
are three priests of Oghma—a god of inspiration, invention, and knowledge—from Neverwinter’s House of Knowledge.

When the characters enter his audience chamber, Lord Neverember is busy discussing politics with his advisers. He breaks off the discussion, gives
the characters a smile of recognition, and says the following:

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 2/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
“Greetings, my heroic friends! I’m so glad you came. I daresay, terrible events are afoot. Specifically, four prominent citizens have been kidnapped in the past
several days. May I count on your help in rescuing them?”

Lord Neverember describes the kidnap victims as follows:

Eldon Keyward is a highly knowledgeable scholar who specializes in the Outer Planes.

Indrina Lamsensettle is a human actor who moves in Neverwinter’s highest social circles.

Sarcelle Malinosh is a human wild-magic sorcerer who plumbs the mysteries of the Outer Planes.

Umberto Noblin is a gnome historian who has written books on various deities.

Lord Neverember confirms that each victim was kidnapped at night. The victims don’t know each other, and there appears to be no connection
between them.

Lord Neverember funded divinations from the House of Knowledge, hoping to find the victims. The priests reported that the mystical trail of the
victims ends at a specific place: Hallix Mausoleum in Neverdeath Graveyard. The priests worry that their inability to see inside this mausoleum means
that an unknown opponent is blocking their divinations.

Lord Neverember asks the characters to investigate the disappearances at Hallix Mausoleum. He promises each character a fine house in
Neverwinter if they can recover the four missing townspeople and bring the kidnappers to justice.

Neverdeath Graveyard

Lord Neverember and the priests provide an overview of Neverdeath Graveyard, which contains two sprawling, connected cemeteries: the Main
Graveyard and the Pauper’s Graveyard. A thick stone wall separates the crypts of the wealthy from the graves of the poor.

The Main Graveyard holds several mausoleums, some with expansive underground chambers. The Pauper’s Graveyard features numerous simple
headstones, but a few civic-minded citizens funded communal catacombs when the graveyard was first built.
ARTIST: KATERINA LADON

THE CULT OF VECNA HAS KIDNAPPED FOUR NOBLES IN NEVERWINTER: ELDON KEYWARD,
INDRINA LAMSENSETTLE, SARCELLE MALINOSH, AND UMBERTO NOBLIN

In the Graveyard

The wandering zombies and skeletons of Neverdeath Graveyard don’t pose a challenge to a higher-level party, so the characters can reach Hallix
Mausoleum without trouble. The characters don’t yet realize that the mausoleum leads to a network of catacombs that extends beneath both the
Main Graveyard and the Pauper’s Graveyard.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 3/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

General Features

The following features are common throughout the catacombs and chambers.

Broken Stone
The old stones used to build the subterranean areas don’t fit together well, leaving space for mold or tangled roots. Vecna’s cultists have scribbled
symbols on the walls, depicting staring eyes and left hands.

Ceilings
Ceilings are 10 feet high in passages and 15 feet high in rooms unless otherwise noted.

Doors
Doors throughout the area are made of heavy stone with metal hinges. The cult keeps the doors well-oiled, so they don’t make noise when opened. All
doors are unlocked unless otherwise noted.

Lighting
Areas C1–C12 are dark, and characters must have darkvision or a light source to see. Cult members frequent areas C13–C26, so lanterns hung on
wall hooks create bright light there.

Vestiges of the Waterclock Guild

Part of the catacombs once belonged to an occult organization called the Waterclock Guild. The guild members are gone, though their bound
elementals and clockwork mechanisms remain. A network of pipes runs through areas C7–C12 and C14–C15, indicated on map 1.1 by solid lines.
The sound of dripping water echoes throughout these areas.

Neverdeath Catacomb Locations

The following locations are keyed to map 1.1.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

MAP 1.1: NEVERDEATH CATACOMBS

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

C1: Hallix Mausoleum

The towering stone mausoleums in Neverdeath Graveyard cluster near the wall separating the Main Graveyard from the Pauper’s Graveyard to the west. Hallix
Mausoleum is a squat, unassuming granite block in the shadow of larger monuments to the west and south. Its metal double door bears a rusty broken chain and

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 4/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
a padlock that hangs off the door.

The well-oiled door opens noiselessly. The crypt interior is dusty, with numerous tracks leading to a descending staircase at the rear of the room.

Against the walls rest six stone coffins, three on each side. A stone slab engraved with a name, birth year, and death year covers each coffin. These
members of the Hallix family died forty years ago, after Mount Hotenow erupted. The coffins are empty except for scraps of cloth and bits of bone;
the cult’s ghouls ate the former occupants.

Noisy Investigations. If the characters make a lot of noise here, the wights in area C2 investigate.

C2: Lower Mausoleum

If the wights described below moved to investigate area C1, omit the last sentence when reading aloud:

Stone stairs descend from Hallix Mausoleum to a large subterranean chamber with stone coffins sitting on sturdy shelves. Part of the west wall has collapsed,
creating an opening into another chamber. Marching around the chamber are five pale, desiccated warriors wearing wicked-looking armor.

The cult pressed five wights into service as guards. The wights know the cultists by appearance and don’t attack them, but they attack anyone else.

The older Hallix corpses once buried here were fed to the cult’s ghouls.

Secret Door. One of the empty coffins contains no evidence of a former occupant. The back of this coffin hides a panel with a latch that causes the
wall behind it to swing aside. A character who searches the coffin or wall and succeeds on a DC 18 Intelligence (Investigation) or Wisdom
(Perception) check finds this secret door. Neither the cultists nor the wights are aware of it. The passageway beyond ends at another secret door that
is easily spotted and opened from inside the tunnel. It leads to area C9.

Treasure. One open coffin contains four wool cloaks worth 10 gp each and two wide hats worth 5 gp each, which the cultists use to travel
inconspicuously aboveground. There is also a Potion of Invisibility the cultists were saving for an emergency.

C3: Uneven Chamber

Roots protrude through cracks in the ceiling here. A stone stairway in the southeast corner has collapsed, and the nearby walls have crumbled. Three doors in the
north wall are shut, and the middle door bears a new padlock. To the west, stairs lead to a small balcony that overlooks the room from five feet above, with just
enough room for a door painted with an eye.

This room is inaccessible from the surface since the stairway leading upward has collapsed. See area C5 for more about the padlocked door.

C4: Trapped Grate

A metal grate in the floor of this ten-foot-square room blocks access to a shallow stone pit holding a small gold harp, a handful of loose papers, and a piece of
bloody cloth.

The iron grate covers a pit that’s 5 feet square and 3 feet deep. The openings in the iron grate are 5 inches square. A character who can reach the
harp can carefully tilt it and slide it through the grate with a successful DC 18 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check. If this check fails by 5 or more, the
harp falls back into the pit.

A cultist of Vecna tried to lever the harp from the pit but fell victim to the trap on the grate. The trap tore away half of the cultist’s jacket—the bloody
cloth now at the pit’s bottom—and papers tumbled from the cultist’s pocket and through the grate. After that mishap, the cultists decided not to press
their luck and left the treasure alone.

Grate Trap. A character can detect the grate’s trap by examining the grate and succeeding on a DC 14 Intelligence (Investigation) check. The trap
activates when more than 10 pounds of pressure is placed on the grate. Poisoned blades extend from grooves in the grate, dealing 14 (4d6) slashing
damage to whatever triggered the trap, and if the target of the trap is a creature, it must succeed on a DC 14 Constitution saving throw or take 14
(4d6) poison damage. The trap resets after 1 minute.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 5/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Notes. The papers detail plans to kidnap a Neverwinter aristocrat named Indrina Lamsensettle. The notes include a map of her estate, schedules of
her movements, and suggestions that she knows an important secret about Lord Neverember. A scrawl in the margin of a note claims that “her
secrets will make a worthy sacrifice.” (The characters can learn more by examining Jerot’s papers in area C25.)

Treasure. The harp is worth 2,500 gp.

C5: Sarcelle’s Cell

This room’s only door is padlocked from the outside. As an action, a character with thieves’ tools can use them to try to open the lock, doing so with a
successful DC 18 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check. The cult’s four mages (in areas C14, C16, and C26) each carry a key to the lock. Because the
stone is unevenly set around this door, a character could use an action to try to pull the door aside, doing so with a successful DC 17 Strength
(Athletics) check.

This old crypt holds a single open coffin containing a few tattered blankets. A pouf of wild black hair sprouts from the end of one of the blankets.

ARTIST: KATERINA LADON

SARCELLE MALINOSH

The cultists repurposed this crypt into a cell for one of their intended ritual victims, Sarcelle Malinosh. Sarcelle is dozing inside the coffin, wrapped in
the blankets so only her hair is visible.

Sarcelle is a human wild-magic sorcerer whose spellcasting power was stripped during a recent excursion to a distant plane. Until her magic naturally
returns, Sarcelle has the game statistics of a neutral mage without Spellcasting. She responds to some questions with cryptic-sounding predictions,
but she tries to keep this irritating habit in check.

Sarcelle wants help freeing herself; she explains that without her magic, she feels uneasy and would appreciate being escorted from Neverdeath
Graveyard. She can make her way home from there.

Sarcelle’s Secret. Sarcelle’s psychic explorations showed her a glimpse of a dreadful future. She saw the desiccated figure of a man levitating off the
ground, gathering evil energy around himself in glowing wisps. The desiccated man then screamed and the energy exploded, causing something
terrible to happen. This vision terrified Sarcelle. A character who interacts with Sarcelle and succeeds on a DC 14 Wisdom (Insight) check realizes
that something is bothering the sorcerer. If asked about what’s upsetting her, Sarcelle shares her vision.

Learning of Sarcelle’s vision counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules found in this book’s introduction.

C6: Supply Room

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 6/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Stone shelves in this room contain boxes and bags. A few crates are stacked against the wall.

The cultists emptied this servants’ crypt to store supplies such as lantern oil, chains, and manacles.

Treasure. Among the supplies are two Potions of Poison labeled “Healing Use Only.”

C7: Fountain Room

If the characters minimized the water pressure in area C8, omit the first sentence when reading aloud:

Rusted pipes run along the walls and ceiling, and water flows from nozzles in the ceiling pipes. In the center of the room is a deep stone basin that’s set into the
floor and filled to the brim. The surface ripples, revealing several watery creatures inside. To the south, a closed door is padlocked.

See area C11 for more information about the padlocked door.

A water elemental and two water weirds live in the 25-foot-deep fountain. These creatures are indifferent toward intruders and attack only in self-
defense. Once bound to serve the Waterclock Guild, they’re now free but enjoy the perpetual “rain” here. The cult bullies these Elementals, so they
remain sulking under the water’s surface. Determined not to stand for further intrusion, the Elementals rise to attack anyone other than cultists. The
water weirds consider the water elemental their leader. If reduced to fewer than 50 hit points, the water elemental retreats to the basin’s bottom with
any surviving water weirds.

The water elemental enjoys conversation but speaks Aquan only. Characters who are able to communicate with the water elemental can learn the
following from it:

Cult Activity. Cultists who worship a god whose symbol is a hand and an eye recently moved into nearby rooms.

Neighbor. A fish-headed creature named Shanzezim lives in area C10.

Prisoner. The cultists locked a small creature in an adjacent room (area C11).

Treasure. A silver bracelet set with seven small diamonds fell to the bottom of the basin. It’s worth 150 gp.

C8: East Pressure Room

Pipes along the south wall of this room disappear into the walls near the ceiling. A complicated series of cogs and four hand-turned wheels connect to the pipes.

ARTIST: COUPLEOFKOOKS

MANY OF VECNA’S CULTISTS IN

NEVERDEATH GRAVEYARD BEAR TATTOOS
OF THE LICH-GOD’S UNHOLY SYMBOL

The wheels control the water pressure through the pipes, but they lack gauges to show how turning the wheels affects the pressure. A character can
determine that the water flows west, as well as how to maximize or minimize the water pressure, with an hour of trial and error. A character who

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 7/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

succeeds on a DC 16 Intelligence (Investigation) check discovers this information in only 10 minutes. Alternatively, the marid Shanzezim in area C10
can describe how to work the wheels.

Minimum Pressure. If the characters minimize the water pressure, the nozzles in area C7 stop flowing.

Maximum Pressure. If the characters maximize the water pressure here and in area C12, the basins in areas C14 and C15 start to overflow. After 10
minutes, those areas become difficult terrain due to flooding. Five minutes after that, the denizens of area C14 come to investigate areas C8 and C12,
bringing along both ghouls from area C17. The cultists shout about “teaching those meddling elementals a lesson” as they arrive, allowing the
characters time to set up an ambush or another ploy.

C9: Clockwork Alcove

Rusty standpipes and interlocking cogs cover the walls of this small alcove.

The cogs here are jammed together and don’t move. Whatever mechanism they connect to is inoperable.

Secret Door. One cog on the north wall doesn’t connect to anything else on the wall around it. A creature must succeed on a DC 14 Intelligence
(Investigation) check to find this loose cog. When turned, the cog causes part of the wall to slide away as a secret door. The cultists aren’t aware of
this door. The small passageway beyond ends at another secret door that is easily spotted and opened from inside the tunnel. It leads to area C2.

C10: Improvised Workshop

ARTIST: LUCA BANCONE

THE MARID SHANZEZIM IS BOUND TO THE CRYPTS AND SPENDS TIME TINKERING WITH CLOCKS IN AN IMPROVISED WORKSHOP

Rubble chokes the southeast corner of the room, leaving only a small gap near the uneven ceiling. Some of the rubble has been reassembled into a low table,
which bears small clockwork components. A hulking, fish-headed creature wearing exquisite silk finery carefully examines the tiny parts.

The creature is a marid named Shanzezim. The marid was bound by the Waterclock Guild and can’t leave the crypts belonging to that organization,
even though Shanzezim believes the Waterclock Guild has been defunct for years. Not quite ready to test the binding to make an escape, the marid
spends time here trying to reassemble one of the Waterclock Guild’s most intricate clocks.

If the water elemental in area C7 fled here, it informed Shanzezim about intruders in the area, so the marid attacks right away to drive off the
characters. Otherwise, the marid asks the characters what they want. If a fight breaks out, the marid surrenders if reduced to fewer than 100 hit
points or if the characters insist that they aren’t with the cult.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 8/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Shanzezim’s Lore. If the characters talk to the marid and reassure Shanzezim they’re not part of the cult, Shanzezim offers the characters a gold-
colored flywheel from the disassembled clock. The marid is chatty and can share the following pieces of information:

Clock Assembly. Shanzezim decided to reassemble a mechanical clock the Waterclock Guild left behind. The marid believes the thousands of parts
are all here and reassembly shouldn’t take more than another few years. The length of time doesn’t bother Shanzezim, since the marid enjoys the
work.

Cult Activity. Cruel cultists bully the Elementals in the next room and are keeping a prisoner nearby. The prisoner is a gnome whom Shanzezim hasn’t
yet met.

Pipe System. The pipes running through this area lead to a part of the crypt where Shanzezim can’t go, but to which the pipes’ water flows.
Shanzezim describes how to maximize and minimize the water pressure in areas C8 and C12, opining with delight that turning the flow to maximum
pressure in both areas should flood out the recently arrived cultists in short order.

Waterclock Guild. Shanzezim is bound to a portion of the catacombs once controlled by a vanished organization of artificers and geomancers called
the Waterclock Guild. Additional guild catacombs lie past the collapsed portion of this room, but they hold nothing of interest.

Beyond the Rubble. It takes several days of labor to clear the rubble so creatures can pass through it, but Shanzezim is right about there being
nothing relevant beyond it. If the characters are determined to explore the other Waterclock Guild chambers, you can invent water-themed or
clockwork-based denizens and traps for them to encounter.

Treasure. The clock parts include a gold-colored flywheel that isn’t a part of the clock Shanzezim is trying to assemble. The flywheel thus doesn’t
interest the marid, who gives it to the characters. The gold-colored flywheel is magical and has the properties of a Stone of Good Luck.

C11: Umberto’s Cell

This room’s only door is padlocked from the outside with a new, sturdy lock. As an action, a character with thieves’ tools can try to use them to open
the lock, doing so with a successful DC 18 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check. The cult’s four mages (in areas C14, C16, and C26) each carry a key that
unlocks it. If the characters are friendly with the water elemental (see area C7) or Shanzezim (see area C10), either is happy to flow into the crack
around the door and burst it open from the inside, much to the surprise of this room’s occupant, Umberto Noblin.

Water leaks down the walls of this cell and pools on the floor near a rusty drain. A dejected gnome sits on a sodden mattress in one corner.

ARTIST: KATERINA LADON

UMBERTO NOBLIN

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 9/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Umberto Noblin is a gnome historian who is eager to escape Neverdeath Graveyard. Umberto has the game statistics of a lawful neutral mage
without Spellcasting.

Umberto’s Secret. Umberto knows that cultists of Vecna are his kidnappers, as he’s one of Neverwinter’s preeminent experts on Vecna’s history. He
initially keeps his expertise from the characters lest they think he’s in league with the cult.

To keep his mind off of the nightmare of his capture and imprisonment, Umberto focuses on complaining about the poor cuisine. If the characters
free Umberto and share some tasty food with him, he reveals his expertise in Vecna’s history. Umberto especially likes food created with or by magic,
such as berries from the Goodberry spell.

If Umberto reveals his role as a historian of Vecna, it’s all he can talk about. He discusses his latest clandestine research project: the ancient rivalry
between Vecna and his treacherous lieutenant, the vampire Kas. The historian has kept this research to himself so other scholars don’t beat him to
publication; Umberto knows he’s a slow writer. The gnome’s chattering should be endearing rather than irritating, and you can use Umberto to impart
basic history about Vecna and Kas as described in the introduction.

Learning about Umberto’s secret research topic counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s introduction.

C12: West Pressure Room

Pipes climb the north wall, disappearing near the ceiling. A complicated series of cogs and three hand-turned wheels connect to the pipes.

The wheels control the pipes’ water pressure. As in area C8, a character can determine how to maximize or minimize the water pressure with an hour
of trial and error, with 10 minutes of trial and error if a character succeeds on a DC 14 Intelligence (Investigation check), or with Shanzezim’s
instructions.

Minimum Pressure. Minimizing the pressure here doesn’t affect the nozzles in area C7.

Maximum Pressure. If the characters maximize the water pressure both here and in area C12, the basins in areas C14 and C15 start to overflow (see
area C8 for more information).

C13: Wall Crossing

This small room appears to be a crossroads between different parts of the graveyard. Steep stairs descend from the east and west sides of this room. Four bells
of different sizes hang from leather cords affixed to the ceiling.

This room is set into the wall separating Neverdeath’s Main Graveyard and Pauper’s Graveyard. This room lets the cultists pass between the two
graveyards without venturing aboveground.

Arriving cultists ring specific bells in a predetermined pattern, based on their rank, so cultists in the common room (area C14) can prepare an
appropriate welcome. If the characters ring the bells without knowing their significance and patterns, the cultists in area C14 are alert to trouble.

C14: Common Room

Tables and chairs in this crypt are arranged to create a meeting room or mess hall. Water drips from a pipe into a basin in the southeast corner beneath a detailed
image of a staring eye gripped in a withered hand. Five robed cultists are in this room, with one bullying the rest.

A neutral evil mage and four neutral evil cult fanatics occupy this room. The mage, a sneering, human bully named Oxtu, insists the cult fanatics call
him by his formal title of “Teeth of Vecna.” In turn, he refers to them as “Memories of Vecna,” their rank. Oxtu likes to describe violent methods of
coercing secrets from people, and the cult fanatics hang on his words. Oxtu carries keys that unlock all the prisoner cells (areas C5, C11, C18, and
C20).

The cultists are quick to fight intruders. The fanatics try to stay out of the way of Oxtu’s spells, but Oxtu makes no effort to exclude them. The cultists
all fight to the death.

A Noisy Fight. Loud noise here rouses the two mages dozing in area C16.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 10/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Unholy Basin. The cultists desecrated the basin by placing iconography of Vecna above it. Creatures that aren’t devotees of Vecna that drink from the
basin must succeed on a DC 17 Constitution saving throw or have the poisoned condition for 1 hour. Cultists who suspect a lack of true devotion
from their compatriots challenge each other to drink from the basin to prove their faith. If the characters come in disguise as devotees of Vecna, the
cultists demand that they prove their faith by taking a drink.

C15: Kitchen

This small crypt has been converted into a kitchen. Dirty utensils soak in a large basin to the east. A stone coffin serves as a firepit; the coffin’s lid has been
repurposed as a table, which bears platters of dried fruit, nuts, and meat.

This kitchen remains empty except during mealtimes, and no one bothers to keep it clean. Removing the utensils from the basin reveals a wide drain.

C16: Subleader Quarters

Bones in nooks along this wall were pushed aside to make room for folded robes and other personal effects. Four narrow cots lie against the north wall. A robed
human and a robed elf each rest on a cot.

Two neutral evil mages, an elf man named Hannel and a human woman named Algra, rest here. They are surly, taciturn zealots who venerated Vecna
in secret for decades before joining the cult. They love exercising their authority over junior cultists. Each wears a necklace of human teeth in honor of
their titles within the cult hierarchy as “Teeth of Vecna.” They each carry a key to the prisoner cells (areas C5, C11, C18, and C20).

The mages are quick to fight if they spot intruders, since they don’t want the cult exposed. They are determined to vanquish intruders and prove their
worth to the cult, even if it means fighting to the death.

Secret Door. An urn in a nook on the south wall rotates, sliding aside a wall panel that leads to a short tunnel between this room and area C25. A
character who searches the room and succeeds on a DC 15 Wisdom (Perception) check finds the secret door and the means to open it. The mages
know about the secret passage, but none of the cult fanatics do. At the far end of the secret passage is another secret door easily spotted and
opened from inside the tunnel.

C17: Library
ARTIST: MARK BEHM

VECNAN CULTISTS KEEP A REPOSITORY OF INFORMATION AND SCROLLS IN A MAKESHIFT LIBRARY IN THE CATACOMBS

The long, low shelves of this room are canted at irregular angles due to the uneven stones in the floor. The shelves are crammed with books, scrolls, and folios.
Four robed cultists stand near the south shelves instructing two ghouls to tidy up the books.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 11/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
A stone coffin rests against the north wall, its top carved to look like pages of an open book. Engraved on the book’s pages is a name: Ayren Griffynstone.

Four chaotic evil cult fanatics are supervising two ghouls trying to reorganize the jumble of books the cultists brought to this tomb. The library
belongs to Ayren Griffynstone, a human Neverwinter historian. The room hasn’t fared well in the graveyard’s upheavals, and the uneven floor makes
this room difficult terrain.

As Vecna is a god of knowledge as well as secrets, the cultists all contributed their personal libraries to this collection. Each of the cult fanatics has
their own ideas about how this hodgepodge of eclectic works should be organized, so the ghouls labor under constant streams of conflicting
directions.

Everyone here is on edge and grateful for the distraction of a fight. If the fight turns against the fanatics, one tries to escape through the secret door
to fetch the demons in area C19.

Secret Door. One shelf swings back to reveal a secret passage to area C19. A character who searches the shelves and succeeds on a DC 15
Intelligence (Investigation) check finds the secret door and the means to open it. All the cultists know about this secret door. At the far end of the
secret passage is another secret door easily spotted and opened from inside the tunnel.

Treasure. The collection of sinister books, many of which are duplicates, includes a few valuable tomes. A book describing the Eye of Vecna and
Hand of Vecna is a masterpiece of writing and artistic illumination worth 450 gp. A book of nonsensical poetry titled Quite Good Verse has a gold-
plated cover and is worth 200 gp. A book about Neverwinter’s history contains a Spell Scroll of Greater Invisibility and a Spell Scroll of Major Image
folded in its pages. The characters can find these treasures with 10 minutes of dedicated searching.

C18: Vacant Cell

This room has a padlock outside like the other prisoner cells, but the lock hangs open.

This squalid cell contains nothing but a bucket and a small heap of filthy blankets.

The planar scholar Eldon Keyward occupied this cell for many miserable days. He was taken to the ritual cage in area C26, so his cell isn’t locked.

Eldon’s Notebook. Anyone searching the blankets finds Eldon’s prize possession: a small notebook filled with his cramped writing about extraplanar
intersections, planar conjunctions, and similar esoterica.

C19: Demon Lair

Hundreds of names are etched into metal plates set into the walls of this room, many scratched over and unreadable. Two hulking, red-furred, apelike creatures
stalk around the room.

The two barlguras here work as the cult’s kidnappers. With little to do until the next kidnapping spree other than guard the imprisoned aristocrat in
area C20, the demons spend their time scratching out the names on the memorial plates with their claws.

Secret Door. One of the nameplates pivots to reveal a secret passage to area C17. A character who searches the room and succeeds on a DC 17
Wisdom (Perception) check finds the secret door and the means to open it. The demons don’t know about the secret door, but the cultists do. At the
far end of the secret passage is another secret door easily spotted and opened from inside the tunnel.

C20: Indrina’s Cell

This room’s only obvious door is padlocked from the outside with a sturdy, new lock. As an action, a character with thieves’ tools can use them to try
to open the lock, doing so with a successful DC 18 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check. Each of the cult’s four mages (in areas C14, C16, and C26)
carries a key to it. Once the characters open the door, read the following:

This crypt smells like a sewer. A woman sits on a mattress atop a low shelf, her once-fine clothing in tatters and a silk scarf wrapped around her face.

ARTIST: KATERINA LADON

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 12/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

INDRINA LAMSENSETTLE

The prisoner is a human actor named Indrina Lamsensettle. Indrina’s normally haughty demeanor has diminished in her imprisonment, though she’s
determined to make the cult pay once she escapes. Indrina dreams of returning to her estate, cleaning up, and dousing herself in perfumes. She
doesn’t know anything about Vecna or what the cult has in store for her; she believes that Lord Neverember is behind her imprisonment. Indrina has
the game statistics of a lawful neutral noble but is unarmed and unarmored.

Secret Door. Part of the south wall swings aside when shoved. The short hall beyond leads to the latrine and smells even worse than Indrina’s cell. A
character who searches this room and succeeds on a DC 18 Wisdom (Perception) check finds the secret door. Indrina doesn’t know the door is there.

Indrina’s Secret. Indrina collected information from skilled genealogists and assembled proof that Lord Neverember isn’t descended from
Neverwinter’s great hero, Lord Nasher Alagondar, as he claims. Indrina assumes Lord Neverember wants to silence her for what she’s discovered.

If the characters admit to working for Lord Neverember, Indrina doesn’t reveal what she knows. A character who asks why Indrina is here without
revealing who hired the characters can attempt a DC 18 Charisma (Persuasion) check, with advantage if Indrina is given perfume or otherwise
removed from the cell’s offensive smell. On a success, Indrina reveals her secret knowledge.

Learning Indrina’s discovery counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s introduction. Lord Neverember casually
dismisses Indrina’s accusation if it’s later brought to his attention, insisting that the woman can’t prove anything.

C21: Haunted Room

The outside of this door bears a large “X” painted on it in red.

Several urns lie shattered across the floor of this room amid heaps of ash and bone dust.

The cultists disturbed two wraiths bound to the urns while ransacking the room. The cultists quickly retreated and haven’t been back. The wraiths
emerge from the dust and ash when anyone opens the door, shrieking, “Vecnans, die!” They vent their rage on nearby creatures, preferring to attack
cultists. The wraiths fight until destroyed.

C22: Latrine

This filthy latrine is merely a deep pit with a few boards across it. The stink is overpowering.

Secret Door. The north wall of this disgusting room swings aside when a particular stone is pressed. A character who searches the room and
succeeds on a DC 15 Intelligence (Investigation) check finds the secret door. All the cultists know about this secret door and open it from time to
time to waft the smell into Indrina’s cell (area C20).

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 13/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
C23: Corridor

A shuffling cultist bearing a vacant expression moves through the corridor. Several narrow doorways lead off this long hall.

The Vecnan cult leader, Jerot Galgin, used a dreadful ritual to drain the cultist of her knowledge and vitality. This cultist, as well as other people whose
secrets the cult have sacrificed to Vecna, has the game statistics of a zombie. The cultist is a Humanoid rather than Undead and isn’t immune to
poison damage or the poisoned condition. She is dressed like the other cult members and doesn’t attack anyone dressed like cultists.

Made an Example. Raina Kairls was caught planning to betray the cult to Neverwinter’s guards. Jerot first tested the sacrificial ritual on Raina and
thinks she serves as a useful reminder of the price of betrayal.

C24: Empty Crypts

This narrow doorway leads into a small, empty crypt.

These four rooms are empty.

C25: Leader’s Room

This large room has been furnished to resemble a cozy bedroom and study. Stooped over a desk and scribbling furiously on a parchment is a gaunt, robed human
man. Standing next to the desk is a one-eyed, bipedal horror with spikes growing out of its back. Tapestries depicting feasting undead creatures hang on the wall.

ARTIST: OLIVIER BERNARD

JEROT GALGIN

The cult’s leader is a neutral evil, human necromancer wizard (see appendix A) named Jerot Galgin. A loyal nothic assistant named Maszundrin never
leaves Jerot’s side. A devotee of Vecna, Maszundrin learned Common while lurking in the catacombs for decades and considers the cultists vital
servants of the lich-god.

Jerot is an aristocrat who has lived his entire life in Neverwinter. He has built his deep faith in Vecna and vast necromantic knowledge over many
years, right under the noses of his peers. He’s engaging in this current research while his friends and family believe him to be on an extended trip to
Waterdeep. Jerot considers his secret life as a cult leader, or the “Thought of Vecna,” to be yet another way to honor his evil patron.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 14/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Jerot is refining the ritual occurring in the Sacrifice Gallery (area C26) and is too focused on his work to be distracted by combat elsewhere in the
catacombs. He trusts his minions to handle any trouble. If intruders reach Jerot’s personal chamber, he commands the nothic to enter melee while he
fights from a distance, summoning Undead defenders if the nothic falls. Jerot fears exposure more than anything else and thus fights to the death.

Jerot’s Papers. Jerot’s notes on the ritual describe draining and sacrificing a victim’s secrets and knowledge to Vecna. His notes illustrate the first
test of the ritual, which used a disloyal cultist as the victim. For his future attempts, Jerot has chosen townspeople from Neverwinter whom he
believes have particularly meaningful secrets. Their secrets are the cultists’ best offerings to Vecna.

A character who examines Jerot’s notes and succeeds on a DC 14 Intelligence (Investigation) check finds mention of magical phenomena called
“Crevices of Dusk” that sometimes appear in Neverwinter. The notes indicate that these magical gateways connect to a plane populated by Undead,
but it’s clear Jerot doesn’t know much more than that. His notes indicate his resolve to learn more after he finishes his current experiments in stealing
and offering secrets to Vecna.

Secret Door. A tapestry depicting a feasting ghoul conceals a secret, sliding door leading to a short tunnel between this room and area C16. A
character who searches behind the tapestry and succeeds on a DC 10 Wisdom (Perception) check finds the secret door. Once inside the secret
passage, a character can easily spot and open the secret door at the opposite end.

C26: Sacrifice Gallery

This enormous room features raised galleries at the east and west ends. Six chanting figures ring the east gallery, their hands raised toward a spherical cage
hanging from the 30-foot-tall ceiling. The ritual’s leader chants from the west balcony, surrounded by hunched, one-eyed creatures with knobby hides. A terrified elf
struggles in the dangling cage.

ARTIST: KATERINA LADON

ELDON KEYWARD

This room’s floor is 10 feet lower than the raised galleries.

The room is filled with cultists engaged in an extensive, hours-long ritual to sacrifice the elf Eldon Keyward’s secrets to Vecna. The ritual leader is a
tall, proud, neutral evil mage named Kendri Nex. The five nothics around her attack intruders on sight. Kendri uses her magic defensively, retreating to
the room’s floor if pressed. Kendri carries keys that unlock all the prisoner cells (areas C5, C11, C18, and C20), but if the characters haven’t already
rescued the other prisoners, they might not have the chance to do so, as the encounter likely ends with them being shunted through a planar rift.

The six neutral evil cult fanatics on the raised east gallery don’t fight, since they fear interrupting the complicated ritual. They maintain their chanting
and wild gesticulations.

The Cage. Eldon is a lawful good elf priest who follows Deneir, a god of writing and knowledge. He can’t cast spells while he’s in the cage. Eldon’s
cage hangs from a sturdy chain that ends 20 feet above the ground. The door on the cage’s side is latched but not locked. Any character who can
reach the cage can open its door as an action.

Fight’s End

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 15/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

This fight ends immediately if the characters kill Kendri, silence any of the cult fanatics, or attempt to free Eldon. Energy from the interrupted ritual
opens a latent planar rift that shunts Eldon and the characters into the Shadowfell:

A riot of silvery-purple energy fills the room. You feel a sense of space tearing open—then you’re falling, and everything goes dark.

Escaping Evernight

The cult’s disrupted ritual thrusts the characters (along with Eldon) through a Crevice of Dusk, a gap between the Material Plane and the Shadowfell
city of Evernight, a gloomy reflection of Neverwinter. The Crevice of Dusk closes immediately after shunting the characters.

The characters experience the following vision:

Around the world and across the planes, you perceive innumerable cults of Vecna. They snatch away people and strip their secrets in rituals like the one you
stopped. Behind them, the withered form of Vecna gathers the secrets like threads, adding them to a glowing sphere of hidden knowledge in some impossibly
distant place. The vision fades into darkness, leaving only Vecna’s glaring left eye.

Link to Vecna

The characters each gain a metaphysical link to Vecna, which follows the rules for blessings presented in the Dungeon Master’s Guide. Vecna’s Link
is the result of feedback from the interrupted ritual. Vecna is unaware the characters—or anyone, for that matter—are linked with him, so the god has
no reason to sever the tie. The link can manifest as subtly or as obviously as each player wishes, from the sensation of a specific smell when the
character thinks of Vecna to a loud noise only they hear when the lich’s name is uttered.

Vecna’s Link. You gain a special intuition for secrets. You have advantage on Wisdom (Insight) checks. In addition, you can use an action to cast See Invisibility
without expending a spell slot. Once you cast that spell in this way, you can’t do so again until you finish a long rest.

When the characters acquire this link, remind them about the Power of Secrets rules. Allow them to spend any secrets they’ve gained so far as usual.

Evernight
ARTIST: CALDER MOORE

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 16/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
EVERNIGHT IS A DISMAL MIRROR IN THE SHADOWFELL OF THE CITY OF NEVERWINTER.
THE SUN NEVER SHINES HERE, AND ASHEN FOG CHOKES THE SKY

Evernight is a forlorn metropolis in the Shadowfell. It has geography similar to Neverwinter’s, but it presents as Neverwinter’s dismal opposite. The
sun never shines on Evernight, and ash-laden fog rises from lava flowing through the city in place of Neverwinter River, choking the city.

While Neverwinter is filled with living creatures trying to build a better future, Evernight is populated by Undead—primarily vampires and ghouls—who
prey on each other and on travelers.

Evernight is a crossroads of trade in the Shadowfell and hosts numerous markets, including the lively Corpse Market. There, undead merchants trade
in the bodies and blood of the dead—sometimes, the very recently dead.

Evernight Awakening

Since the characters were underground in Neverwinter’s graveyard when shunted to Evernight, they’re similarly underground in Evernight’s graveyard.

Each character appears within an open coffin. The coffins are jumbled near each other in a large, 10-foot-deep grave pit.

Twelve ghouls prowl the area around the party’s grave pit. Characters in the grave pit hear the hungry shouts and slavering of approaching ghouls,
and you can further ramp up the tension by concealing the total number of ghouls until a character emerges from the pit to look around. The coffin-
filled bottom of the grave pit is difficult terrain. The muddy, sloping sides require a successful DC 10 Strength (Athletics) check to ascend, but moving
down them doesn’t require a check.

Eldon’s Latest Imprisonment. In addition to the open coffins for each character, the grave pit contains another coffin wedged into the dirt and nailed
shut. Eldon Keyward is confined within it.

Eldon grunts for aid and pounds at the wood. Unless a character uses an action to open Eldon’s coffin, he kicks a side panel free and squirms out
after 1 minute of effort. If the fight with the ghouls is still going on, Eldon helps as best he can.

Once the fight is over, Eldon shares the following information, either all at once or in fragments:

“Very bad, but not surprising. I don’t know if the cultists planned to send us here, but here we are. Neverwinter has cracks between our world and the Shadowfell—
Crevices of Dusk, they’re called. Planar travelers sometimes slip through.

“We’re in a nasty city called Evernight. It’s an evil echo of Neverwinter, populated by undead. We arrived in Evernight’s graveyard because we left from Neverwinter’s
graveyard.

“There’s no evidence of the crevice we came through. It doesn’t surprise me that it’s gone; stable crevices are rarer than spontaneous ones. But we need a stable
one to get back to Neverwinter.

“We shouldn’t spend a lot of time traipsing through an undead-infested metropolis, hoping to stumble across a gateway to Neverwinter. That feels unsafe. Maybe
we should ask around inconspicuously. There’s a market east of the Neverwinter Graveyard, which means it’s likely there’s a market east of Evernight’s graveyard,
too. But we should be careful.”

The characters have little to go on other than Eldon’s suggestion. Other explorations of Evernight are both dangerous and fruitless, so you should
eventually steer the party back to the market even if they venture elsewhere.

The characters don’t have other encounters as they make their way through Evernight’s graveyard, though they hear howls and cries through the fog
that let them know the graveyard isn’t a safe place to linger.

Eldon’s Notebook. If the characters found Eldon’s notebook and return it to him, he’s grateful and immediately starts adding notes about the
Shadowfell and Evernight.

The Corpse Market

The wall around Evernight’s graveyard is riddled with gaps, and the ground near it is covered in fallen rubble, so leaving the graveyard is easy. Directly east of the
graveyard, a large market stretches for blocks in every direction. Tattered canvas and shrouds separate the numerous stalls. Feeble moonlight and flickering
torches illuminate the city, regardless of the time of day.

Everything in the market exhibits pale, subdued colors, but the atmosphere is lively as ghouls, skeletons, and vampires meander from stall to stall.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 17/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
The Market’s Goods
Goods for sale in the Corpse Market include ghoulish remains intended for consumption, such as fingers pickled in brine, jars of blood, and wrapped
organs. Shops sell bouquets of dead flowers, frayed burial finery, jewelry displayed on severed hands, elegant canopic jars, and the like.

Market Clientele
The Corpse Market occasionally sees living visitors, though the characters are the only ones present now. If the characters don’t attempt to hide or
disguise themselves, they receive sidelong stares from merchants and customers. Everyone assumes the characters wouldn’t be here unless they
were under the protection of an influential figure in the city or were powerful travelers in their own right.

Meeting Sangora
Shortly after the characters enter the Corpse Market, they draw the attention of a vampire merchant named Sangora. When she sees the characters,
she spreads her cloak wide and shows sharp fangs in her smile. She says:

“I am Sangora, proprietor of Sangora Sanguinaries. You’re not likely interested in a cup of warm blood, but perhaps you need something else? Something more
ephemeral, like directions? Or knowledge? I’ve been in this city a long, long time.”

Sangora is a centuries-old vampire with sunken eyes and a shock of long, white hair. She is inquisitive and happy to gossip.
ARTIST: ZUZANNA WUZYK

SANGORA

If the characters don’t seem inclined to speak with Sangora, Eldon blurts out a question about finding a Crevice of Dusk.

Sangora sells information at a higher profit than she sells blood, and she’s full of useful tidbits about the city. She charges 20 gp for each question
she answers, but she also accepts an answer to a probing question instead of payment (primarily about where the characters came from, how they
got here, and what they’re looking for in Evernight). Sangora isn’t looking for a fight.

Sangora can share the following points:

Evernight. Sangora provides background about the city of Evernight, as presented above.

Neverwinter. Sangora hasn’t been to Neverwinter in more than a decade and remembers the place as a lawless ruin. At that time, the populace
viewed Lord Neverember as a manipulative tyrant. Sangora knows that gateways called Crevices of Dusk occasionally appear in Evernight and allow
passage to and from Neverwinter.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 18/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Crevices of Dusk. Sangora explains that residents of both Evernight and Neverwinter dislike these portals being used indiscriminately. Those who
know the location of stable Crevices of Dusk either guard or hide them.

Stable Crevice of Dusk. Sangora tilts her head with a thoughtful look before revealing that she knows of a stable Crevice of Dusk in a tomb of one of
Evernight’s former living families, the Dolindars. The Dolindar tomb is in Evernight’s graveyard, and Sangora provides true directions to it.

Dolindars. Sangora explains that the Dolindar family was exiled to the Shadowfell for reasons they never shared. The family studied wizardry and
knew much about planar gates despite being unable to use them due to a family curse. They were miserable and lonely in life.

Dolindar Tomb

The party’s best next stop is the Dolindar tomb, in a part of Evernight’s graveyard the characters haven’t yet seen. When the characters are ready to
explore the Dolindar tomb, Sangora can point the way.

General Features

The following features are common throughout the Dolindar tomb.

Unending Isolation
The tomb isn’t precisely haunted, but the isolation the Dolindars felt living in a city of the dead suffuses their tomb. Creatures in the tomb or the
portico outside it can’t muster the will to support others and thus can’t take the Help action.

Stone Construction
The tomb is made of old, durable stone.

Lighting
The tomb is dark. Area descriptions assume the characters have a light source or some other means of seeing in the dark.

Doors
The heavy doors throughout the tomb are made of stone and grind noisily when open and shut. No doors are locked except the puzzle door in area
B5.

Ceilings
Ceilings are 10 feet high throughout the tomb.

Dolindar Tomb Locations

The following locations are keyed to map 1.2.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 19/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
MAP 1.2: DOLINDAR TOMB

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

B1: Portico

A roof supported by stone pillars extends from the Dolindar tomb into the weedy yard of uneven earth. The stone door to the tomb is engraved with the word
“DOLINDAR” above it.

Four vampire spawn catch up to the party when the characters reach the door to the tomb. After the characters left her, Sangora detailed her
conversation to her vampire spawn assistants. The spawn decided to make a meal of the characters, assuming that Sangora would never discover
their perfidy.

The ground in the portico is swept and free of weeds, thanks to the efforts of the ghost Newmy (see area B2). The entrance to the tomb isn’t locked. It
opens onto a small room containing a steep spiral staircase leading 20 feet downward.

B2: Hall

Upright slabs are set into the walls of this large burial chamber. Each slab is carved with the faded likeness of a different robed human above indecipherable
writing. One of these slabs is blank with a piece of paper stuck to it.

The lesser-known Dolindars are interred here, buried in the alcoves behind the slabs. The images of the dead and their names have worn away. If the
characters open these slabs, they find only dust and bones inside.

The piece of paper is on a slab in front of an open nook that never held a dead Dolindar. Instead, a ghost custodian named Newmy lives inside. She’s
affixed a piece of paper with “Newmy’s Room” written on it in Common. If anyone approaches the slab, Newmy pops out, sputtering apologies.

Newmy is a lawful neutral ghost who was once a moon elf. She can cast Prestidigitation at will. Newmy isn’t quite five feet tall, and she has frizzy
blue hair and pale skin shot through with blue veins. She’s not interested in fighting, since fights make messes.
ARTIST: NIKKI DAWES

NEWMY

Talking with Newmy. Newmy would rather talk than fight. She shares the following points:

Crypt Cleaner. The Dolindars hired Newmy and paid her several lifetimes of wages up-front to keep their tomb clean shortly after the tomb was built—
more years ago than Newmy can remember. When Newmy died, she returned as a ghost to continue her duties for as long as she was contracted.

Lonely Family. The Dolindars were all lonely, and there weren’t many of them. They didn’t like Evernight but couldn’t leave it for some reason.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 20/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Puzzle Buttons. Newmy doesn’t know anything about a rift or a Crevice of Dusk, but she remembers some “puzzle buttons” deeper in the tomb that
she doesn’t know how to work. Maybe they lead somewhere special.

Restless Dead. Newmy doesn’t go through the doors at the end of the hall anymore. The Dolindars buried down there “aren’t resting right,” and
Newmy is afraid of them. She hasn’t been that way in years and doesn’t remember what’s there.

Newmy’s Room. Newmy rests in a burial nook large enough to hold the corpse of a Medium creature. The nook contains old rags and a decrepit
broom. Newmy considers it her personal space and grumbles if anyone seems intent on disturbing it.

B3: Lost Dolindars

Two stone coffins in this room have been broken open, littering the floor with rubble and dust. A creature with too many arms and spikes in place of hands taps at
the room’s walls.

The Dolindar siblings buried here were warped into two lost sorrowsworn (see appendix A). A visible sorrowsworn shrieks in rage and attacks anyone
she can see. A second sorrowsworn is resting inside one of the broken coffins, initially out of sight but quick to join his sibling in a fight. The
sorrowsworn fight until destroyed.

Treasure. The rubble includes the nameplates that once adorned the coffins. One reads, “Nolan Dolindar, Beloved Brother” and the other reads,
“Evisha Dolindar, Beloved Sister.” Each silver nameplate is worth 75 gp.

B4: Vault

This vault contains six pedestals, each bearing treasure.

Carvings encircling the base of each pedestal read, “What good are treasures when home is denied?”

Treasure. The following Dolindar family treasures sit atop the pedestals:

2,200 gp in neatly stacked piles

A golden helmet worth 280 gp
A Driftglobe with a map of the gate towns of the Outlands carved on it
A Necklace of Adaptation bearing the inscription “My breath is yours, Kevetta—take it”
A book titled Out of the Endless Prison, outlining methods of escaping the prison-plane of Carceri, worth 500 gp to a planar scholar (such as
Eldon, who promises to buy the book once returned to Neverwinter)
A snow globe containing a miniature replica of the city of Neverwinter, worth 350 gp

B5: Puzzle Door

The door in the east wall of this otherwise empty room bears the inscription “DOLINDAR” above “NO WORLD TO RETURN.” Every letter of each word is set into the
wall on a separate tile.

The door is sealed with a puzzle that requires pushing the right letter tiles in sequence. A pushed letter makes its whole word sink into the door with a
click. The door unlocks when the correct combination is input. (Pushing a second letter in the same word doesn’t do anything.) The correct
combination, which causes the wall to slide aside, is to push the letters spelling ALONE in this order:

A in DOLINDAR

L in WORLD

O in TO

N in NO

E in RETURN

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 21/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

If the five words sink into the wall in the wrong order, or if the wrong letters are used to push them in, all five words reset with a wave of painful
loneliness. Creatures in the room must make a DC 16 Charisma saving throw, taking 22 (4d10) psychic damage on a failed save or half as much
damage on a successful one. If the characters have a hard time figuring out this puzzle, Eldon gives them hints. Eldon stays at a safe distance from
the trap and doesn’t take damage if it’s triggered.

The first time a character pushes the tiles incorrectly, they see a small mechanism below the phrase “NO WORLD TO RETURN.” This mechanism is a
lock. As an action, a character with thieves’ tools can use them to try to pick the lock, doing so with a successful DC 16 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand)
check. Picking the lock has the same effect as solving the puzzle, granting access to area B6.

B6: Matriarch’s Chamber

ARTIST: JULIAN KOK

THE MATRIARCH KEVETTA DOLINDAR HAS BECOME A MONSTER CALLED A LONELY SORROWSWORN

On the far side of this room rests a stone coffin. Between the door and the coffin, the floor is studded with a sharp metal blades. A person-shaped figure with
elongated arms lurks near the coffin.

Isolation warped the matriarch of the Dolindar family, Kevetta, into a lonely sorrowsworn (see appendix A). She remains near her coffin and uses her
harpoon arms to attack anyone who enters the room. She fights until destroyed but doesn’t pursue foes who flee.

Blades. The blades on the floor are difficult terrain. When a creature moves into or through the blades on its turn, it takes 5 (2d4) slashing damage for
every 5 feet it travels. A character can use an action to pull a lever behind the stone coffin to cause the blades to retract into the floor or to raise them
again.

In the Coffin. Kevetta’s coffin still bears her name, but not her body. Instead, the coffin’s bottom is a roiling swirl of silvery-purple energy. Eldon
confirms what the characters might guess: this is a Crevice of Dusk leading to Neverwinter.

Creatures and objects placed into Kevetta’s coffin appear in a dusty, nondescript tomb in Neverwinter’s Pauper’s Graveyard. The name on the tomb is
illegible due to advanced age, but the carved phrase “Home Again, To Rest Forever” is barely legible above the tomb’s doorway.

The Cult Scatters

Though any remaining cultists believe they’ve successfully stolen Eldon’s and the characters’ secrets, it doesn’t take them long to realize the
significance of the characters’ presence, which implies that important figures in Neverwinter know about the cult.

Los cultistas huyen de Neverwinter poco después del abrupto final del ritual. Para cuando los personajes regresan a las catacumbas, los cultistas ya
no están, junto con cualquier tesoro suelto. Es posible que otros monstruos, como los demonios y los nothics, todavía acechen en el cementerio,

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 22/23
24/5/24, 3:50 p.m. Regreso del Cementerio Neverdeath - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

pero no saben nada sobre lo que está haciendo el culto o por qué los cultistas se fueron tan repentinamente.

Antes de dispersarse, los cultistas asesinan a cualquier ciudadano secuestrado que los personajes no hayan liberado de sus celdas. Después de
todo, la secta necesita guardar sus secretos.

¿Que sigue?

Salvo algunos cabos sueltos, la aventura de los personajes termina cuando regresan a Neverwinter. Agradecido de que los personajes hayan puesto
fin a la amenaza de secuestro, Lord Neverember recompensa a cada personaje con una casa grande en Neverwinter. Estas casas pueden estar
adyacentes entre sí o repartidas por la ciudad, como prefieran los personajes; Neverwinter contiene un número considerable de residencias vacías.
Lord Neverember también paga por un pequeño ejército de trabajadores de la construcción y renovadores para restaurar las casas.

Los nobles rescatados y sus familias están agradecidos por los esfuerzos de los personajes y les dan 9.000 po en total como recompensa.

Aunque este capítulo concluye, cada personaje conserva su Vínculo de Vecna. Sin que los personajes lo sepan, están a punto de verse envueltos en
la rivalidad entre Vecna ​y Kas.

Si los personajes aún no alcanzan el nivel 11, les esperan más aventuras; El trabajo no tiene fin en una ciudad fronteriza como Neverwinter.
Alternativamente, puedes otorgar a los personajes un hito para subir de nivel y seguir adelante con la acción del siguiente capítulo.

Hemos actualizado nuestros términos y condiciones . Haga clic en el enlace para obtener más información.

APOYO ACERCA DE ENCUÉNTRANOS EN LAS APLICACIÓN D&D MÁS ALLÁ

REDES SOCIALES
Portal de ayuda Contáctenos
Foro de soporte Carreras
No vendas ni magos de la costa
compartas mi
información
Galletas

© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/return-from-neverdeath-graveyard 23/23
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAP. 1: REGRESO DEL CEMENTERIO NEVERDEATH CAP. 3: EL ÚLTIMO VIAJE DEL LAMBENT ZENITH

Capítulo 2: Los tres magos

ARTIST: EVYN FONG

ALUSTRIEL Y TASHA LANZAN DESESPERADAMENTE UN HECHIZO DE DESEO PARA INTENTAR DETENER EL

MALVADO PLAN DE VECNA. MORDENKAINEN, QUE ES KAS DISFRAZADO, SABOTEA EN SECRETO EL HECHIZO.

Ha pasado el tiempo desde la experiencia de los personajes en Neverdeath Graveyard. Esa terrible experiencia puede parecer cosa del pasado, pero
el hecho de que los personajes reciban el Enlace de Vecna ​es el presagio de acontecimientos que nadie podría predecir. En este capítulo, los
personajes se ven involucrados en el intento desesperado de tres poderosos magos por detener la reconstrucción de la existencia a manos del dios
exánime Vecna. Pronto se hace creer a los personajes que recuperar y reconstruir un artefacto legendario es la única forma de evitar un futuro
sombrío para todo el multiverso.

Ejecutando este capítulo

Este capítulo comienza algún tiempo después de la aventura de los personajes en Neverwinter: días, meses o años, a tu discreción. Después de que
tú y los jugadores determinen qué han estado haciendo los personajes después de sus escapadas a Neverwinter, los héroes son abruptamente
desviados a un misterioso santuario en Sigil, la ciudad en el centro del multiverso (consulte la sección “ Desarrollo sorpresa ” más adelante en este
capítulo). .

Los personajes aprenden un hecho aleccionador de los renombrados magos Alustriel Silverhand, Mordenkainen y Tasha: el dios exánime Vecna ​está
planeando rehacer el multiverso y emerger como su ser más poderoso, subyugando toda la existencia. Mordenkainen, que en realidad es el vampiro

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 1/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Kas disfrazado, cree que los personajes son los únicos que pueden detener los planes de Vecna ​utilizando la legendaria Vara de Siete Partes , cuyas
piezas se encuentran esparcidas por todo el multiverso.

Alustriel, Mordenkainen y Tasha ayudan a los personajes en su tarea. Esta misión lleva a los personajes a las profundidades de la Infraoscuridad en
Faerûn, donde la primera pieza de la vara está escondida en Web's Edge, un refugio secreto para los cultistas del dios demonio Lolth.

Avance del personaje

Los personajes deberían estar en el nivel 11 cuando comience este capítulo. Los personajes ganan un nivel después de recuperar la primera pieza de
la Vara de Siete Partes de Web's Edge en la Infraoscuridad.

El poder de los secretos

Los personajes pueden aprender dos secretos en este capítulo o más adelante que son aplicables a las reglas de la sección " El poder de los
secretos " en la introducción de este libro :

Gertrude’s Secret. The characters can learn that Gertrude, the lone survivor of an ambushed caravan, and her friend Rockzanna knew about an
imminent attack by Lolth’s cultists but said nothing (see area W6a in Web’s Edge).

Mordenkainen’s Secret. Mordenkainen is duping Alustriel, Tasha, and the characters and is actually Kas in disguise. (The characters aren’t likely to
learn this until later in the adventure.)

First Rod Piece

The first piece of the Rod of Seven Parts is in area W12 of Web’s Edge later in this chapter. For more information about the rod and the spell this
piece allows its wielder to cast, see this book’s introduction.

After Neverdeath

It’s up to you whether the events of this chapter happen after some time passes or immediately following the characters’ experience in Neverdeath
Graveyard. If you wish to emphasize urgency, this chapter’s events happen a few days after the characters report their success to Lord Neverember in
Neverwinter. If you’d rather emphasize the methodical nature of an eternal lich-god planning his dominance over the multiverse, months or years
could pass before the characters arrive in Sigil.

Vecna’s Link

Before resolving how the characters spend the time between their Neverwinter adventure and the events of this chapter, reiterate that each character
retains their Vecna’s Link. At various times throughout the interim period, the characters are reminded that they’re metaphysically linked to Vecna.
However you narrate this, make it clear that there’s something supernatural about this connection. The link can’t be removed, and attempts to
research the link are unsuccessful. The characters don’t know it yet, but they’ll soon learn that the link is a harbinger of events to come.

During the Interim

If months or years pass before the characters meet the Wizards Three (see the “Surprise Development” section later in this chapter), ask the players
what their characters did during this time. The party might have stayed together and gone on further adventures, or each character could have gone
their own way.

If the players aren’t sure or you’d like to offer them suggestions, consult the Interim Events table below. Choose your favorite result or roll randomly as
you see fit.

Interim Events

d6 Event

Determined to find answers about what happened to them, the characters worked as protection for gravediggers in Neverdeath Graveyard. They
1
fought undead, grave robbers, and sometimes even devils who served evil cultists.

Hoping to put their Neverwinter experiences behind them, the characters hopped on a ship to the Moonshae Isles and escorted traders around
2
the Sword Coast area. They fought privateers and oceanic monsters in their bid for high adventure.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 2/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

d6 Event

The characters became obsessed with the cult of Vecna, researching it in prominent libraries and memorizing historical accounts of its
3
activities. As a result, they know everything the Wizards Three tell the party about Vecna except his attempts to re-create the multiverse.

Sobered by their experiences, the characters passed the time peacefully in the houses Lord Neverember granted them in Neverwinter.
4
Adventure became less of a priority as they settled into domestic life.

Obsessed with the concept of the multiverse, the characters studied the realms that make up existence, traveling between them to learn more.
5
As a result, they know everything the Wizards Three tell the party about the planes where the pieces of the rod are located.

Hoping to put their experiences behind them, the characters accepted a call for heroes to confront a murderous young red dragon named
6 Rhagaermati in the wilds outside Myth Drannor. They are fighting the dragon when they experience the events described in the “Surprise
Development” section.

Rise of the Lich-God

Regardless of the characters’ activities after their Neverwinter adventure, key plots elements of this adventure progress in the background. While the
characters live their lives, a powerful wizard and former ruler of the city of Silverymoon, Alustriel Silverhand, detects a sinister wave of magic rippling
through the multiverse.

Using her divining abilities, Alustriel eventually traces the magical pulse to Vecna. She learns that Vecna’s activities span multiple realms. After a
period of investigation, Alustriel discovers the sobering truth: using stolen secrets, Vecna and his cults have siphoned incredible amounts of power
from individuals throughout the multiverse. Worse, Alustriel eventually stops detecting these activities, leading the archmage to believe that Vecna
plans to unleash this power for a heinous purpose. Alustriel realizes this could unravel the entire multiverse, elevating Vecna and cowing all others to
his will.

The Archmages’ Desperation

Determined to oppose Vecna but unsure how the lich-god intends to unleash his amassed magic, Alustriel contacts her most powerful allies.
Answering her call are the archmages Mordenkainen and a version of Tasha from Oerth, though Alustriel and Tasha don’t yet know that Mordenkainen
is Kas the Destroyer in disguise. These Wizards Three retreat to a sanctum Alustriel keeps in Sigil. Using their combined magic, the archmages weave
a Wish spell in hopes of sabotaging Vecna’s accumulated power and defusing his ritual.

Instead of any expected effect, the Wish spell shunts the characters to Alustriel Silverhand’s Sigil sanctum, as explained in the “Surprise
Development” section later in this chapter. With time of the essence and the archmages weakened, Mordenkainen suggests a desperate contingency
plan. The characters could use the fabled Rod of Seven Parts to stop Vecna. The rod’s seven pieces are scattered throughout the multiverse, but
Mordenkainen knows where the first piece is located.

The Sigil Sanctum

Hundreds of years ago, Lady Alustriel of Silverymoon needed a secure place to conduct sensitive magic work and research. After discovering a portal
from Silverymoon to Sigil, Alustriel traveled to Sigil. There she spent decades creating a private sanctum around the portal.

Alustriel magically fused the portal in her sanctum with a Well of Many Worlds, destroying the magic item in the process. As a result, the portal now
leads to numerous locations throughout the multiverse. Further, the portal reacts to magic items and artifacts, allowing those who carry such objects
to step through the portal to the exact places they wish to travel. Alustriel carefully maintains the sanctum’s secrecy, bringing guests here only after
first meeting them in a neutral location. So far, either her portal’s strange teleportation properties have gone unnoticed by Sigil’s Lady of Pain and her
agents, or the Lady of Pain is allowing the portal to function this way for reasons of her own.

Magic in the Sanctum

Planar magic functions differently in Sigil. For instance, the only way to reach Sigil is through portals; teleporting into or out of the city doesn’t work.
Since the characters might spend significant time in Sigil, take note of how the following types of magic work in the city:

ARTIST: EKATERINA BURMAK

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 3/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

LADY ALUSTRIEL SILVERHAND

Banishment. Effects that banish a target from Sigil treat the target as if Sigil were its home plane.

Extradimensional Space. Extradimensional spaces, demiplanes, and pocket dimensions—such as those created by a Bag of Holding or the Rope
Trick spell—function within Sigil, but those spaces follow these restrictions as if they were part of the city.

Planar Travel. Effects that allow interplanar travel, such as the Astral Projection and Plane Shift spells, fail if used to try to enter or leave Sigil, with
one exception (see “Teleportation Circles” below).

Summoning. Spells, magic items, and effects that summon creatures or objects from other planes, such as a Ring of Djinni Summoning, instead
summon targets from within Sigil if possible or otherwise fail. Effects that summon a specific target from outside Sigil, such as the Drawmij’s Instant
Summons and Leomund’s Secret Chest spells, automatically fail.

Teleportation. Attempts to teleport into or out of Sigil fail, but such magic functions normally when teleporting within the city.

Teleportation Circles. Permanent teleportation circles exist within Sigil, but attempts to create new ones fail. If the Lady of Pain permits, they can be
used to enter the city via the Plane Shift spell but not to leave.

General Features

The features of Alustriel’s sanctum are described in the following sections.

Ceilings
The ceilings on the first floor of the sanctum are 20 feet high. The ceilings on the upper floor are 10 feet high.

Doors
No doors separate areas S1–S3 of the sanctum, though open archways set off each area. The doors in areas S5–S7 of the sanctum are unlocked.
The door to area S8, Mordenkainen’s room, is sealed with an Arcane Lock spell that requires a successful DC 30 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check
using thieves’ tools to open.

Lighting
Continual Flame spells cast on sconces bathe most areas in bright light. Only area S8 is unlit.

Safe from Prying Eyes

Everyone in the sanctum is under the effect of a Nondetection spell while they remain inside the structure.

Walls
Alustriel magically reinforced the walls of the sanctum, which are made of a combination of brick and layers of cement. Only exceedingly powerful
destructive magic could harm the sanctum’s structural integrity.

Sanctum Locations

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 4/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The following locations are keyed to map 2.1.

ARTIST: FRANCESCA BAERALD

MAP 2.1: THE SANCTUM

S1: Library

Gleaming, floor-to-ceiling bookshelves filled with leather-bound tomes wrap around the sanctum’s west end, while marble pillars hold up vaulted ceilings to the
east. Spiral staircases in the corners lead upward.

This section of the sanctum holds Alustriel’s collection of rare books. The books aren’t magical, but the characters can use them to research any
esoteric topic.

If a character researches a specific topic, roll a d4. On a roll of 1 or 2, the character finds information about the topic. At your discretion, this might
grant the character advantage for the rest of the day on any ability checks made to recall or use the information they’ve learned.

S2: Parlor

Plush, antique furniture, including sofas and footstools, is arranged here. To the north is a grand staircase. To the south, a garden of ferns and flowering plants
grows around a raised marble dais.

When Alustriel invites dignitaries into her sanctum, she holds business and political discussions in this parlor. The grand staircase ascends to area
S4.

Dais. The dais in the center of the garden is the site of the portal Alustriel has tweaked to lead to numerous multiplanar locations.

Garden. The greenery is the result of Alustriel’s dabbling in magical gardening. The plants here need no tending.
ARTIST: LAUREN WALSH

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 5/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

WHAT MISCHIEF IS MORDENKAINEN UP TO?

S3: Workspace

A desk covered in paperwork and books sits in the middle of this work area. Nearby are curio cabinets filled with magical trinkets—everything from necklaces and
brooches to sparkling stones and shoes.

Characters transported to the sanctum by the failed Wish spell appear here (see the “Surprise Development” section later in this chapter).

Curio Cabinets. Alustriel keeps an impressive collection of magic items here. If the characters ask, Alustriel allows each character to borrow their
choice of any single magic item of rare or lower rarity from the Dungeon Master’s Guide. Later in this chapter, Kas, disguised as Mordenkainen,
retrieves the Chime of Exile from one of these cabinets.

S4: Lounge

Roaring fireplaces are built into the east and west walls of this lounge. Comfortable couches and chairs are artfully arranged before a grand staircase that leads
downward.

Alustriel and her friends socialize, dine, and relax in this lounge. Alustriel is known for her sumptuous dinner parties. Discreet drawers in the bottoms
of the couches store fine china and cutlery for when Alustriel transforms the center table into a dining table. Additional storage is in the northwest
corner.

When the characters are shunted to the sanctum, Alustriel offers them use of the lounge.

S5–S8: Bedrooms
These small but comfortable bedrooms are where Alustriel and her guests stay when they need personal quarters, whether it’s to sleep or be alone.

Area S5 is the bedroom of Alustriel and her wife, Malaina van Talstiv. A retired adventurer, Malaina is a neutral good human who uses the assassin
stat block. Malaina is meeting with associates to thwart a scheme against Waterdeep when the characters arrive. When the characters return,
Malaina speaks with them (see the “Next Steps” section at the end of this chapter).

Area S6 is Tasha’s room. Area S7 is an empty room, which Alustriel offers to the characters for their use. Area S8 is Mordenkainen’s bedroom, which
contains clues hinting at subterfuge (see the “Evidence of Deception” section later in this chapter).

The Wizards Three

Three legendary archmages serve as the characters’ allies throughout the rest of this adventure, though one of these individuals is an impostor. (See
the “Kas the Destroyer” section.) More information about each spellcaster follows.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 6/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Alustriel Silverhand

More than seven centuries old, Lady Alustriel Silverhand is beloved throughout Faerûn for her kindliness and for using her incredible spellcasting
power to protect the innocent. Alustriel is an immortal daughter of Mystra, a god of magic, and is a chaotic good, human wizard. Alustriel served as
High Mage of Silverymoon, battled demons on the Outer Planes, and prevented the lich Larloch from ascending to godhood. She has seen the rise
and fall of evil powers, though Vecna’s plot troubles her greatly. More about Alustriel, including her stat block, appears in appendix B.

Mordenkainen
ARTIST: IRINA NORDSOL
Renowned for his bravery but not his judgment, Mordenkainen is a powerful
spellcaster from Oerth. The chaotic neutral, human wizard led a council of famous
archmages known as the Circle of Eight. He later became trapped in the dread
realm of Barovia, where he lost his spellbook and staff as well as his grip on reality
and wandered adrift for some time. Alustriel trusts Mordenkainen and respects his
gumption, even though he occasionally embarks on tasks that outstrip his
capabilities. The real Mordenkainen doesn’t appear in this adventure, though the
characters likely believe they’re interacting with him.

Tasha

Tasha is a chaotic neutral archmage from Oerth, a renowned demonologist, and the
adopted daughter of Baba Yaga. Tasha is widely considered the multiverse’s
foremost authority on the Abyss, having authored the fabled Demonomicon of
Iggwilv. Although Tasha’s motives are fickle, Alustriel has found Tasha an
unparalleled ally when their interests align, as Tasha can access and influence
places where even the daughter of Mystra dares not tread. The version of Tasha
who answers Alustriel’s summons is from the past, before Tasha became Iggwilv
the Witch Queen. More about Tasha, including her stat block, can be found in
appendix B.

TASHA

Kas the Destroyer

The vampire warlord Kas maintains his masquerade as Mordenkainen, likely fooling the characters until the events of chapter 9. The blood feud
between Kas and Vecna stretches back centuries to a time when Kas served as Vecna’s first lieutenant. More about Kas, including his stat block,
appears in appendix B.

Manipulation in Motion

After the Dark Powers released him, Kas tracked down a cell of Vecna’s cultists, who told the vampire more about the lich-god’s planned ritual. The
vampire used the Crown of Lies to intercept a message from Alustriel to Mordenkainen, then used the crown to mimic Mordenkainen. Kas then met
with Alustriel and gained her confidence.

While posing as Mordenkainen, Kas sabotages the archmages’ Wish spell. As a consequence, the spell shunts the characters to Alustriel’s sanctum.
Suspecting that the characters are somehow linked to Vecna, Kas urges them to retrieve the pieces of the Rod of Seven Parts. As Mordenkainen, Kas
claims that the rod is the only way to weaken Vecna to the point where the characters might thwart his ritual and banish the lich-god to Oerth.

In truth, Kas intends to steal the Rod of Seven Parts once he has all the pieces. He plans to whisk the artifact to the plane of Pandemonium, use it to
free the demon known as Miska the Wolf-Spider, and kill Vecna. Kas doesn’t yet know the site of Vecna’s ritual is also on Pandemonium, the same
plane where Miska is imprisoned, but the vampire finds out later in this adventure.

Kas in the Sanctum

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 7/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

While disguised as Mordenkainen, Kas never lets his guard down or removes the Crown of Lies. Occasionally during this adventure, Mordenkainen is
absent from the sanctum. During these interludes, the vampire warlord travels to other realms and eventually deduces where Vecna plans to enact
the multiverse-unraveling ritual. This sets into motion the betrayal that takes place in chapter 9.

Evidence of Deception
While in the sanctum, Kas is careful to leave no direct evidence that he’s not Mordenkainen. In Mordenkainen’s quarters (area S8), Kas leaves
spellbooks and collections of notes spread across the desk to reinforce his fake identity.

However, a character who searches Mordenkainen’s quarters and succeeds on a DC 30 Intelligence (Investigation) check notices that none of the
famed spells Mordenkainen authored are mentioned in these spellbooks or notes. The jumbled notes are written awkwardly, while Mordenkainen is
known for his academic, methodical style.

Any thorough search of Mordenkainen’s quarters yields a black Bag of Holding tucked underneath the mattress. Inside the bag is a mundane silver
chain bearing a sword-shaped pendant inlaid with black diamonds, worth 5,000 gp total. Also inside is a magically preserved, leather-bound journal.

The journal’s contents are written in a cipher. A character who spends at least 1 hour examining the text can make a successful DC 30 Intelligence
(Investigation) check, decoding it on a success. The journal tells the story of two people called “K.” and “V.” who once crafted murderous battle plans
together, but then parted bitterly and became enemies. A successful DC 20 Intelligence (History) check reveals that this story refers to Kas and
Vecna.

Mordenkainen’s Secret. If the characters find out at any point in this adventure that Mordenkainen is Kas in disguise, it counts as a secret for the
purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s introduction.

If They Find Out?

ARTIST: DIANA CEARLEY

MALAINA VAN TALSTIV

Although it’s unlikely, the characters might become suspicious of Mordenkainen and question him. The characters could investigate the wizard’s
activities outside the Sigil sanctum, or they might find the strange personal items in Mordenkainen’s Bag of Holding. If the characters put sufficient
effort into their investigations, consider allowing them to discover before chapter 9 that Mordenkainen is an impostor.

Kas Defeats the Characters. If the characters confront Kas before chapter 9, allow the battle to play out using the stat block for Kas in appendix B. If
Kas defeats the characters, he kills them and absconds to Pandemonium. Alustriel has the clerics of Silverymoon bring the characters back to life,
apologetic for not discovering Kas’s ruse and angry she was duped. Alustriel suspects Kas knows where Vecna weaves his ritual and encourages the
characters to follow the vampire to Pandemonium when they can.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 8/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

In this case, Kas lacks the completed Rod of Seven Parts. Adjust chapter 10 to reflect that Miska never begins to escape his prison. The characters’
priority remains stopping Vecna, but if they don’t permanently destroy Kas, at some point the vampire hunts down the characters. Once the characters
eventually defeat Kas, they learn where Vecna weaves his ritual and can proceed to chapter 11.

The Characters Defeat Kas. If the characters defeat Kas, allow them to decide how to proceed. They might still want to reassemble the Rod of Seven
Parts to use its power against the lich-god. However, to reinforce the story’s sense of urgency, feel free to skip the characters ahead to chapter 10. If
you do, award the characters the appropriate number of milestone level-ups so they have a fair chance of defeating the threats in the adventure’s final
chapters.

Surprise Development

When the failed Wish spell transports the characters to Alustriel’s sanctum, read or paraphrase the following:

With a flash of multicolored light, the world winks out of existence. Nothingness envelops your senses, though you feel the thrum of magic rushing like an electric
spark through your veins.

When you regain focus, you stand in a plush, candlelit parlor. A stately woman in blue robes leans toward you, her brow furrowed in confusion and concern. In the
blurry background stand a frowning woman in a flowing, black dress and a man tugging in confusion at his high, crimson collar.

The characters appear in area S3 of the Sigil sanctum. The woman leaning toward the characters is Alustriel, and the two individuals behind her are
Tasha and Mordenkainen. “You can’t be the answer to our Wish,” Tasha sneers, while Alustriel shushes her and ushers the characters toward the
sanctum’s comfortable lounge furniture.

Some Answers

At this point, Alustriel explains where the characters are and how they arrived, though she doesn’t understand why they teleported to the sanctum as a
result of the Wish spell. She then introduces herself and her wizardly companions.
ARTIST: EKATERINA BURMAK

KAS

As the characters try to figure out what’s going on, Alustriel asks whether they have any ties to Vecna. If the characters mention Vecna’s Link, Alustriel
reasons that the characters’ fate must somehow be interwoven with Vecna’s. She surmises that since the Wish was unable to fulfill its parameters, it
instead found beings tied to Vecna and brought them to Sigil. She then explains everything she knows as described in “Rise of the Lich-God” earlier in
this chapter.

Aftermath of a Wish
As the characters interact with Alustriel, Tasha stands near them, aloof and occasionally interjecting acerbic comments. Mordenkainen remains
silent, focusing intensely on everything the characters say.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 9/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

After a few minutes of conversation, the characters notice that the Wizards Three seem tired and weakened. Any character proficient in the Medicine
skill understands that the wizards are extremely fatigued. Any character proficient in the Arcana skill realizes that the wizards expended a great deal
of arcane energy casting the Wish spell. (Mordenkainen is faking his fatigue, but in the context of Alustriel and Tasha’s real physical weakness, it
seems legitimate.)

A New Plan

After the characters absorb their situation, Alustriel expresses concern that the wizards can’t stop Vecna. Mordenkainen says, “I have an alternative
plan.”

Mordenkainen strides over to a cabinet full of magic items and picks up a silver chime. He then approaches the characters, displays the chime, and
says the following:

“I worried that perhaps our Wish wouldn’t stop one as powerful as Vecna. Alustriel, please forgive me, but I did plan a contingency.

“Vecna is too powerful to stop directly at this point. However, no power is absolute. I suspect Vecna will be vulnerable while he weaves his ritual. If you confront
and weaken him, this Chime of Exile can banish him to Oerth. He would no longer be able to affect multiple realms at once. His plan to remake the multiverse
would fail.”

Mordenkainen’s eyes gleam with excitement as he continues:

“There is an artifact that is, I believe, the only way to weaken Vecna so the chime can be used against him. It’s called the Rod of Seven Parts. Unfortunately, its
component pieces are scattered across existence.

“While my esteemed colleagues researched the magic needed to cast a Wish spell powerful enough to stop Vecna, I looked into finding the rod’s pieces should we
need them. The first piece is deep in the Underdark, somewhere inside a hidden safe house for worshipers of the demon-god Lolth. Web’s Edge, it’s called.

“Find that first piece of the rod, my friends. The portal on the dais will take you to it. Once you locate the first piece, the magic inherent in the artifact will point you
to the second piece, and then to the third, and so on. This sanctum’s portal reacts to powerful magic such as this artifact, so as you find each piece, this portal will
lead to the next. No need to use another key; the most recent piece of the rod will suffice.

“There’s no time to waste. Once you’ve reassembled the rod, we can all confront Vecna and stop his heinous plan. You’ll be the heroes of the multiverse! How does
that sound?”

ARTIST: COUPLEOFKOOKS

SUBTLE EVIDENCE OF MORDENKAINEN’S

TRUE IDENTITY IS HIDDEN IN THE SANCTUM

Although taken aback at how much work Mordenkainen has done on this contingency, Alustriel and Tasha admit that the plan Mordenkainen has laid
out is the best hope to stop Vecna. Alustriel compliments Mordenkainen on his foresight.

The wizards answer the characters’ questions to the best of their ability. Like Mordenkainen, Alustriel and Tasha urge the characters to make haste,
though they help the characters prepare for their journey any way they can. Mordenkainen, Alustriel, and Tasha explain that while the characters
reassemble the rod, the archmages must continue to research Vecna’s plans and potential weaknesses.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 10/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Before the characters depart for Web’s Edge, Alustriel relays any information they haven’t yet learned, including the details found in “Magic in the
Sanctum” earlier in this chapter.

A Significant Lie
In the guise of Mordenkainen, Kas has lied to the characters about the Rod of Seven Parts. While the rod is useful against Vecna, Kas simply wants
the characters to retrieve the rod so he can use it to free Miska.

Kas doesn’t know that Vecna is weakened to pre-god status while weaving the Ritual of Remaking. The characters will learn this when they confront
Vecna in chapter 11.

Sending Vecna Back

The Chime of Exile is Alustriel’s property and ultimately can send Vecna back to Oerth, interrupting his ritual. The interruption would dissipate the
secret-based magic Vecna is weaving, significantly setting back his plot and leaving the lich-god in a weakened state. If the characters wish to take
the chime with them, Alustriel assents.

Chime of Exile
Wondrous Item, Very Rare

This silver chime is engraved with delicate magic sigils. While holding the chime, you can use an action to cast the Banishment spell (spell save DC
20). If the target of the spell has 50 hit points or fewer, it automatically fails its saving throw. Once the chime has been used to cast the spell, it can’t
be used this way again until the next dawn.

Toward Web’s Edge

ARTIST: IRINA NORDSOL

ALUSTRIEL’S CHIME OF EXILE MIGHT HELP THE CHARACTERS DEFEAT VECNA

After stepping through the portal, the characters emerge deep in the Underdark in Faerûn. The rod piece is hidden in Web’s Edge, a nearby safe house
for agents of the demon-god Lolth.

The characters initially emerge through a door-shaped fissure in one wall of a claustrophobic, seemingly abandoned corridor outside the hidden
entrance to Web’s Edge. There is no light source, and the invisible portal back to Sigil remains open.

Web’s Edge Entrance

The entrance to Web’s Edge is hidden mere steps from where the characters arrive in the Underdark. The 10-foot-wide doorway is closed and cloaked
with a permanent invisibility effect. Those who can perceive invisible objects see a nondescript iron door. The door is sealed with an Arcane Lock

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 11/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

spell and requires a successful DC 22 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check using thieves’ tools to open.

Visible to characters who can see invisible objects are eight symbols subtly carved into the rock above the doorway. Tiny Undercommon characters
are embedded in each symbol. When touched in the order that spells out “Web’s Edge,” the doorway opens.

Web’s Edge
ARTIST: IRINA NORDSOL

CHIME OF EXILE

Web’s Edge is a hidden meeting place for agents of Lolth who operate throughout the Underdark beneath the Sword Coast, pursuing missions for the
glory of their demon-god. These agents use Web’s Edge to plot infiltration missions targeting virtuous clerical orders; to sabotage efforts to quash
Lolth’s worship; to orchestrate the upheaval of good-aligned governments; and to plan large-scale conversion efforts in Underdark cities, including
Blingdenstone, Gracklstugh, and Mithral Hall.

Agents might spend a few hours in Web’s Edge, attending tactical meetings before dispersing. Others stay for 14 days or more while they await the
arrival of colleagues from all reaches of the Underdark. A few spend months at a time in Web’s Edge, using its barrack to lie low while authorities
elsewhere hunt for them.

Owing to the highly sensitive and wicked work that takes place here, Web’s Edge is a carefully guarded secret. Only the highest-ranking covert
operatives and members of Lolth’s clergy know about it, though powerful demons and devils allied with the Spider Queen are also aware of Web’s
Edge. A few cultists live in Web’s Edge to maintain its facilities and serve as support staff to the operatives. These cultists are confined to the facility
for life—a sacrifice they make willingly to show their devotion to the Spider Queen.

General Features

Recurring features of Web’s Edge are described in the following sections.

Agents and Cultists

No matter why they’re in Web’s Edge, all Lolth worshipers here are fanatics devoted to the demon-god. In a battle against the characters, these
fanatics always fight to the death.

Ceilings
The ceilings in most areas of Web’s Edge are 20 feet high, with stalactites occasionally jutting down a few feet. The ceilings in the fodder chamber
(area W9) and Sacred Web Hall (area W12) are 50 feet tall and relatively smooth.

Doors
The doors in Web’s Edge are made of iron. The doors to areas W3, W4, and W5 are sealed with Arcane Lock spells, requiring a successful DC 20
Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check using thieves’ tools to unlock. Additionally, areas W6a–W6d are locked and each require a successful DC 15

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 12/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check using thieves’ tools to unlock. The nalfeshnee in area W5 carries keys to all the cells in area W6. All other doors in
Web’s Edge are unlocked.

Lighting
There are no natural or magical light sources in the complex. Area descriptions assume the characters have a light source or some other means of
seeing in the dark. Light sources bring the attention of the complex’s denizens, although the characters might not immediately be recognized as
intruders (see “Infiltrating Web’s Edge” below).

Safe from Prying Eyes

Everyone in Web’s Edge is under the effect of a Nondetection spell while inside the structure.

Walls
The walls in Web’s Edge are rocky, jagged, and uneven. Decades ago, Lolth’s faithful enlarged the chamber that contains Sacred Web Hall (area W12)
using the Stone Shape spell. As such, the walls in area W12 are smooth.

Infiltrating Web’s Edge

ARTIST: IRINA NORDSOL

HEROES WHO STUMBLE INTO WEB’S EDGE UNAWARE OF ITS DANGERS USUALLY MEET A GRUESOME END

Web’s Edge is a dangerous place. If the characters burst into the complex without a plan, they’re unlikely to survive the experience, let alone retrieve
the first piece of the Rod of Seven Parts. See the advice below for handling strategies the characters might adopt.

Being Sneaky
If the characters are careful, they might be able to sneak through Web’s Edge and steal the rod piece without anyone catching them.

If any devotees in Web’s Edge spot the characters infiltrating the safe house, they scream for help to any denizen within earshot and attack unless
otherwise noted.

Impersonating Worshipers
Masquerading as devotees of Lolth could be an effective strategy. Creatures of all backgrounds and origins use Web’s Edge as a meeting place, a
safe house, and a place of worship. Web’s Edge has only a handful of permanent attendants, none of whom could possibly be familiar with every
Lolth agent in the Underdark.

If the characters want to blend in with the Lolth worshipers, any disguises they use (magical or otherwise) should include spider-shaped
paraphernalia. A successful DC 14 Wisdom (Religion) or Intelligence (History) check reveals that “The Spider Queen smiles on you” is a typical
religious greeting that those in Web’s Edge expect to hear from fellow devotees. Any creature in Web’s Edge who sees a character wearing something
spider-shaped or hears the character speak this greeting has disadvantage on ability checks to see through the characters’ disguises.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 13/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Devotees in Web’s Edge who identify the characters as impostors scream for help and attack.

Web’s Edge Locations

The following locations are keyed to map 2.2.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

MAP 2.2: WEB’S EDGE

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

W1: False Front

The remains of mold-covered broken wagons and barrels languish in this large foyer. Humanoid skeletal remains lie strewn about, their swords and armor bent
and rusted. Something gleams next to the bodies propped along the northern wall. Double doors on the east, northeast, and southeast walls are rusted shut, and a
semicircular chamber that opens in the southwest wall contains a shrine.

To convince unwelcome visitors that this cave is unused, the facility’s cultists created a false front in this foyer. The skeletal remains and rusted gear
belong to five long-dead adventurers whom the characters can identify as two dwarves, an elf, a gnome, and a tiefling.

Traps. The gleams in the northern part of the chamber are magical traps placed on fist-size, fake rubies tucked conspicuously next to two skeletons.
The fake rubies are fixed to the floor and can’t be removed. Any character who touches one of the rubies must make a DC 20 Dexterity saving throw,
taking 54 (12d8) lightning damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.

The traps can’t be disabled, but a character who comes within 5 feet of one of the rubies and examines it can make a DC 18 Intelligence
(Investigation) check. On a success, the character deduces that the ruby is fake, worthless, and magically trapped to release a violent electric shock.

W2: Lolth Shrine

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 14/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

This semicircular chamber forms a natural alcove. Shelves carved into the wall from floor to ceiling hold small, repulsive items, including bloody baubles, shriveled
fingers, and idols carved from bone. Two figures crouch before the shelves.

Two agents of Lolth have come to pray at this shrine. They are Makubli Khee, a chaotic evil, hobgoblin assassin, and Torkner Ironteeth, a chaotic evil,
duergar mage. Because they’re engrossed in their prayers, Makubli and Torkner don’t notice the characters unless a member of the party deliberately
hails them or the characters have a light source.

The items on the shelves are nonmagical. Any character who looks at the ceiling and succeeds on a DC 15 Wisdom (Perception) check spots a small,
spider-shaped carving in the rock—a hint of this shrine’s purpose.

Makubli and Torkner. Both Makubli and Torkner operate along the well-traveled route between Menzoberranzan and Blingdenstone, sabotaging
supply caravans and generally causing mayhem. They usually kill or convert victims who survive their initial attacks, although Makubli recently turned
over custody of a cyclops to the Web’s Edge prison (see area W6a). Makubli and Torkner dislike each other intensely. Neither knows many other
covert Lolth operatives, so clever characters could masquerade as allies (see “Impersonating Worshipers” earlier in this chapter).

The cultists who maintain Web’s Edge are friendly with both agents, making Makubli and Torkner good candidates for the characters to impersonate.
If either agent suspects that the characters aren’t fellow Lolth operatives, they attack.
ARTIST: HELGE C. BALZER

ARTIST: BRIAN VALEZA

MAKUBLI KHEE TORKNER IRONTEETH

W3: Summoning Chamber

An enormous pentagram drawn in chalk, with stubby unlit candles placed at each of its five points, covers the floor of this open chamber. A hooded figure hunches
over a cluttered table in the southwest corner, mumbling profane phrases.

Cultists and agents gather here to commune with Lolth’s Abyssal servants and occasionally summon Fiends to assist with missions. The figure at the
table is Grottenelle Stonecutter, a chaotic evil, svirfneblin mage who serves as the facility’s high summoner.

Summoning in Progress. Grottenelle is in the middle of a summoning ritual. Have Grottenelle and the characters roll initiative. If the characters attack
or otherwise interrupt Grottenelle before the start of her first turn, the summoning fails. Otherwise, a glabrezu appears in the center of the pentagram
at the start of Grottenelle’s turn. Grottenelle attacks intruders and commands the glabrezu to do the same if the summoning is successful.

ARTIST: ZUZANNA WUZYK

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 15/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

HIGH SUMMONER GROTTENELLE STONECUTTER CALLS ON A GLABREZU

TO HELP WITH AN EVIL MISSION THE LOLTH CULTISTS ARE PLANNING

Grottenelle needs the glabrezu to assist in the operation being planned in area W7. At your discretion, the noise from a battle might alert the agents in
that area, prompting them to investigate.

Treasure. Grottenelle’s table holds a Spell Scroll of Circle of Death, an ornate +2 Dagger, and an assortment of unguents and oils worth 500 gp.

W4: Corridor

This corridor is empty. Heavy iron double doors bookend the western and eastern access points.

Additionally, if the characters haven’t yet explored area W3, read the following aloud:

From the north, you hear a faint voice mumbling profane phrases.

The cultists keep the door to the fodder chamber (area W9) closed in case the food intended for Ker-arach in the Sacred Web Hall (area W12) tries to
escape.

W5: Guardian Chamber

An enormous, winged biped with a boar’s head paces in front of a barred prison door to the southwest. A ring of keys hangs from a hook on the creature’s trident.

The creature is a nalfeshnee named Maaltok, the guardian and keeper of the prison cells (areas W6a–W6d). Sometime in the last few decades,
Maaltok switched allegiance from Graz’zt to Lolth. Since he is a recent recruit, Maaltok’s yochlol handlers assigned him guard duty, which he performs
grudgingly.

Maaltok knows each of the prison cells’ inhabitants and doesn’t expect infiltrators. If the characters are impersonating devotees of Lolth, Maaltok
tells them who’s imprisoned in each cell.

Cell Keys. Maaltok carries keys to each of the cells in the prison (areas W6a–W6d). Stealing Maaltok’s key ring without his knowledge requires a
successful DC 16 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check.

W6: Holding Cells

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 16/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Four jail cells are arrayed along the south wall of this cavern. The first holds a cyclops; the second holds a dead elf; the third holds a bugbear slumped against a
bench; and the fourth holds a hunched, gray-skinned figure in robes. A worn chest sits along the room’s northwest wall. Leaning next to it is a giant-size club.

The chest contains confiscated weapons and equipment from prisoners kept in the nearby cells. It’s locked and requires a DC 20 Dexterity (Sleight of
Hand) check using thieves’ tools to open.

Treasure. Inside the chest are a +1 Dagger and a +1 Longsword confiscated from the recently deceased elf prisoner, Fernil, whose body is in area
W6b. The giant-size club next to the chest is a +2 Greatclub that belongs to Gertrude, the cyclops imprisoned in area W6a. The greatclub resizes to
serve its wielder.

W6a: Holding Cell A

A burly cyclops sits on a bench in this jail cell, shackled to the walls by her hands and legs. She holds her head in her hands, looking defeated.

This jail cell contains a bench and a bucket. The inhabitant is Gertrude, a chaotic neutral cyclops who was the lone survivor of an attack on a supply
caravan near the ruins of the city of Ched Nasad. Makubli (see area W2) captured Gertrude weeks ago and brought her here as a prisoner, hoping she
would reveal information about Blingdenstone’s interest in Ched Nasad. Gertrude is a caravan guard and has no information the cultists can use; as
soon as they realize this, they’ll kill Gertrude, and she knows it. Her prized +2 Greatclub is stashed in the chest in area W6.

Recruiting Gertrude. Gertrude hates Lolth and is eager to escape Web’s Edge. If she realizes the characters are infiltrators, she begs them to free her.
In exchange for her freedom, Gertrude offers to help the characters, including giving them her greatclub from the chest in area W6.

Gertrude’s Secret. Even if the characters free her, Gertrude remains despondent. If the characters ask her what’s wrong, Gertrude reveals that her
friend, a svirfneblin named Rockzanna, was involved in a nearby mining operation and discovered that two of the operation’s leaders were secret Lolth
cultists planning an attack on the operation. Rockzanna was too scared to tell anyone besides Gertrude, and the cyclops fears a terrible fate for the
miners.

Regardless of the characters’ reaction to this revelation, learning it counts for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s introduction.
The mining operation is the same one the cultists in area W7 are discussing.

W6b: Holding Cell B

This jail cell contains a bench and a tattered blanket. The desiccated corpse of an elf lies on the floor.

The body was once an elf named Fernil Orellian, an adventurer and priest of Corellon Larethian. A cloaker in the Underdark injured Fernil and killed his
companions. An agent of Lolth came upon Fernil and marched him to Web’s Edge, where he died shortly thereafter.

Treasure. Any character who examines the body and succeeds on a DC 16 Intelligence (Investigation) check notices a vial tucked into the corpse’s
belt. This is a Potion of Fire Resistance—the agent of Lolth never noticed it.

W6c: Holding Cell C

A bugbear with thick eyebrows is slumped on the bench against the wall in this jail cell.

Although she looks like she’s sleeping, the bugbear in this cell, Rothgral, is dead. She deserted a band of mercenaries based near Mithral Hall after
meeting a persuasive duergar agent of Lolth named Vundren. Vundren brought Rothgral here, but the cultists determined the bugbear didn’t have the
skills necessary to become a covert Lolth operative. The cultists imprisoned her until they could determine what to do with her, and she died about a
day ago due to neglect.

W6d: Holding Cell D

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 17/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
A gray-skinned creature with stringy, black hair and cultist’s robes sits hunched in a corner of this cell.

This prisoner is Sril Brayspoke, a chaotic evil grimlock. Until a week ago, Sril was a cultist in residence at Web’s Edge devoted to serving the Spider
Queen. However, the bumbling Sril accidentally insulted the yochlol in area W12. The powerful Fiend had Sril thrown into jail, and the cultists are
considering feeding him to Ker-arach to appease Lolth.

Recruiting Sril. Whether the characters are masquerading as Lolth worshipers or not, Sril begs to join the characters. A character who succeeds on a
DC 14 Wisdom (Insight) check knows that Sril is still devoted to Lolth and will betray the characters if necessary to return to the cultists’ good graces.
If Sril is freed and knows the characters are impostors, he reveals their charade as soon as he sees another Lolth devotee.

W7: Meeting Room

ARTIST: RALPH HORSLEY

THE LOLTH CULTISTS ARE PLANNING AN ASSAULT ON A NEARBY SVIRFNEBLIN MINING OPERATION

Relief carvings of spiders in webs decorate this chamber’s walls, which are papered over with tactical maps and schematics. Gathered around a paperwork-
covered table in the room’s center are several cloaked figures as well as a horned, winged devil with a whip on her belt.

ARTIST: ROBSON MICHEL

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 18/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

JOLERA HARTOPH

Seven Lolth devotees are meeting in this room to plan an assault on a svirfneblin mining operation located about 20 miles from Web’s Edge. The
devotees have coordinated with two Lolth operatives embedded in the mining operation. The devotees plan to kidnap the most powerful miners and
feed them to Ker-arach in area W12. They’ll kill any remaining miners who don’t worship Lolth.

The devotees include a chaotic evil, elf assassin named Jolera Hartoph; two mages named Bromtok and Shiroktu, who are chaotic evil orcs; two
grimlocks named Roltharni and Sharlotte, who are chaotic evil; and an erinyes named Fernitha.

Fernitha, Bromtok, and Shiroktu plan to attack the svirfneblin while the deep gnomes rest. If the characters eavesdrop on the planning before they
investigate the summoning chamber (area W3), they learn that the high summoner, Grottenelle Stonecutter, is summoning a glabrezu to help with the
operation.

The Lolth devotees here attack any apparent interlopers. The glabrezu summoned in area W3 joins the fight if the characters haven’t already defeated
the demon (or prevented its summoning).

W8: Mission Hall

The east end of this hallway holds a secret door that leads into the Sacred Web Hall (area W12). A character who examines the wall and succeeds on
a DC 16 Intelligence (Investigation) check finds the door, which serves as an escape for the cultists who attend to Ker-arach when the creature is in a
particularly foul mood.

W9: Fodder Chamber

Peering from this rocky room’s center are four large lizards. The pungent smell of raw meat hangs in the air.

The cultists keep a supply of prey creatures here to feed Ker-arach. Right now, the chamber is occupied by four giant lizards. The cultists release a
lizard into the Sacred Web Hall (area W12) whenever Ker-arach is grumpy, providing her with recreation and a meal.

Releasing the Lizards. The cultists recently fed the lizards raw meat from the pantry in area W10, so the creatures are complacent. A character who
holds raw meat near a giant lizard can successfully give that lizard simple commands (such as “follow me,” “go where I point,” or “bite her”) for 10
minutes without giving the lizard the meat. If the lizard doesn’t get the meat after 10 minutes, it attacks that character.

If either exit is left open, the lizards meander into the complex. If a lizard wanders into area W12, Ker-arach has disadvantage on Wisdom (Perception)
checks and initiative rolls made in relation to the characters, since she is distracted while trying to capture the lizard and cocoon it in the chamber’s
central web.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 19/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
W10: Barrack of the Faithful

Five bedrolls, each with a small chest beside it, are tucked into this room. A large desk stands near the east wall. A small room to the south holds a long table with
chairs around it.

This meager barrack houses the cultists who live in Web’s Edge.

Chests. The chests contain the personal belongings of each cultist. Each chest is locked and requires a successful DC 18 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand)
check using thieves’ tools to open.

Each chest contains a ceremonial holy symbol of Lolth worth 50 gp. The chest near the bedroll closest to the entrance also contains two Potions of
Healing (superior). The chest near the southernmost bedroll contains a Gem of Seeing.

Desk. A Detect Magic spell reveals an aura of conjuration magic around the desk, which bears a magical trap. Any character who touches the desk
releases a swarm of spiders and must make a DC 18 Dexterity saving throw, taking 20 (8d4) poison damage on a failed save or half as much damage
on a successful one. The trap triggers once, after which the spiders disappear and the desk becomes nonmagical. Casting Dispel Magic on the desk
removes the trap.

The desk contains notes about covert missions the Lolth worshipers are planning in the next few months. Additionally, it contains gold- and gem-
encrusted, spider-shaped knickknacks worth 500 gp total.

Dining Area. The resident cultists eat and store their food in the room to the south. Characters who search the room find boxes of dried meat and
other shelf-stable provisions. An ice box in the southeast corner is full of raw meat, which the characters can use to command the giant lizards in
area W9.

W11: Passageway

At the east end of this hallway is an enormous pile of bones.

The bones are remnants of meals eaten by Ker-arach, the spiderdragon in area W12.

W12: Sacred Web Hall

An enormous web stretches across this open cavern’s center, its strands plastered over stalagmites and stalactites. Crawling on the web is a gigantic reptilian
creature with eight legs. Near that creature stands a smaller, one-eyed creature with a body that resembles melting wax.

This cavern’s ceilings are 50 feet tall. The cavern is the lair of Ker-arach, the spiderdragon (see appendix A). Ker-arach crawled into this cavern
through a temporary rift to the Abyss that opened during a ritual conducted here about half a year ago. Ker-arach brought with her a piece of the Rod
of Seven Parts, which she uses to answer questions posed directly to the Spider Queen. Ker-arach is essentially a tourist attraction for the few Lolth
devotees who know she exists. The cultists consider her a sign of Lolth’s favor, even though she eats hundreds of pounds of meat every few days and
doesn’t otherwise contribute to the complex.

ARTIST: COUPLEOFKOOKS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 20/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

A PIECE OF THE ROD OF SEVEN PARTS

Standing near Ker-arach is a yochlol named Ylellith, which the cultists recently summoned to help with a mission. When the creatures see the
characters and realize the characters are enemies, they attack and fight to the death.

Ker-arach’s Web. The web in the center of the cavern is made of ultra-strong, ultra-sticky strands of Ker-arach’s silk. Additionally, Ker-arach has spun
other, smaller webs throughout the area. The webs are difficult terrain. Any creature that enters the webbing for the first time on a turn or ends its
turn there must succeed on a DC 12 Strength saving throw or it becomes stuck and has the restrained condition. As an action, a creature can try to
pull itself or another creature within its reach from the webbing, doing so with a successful DC 15 Strength (Athletics) check. A creature freed in this
way is no longer restrained by the webbing.

The webs are flammable. Any 5-foot cube of webs exposed to fire burns away, dealing 5 (2d4) fire damage to any creature in that area.

Retrieving the Rod Piece. The first piece of the Rod of Seven Parts is wrapped tightly in silk at the center of this cavern’s web. Characters who have
darkvision or a light source can see the rod piece from up to 30 feet away. A character within reach of the rod piece can use a sharp tool to cut it free
of the web as an action. For more about the Rod of Seven Parts, see this book’s introduction.

Next Steps
ARTIST: BRIAN VALEZA

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 21/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. Los Tres Magos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
THE SPIDERDRAGON KER-ARACH AND THE YOCHLOL YLELLITH USE A PIECE OF THE
ROD OF SEVEN PARTS TO COMMUNICATE DIRECTLY WITH THE DEMON-GOD LOLTH

Once the characters have acquired the first piece of the Rod of Seven Parts, they can return to Sigil through the portal that remains open outside
Web’s Edge. At this point, the characters will likely want to rest, confer with their allies in Sigil, and see where this first rod piece points them to go
next.

When the characters return to the sanctum, Malaina is there (see “The Sigil Sanctum” earlier in this chapter for more details). Malaina offers to help
however she can, including seeking information outside of Sigil or retrieving specific magic items the characters might want.

Once the characters have concluded their business in the sanctum, they can begin their quest for the location of the second rod piece, as described in
the next chapter.

We have updated our terms and conditions. Click the link to learn more.

SUPPORT ABOUT FIND US ON SOCIALS D&D BEYOND APP

Help Portal Contact Us

Support Forum Careers
Don't Sell or Share Wizards of the Coast
My Info
Cookies

© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-wizards-three 22/22
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAP. 2: LOS TRES MAGOS CAP. 4: EL COLOSO EN RUINAS

Capítulo 3: El último viaje del Lambent Zenith

ARTIST: DAVID DAVIS

EL BARCO HECHICERO LAMBENT ZENITH LLEVABA UN

TROZO DE VARILLA ANTES DE ESTRELLARSE EN EL MAR ASTRAL.

La búsqueda de la segunda pieza de la Vara de las Siete Partes lleva a los personajes al vacío estrellado del Plano Astral. Dentro de sus
profundidades plateadas, los depredadores alienígenas acechan en silencio y los dioses caídos yacen en estasis. Aventureros conocidos en todo el
multiverso como lanzadores de hechizos deambulan por el espacio en naves impulsadas por magia.

En este capítulo, los personajes buscan en el Mar Astral la segunda pieza de caña. Los personajes deben explorar los restos de un barco hechicero
llamado Lambent Zenith y luego recuperar el trozo de varilla de una criatura parecida a un dragón que lo guarda dentro del corazón de un dios caído.

Corriendo la aventura

Este capítulo comienza después de que los personajes recuperan la primera pieza de la Vara de Siete Partes . Un personaje que sostiene esa pieza
sabe instintivamente que la siguiente pieza está en la parte del Plano Astral llamada Mar Astral. Como Mordenkainen explicó anteriormente, el portal
en el santuario de Sigil conduce al área general de la pieza de varilla que buscan los personajes.

Características del Mar Astral

En el Mar Astral, el tiempo no tiene sentido y las criaturas pueden sobrevivir allí indefinidamente sin comida ni bebida.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 1/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Los lugares explorados en este capítulo son una pequeña fracción de lo que se puede encontrar en el Mar Astral. Como tal, la guía aquí se centra en
información relevante para el contenido del capítulo.

Aire
El Plano Astral contiene aire respirable y confortable. A menos que se indique lo contrario, las criaturas pueden respirar normalmente.

Gravedad
Los personajes se encuentran en un área de gravedad normal durante este capítulo.

Movimiento
Aunque muchas criaturas utilizan barcos hechiceros u otras embarcaciones para atravesar el Mar Astral, no se requiere un vehículo. En el Mar Astral,
un viajero puede impulsarse sólo con el pensamiento. Una criatura puede moverse en cualquier dirección a una velocidad de vuelo en pies igual a 5 ×
su puntuación de Inteligencia.

Avance del personaje

Los personajes deberían estar en el nivel 12 cuando comience este capítulo. Los personajes ganan un nivel después de recuperar la segunda pieza
de la Vara de Siete Partes del hertilod.

El poder de los secretos

Los personajes pueden aprender dos secretos en este capítulo que son aplicables a las reglas de la sección " El poder de los secretos " en la
introducción de este libro :

Figaro’s Secret. Figaro, the tiefling first mate of the Lambent Zenith, knew about the dangers of the portion of the Astral Sea the ship was passing
through but deliberately hid this information from the captain. The characters can learn his secret in area Z8 of the ship’s wreckage.

Ikasa’s Secret. The blink dog Ikasa knows about another survivor of the pirate attack that stranded him and his best friend, the elf Daveras. The
characters can learn this secret in area Z12 of the ship’s wreckage.

Second Rod Piece

The second piece of the Rod of Seven Parts is inside the hertilod in area A2 in the “Heart of Havock” section later in this chapter. For more
information about the rod and the spell this piece allows its wielder to cast, see this book’s introduction.

A Doorway to Space

When the characters are ready to continue their adventure, they can step through the portal in the Sigil sanctum and emerge on the Astral Plane in the
Astral Sea. Like with the first rod piece, the portal opens near where the second piece is located, but it’s up to the characters to find exactly where the
piece is ensconced.

The Astral Plane

By researching in the Sigil sanctum or talking with the wizards, the characters can learn the following information about the Astral Plane and the
Astral Sea:

Planar Nature. The Astral Sea is in the Astral Plane, which is colloquially known as the realm of thought and dream. Creatures can propel themselves
through the plane by merely thinking about moving in a specific direction. Creatures can also traverse the Astral Plane using vessels called
spelljamming ships.

Dead Gods. Scattered throughout the Astral Sea are the remains of dead and dying gods who are here either because they were forgotten by their
worshipers or slain at the hands of more powerful entities.

If the characters ask about the location the rod piece points to, Alustriel determines that the dying god Havock is near the piece.

Havock. Havock’s petrified form is hundreds of miles long and weighs thousands of tons. It once had eight legs and two heads that each held a
single, unblinking eye, but as Havock lost worshipers and power over millennia, its legs and heads snapped off, destined to drift forever in the Astral
Sea.

Timelessness. Time has no meaning on the Astral Plane. Creatures on the Astral Plane don’t age or experience hunger or thirst.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 2/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Into the Astral Sea

ARTIST: CHRIS SEAMAN

THE ASTRAL SEA IS HOME TO MANY TERRIFYING PREDATORS, INCLUDING STAR ANGLERS

When the characters step through the portal to the Astral Sea to pursue the second rod piece, read or paraphrase the following:

You step through the doorway and enter a silver-clouded void. Lucent wisps of white and gray fog swirl in the distance among pinpricks of starlight. For a split
second, you have no sense of direction. Then, you start plummeting. The silver clouds shift, and you see that you’re falling toward a colossal, misshapen mass.

The characters emerge from a free-floating doorway on the Astral Plane. On passing through, the characters are subject to the gravity field that
extends from the stony mass they’re falling toward: the petrified body of a dying god called Havock. The characters can immediately propel
themselves using their thoughts as described in the “Movement” section earlier in this chapter.

The character holding the rod piece divines that the next rod piece is located within the stony mass. The doorway is anchored approximately 1 mile
from the mass’s surface.

Stalkers in the Stars

As the characters move toward the mass, something follows them. Read or paraphrase the following:

Amid the clouds, two large globes of light bob toward you.

Characters can make a DC 18 Wisdom (Perception) check. On a successful check, a character notices a large, anglerfish-shaped outline following
each bobbing light—two hungry star anglers (see appendix A) are stalking the party. The star anglers attack immediately.

Once the star anglers are dispatched, the characters can continue on to the surface of the dying god, where the wreckage of the Lambent Zenith lies.

Wreck of the Lambent Zenith

With its navy-blue hull and golden gossamer sails, the spelljamming galleon Lambent Zenith once cut an elegant silhouette through the Astral Sea’s
silver clouds. Its captain, the deva Inda Malayuri, was an arcanist and emissary tasked with guiding the lost and bringing peace to tumultuous worlds.
During a voyage, Inda uncovered a piece of the Rod of Seven Parts.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 3/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Using her extensive arcane knowledge, Inda harnessed the magic within the rod piece to augment the Lambent Zenith, allowing the ship to travel to
the farthest corners of the multiverse in the blink of an eye.

But the Lambent Zenith’s expedition screeched to a halt when it encountered a dying god of chaos named Havock drifting through the Astral Sea. The
latent chaos magic around Havock twisted the ship’s capabilities; the Lambent Zenith was ripped asunder, and its prow plunged into Havock’s heart.

When the characters approach Havock and the wreckage (shown on map 3.1), read or paraphrase the following:

The stony mass isn’t a planet or an asteroid, but a colossal creature that appears lifeless. Shattered ribs arch over the creature’s mossy spine, and the air crackles
with decaying magic.

Among the bones is the shipwreck of a large galleon broken into three large chunks: the sterncastle, nestled in the corpse’s hip bones; the starboard section,
embedded in the ribcage; and the prow, stabbed into the creature’s heart.

The Lambent Zenith broke into three distinct pieces: the stern segment, the starboard segment, and the prow segment. On their initial approach, the
characters are closest to the stern segment and area Z1, but they can approach the segments in whichever order they like.

The character holding the rod piece senses that the next piece is located somewhere in the ship’s wreckage.

Accessing the Rod Piece

The rod piece was stored in a safe room in the Lambent Zenith’s prow (area Z19). When the ship crashed, the safe room’s security wards activated,
and the room’s doors sealed magically. To access the safe room and uncover the rod piece, the characters must first deactivate the security wards.

Ward Runes
The security wards are powered by two magical runes: one in area Z8 and one in area Z13. The runes are invisible. If a creature can see invisible
objects, each rune looks like a stylized carving of a crescent moon pulsing with silver light. Casting Dispel Magic (DC 17) on a rune destroys it. A rune
can also be deactivated if a creature within 5 feet of it says, “The moon sings a song for the lost.”

Both runes must be either rendered inactive or destroyed for the safe room’s door to open. This allows access to the heart of Havock, where the rod
piece is located.

Arcane Portals

The crew of the Lambent Zenith used the magic contained within the rod piece to create portals through which the ship could travel across the
multiverse with ease. However, when the Lambent Zenith approached Havock, the rod’s magic mixed with the latent power in Havock’s dying body
and went awry. This volatile combination now causes teleportation spells and effects to function strangely in the segments of the shipwreck.

When a creature within a wreck segment casts a spell (or uses a similar magical effect) that would teleport it or another creature, instead of the
normal effect, a 5-foot-diameter circular portal appears in an unoccupied space within 30 feet of the casting creature. The portal is a glowing ring
filled with opaque mist and remains open for 1 minute.

When a portal appears, roll on the Portal Exit table to determine where the portal leads. If the result is where the characters already are, roll again. Any
creature or object that passes through an open portal appears in a random unoccupied space in the exit location.

Portal Exit

d6 Exit Location

1 Sterncastle deck (stern segment; area Z1a)

2 Companionway (stern segment; area Z5)

3 Starboard top deck (starboard segment; area Z10)

4 Grell nest (starboard segment; area Z11)

5 Study (starboard segment; area Z13)

6 Bridge (prow segment; area Z17)

Traversing Wreck Segments

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 4/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Characters can forgo the portals and travel between the wreck segments on their own, either by walking or by flying. The segments are 300 feet from
each other.

The areas between the segments contain a multitude of hungry astral predators. The creatures trapped in the segments don’t traverse the wreck for
this reason. When the characters enter one of these areas, roll on the Random Wreck Encounters table to see what confronts the characters.

Random Wreck Encounters

d10 Creature

1–2 Two night scavvers (see appendix A)

3–4 One star angler (see appendix A)

5–6 One cloaker

7–10 No encounter

Stern Segment
The largest piece of the wreck, the stern segment, is nestled in Havock’s hip bones. A handful of stranded shipwreck survivors led by the Lambent
Zenith’s first mate, Figaro, are encamped on this segment.

A death slaad recently infiltrated the camp, sowing chaos and magically manipulating Figaro’s mind. This drove Figaro into a paranoid state, causing
him to lock himself in his quarters, where one of the safe room’s ward runes is located.

Characters approaching this wreck segment can land on either the sterncastle deck (area Z1a) or in the companionway (area Z5).

Starboard Segment
The starboard piece of the ship crashed into Havock’s ribcage. A small lifeboat also crashed into this area, carrying refugees from a space pirate
attack: Daveras, his blink dog companion Ikasa, and a treant named Redbud. Daveras escaped the wreckage and joined the survivor camp on the
stern segment. Unknown to Daveras, Ikasa and Redbud also survived and are on the starboard segment.

Wreckage blocks off this segment’s lower decks from the outside. Characters approaching this segment must land on the starboard segment’s
section of the top deck (area Z10).

Prow Segment
The wreck of the Lambent Zenith’s prow impaled the dormant god’s heart. The ship’s captain, Inda, is here, as is the entrance to the safe room.

Characters approaching this segment can land on either the prow segment’s top deck (area Z14a) or the lower deck (area Z17).

General Features

The areas of the Lambent Zenith’s wreckage have the following features:

Gravity. The wreck and the areas around it have normal gravity.

Lighting. Unless otherwise stated, the ambient silvery glow of the Astral Sea fills the wreck, rendering its areas brightly lit.

Walls, Ceilings, and Floors. The floors and walls of the ship are made from faded blue wood. The ceilings of the ship’s lower decks are 10 feet high.

Lambent Zenith Locations

The areas of the wreck are keyed to map 3.1.

ARTIST: FRANCESCA BAERALD

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 5/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 3.1: LAMBENT ZENITH

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

Z1a–Z1b: Sterncastle Deck and Below

Scraps of golden sails dangle from the sterncastle’s ruined mast. Two armored githyanki patrol the deck and below, silver swords at their hips.

Two lawful neutral githyanki knights named Lysan and Zastra, who served as bosuns on the Lambent Zenith, keep watch here. Characters who want
to avoid the githyanki must succeed on a DC 15 Dexterity (Stealth) check. The knights notice characters who fail the check, beckoning them to
approach and state their business.

Lysan and Zastra are cautious but friendly. They have a sardonic sense of humor developed after being stranded for so long. If the characters express
no hostile intent, the bosuns welcome them to the Lambent Zenith and call for Ilren, who stepped in as the camp’s interim leader when the ship’s first
mate fell ill. The githyanki explain that they haven’t heard from the ship’s captain, Inda, who Lysan and Zastra assume either died during the crash or is
stranded elsewhere in the wreckage. Lysan and Zastra introduce Ilren to the party.

If the characters are hostile, Lysan and Zastra shout for help and attack the characters. After all combatants have taken a turn, all five sailors in the
upper crew quarters (area Z2) join the fight.

Talking with Lysan and Zastra. Lysan and Zastra know the following information:

Last Voyage. The Lambent Zenith was a sailing ship that sought to herald hope, community, and order across the multiverse. But this mission came
to an end a few months ago when the ship collided with the body of a dying god.

Strange Magic. The ship’s prow was outfitted with “fancy magic stuff” beyond the githyanki’s understanding. This magic malfunctioned when the ship
crashed, and now teleportation magic used within the wreck is warped. Instead of teleporting creatures, the magic instead spawns a portal that leads

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 6/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

somewhere else in the wreckage.

Terrors of Space. The areas beyond the wreck are teeming with hungry astral predators. The survivors are too afraid of these predators to risk
traveling between the segments. The camp has also been plagued recently by aberrant monsters such as cloakers, though the survivors don’t know
why.
ARTIST: RALPH HORSLEY

ILREN

If asked for specifics, Lysan and Zastra share a look before directing the characters to speak with the second mate, Kycera, in the galley (area Z3). A
character who succeeds on a DC 14 Wisdom (Insight) check intuits that the two are uneasy about some of their crewmates. If the characters press
the issue, the githyanki pull them aside and admit that the camp’s interim leader, Ilren, and the Lambent Zenith’s first mate, Figaro, would have more
information. However, Figaro has been acting paranoid of late and refuses to leave his quarters (area Z8).

Talking with Ilren. Ilren appears as a boisterous giff—a bulky individual with a head similar to that of a hippopotamus—wearing a sleek red coat. But
Ilren is a disguised death slaad who can cast the spell Modify Memory (spell save DC 15) once per day. Ilren is the reason the camp suffers
Aberration attacks; the death slaad sneakily directs monsters toward the wreck’s survivors and revels in the victims’ suffering. Ilren also magically
modified Figaro’s memories and usurped power in the camp.

On meeting the characters, Ilren claims to come from a similar background: the giff is an adventurer with heroic dreams who became stranded on this
wreck when his skiff crashed into Havock. Ilren claims that nothing of his skiff remains.

Ilren welcomes the characters to explore the Lambent Zenith’s wreck and make themselves at home, but a character who succeeds on a DC 17
Wisdom (Insight) check intuits that Ilren’s jolly demeanor belies a suspicious and cold attitude. If asked about Figaro, Ilren breezily explains that
Figaro is recovering from an illness but doesn’t elaborate. Ilren adds that he is happy to serve as leader while Figaro is indisposed.

Ilren doesn’t reveal its true form unless attacked.

ARTIST: SVETLIN VELINOV

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 7/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

LYSAN AND ZASTRA ARE WARY OF STRANGERS BUT GLAD FOR FRIENDLY COMPANY

Z2: Upper Crew Quarters

This room is plain yet inviting. Five sailors lounge in cramped bunks and colorful hammocks strung from the ceiling.

Five lawful good sailors from the Upper Planes (use the veteran stat block, but the sailors are Celestials instead of Humanoids) are lounging here.
The sailors are indifferent to the characters but jump into combat to protect themselves and their fellows.

These sailors were lackeys aboard the Lambent Zenith. Though they can recount the ship’s mission and subsequent crash, these sailors know
nothing about the rod piece.

Z3: Galley and Pantry

The sound of sizzling and the smell of spices emanate from the galley. A tall orc woman in black leather armor works busily at the stove. A gold tattoo of a
crescent moon surrounds her left eye.

Kycera Duskstride is the Lambent Zenith’s second mate and is a chaotic good, orc assassin. A former pirate, Kycera saw the error of her ways and
joined the Lambent Zenith’s crew to find redemption. Now she spends her time in the wreck’s galley. Though the survivors don’t require food in the
timeless void of the Astral Sea, Kycera finds that cooking and eating bring the restless survivors comfort.

ARTIST: ZUZANNA WUZYK

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 8/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

KYCERA DUSKSTRIDE

Talking with Kycera. Kycera gladly discusses the general history of the Lambent Zenith. However, if asked about the rod piece or the security system,
Kycera clams up, suspicious of the characters’ motives. A character who succeeds on a DC 13 Charisma (Persuasion) check assures her of their
heroic purpose, at which point Kycera reveals the following information:

Precious Cargo. The Lambent Zenith carried an extremely rare and powerful magic artifact. As a former pirate, Kycera helped Captain Inda design the
security system to protect the artifact.

Safe Room. The artifact was stored in a safe room at the front of the ship. During the Lambent Zenith’s crash, arcane wards should have sealed the
safe room’s doors. The safe room is inaccessible while the wards are active.

Ward Runes. Two runes hidden on the ship power the wards. Kycera knows one rune was placed in the ship’s stateroom, but she doesn’t remember
the second rune’s location. She believes that magic or a pass phrase can deactivate the runes. She doesn’t know the pass phrase, but the captain
would know.

If asked about Figaro, Kycera expresses annoyance at his seclusion; her tone belies a sense of parental concern. If the characters help Figaro and
defeat Ilren, Kycera is grateful and provides all the information above willingly.

Treasure. Within the pantry are 2d4 unopened casks of aged wine, each worth 500 gp. Kycera happily allows the characters to take them, as she’s
concerned about the crew getting too drunk to fend off threats.

Z4: Mess Hall

Empty wooden tables and chairs fill the mess hall. In the corner, an elf man plays a game of cards.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 9/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The elf is Daveras, a neutral druid. Daveras joined the camp after his lifeboat crashed into
ARTIST: ZUZANNA WUZYK
Havock. The remains of his lifeboat rest on the starboard segment.

If the characters haven’t met Ilren already, Ilren is here playing cards with Daveras.

Talking with Daveras. Though gruff, Daveras is friendly. He shares the following information:

Missing Camp Member. Daveras’s usual card partner, a halfling woman named Cirit, hasn’t
shown up for their games lately. Camp members said Cirit left to scout the other wreck
segments, but Daveras seems doubtful. Unknown to Daveras, Cirit is actually in the Lambent
Zenith’s brig (area Z9).

Paranoid Leader. Figaro, the camp’s first leader, locked himself in his quarters and refuses to
communicate. Daveras tried to talk to him, but Figaro used a magical device to erect an
impenetrable barrier around the room.

DAVERAS

Personal History. Daveras wasn’t part of the Lambent Zenith’s crew. When his spelljamming ship, the Verdant Branch, was attacked by space pirates,
he escaped on a lifeboat with his best friend, a blink dog named Ikasa, as well as a treant named Redbud, who had grown into the lifeboat’s hull. The
lifeboat crashed into a different segment of the wreck, and Daveras outran the raiders to get to the camp on the stern segment. He believes no one
else survived.

If Ilren isn’t present, Daveras confides that he noticed Figaro’s odd paranoia started shortly after Ilren arrived.

If Daveras is reunited with Ikasa (found in area Z12), he is elated and happily vouches for the characters when talking to Figaro in area Z5.

Z5: Companionway

The forward end of this hallway is buried in Havock’s flesh. The stern end holds two doors and two stairways leading up, and another door on the port side bears a
gilded plaque that reads “Stateroom.”

The port door is locked and leads to a guest stateroom that now serves as Figaro’s living quarters. Due to his paranoid state, Figaro uses a Cube of
Force to deter any living matter from entering his room.

A character trying to sneak up to Figaro’s locked door must succeed on a DC 18 Dexterity (Stealth) check to avoid being noticed. An unnoticed
character can, as an action, use thieves’ tools to try to pick the door’s lock, doing so with a successful DC 20 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check.

Gaining Figaro’s Trust. Figaro deactivates the cube’s barrier if he feels he can trust the characters. The barrier allows sound to pass through, meaning
that the characters can talk with Figaro. A character talking with Figaro can make a DC 25 Charisma (Persuasion) check. On a successful check,
Figaro trusts the characters, unlocks the door, and permits the characters to enter.

By helping the people found throughout the wreck, the party can find individuals who will vouch for them. If two or more individuals vouch for the
party, Figaro deactivates the barrier without the characters needing to make a check. If only one individual vouches for the party, a character makes
the check with advantage.

Z6: Lower Crew Quarters

The bunks and hammocks here are empty, and the walls are covered with colorful pieces of wood, each with something written on it.

The painted pieces of wood are makeshift remembrance markers, honoring those who died in the Lambent Zenith’s crash. Each piece of wood has a
name scribbled on it with smudged graphite. The survivors long ago burned the deceased’s bodies on the ship’s decks.

Z7: Storage

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 10/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Unused rigging and dusty old sails fill this old storage closet.

Characters who have a passive Wisdom (Perception) score of 15 or higher hear muffled shouting from below.

Secret Entrance. Loose floorboards on the room’s port side can be pried up, allowing access to the brig (area Z9). Ilren recently used this passage,
then attempted to hide the loose floorboards beneath a canvas tarp. A character who searches the floor and succeeds on a DC 12 Intelligence
(Investigation) check notices the edge of the loose floorboards jutting upward beneath the canvas.

Z8: Stateroom
ARTIST: ZOLTAN BOROS

THE LAMBENT ZENITH’S FIRST MATE, FIGARO, IS EXPERIENCING THE EFFECTS OF A MODIFY MEMORY SPELL

The stateroom is simple but elegant. The warm light of the wall sconces bathes the mahogany bookshelves and crimson bedsheets. Sitting on the edge of the bed
is a purple-skinned tiefling. He stares blankly at the wall, but his posture is as tense as a wound spring.

The tiefling is Figaro, a lawful good mage. If Figaro allowed the characters into his room willingly or if enough individuals vouch for them, Figaro
shakily introduces himself and is willing to talk to the characters. Otherwise, he screams and attacks. Figaro surrenders after he is reduced to half of
his hit point maximum, but he still refuses to talk with the characters.

Talking with Figaro. If the characters gained Figaro’s trust, he answers questions about the Lambent Zenith. He knows the following:

Experiments with the Rod. The Lambent Zenith harnessed the conjuration magic within a piece of the Rod of Seven Parts to create portals that allow
the ship to quickly traverse the multiverse. The rod piece was stored below the bridge on the ship’s prow.

Emergency Security Protocol. Knowing that the rod piece shouldn’t fall into the wrong hands, the Lambent Zenith’s captain installed a security
protocol that sealed the rod piece’s location in the event of an emergency—such as a crash. As far as Figaro knows, the rod remains in the safe room
(area Z19), though that area is inaccessible due to the activated safety protocol.

Ward Runes. The security protocol is fueled by two runes in different locations aboard the ship. Both runes must be dispelled to access the room that
holds the rod piece. Figaro knows the runes are invisible. He also knows one rune is located in this stateroom, on the bed’s headboard, while the other
is in the ship’s study (area Z13) on the wall above the desk. He suspects casting Dispel Magic on a rune would deactivate it, but the caster needs to
see the rune. He also suspects the captain knew another way to deactivate it. If she survived on another segment, the characters could try to reach
her to ask; if not, it might be recorded it in her notes.

Mending Figaro’s Memories. Ilren used repeated Modify Memory spells to manipulate Figaro’s mind. A character who studies Figaro’s symptoms and
succeeds on a DC 20 Intelligence (Arcana) check recognizes Figaro’s glassy gaze as a telltale sign of memory-tampering magic. Restoring Figaro’s

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 11/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

true memories causes Figaro to immediately recall Ilren’s deception. If the characters haven’t confronted Ilren, Figaro rushes off to face the death
slaad.

Figaro’s Secret. After recovering his memories, Figaro remains agitated even if he confronts Ilren. If the characters ask what’s bothering him, Figaro
admits he knew about the dangers of this stretch of Astral Sea but didn’t warn the captain, since this route was economical and Figaro believed it
would be easy for the crew to traverse.

Regardless of the characters’ reaction to this revelation, learning it counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s
introduction.

Ward Rune. The ward rune is located on the bed’s headboard.

Z9: Brig

Small cells with thin iron bars line both sides of the center hallway. You hear shouts for help from one of the cells.

The shouting is coming from a couatl named Cirit, currently in the form of a halfling priest. Cirit was one of the Lambent Zenith’s crew members and
was present when Ilren infiltrated the survivors’ camp.

Cirit saw Ilren’s true aberrant form. But when Cirit confronted Ilren about the deception, the death slaad overpowered her. Believing Cirit to be an
ordinary halfling spellcaster, Ilren hoped to use her to create a green slaad and locked her in the brig instead of killing her. Cirit has been trying to
escape since.

The door to Cirit’s cell is locked. A character can pick the lock with a successful DC 15 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check using thieves’ tools, or a
character can wrest open the door with a successful DC 15 Strength (Athletics) check.

Talking with Cirit. On seeing the characters, Cirit is relieved and immediately asks for their assistance. She provides the following information:

Ilren’s Aberrant Nature. Cirit saw through Ilren’s disguise. She identifies Ilren as a death slaad, an Aberration that relishes the suffering of others.

What Happened. Cirit tried to speak with Figaro about Ilren, but Figaro did nothing; Cirit suspects Ilren magically manipulated Figaro’s mind. She then
confronted Ilren, but the death slaad overpowered her. She doesn’t know why Ilren kept her alive, and she’s not keen on finding out why.

Cirit implores the characters to help her thwart Ilren. If the characters defeat Ilren, Cirit vouches for them when talking with Figaro in area Z5.
ARTIST: EKATERINA BURMAK

CIRIT

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 12/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Z10: Starboard Top Deck

The deck’s flooring here is uneven, with roots woven around the planks. Jutting from the segment’s fore is the wreckage of a lifeboat. Atop this smaller wreck is a
stout tree with vibrant pink and red blossoms.

The tree atop the crashed lifeboat is a treant named Redbud (use the treant stat block, but Redbud’s movement speed is 0 feet) that joined the crew
and grew into the lifeboat to strengthen its hull. The treant nearly died when the boat crashed, but Redbud survived by sending roots into the Lambent
Zenith’s wreck to feed off Havock. Redbud’s main purpose now is protecting the blink dog Ikasa (found in area Z11), who remains trapped aboard the
lifeboat.

Interacting with Redbud. Redbud remains silent and motionless until a creature attempts to enter the segment’s lower deck (areas Z11–Z13). Initially,
Redbud affably discourages characters from proceeding deeper into the wreck; when pressed, Redbud claims this is to protect them from hungry
parasites that have nested below. However, a character who makes a successful DC 13 Wisdom (Insight) check intuits that while Redbud is telling the
truth about monsters below, the treant has ulterior reasons for keeping the characters away from the lower deck.

If the characters question the treant’s sincerity, Redbud admits to the deception. Redbud explains that a dear friend is trapped below, and the treant’s
roots are protecting this friend from being eaten by the monsters nesting on the lower deck. Redbud implores the characters to clear out the nest,
allowing the characters to proceed further only if they agree.
ARTIST: WADE ACUFF

A TREANT NAMED REDBUD LIVES IN A LIFEBOAT THAT CRASHED INTO THE LAMBENT ZENITH

Z11: Grell Nest

Thick, pale roots here form two dense walls on either side of the room. Six bulbous, brain-shaped creatures with snapping beaks and barbed tentacles bob through
the air.

Six grells have made their home here, feeding off hapless raiders looking to pillage this wreck segment. The grells are hostile toward all other
creatures.

Redbud’s Roots. The treant’s roots have warped and splintered the floorboards, rendering squares with roots difficult terrain.

Redbud’s roots also block the entrances to the lifeboat wreck (area Z12) and the study (area Z13), the latter of which contains one of the safe room’s
ward runes. Redbud moves these roots if the characters eradicate the monsters nesting below. The roots also retract if Redbud is killed or forced to
relocate.

Z12: Lifeboat Wreck

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 13/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

A cot is shoved against one wall here opposite a desk. Sitting in the room’s center is a reddish-brown dog with a leather collar studded with glowing crystals.

Ikasa the blink dog is outfitted with a magical collar that allows him to speak Common. Afraid to use his teleportation ability due to the wreck’s
warped magic, Ikasa remained in the lifeboat, protected by Redbud.

On seeing the characters, Ikasa excitedly bounds over and introduces himself. If the characters mention Daveras, Ikasa asks to be reunited with his
old companion.

Ikasa’s Secret. If the characters speak with Ikasa about Daveras, the blink dog becomes uncharacteristically morose. On further inquiry, Ikasa reveals
he saw Daveras’s friend, the halfling Palenna Tindertoe, escape the wreckage of the Verdant Branch after pirates attacked it. Palenna floated away
from the ship using the power of her mind and likely still floats somewhere in the Astral Sea. Ikasa didn’t tell Daveras, who believes he, Redbud, and
the blink dog were the only survivors of the attack. Ikasa hasn’t had the opportunity to find Palenna due to being trapped on the lifeboat, and he is
afraid Daveras will become despondent thinking about his friend trying to survive in the Astral Sea alone.

Regardless of what the characters do on learning this, it counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s introduction.

Treasure. The lifeboat’s interior contains survival necessities. A character who searches the lifeboat and succeeds on a DC 18 Intelligence
(Investigation) check also finds an emergency fund of 100 gp stashed in one of the desk’s drawers.

Z13: Study

Books and scrolls concerning arcane subjects pack the bookshelves here. Pressed against the wall is a redwood desk, atop which are clean sheets of parchment
and two inkwells.

Secret Strongbox. A character who inspects the bookshelves and succeeds on a DC 15 Intelligence (Investigation) check discovers that one of the
books—a volume titled Dissertations on the Abstruse Mind—is a disguised strongbox. The box is locked, but the lock can be picked with a successful
DC 15 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check using thieves’ tools or forced open with a successful DC 11 Strength (Athletics) check. Inda carries the
strongbox’s key.

The box is trapped. When a creature attempts to open the box by any means other than the key, poisonous gas puffs out the keyhole. The creature
must succeed on a DC 20 Constitution saving throw or have the poisoned condition for 1 hour.

The box contains a Potion of Mind Reading and a journal. The journal belongs to Inda and contains writings in Common and Celestial regarding her
experiments with the rod piece. A character who spends 10 minutes reading the journal learns the pass phrase needed to deactivate the ward runes
protecting the safe room: “The moon sings a song for the lost.”

Ward Rune. The ward rune is on the wall above the desk.

Z14a–Z14b: Forecastle and Top Deck

A colossal heart—part flesh and part stone—looms over this segment’s top deck. What remains of the ship’s prow is plunged deep into the heart, and the deck
rumbles as the heart pulses. Scraps of gossamer sails dangle off the ship’s broken-off mast, which is jammed through one of the doors leading into the forecastle.

The mast blocks the entrance to the navigation room (area Z16). The door to the captain’s quarters (area Z15) is unobstructed but locked; the lock
can be opened with a successful DC 15 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check using thieves’ tools. As an action, a character can attempt a DC 15 Strength
(Athletics) check to force the door open. A character who has a passive Wisdom (Perception) score of 13 or higher and who is standing within 5 feet
of the door hears someone inside.

Z15: Captain’s Quarters

ARTIST: LINDA LITHEN

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 14/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAPTAIN INDA MALAYURI SURVIVED THE CRASH OF THE LAMBENT ZENITH BUT NOW MUST FIX HER PROSTHETIC WING

In this cabin, clothes are tossed over chair backs, and open books are strewn across tables. At the back of the room stands a deva. Her right leg below her knee is
a wood-and-metal prosthetic, and from her back extends a massive, white-feathered wing.

The one-winged woman is the captain of the Lambent Zenith, Inda Malayuri. Inda uses the deva stat block, except she has a flying speed of 0 feet.

Inda’s right leg and wing were severed in an attack years ago. She now uses prosthetics, but her prosthetic wing was damaged in the crash. She has
been trying to repair it in the navigation room (area Z16). She is determined to escape the wreck and reunite with whatever remains of her crew,
though she worries the rod piece will be stolen by raiders if she leaves.

Talking with Inda. Having encountered raiders attempting to pillage the wreck, Inda is wary of the characters and pointedly asks about their motives.
She is hesitant to provide any information about the Lambent Zenith’s cargo—especially the rod piece—and isn’t swayed by bribes or threats.

A character talking with Inda can make a DC 15 Charisma (Persuasion) check. If a character offers to aid her with repairing her prosthetic wing or to
reunite her with her crew in the stern segment, this check is made with advantage. On a successful check, Inda agrees to help the characters. In
addition to the general history of the Lambent Zenith, Inda knows the following points of information:

Location of the Rod Piece. The rod piece was stored in a safe room directly beneath the ship’s bridge. To protect the rod piece from raiders, the safe
room was equipped with magical security wards that triggered when the ship crashed.

Deactivating the Ward Runes. The safe room’s wards are powered by two runes. One is located on the headboard of the bed in the ship’s stateroom,
and the other is in the study, on the wall above the desk. The runes are invisible, and both runes need to be deactivated to access the safe room. Inda
knows the pass phrase for deactivating both runes: “The moon sings a song for the lost.”

What’s in the Heart. Inda has avoided exploring Havock. However, she’s seen a serpentine monster emerge from Havock’s heart.

If the characters have no way to see the invisible ward runes, Inda lends the party a Lantern of Revealing.

Treasure. Inda has a Flame Tongue shortsword and a Ring of Evasion on her bedside table next to the Lantern of Revealing. If asked, Inda is
reluctant to give away the shortsword or ring but can be convinced with a successful DC 22 Charisma (Persuasion) check. Inda has a key to the
strongbox in area Z13 and knows where the secret compartment holding a Spell Scroll of Flame Strike is in area Z17; she mentions these to the
characters if they help her with her prosthetic wing in area Z16 or help her reach her crew in the stern segment.

As an action, a character who can reach the bedside table can try to steal one of the magic items atop it without being seen by Inda, doing so with a
successful DC 19 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check. On a failed check, Inda sees the attempt and immediately becomes hostile.

Z16: Navigation Room

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 15/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

A chunk of mast has pierced the doors to the corridor and fills one corner of the room. A large bronze sphere hovers in the center of the room, spinning idly.
Splayed on the table below is a wing-shaped contraption.

This room formerly served as the Lambent Zenith’s navigation room. It now functions as Inda’s workshop.

Inda’s Prosthetic Wing. Inda’s prosthetic wing sits on the center table. Inda has been trying to repair it, but while she excels at theoretical studies, she
is inexperienced with practical engineering.

Characters can attempt to help Inda repair the prosthetic wing. A character must first succeed on a DC 15 Intelligence (Investigation) or Wisdom
(Survival) check to know which joints must be reconnected. Then, the character must succeed on a DC 17 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check to
reconnect the joints; a character who has proficiency with tinker’s tools makes this check with advantage.

Once a successful Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check has been made, Inda knows she can tinker with the wing enough that it will eventually work.

Inda is grateful to the characters for their help fixing the broken wing, even if their efforts are unsuccessful. If the characters escort her to the stern
segment of the wreck, she vouches for the characters to Figaro in area Z5.

Z17: Bridge

This room ends in a wall of Havock’s flesh, and glass shards from the shattered window litter the floor. An armchair sits on a platform toward the back of the
room; below it lies a silver-wrought chair, toppled over and broken in half.

The armchair served as the captain’s chair. The broken chair on the ground was the ship’s helm but is now irrevocably destroyed.

Treasure. A character who examines the captain’s chair and succeeds on a DC 15 Wisdom (Perception) check finds a secret compartment in the
right armrest. The compartment holds a bronze tube containing a Spell Scroll of Flame Strike.

Z18: Forward Cargo Hold

Empty crates and barrels litter this deck, and a double door stands at the fore. The doors’ surfaces shimmer as if trapped behind a wall of translucent silver light.

The door to the safe room is sealed by the ship’s emergency security wards (see the “Accessing the Rod Piece” section earlier in this chapter).
Inspecting the safe room via a Detect Magic spell or a similar effect reveals a strong aura of abjuration magic, as well as two tethers stretching
toward the stern segment and the starboard segment, respectively. These tethers indicate the links between the wards and the runes in these
respective locations.

Z19: Safe Room

An overwhelmingly foul stench fills this destroyed and empty room. Where the prow should be is a gaping hole leading into the putrid core of Havock’s heart.

The rod piece was consumed by the hertilod lurking within the heart.

Heart Entryway. The hole in this area leads into the heart of Havock, as shown on map 3.2 and described in the following section. To retrieve the rod
piece, the characters must venture into the heart and confront the monster inside.

Heart of Havock

Though much of Havock is petrified and crumbling, the god’s heart still beats. Over time, the heart spawned a parasitic monstrosity known as a
hertilod, which feasts on the god’s residual divine power and terrorizes hapless astral travelers who stumble on Havock’s corpse. When the Lambent
Zenith crashed into Havock, the god’s heart began absorbing pieces of the ship’s prow, and the hertilod gorged itself on the spelljamming vessel’s
detritus—including the piece of the Rod of Seven Parts.

General Features

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 16/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The areas of the heart of Havock have the following notable features:

Foul Air. The air throughout the heart is foul. Any creature that breathes the foul air has the poisoned condition until it breathes fresh air again.

Lighting. All areas inside the heart are dimly lit by floating orbs of pinkish bioluminescence.

Walls, Ceiling, and Floor. The walls, ceiling, and floor of the heart are made of purple flesh. Parts of this flesh have been petrified, hardening into gray
crystal, while other parts remain soft and spongy. The heart beats erratically, sending a dull pulse echoing through its chambers every few minutes.
The ceilings in the heart are all 50 feet high.

Areas of the Heart

The areas of the heart are keyed to map 3.2.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

MAP 3.2: HEART OF HAVOCK

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

A1: Entry Atrium

Beyond the shattered safe room is an oval chamber with walls of purple flesh dimly lit by pinkish, bioluminescent orbs. The air reeks of death. An opening in one
wall leads to another chamber.

A character holding the first rod piece divines that the next piece is deeper in the heart.

Treasure. The heart absorbed detritus from the wreckage of the Lambent Zenith’s safe room and bridge. A character who searches through the
detritus and succeeds on a DC 15 Wisdom (Perception) check uncovers a gilded spyglass worth 1,000 gp.

A2: Ventricle Chamber

ARTIST: BRIAN VALEZA

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 17/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

DEEP IN THE HEART OF HAVOCK LURKS A CREATURE CALLED A

HERTILOD, WHICH HAS SWALLOWED A PIECE OF THE ROD OF SEVEN PARTS

The walls and floor of this massive chamber alternate between gray, petrified stone and flexing muscle and flesh. Clinging to the ceiling is a serpentine
monstrosity, like a skinless snake. Its long, draconic snout drips with venom as it slumbers.

The creature sleeping on the ceiling is the hertilod (see appendix A) that swallowed the next rod piece. A character can move through the area
without waking the hertilod by succeeding on a DC 18 Dexterity (Stealth) check. Otherwise, the hertilod wakes when it detects a creature within 30
feet of itself and attacks.

Retrieving the Rod Piece. The rod piece is deep within the hertilod’s gullet. If the hertilod is forced to regurgitate creatures in its gullet, roll a d6. On a
roll of 4 or higher, the rod piece is also regurgitated and lands in an unoccupied space within 10 feet of the hertilod. Alternatively, a creature within the
hertilod’s gullet can use its action to make a DC 15 Intelligence (Investigation) check, finding the rod piece on a successful check. Once the hertilod is
dispatched, a character can easily recover the rod piece from the hertilod’s gullet. For more about the Rod of Seven Parts, see this book’s
introduction.

Caved-In Artery. A 10-foot-wide petrified artery leads from this chamber. The artery has caved in, blocking that exit from the chamber.

A character who uses an action to dig through the cave-in can make a DC 15 Strength (Athletics) check. On a successful check, the character clears a
passage through the cave-in large enough for a Medium creature to squeeze through. Exiting the heart through this passage leads to the area above
the Lambent Zenith’s prow (area Z19).

A3: Flooded Atrium

The air here is humid. Pooled on the floor is black sludge that shimmers like an oil slick.

A character who examines the sludge and succeeds on a DC 13 Intelligence (Arcana) check identifies it as Havock’s blood. A creature that touches
the blood immediately takes 10 (3d6) force damage. For each minute a creature spends in contact with the blood, the creature takes this damage
again.

Arteria hundida. Una arteria petrificada de 10 pies de ancho sale de esta cámara. La arteria se ha hundido, bloqueando la salida de la cámara. Los
personajes pueden despejar esa salida como se describe en el área A2.

Próximos pasos

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 18/19
24/5/24, 3:51 p.m. El último viaje del Lambent Zenith - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Una vez que los personajes hayan recuperado con éxito la segunda pieza de la Vara de las Siete Partes del hertilod, podrán regresar al portal a Sigil
que flota sobre Havock. Después de que la pieza de la varilla se retira de las proximidades de Havock, la magia de teletransportación dentro de los
segmentos del naufragio funciona normalmente.

Hemos actualizado nuestros términos y condiciones . Haga clic en el enlace para obtener más información.

APOYO ACERCA DE ENCUÉNTRANOS EN LAS APLICACIÓN D&D MÁS ALLÁ

REDES SOCIALES
Portal de ayuda Contáctenos
Foro de soporte Carreras
No vendas ni magos de la costa
compartas mi
información
Galletas

© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-lambent-zeniths-last-voyage 19/19
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAP. 3: EL ÚLTIMO VIAJE DEL LAMBENT ZENITH CAP. 5: CASA DE LA MUERTE

Capítulo 4: El coloso en ruinas

ARTIST: PINCEL DE UN PÍXEL

LA SIGUIENTE PIEZA DE LA VARA DE SIETE PARTES ESTÁ DENTRO DE UNA ENORME MÁQUINA DE GUERRA.

La búsqueda de la tercera pieza de la Vara de las Siete Partes lleva a los personajes al continente de Khorvaire en Eberron. Las cicatrices de la
Última Guerra aún están frescas en Khorvaire. En ninguna parte esto es más cierto que en Mournland, una nación alguna vez gloriosa destruida
durante el apocalíptico Día de Luto. Aquí, los personajes deben buscar la siguiente pieza de la varilla.

Cortinas de espesa niebla gris cubren el Mournland. Construcciones inteligentes, aventureros desesperados y voraces monstruos mutados
deambulan por el devastado paisaje. Los personajes deben navegar por este páramo en busca de la pieza de la vara, y finalmente descubren que la
pieza está ubicada dentro de los restos de una enorme y muy avanzada máquina de guerra bípeda llamada coloso.

Ejecutando este capítulo

Este capítulo comienza después de que los personajes recuperan la segunda pieza de la Vara de Siete Partes . Los personajes pueden unir las
piezas o mantenerlas separadas, como se describe en la introducción . De todos modos, cuando un personaje sostiene la segunda pieza de la vara,
sabe intuitivamente que la siguiente pieza está ubicada en algún lugar del continente de Khorvaire en el mundo de Eberron.

En concreto, la pieza se sitúa en Mournland, en las laderas del monte Ironrot. Si los personajes preguntan a los Tres Magos en el santuario de Sigil
por qué no está claro exactamente dónde se encuentra la tercera pieza, Alustriel comparte la información en la sección “ Explorando el Monte Ironrot
” más adelante en este capítulo.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 1/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Este capítulo describe primero el Monte Ironrot, incluyendo ubicaciones y encuentros que esperan a los personajes. Luego, el capítulo detalla las
ruinas de un coloso llamado Landro, cuyos peligros los personajes deben sobrevivir para reclamar la tercera pieza de la Vara de las Siete Partes .

Avance del personaje

Los personajes deberían estar en el nivel 13 cuando comience este capítulo. Los personajes ganan un nivel después de recuperar la tercera pieza de
la Vara de Siete Partes del motor de materia gris de Landro.

El poder de los secretos

Los personajes pueden aprender dos secretos en este capítulo que son aplicables a las reglas de la sección " El poder de los secretos " en la
introducción de este libro :

Mercy’s Secret. Mercy is the leader of a band of warforged pilgrims. Mercy was separated from their best friend, the warforged Filch, after the two
were separated after the Day of Mourning. They feel guilty that they haven’t searched for Filch. Characters can learn Mercy’s secret in the “Warforged
Pilgrims” section later in this chapter.

Kalyth’s Secret. Kalyth, the leader of a band of veterans, lost valuable magic items and money that could have prevented the current financial strain
she and her allies are under. Characters can learn Kalyth’s secret in the “Veterans’ Camp” section later in this chapter.

Third Rod Piece

The third piece of the Rod of Seven Parts is found in area L28 within Landro. For more information about the rod and the spell this piece allows its
wielder to cast, see this book’s introduction.

Doorway to Eberron

Before seeking the third rod piece, the characters can rest and prepare in the sanctum in Sigil. By doing some research in Sigil or conversing with the
Wizards Three, the characters can learn the following about their next destination:

Ruins of War. The Mournland is a ruined wasteland. Before the Last War—a global conflict waged across the continent of Khorvaire for over a century
—the Mournland was the nation of Cyre. An apocalyptic event called the Day of Mourning destroyed Cyre and transformed the region. Remnants of
the Last War’s battlefields, such as the fire-spewing war machines known as colossi, lie strewn about the Mournland, and warforged wander the land.

Warforged. Warforged are common on Khorvaire. These Constructs are formed from wood and steel, then magically imbued with life and sentience.
Warforged were originally created to fight in the Last War, though many survived that conflict and now try to understand their place in the world.

Unreliable Magic. In the Mournland, magic doesn’t always function as intended, particularly teleportation and divination magic. See the “Regional
Effects” section later in this chapter for more.

An Important Detail

ARTIST: CALDER MOORE

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 2/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

THE MOUNT IRONROT REGION IS A WASTELAND SCATTERED WITH BROKEN WAR MACHINES

Before the characters leave Sigil for Mount Ironrot, the Wizards Three share their concerns that this rod piece will be particularly challenging to find
since the Mournland is difficult to navigate. The wizards suspect that the rod piece is hidden in one of the dozens of ruined colossi scattered across
Mount Ironrot (as shown on map 4.1).

Instead of searching each colossus individually, the wizards suggest augmenting the rod’s divining power with local magic that can penetrate the
Mournland’s impeded navigation. The characters can do this by tuning their second rod piece to a working Docent from inside one of the fallen
colossi. A Docent is a small, sentient metal sphere that employs its sentience and magic on behalf of an attuned warforged; the full description of a
Docent is found in the “Finding a Docent” section later in this chapter. The wizards correctly postulate that a Docent’s magic will stabilize and
augment the rod’s divining powers so it will directly point the way to the third piece.

About Docents

Long ago, colossi were powered and controlled by Docents. The techniques and tools to create Docents were lost, but working Docents can
sometimes still be found in colossi. The Wizards Three suggest the characters find a working Docent and tune it to the rod piece.

Mount Ironrot

When the characters are ready, they can step through the doorway in Sigil. They arrive outside a jet-black, glass oval portal near the slopes of Mount
Ironrot.

Running Mount Ironrot

As the characters search for a Docent, they encounter the Mournland denizens described in the subsequent “Mount Ironrot Encounters” section. Run
an encounter each time the characters travel from one location to another. All three encounters should occur before the characters proceed to the
“Landro” section.

From their expeditions and these encounters, the characters learn of a working Docent in a ruined village called Ialos. They also learn that this Docent
is central to a conflict between rival groups of Mournland scavengers: a band of veterans and a community of warforged pilgrims.

Exploring Mount Ironrot

Use the following rules when the characters travel around Mount Ironrot.

Regional Effects
Mount Ironrot is affected by these environmental phenomena:

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 3/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Impeded Navigation. In outdoor areas, creatures have disadvantage on Wisdom (Survival) checks made to navigate.

Lightly Obscured. Mist perpetually shrouds outdoor areas, rendering them lightly obscured.

Muddled Magic. Creatures and objects within 1 mile of Mount Ironrot can’t be perceived through magical scrying sensors. Spells or magical effects
that would reveal a creature’s or object’s location fail while that creature or object is within 1 mile of the mountain. The third piece of the Rod of Seven
Parts points only to Mount Ironrot without precision.

Traveling
Distances between locations anywhere in the Mournland are indeterminate and ever-changing. Map 4.1 shows the approximate positions of locations
around Mount Ironrot relative to one another. The map doesn’t include a scale due to this effect.

Whenever the characters travel from one location to another, roll 2d4 to determine the number of hours it takes the party to reach their destination.
Have the players designate one party member to make a DC 15 Wisdom (Survival) check on behalf of the group each time the characters travel. On a
failed check, double the number of hours the party must travel to reach their destination.

Dangers
There is no safe food to forage in the Mournland, and monsters are everywhere. If the party lingers too long between locations, introduce random
encounters with creatures such as blazebears (see appendix A) or blade scouting parties (see the “Blade Scouting Party” section later in this
chapter).

Mount Ironrot Locations

The following locations are keyed to map 4.1.

ARTIST: FRANCESCA BAERALD

MAP 4.1: MOUNT IRONROT OUTSKIRTS

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

Oval Portal

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 4/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

A twenty-foot-tall, vertical, black oval made of glass sits on the muck atop a low hill. The oval reflects the surrounding mist-shrouded landscape with supernatural
clarity. The oval looks like a giant mirror, but it functions as a door between here and Sigil.

A Detect Magic spell reveals an aura of conjuration magic emanating from the oval. This oval served as a conduit for powerful teleportation magic in
Cyre, but the Day of Mourning rendered its magic unstable. The oval serves as a portal to Sigil while the characters carry the second piece of the rod.

If a creature tries to teleport to the Mournland using a Teleport spell, a Plane Shift spell, or similar magic, the spell’s caster must make a DC 15
Constitution saving throw. On a failed save, the spell fails and has no effect. On a successful save, the spell works, but teleported creatures arrive in
an empty space near this oval, regardless of their intended destination in the Mournland.

A creature that studies the reflection of the Mournland in the oval clearly sees the ruined colossi, the veterans’ camp, and Ialos (see map 4.1 and the
sections below). Otherwise, the view from this hill is limited, offering a glimpse of only the nearest ruined colossus.

Ruined Colossi
Each time the characters investigate one of the colossi shown on map 4.1, read or paraphrase the following:

What was once a massive, bipedal war machine made of stone, metal, and wood now lies in ruin. Fragments of the mechanical titan lie scattered about, each
piece as big as a barn.

These colossi are smaller than Landro and are easily accessible, making the task of searching them relatively quick. For this reason, no maps of
these ruined colossi are provided. You can simply narrate the characters’ foray into each colossus.

It takes 1d4 hours for the characters to search a colossus’s wreckage for a Docent. At the end of this time, have one character make a DC 17
Intelligence (Investigation) check for the group. On a failed check, the characters don’t find a Docent, but they can’t be sure they didn’t simply miss it;
the characters can spend another 1d4 hours to reattempt the check. On a successful check, the characters not only determine that the colossus’s
Docent is definitely gone, but also uncover one of the following clues (determined by you):

Deep Tracks. Deep, angular boot prints belonging to unusually heavy, bipedal creatures lead to and from the wreckage. Examining multiple colossi
and triangulating the boot prints’ directions (no check required) points to the village of Ialos.

Second Party. Smaller, fresher boot prints made by lighter bipeds meander aimlessly about the wreckage. It’s impossible to discern the aim of these
lighter bipeds from these tracks alone.

Skilled Extractor. The Docent was removed with surgical precision, likely by someone who knew exactly what they were looking for.

Landro
This unusually large colossus contains the third piece of the Rod of Seven Parts. Landro is described later in this chapter.

Veterans’ Camp

A crumbling stone bridge crosses a river of indigo water. Beneath one side of the bridge, soiled leather tents and bedrolls are arranged around a firepit.

ARTIST: ZUZANNA WUZYK

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 5/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

This campsite belongs to the ex-soldier Kalyth and her two companions (see the “Cyran Veterans” section later in this chapter). The veterans rest here
between expeditions around Mount Ironrot. If the characters meet the veterans here and aren’t hostile toward them, Kalyth offers to share her group’s
meager food supplies with the party.

Kalyth’s Secret. If the characters are friendly with Kalyth, she asks to speak with them privately. In a quiet spot, Kalyth admits that in the aftermath of
the Day of Mourning, she lost several valuable magic items and a purse full of gold that she could’ve used to stave off the veterans’ current financial
plight. The items are long gone, and Kalyth fears that the other veterans would reject her—or worse—if they found out she once had the money they
desperately need and lost it.

Regardless of the characters’ reaction to this revelation, learning it counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s
introduction.

Treasure. A character who searches the area and succeeds on a DC 14 Wisdom (Perception) check spots a loose brick among the bridge’s remains.
Behind the brick are a Potion of Healing (greater) and a moldy hunk of bread—part of the veterans’ provisions.

Ialos

A windmill towers above this ruined village. The windmill’s sides and blades are reinforced with badly rusted steel plates, and the attached wooden outbuilding is
in shambles. Muddy roads separate the mill from the ruined buildings. In the center of a nearby intersection stands an eroded stone statue of a humanoid draped
in colorful scraps of cloth.

Mournland-roaming pilgrims (see the “Warforged Pilgrims” section later in this chapter) turned this ruined mill into an ossuary for fallen warforged.

From this base, pilgrims venture out to find relics or lost warforged. At such times, 2d4 pilgrims (use the warforged warrior stat block in appendix A)
remain in Ialos to guard the mill or patrol its surroundings. When no expedition is underway, thirteen pilgrims (including their leader, Mercy, who also
uses the warforged warrior stat block) occupy Ialos. The pilgrims defend their home against attackers, but they flee when they’re outmatched.

The following locations are keyed to map 4.2:

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 6/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 4.2: IALOS

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

Founder’s Statue. Colorful scraps of fabric drape over the shoulders and outstretched arm of this statue. The warforged pilgrims decorated the statue
of Ialos’s founder as a gesture of respect; they are grateful to the village’s original builders for creating this space they can use to mourn.

Mill. The millstones have been removed from this mill, leaving an empty space. Warforged pilgrims use the mill to plan expeditions.

Ossuary. Bodies of deceased warforged line this cleared-out basement. Each body is carefully secured to the wall in a dignified pose: back straight,
arms crossed, and head slightly lowered.

Ruins. Except for the mill, every building in Ialos was destroyed on the Day of Mourning. Broken stone and rotten timber lie strewn about the village.

Storeroom. Objects the warforged pilgrims deem sacred line the shelves of this storeroom (see “Treasure” below).

Treasure. The storeroom contains curiosities and trinkets salvaged from Mournland ruins. Some of these items had magical properties until the Day
of Mourning destroyed their magic. The storeroom’s notable treasures include the following:

Art Objects. Clean tapestries, intact sculptures, and leather-wrapped oil paintings are carefully piled in a corner of the storeroom. Altogether, these
relics of old Cyre are worth 2,000 gp.

Docents. Half a dozen metal orbs line one shelf, but only one is a functional Docent (see the “Docent” section later in this chapter). These items were
taken from the area’s ruined colossi. A character can touch a piece of the Rod of Seven Parts to the working Docent to determine the location of the
third piece (see the “Finding a Docent” section later in this chapter).

Magic Ring. An iron ring etched with angelic feathers hangs from a silver chain on the wall. This is a Ring of Feather Falling.

Mount Ironrot Encounters

These encounters should occur, in the order presented, as the characters travel from one location on map 4.1 to another. Each encounter occurs only
once.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 7/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Warforged Pilgrims
The characters spot a band of five bipeds walking single file across a distant ridge. These are warforged pilgrims. Each uses the warforged warrior
stat block (see appendix A).

The pilgrims are peaceful folk who wander the Mournland in search of friendly travelers and artifacts important to warforged. A purple-hued ex-
soldier named Mercy is the group’s leader. Mercy is initially indifferent to the characters, but the leader responds positively to any aid the characters
offer, such as advice or adventuring supplies.
ARTIST: CONCEPTOPOLIS

MERCY

Pilgrims’ Problems
At first, Mercy speaks vaguely about the pilgrims’ goals. If the characters offer aid or helpful advice, Mercy talks about the pilgrims’ expeditions to
ruined colossi. Mercy then tells the characters that the pilgrims have been extracting Docents from these ruins, and that the pilgrims consider the
items sacred. Mercy also talks about the pilgrims’ recent run-ins with rival salvagers. Mercy mentions two other groups in particular: a band of Cyran
veterans that watches Mercy’s group from the shadows, and a gang of openly hostile warforged that the pilgrims avoid at all costs. This latter group,
Mercy explains, is loyal to the Lord of Blades, a local warmonger who conscripts warforged to his bloody cause of wiping out anyone who opposes
him.

If the characters offer to help the pilgrims, Mercy suggests they meet at the pilgrims’ base in Ialos (see “Ialos” earlier in this chapter). Mercy and the
pilgrims happily travel with the characters, though they hide if violence breaks out, emerging only when it’s safe. If the characters wish to attend to
other business before meeting the pilgrims at Ialos, Mercy draws a rough map in the mud to show the way. The pilgrims head straight to Ialos and are
there when the characters arrive.

Mercy’s Secret. If the characters befriend Mercy, they sense during their conversations with the warforged that something weighs heavily on Mercy. If
the characters ask the warforged about their melancholy, Mercy asks to speak with the characters privately. In private, Mercy admits that their best
friend has been missing in the Mournland since the Day of Mourning. Weighted with the responsibility of leadership, Mercy has never searched for
this friend, a blue-and-red warforged named Filch. If the characters offer to search for Filch, they find the ex-soldier in area L4 of Landro.

Regardless of the characters’ reaction to this revelation or whether they offer to look for Filch, learning it counts as a secret for the purposes of the
Power of Secrets rules in this book’s introduction.

Cyran Veterans
The characters encounter three lawful neutral veterans wandering through the mist. Once it’s clear the characters aren’t monsters or violent
marauders, the wanderers introduce themselves as the Turquoise Spear, a small platoon of Cyran ex-soldiers that scours the Mournland for relics.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 8/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

An orc artillerist named Kalyth speaks for her companions, two halfling soldiers named Dortle-Lynn and Grezan. Kalyth explains that the Turquoise
Spear recently discovered a stockpile of Docents taken from colossi. She wants to claim the Docents to sell in markets outside the Mournland, but
she’d happily let the characters borrow a Docent beforehand. Unfortunately, Kalyth says, the Docent stockpile is in Ialos, a ruined village currently
occupied by “rogue warforged.” The Turquoise Spear attempted to infiltrate the ruins, but the warforged made it clear they wouldn’t give up their
stockpile without a fight.

Kalyth doesn’t know that the warforged are peaceful pilgrims, nor does she know that the pilgrims regard the Docents as sacred. Regardless of these
facts, the veteran insists that these treasures rightfully belong to “living, breathing Cyrans.”

If the characters agree to help the Turquoise Spear, Kalyth gives the party directions to Ialos (see “Ialos” earlier in this chapter). She adds that the
town’s most prominent structure is a large metal windmill that glints faintly in the mist.

Blade Scouting Party

As they pass between scorched thickets, the characters are ambushed by violent followers of a bloodthirsty warmonger called the Lord of Blades.
These scouts have orders to search the region for a suitable colossus to turn into a new outpost, but they’ll happily make time to slay a few people in
their way. The scouting party includes two blade scouts and one blade lieutenant (see appendix A for both stat blocks).

The blades fight until destroyed. They remain tight-lipped if captured, but if a character demands information and succeeds on a DC 15 Charisma
(Intimidation) check, the lieutenant says his party’s commander is a powerful warforged headhunter named Glaive. “She’ll make mincemeat out of
you, interlopers!” the lieutenant scoffs. The blades can point the party to ruined colossi in the area but otherwise have no useful information.
ARTIST: RALPH HORSLEY

WARFORGED TRY TO SURVIVE IN THE BLASTED WILDERNESS AROUND MOUNT IRONROT

Finding a Docent

The party’s first task in the Mournland is to find a working Docent to which they can tune the second piece of the Rod of Seven Parts. In the course of
their exploration, they learn that the only operational Docent in the region is in a storeroom in Ialos.

The Dispute

By the time the characters reach Ialos, they should have met the pilgrims and the Cyran veterans. Both sides might ask the characters to intervene
and resolve their dispute. Here is a breakdown of the situation:

What Kalyth Wants. The Cyran veterans want to sell treasures from their ruined homeland in markets outside the Mournland. With the money, Kalyth
says, she and her comrades can fund new, better lives for themselves.

What Mercy Wants. Mercy regards Docents (and any other items intended for warforged use) as sacred. The pilgrims believe that such objects
belong in the hands of warforged who fought in the Last War.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 9/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

What They’ll Settle For. Ultimately, Kalyth’s group wants money, and Mercy’s group wants respect. If both parties get what they want, the dispute
ends.

Settling the Dispute

Mercy doesn’t understand that the Cyran veterans’ true motivation is money, nor does Mercy recognize the value of the items in the pilgrims’
possession. Though reluctant to bargain with the veterans, whom the pilgrims consider warmongers, Mercy can be persuaded to negotiate if the
characters act as intermediaries.

If the characters explain the veterans’ financial need and convince Mercy that the veterans mean no harm, Mercy offers to give the characters the art
objects kept in the pilgrims’ storeroom. If a character succeeds on a DC 14 Charisma (Persuasion) check during this discussion, Mercy also offers
the characters the Ring of Feather Falling in the storeroom.

Kalyth doesn’t realize that the pilgrims’ have valuable art objects or a magic ring. If told about these treasures, Kalyth says the Cyran veterans would
gladly take either option instead of the Docents. If Mercy offers the ring as well, Kalyth insists the characters keep either the art or the ring, whichever
they’d prefer, in thanks for brokering a peaceful resolution.

Helpful Information
If the resolution allows the warforged pilgrims to keep their Docents and no one is harmed in the dispute, once it’s clear the characters are looking for
a piece of the Rod of Seven Parts, Mercy tells the characters the following about Landro’s unique power source:

“I’ve heard tales of an unusual colossus called Landro powered not by a Docent, but by a device called a graymatter engine that incorporated part of an artifact—
perhaps that’s what you seek? The graymatter engine was said to generate a magical barrier around Landro, making it impossible to enter Landro except where the
barrier has already been broken.”

If the characters negotiate a deal that the Turquoise Spear finds agreeable, Kalyth tells the party the following about the third rod piece:

“Rumor has it there’s a colossus powered by part of an artifact. Supposedly, if you remove this piece, the colossus will begin a self-destruct sequence, and there’s
no way to stop the colossus from detonating in a terrible conflagration.”

Tuning the Rod

Regardless of which side, if any, the characters take in this conflict, the characters must pair the second piece of the Rod of Seven Parts to the
working Docent in Ialos to continue the adventure. (A character need not be attuned to the Docent to pair the Docent to the rod piece.)

When a character touches the rod pieceto the working Docent, the piece emits a loud, metallic ping. Thereafter, the piece points in the direction of the
third rod piece inside Landro. If the party travels in that direction, the characters eventually reach the ruins of Landro (see the “Landro” section below).

Docent
Wondrous Item, Rare (Requires Attunement by a Warforged)

A Docent is a 2-inch-diameter metal sphere studded with dragonshards. To attune to a Docent, you must embed the item somewhere on your body,
such as your chest or your eye socket.

ARTIST: COUPLEOFKOOKS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 10/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

A DOCENT

Sentience. A Docent is a sentient item of any alignment with an Intelligence of 16, a Wisdom of 14, and a Charisma of 14. It perceives the world
through your senses. It communicates telepathically with you and can speak, read, and understand any language it knows (see “Random Properties”
below).

Life Support. Whenever you end your turn with 0 hit points, the Docent can make a Wisdom (Medicine) check with a +6 bonus. If this check succeeds,
the Docent stabilizes you.

Random Properties. A Docent has the following properties:

Languages. The Docent knows Common, Giant, and 1d4 additional languages chosen by the DM. If a Docent knows fewer than six languages, it can
learn a new language after it hears or reads the language through your senses.

Skills. The Docent has a +7 bonus to ability checks using one of the following skills (roll a d4): (1) Arcana, (2) History, (3) Investigation, or (4) Nature.

Spells. The Docent knows one of the following spells and can cast it at will, requiring no spell components (roll a d6): (1–2) Detect Evil and Good or
(3–6) Detect Magic. The Docent decides when to cast the spell.

Personality. A Docent is designed to advise and assist the warforged it’s attached to, including acting as a translator. The Docent’s properties are
under its control, and if you have a bad relationship with your Docent, it might refuse to assist you.

Landro

In the Last War’s climactic final years, Cyran artificers crafted massive war machines called colossi. One of the nation’s greatest specimens was
deployed to the battlefield just as the Day of Mourning swept over Cyre and destroyed the nation. Instead of teleporting to the front lines, this
colossus, called Landro, appeared miles away, half-buried in the face of a soaring mountain. Landro’s crew was killed instantly.

Landro now looms empty and foreboding over Mount Ironrot’s eastern flank. The experimental magic that powers Landro—an eldritch machine called
the graymatter engine, fueled by a piece of the Rod of Seven Parts—continues to function, creating a magical force field around the colossus and
altering the gravity within it. In addition to the aberrant monsters and restless Undead that haunt Landro’s remains, another faction is determined to
plumb the ruins’ depths: violent, zealous warriors loyal to the Lord of Blades.

Lord of Blades’ Strike Squad

While the characters explore Landro, they’re pursued by a warforged named Glaive (see the accompanying stat block). Glaive is a high-ranking
commander loyal to the Lord of Blades. She has orders to find a ruined colossus suitable to transform into an outpost for the blades, and Landro fits

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 11/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

this description perfectly. When she becomes aware of the party’s presence in Landro, Glaive relishes the opportunity to destroy these “meddlesome
interlopers,” as she calls them.

Glaive is accompanied by two blade scouts (see appendix A) named Rack and Crunch. The three blades prefer to split up and sneak around Landro
and the adjoining caves. They take turns using hit-and-run tactics to harry the characters, creating a sense that more blades lurk around every corner.
As long as Glaive is around, the characters can’t finish an uninterrupted long rest inside Landro or in the caves of Mount Ironrot.

It’s up to you where the characters encounter this strike squad, though Landro’s location descriptions provide suggestions. If you don’t want to
ambush the characters with this encounter, it should occur in area L27. Glaive is devoted to her mission and fights the characters until destroyed, but
her subordinates are less motivated. If Glaive is defeated, Rack and Crunch flee.

Glaive
Since the Mournland’s earliest days, Glaive has wielded her namesake weapon in service to the Lord of Blades’ bloody conquest of the blighted
region. Among the blades, Glaive is best known for her talent at self-modification. “Glaive” is etched onto the back of her neck-plate. It is the only
name Glaive has ever known, and fellow blades don’t dare call her anything else. Mournland adventurers, however, refer to the terrifying commander
by another name: Kill Switch.

GLAIVE Actions
Medium Construct (Warforged), Chaotic Evil
Multiattack. Glaive makes two Spiked Glaive attacks and two Serrated Bolt
Armor Class 16 (natural armor) attacks.

Hit Points 187 (22d8 + 88) Spiked Glaive. Melee Weapon Attack: +9 to hit, reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 10
(1d10 + 5) piercing or slashing damage, or 14 (1d10 + 9) piercing or slashing
Speed 30 ft. (50 ft. with Overdrive) damage if Glaive is in overdrive.

Serrated Bolt. Ranged Weapon Attack: +7 to hit, range 60 ft., one target. Hit: 13
STR DEX CON (3d6 + 3) piercing damage. If Glaive has advantage on the attack roll, the serrated
bolt lodges in the target, and the target’s speed is reduced by 10 feet until the
20 (+5) 16 (+3) 19 (+4)
serrated bolt is removed. A target’s speed can be reduced by only one serrated
bolt at a time. A creature can use its action to remove a serrated bolt lodged in
INT WIS CHA itself or another creature within its reach; when the bolt is removed from a
creature, that creature takes 5 (2d4) slashing damage.
11 (+0) 16 (+3) 9 (−1)
Bonus Actions

Saving Throws Str +9, Dex +7, Wis +7 Overdrive (Recharges after a Short or Long Rest). Glaive enters a state of
Skills Athletics +9, Perception +7, Stealth +7, Survival +7 overdrive that lasts for 1 minute or until she has the incapacitated condition.
While in overdrive, Glaive gains the following benefits:
Damage Resistances poison
Glaive has advantage on Strength checks and Strength saving throws.
Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, poisoned
When Glaive makes a melee weapon attack, she gains a +4 bonus to the
Senses passive Perception 17 damage roll.

Languages Common Glaive’s speed increases to 50 feet.

Challenge 11 (7,200 XP) Proficiency Bonus +4

Reactions

Heatsink. When Glaive takes cold damage, her Overdrive immediately recharges. Self-Preservation. In response to being hit by a weapon attack, Glaive reduces
the damage by 11 (2d10).
Pack Tactics. Glaive has advantage on attack rolls if at least one ally is within 5
feet of the creature she’s attacking and the ally doesn’t have the incapacitated
condition.

ARTIST: CLAUDIO POZAS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 12/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

GLAIVE

Entering Landro

The invisible barrier described in the “Landro Features” section below makes it impossible to enter the colossus via typical means. The barrier is
damaged in three places, allowing ingress via paths along Mount Ironrot into areas L5, L11, and L16 of the colossus. Map 4.3 includes a side view of
Landro and the paths that lead into the colossus’s interior.

The easiest way to enter the colossus is through the mountain caves that lead to area L5. The characters can also search higher up the mountain
along outdoor paths for the entrances to caverns that lead to areas L11 and L16. Searching for area L11 takes 2d4 hours, and during the characters’
search, a hungry roc ambushes them. Searching for area L16 takes 3d4 hours, and during the characters’ search, they stumble on a nest with two
rocs and one roc egg the height of a human. The angry roc parents attack the characters, though the rocs don’t pursue if the characters flee.

Landro Features

The following features are common to all areas of Landro unless otherwise noted.

Antigravity Magic
The piece of the Rod of Seven Parts linked to the graymatter engine creates special gravity-altering effects in parts of Landro. The areas affected by
these effects are denoted on map 4.3 as the swirled features in areas L5, L6, L7, L8, and L9. These have the following effects:

Antigravity Wells. Landro’s ankles, legs, knees, hips, spine, and elbow are filled with magical energy meant to allow the colossus’s body to bend and
rotate freely. Creatures and objects can enter and exit these permeable “antigravity wells” like any normal space. While inside an antigravity well, a
creature is affected by a Levitate spell (no saving throw). Regular notches in the walls make it relatively easy for creatures to move up or down a well
to reach other areas of the colossus.

Gravity Tiles. Landro’s upper levels are enchanted with gravity magic that keeps passengers safely rooted to the floor. Creatures can move across the
floor in areas L20–L28 normally, no matter the orientation of Landro’s upper body.

The effects of the antigravity wells and the gravity tiles end if Landro’s shutdown sequence is activated (see the “Shutdown Sequence” section later in
this chapter).

Ceilings
The height of the ceilings varies considerably in Landro; see individual area descriptions for details. In areas L1–L4 of the cave network, the ceilings
are 15 feet high unless otherwise noted.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 13/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Graymatter Fluid
A steady stream of thin, oily liquid leaks from the graymatter engine and runs into other parts of Landro and the connected caverns. This graymatter
fluid is the engine’s sensory appendage. The graymatter engine can’t move or control this liquid, but it has blindsight within 60 feet of anywhere the
graymatter fluid touches.

When a creature looks at a puddle of graymatter fluid, the creature sees a twisted, monstrous version of itself with an inscrutable expression rather
than its actual reflection. A creature that ingests any amount of graymatter fluid must succeed on a DC 14 Constitution saving throw or experience
the following effects:

Altered Speech. The creature gains telepathy to a range of 30 feet but loses the ability to speak. Any attempts to speak generate only incoherent
babbling. This effect ends after the creature finishes a long rest.

Psychic Damage. For each ounce of graymatter fluid consumed, the creature takes 11 (2d10) psychic damage. A creature killed by this damage rises
as a zombie 1d4 hours after dying.

Invisible Barrier
The graymatter engine creates an invisible barrier around the intact parts of Landro. Nothing can penetrate the barrier, which is similar to the effect of
a Wall of Force spell, though a Disintegrate spell can’t destroy it. The barrier is broken in compromised sections of Landro (areas L5, L11, and L16).

Lighting
Landro’s interior areas and the adjoining caves are dark. Area descriptions assume the characters have a light source or some other means of seeing
in the dark. During the day, the parts of Landro exposed to the outdoors are shrouded in the same lightly obscuring mist as the rest of Mount Ironrot
(see “Exploring Mount Ironrot” earlier in this chapter).

Walls
As long as the graymatter engine is active, Landro’s body—which is made from steel-plated stone blocks—is immune to damage. The adjacent caves
are made of naturally formed stone.

Landro Locations

The following locations are keyed to map 4.3.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 14/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 4.3: LANDRO

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

L1: Cave Entrance

The jagged cave entrance in the side of the mountain resembles a yawning maw. Warped stalactites droop at odd angles like monstrous fangs. A shallow stream
of thin, gray liquid dribbles from the hole. Inside the cave, darkness awaits.

The shallow stream of graymatter fluid originates from the upper levels of Landro.

L2: Cave Graveyard

The corpses of recently fallen human soldiers bearing fine weapons and well-oiled armor lie scattered about this musty cavern.

A character who examines the area and succeeds on a DC 12 Intelligence (Investigation) check notices a thick layer of powdery residue has settled
across the scene, suggesting the remains have possibly been here for years. Anyone who examined the thin, gray liquid in the cave entrance realizes
that the white powder is residue from this liquid.

The corpses are Cyran soldiers who were instantly killed by mysterious magic on the Day of Mourning. The Mournland’s magic has preserved their
bodies, which a character can determine by examining the corpses and succeeding on a DC 15 Intelligence (Arcana) or Wisdom (Medicine) check.

If a creature picks up the armor or weapons, two flying swords and two suits of animated armor rise from the scattered gear to reclaim the stolen
treasure. They attack the thief and the thief’s allies, but they don’t pursue foes outside this area.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 15/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
L3: Cave Shack

Rickety metal sheets separate the east end of this cave from the rest of the complex. Aggressive growling emanates from behind the sheets.

This area is separated from the rest of the caves by rickety metal sheets scavenged from the debris of Landro’s right foot (area L5). The area serves
as a shelter for three Brelish soldiers who were transformed by the strange magic of the Day of Mourning. Use the fomorian stat block for each
soldier, except they are Large instead of Huge.

The cowardly soldiers make occasional forays into the caves to smash rats or other easy prey. They attack only if they can surprise the characters,
perhaps at the narrow tunnel to the north (area L4), or if the characters are already in a fight with Glaive’s squad. The soldiers know nothing of Landro
other than to avoid drinking the graymatter fluid.

L4: Bottleneck
If the characters haven’t run into significant challenges yet, Glaive and one of her blade scout companions attack the characters from both ends of
this narrow tunnel. After all combatants have taken a turn, the attackers flee into Landro and hide for another surprise attack.

Regardless of whether the characters fight the strike squad, if they search this area, they find a comatose warforged warrior (see appendix A) in the
northeast corner of this area. A character who tries to rouse the warrior and succeeds at a DC 18 Charisma (Persuasion) check wakes the warrior,
who identifies themself as Filch. Filch wandered in here shortly after the Day of Mourning looking for their best friend, the warforged Mercy (see the
“Warforged Pilgrims” section earlier in this chapter). The stress of the situation caused Filch’s comatose state. Mercy and Filch would be happy to be
reunited.
ARTIST: CONCEPTOPOLIS

FILCH

L5: Right Foot

Aside from a narrow passage, the 10-foot-tall toe section of the colossus’s foot has collapsed. Oversize, skull-shaped mushrooms pockmark the heap of debris
that marks the rough division between the colossus’s interior and the adjacent cave. At the chamber’s far end, motes of dust and debris float in a cylinder of
glowing, green light that stretches from floor to ceiling. The cylinder of light continues upward into Landro’s leg.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 16/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Within the mushroom patch are two shriekers. The shriekers’ high-pitched screams might attract the Brelish soldiers from area L3 or alert one of
Glaive’s scouts to the characters’ location.

The 20-foot-diameter cylinder of light extending up at the back of this foot is an antigravity well (see the “Antigravity Wells” section earlier in this
chapter). The well connects to Landro’s right hip (see area L8).

L6: Left Foot

The stone door at the toe end of this hollow foot has broken in several parts and is jammed shut. Through the cracks in the door, you can see the solid stone of the
surrounding mountain.

A character who searches the area and succeeds on a DC 11 Wisdom (Perception) check spots a dusty, lusterless gemstone lying in a corner. This is
an id crystal, which the graymatter engine’s consciousness can be transferred into (see the “Crystal Companion” section later in this chapter).

L7: Leg Shafts

Each of Landro’s 130-foot-tall legs contains two 20-foot-diameter, cylindrical antigravity wells, one in its calf and one in its thigh, connected at the
knee by a 20-foot-diameter antigravity sphere.

L8: Armory
The two 20-foot-diameter antigravity spheres in this 30-foot-tall chamber serve as Landro’s hip sockets. Gaps in the floor and ceiling of each sphere
grant access to the colossus’s legs (area L7) and abdomen (areas L9–L11), respectively. A 10-foot-wide antigravity well cylinder serves as a spine,
connecting to area L9.

Treasure. A weapon rack on the wall opposite Landro’s spine contains two halberds and one hand crossbow with a case of 20 bolts.

L9: Blocked Antigravity Well

Rubble in area L18 blocks travel through Landro’s spinal antigravity well above this floor. Otherwise, this area is empty.

L10: Artificer Quarters

Absolute silence fills this tranquil sleeping area. The walls are lined with wooden bunk beds draped in green and purple quilts. Motes of dust drift with a peculiar
languidness. A woman sleeps in one of the beds.

This 20-foot-high chamber is affected by a persistent Silence spell. A Dispel Magic spell ends the effect.

Aura of Slumber. Lingering in this chamber causes creatures to feel drowsy. A creature that ends its turn in this chamber must succeed on a DC 13
Constitution saving throw or have the unconscious condition for 1 minute. If the saving throw fails by 5 or more, the creature is unconscious for 1
hour instead. The creature wakes up if it takes damage or if another creature uses an action to wake it.

Sleeping Ghost. The figure dozing in one of the beds is the spirit of Alamar-Vatashi, a soldier who overslept on the Day of Mourning. In life, Alamar-
Vatashi was a kalashtar, a Humanoid bound to a dream-spirit called a quori. The Day of Mourning caused her to remain asleep in this chamber. She is
a neutral good ghost who can speak Common; she can also communicate telepathically within a range of 30 feet.

If Alamar-Vatashi awakens and becomes aware of the characters, she telepathically asks why they aren’t sleeping and yawns deeply. If questioned,
she says she’s too tired to talk, but she offers to share her dreams with the characters if they wish. A character who touches Alamar-Vatashi’s
incorporeal palm experiences a vivid vision of the day Landro came to this mountain on the Day of Mourning. This touch doesn’t damage the
character. Read or paraphrase the following to describe the vision:

As if through the eyes of a soaring bird, you see a titanic stone statue standing amid a circle of glowing sigils. A dozen robed figures, as small as ants, stand
around the circle and murmur arcane words, their heads bowed in concentration. Impossibly, the stone colossus begins to levitate.

As silvery light swirls around the colossus, the ground quakes, breaking the mages’ focus. The colossus is buried in crumbling stone, surrounded by shifting
mountains and sickly gray clouds. Years pass in rapid succession while the colossus stands like a stone sentinel, stuck inside the craggy mountainside.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 17/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The vision lasts only a moment but feels like it lasts hours to the creature experiencing the vision. A character who receives this vision gains the
benefits of a short rest. No character can receive the vision more than once.

L11: Workshop

Fine tinkering tools, woodcarving equipment, and metal plates hang from hooks above a stone table and counters in this crowded workshop. In one corner, a
faucet juts from a tall steel vat. The opposite corner has collapsed, allowing access to a tunnel beyond. A rivulet of graymatter fluid oozes across the floor and
down the tunnel.

The ceiling here is 20 feet high. Any characters proficient in tinker’s tools or woodcarver’s tools can assemble a set of either tools from the items in
this room with 1 minute of work.

Repair Paste. The steel vat contains magical paste specially formulated for strengthening Constructs. Turning the knob on the attached faucet
releases a palm-size dose of paste. A creature can take 1 minute to apply a dose of the paste to a Construct to grant it 10 temporary hit points. Once
dispensed, a dose of paste loses its magic if not applied within 1 minute. The vat contains three doses of paste.

L12: Lost Soldier

The ghostly image of a human Cyran soldier paces nervously at the bottom of this sloping cavern. On seeing you, the figure smiles with relief and waves, shouting,
“Please, help me find my comrades!”

The lawful good ghost, who says its name is Chandry, pleads with the characters to help it reunite with its comrades inside Landro.

Suddenly, Chandry cries out with joy and sprints toward the colossus. When the ghost comes within arm’s reach of Landro, it blinks out of existence.
Chandry then reappears at the bottom of the cave with no memory of the last few moments’ events and asks the characters for their help again. Every
time Chandry approaches Landro, the ghost disappears and reappears in the same way. If the characters tell Chandry about the fallen soldiers in area
L2, the ghost is put to rest and doesn’t reappear.

L13: Dragonshard Pool

ARTIST: LINDA LITHEN

A STRANGE POOL FOUND INSIDE LANDRO HAS

MAGICAL EFFECTS ON ITEMS DIPPED INTO IT

The deep pool of gray liquid in the corner of this chamber glitters oddly. Around the pool, bones and battered armaments litter the cave floor.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 18/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Pulverized dragonshards—special gemstones native to Khorvaire—mixed with the graymatter fluid here, creating a pool with strange magical
properties.

Enchanted Pool. A Detect Magic spell reveals an aura of enchantment magic emanating from the pool. Drinking from it exposes a creature to
graymatter fluid (see the “Graymatter Fluid” section earlier in this chapter). When a nonmagical item is dipped into the pool, roll on the Dragonshard
Pool Effects table to determine what happens to the item. An item can be affected by the pool only once; subsequent exposures have no effect.

The pool has 4 charges. It expends 1 charge each time an item is dipped into it. The pool regains all expended charges daily at dawn.

Dragonshard Pool Effects

d6 Effect

1–2 The item is destroyed.

3–4 The item gains a cosmetic defect such as discoloration, mild warping, or mysterious engravings.

The item craves more graymatter fluid. Every time the item’s wielder comes within 30 feet of graymatter fluid, the item emits a high-pitched hum
5–6
that lasts until the character moves away from the fluid.

Treasure. A suit of chain mail, two shortswords, and a mace lie on the floor. All are twisted and malformed, as if they were affected by a roll of 3 or 4
on the Dragonshard Pool Effects table.

L14: Blazebear Den

A pile of leather scraps, broken bones, and sludgy offal fills a corner of this cave. Nesting in this nauseating pile is a monstrous beast that resembles a bear with
three long, fleshy tentacles sprouting from its skull. Each tentacle is topped with a glowing, knobby lump of flesh.

The monster dwelling here is a blazebear (see appendix A). It attacks any creature it sees and fights until destroyed.

L15: Overhang

Two tunnels branch off opposite sides of this thirty-foot-high cavern. The tunnels reconvene at an overhang fifteen feet above the eastern passage.

Assuming they haven’t both been defeated, one of Glaive’s blade scouts (see appendix A) hides on the overhang here while the other scout hides
down the eastern tunnel, near area L16. When the characters are within range, the scouts fire their crossbows at a random character.

Any creature atop the overhang has half cover from creatures in the tunnel below.

L16: Ruined Chamber

This 30-foot-tall chamber is choked with debris and is difficult terrain.

L17: Bridge

A wood-and-steel captain’s chair tops the platform in the center of this room. Slumped in the chair is a skeletal corpse wearing Cyran regalia. The skeleton wears a
silver helmet with a sizable dent. A view port made from shimmering crystal overlooks the mists of the Mournland.

As long as Landro’s magical barrier is active, the view port’s crystal is immune to damage. The ceiling is 30 feet high.

Broken Control Helmet. The silver helmet once created a magical link between its wearer and the graymatter engine. A creature that puts its ear to
the helmet hears a faint, metallic clanking. A creature that dons the helmet must make a DC 13 Constitution saving throw. On a failed save, the
creature has the incapacitated condition for 1 minute. On a successful save, the creature experiences a vision of what happened to Landro on the Day
of Mourning (use the read-aloud text of the vision in area L10). The helmet loses this effect if removed from this room.

L18: Collapsed Antigravity Well

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 19/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Rubble chokes this shaft. A steady trickle of gray liquid burbles through the rubble.

Damage to Landro’s spine has disabled this antigravity well from this point upward. The rubble blocks access to area L9 below, but the path up to
area L20 and beyond is clear.

Without the aid of antigravity magic, a creature can climb the notched walls inside the shaft only by succeeding on a DC 12 Strength (Athletics)
check. From this area, the shaft stretches up 100 feet before terminating at the roof of Landro’s head (area L28).

L19: Muster Point

Three Cyran soldiers in full regalia stand diligently at the arrow slits in this 30-foot-tall gathering hall. When they become aware of the characters, the
soldiers turn to the party, revealing ghostly, screaming skulls instead of faces. The soldiers are three hostile wights. Three will-o’-wisps, previously
invisible, appear at the start of combat and fight alongside the wights.

L20: War Room

This thirty-foot-tall chamber centers on a massive, stone table. Dozens of large maps and scroll cases lie scattered across the table.

The table is a magically animated servant (use the stone golem stat block). It is designed to defend Landro from enemy boarders. As soon as a
creature disturbs the table’s contents, the table reveals its true nature and attacks.

Treasure. The vellum maps depict regions of Cyre that bear no resemblance to the current topography. Though useless to navigators, the maps are
worth 2,500 gp to historians, collectors, or Cyran expatriates.

L21: Shoulders
Ballistae mounted on wheels point out the windows at each of Landro’s shoulders. A total of twelve ballista arrows are scattered on the floors in
these areas: five in area L21a and seven in L21b. The ceiling in these areas is 40 feet high.

L22: Walkway
A 3-foot-tall stone battlement wraps around this open-air walkway.

L23: Holding Cells

Iron bars along either side of this hallway form two cells, each with a locked iron door.

The forearm and upper arm both house pairs of holding cells. Designed to hold prisoners of war, these empty cells never saw use. The ceiling in each
room is 15 feet high.

L24: Intake Chamber

This small, fifteen-foot-tall chamber features a metal hatch in the floor and a lever attached to a nearby wall.

When the lever on the wall is flipped, the hatch in the floor opens, and a 10-foot-diameter, 30-foot-deep cylindrical antigravity well emanates from the
colossus’s palm. Any Large or smaller unattended object that enters this antigravity well slowly floats into this chamber. The antigravity well
deactivates and the hatch closes when the lever is returned to its original position.

L25: Vault

The floor of this ruined, thirty-foot-tall chamber is bare except for a large, wooden chest. The ostentatious chest’s dark walnut planks shine, and its iron straps are
gilded with a thick sheet of gold leaf. An iron padlock crafted in the shape of a grinning demon hangs from the chest’s hasp.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 20/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The chest is a mimic in disguise. As soon as a creature touches it, the mimic attacks. Once it has grappled a creature, the mimic attempts to drag its
victim outside so it can drop the victim off the edge of the walkway (area L22). Creatures that fall take 45 (13d6) bludgeoning damage.

L26: Throat

This twenty-foot-tall cylinder is the equivalent of Landro’s throat. Above, a tangle of metal dangles like a mechanical uvula.

If she still lives, Glaive has set a trap here for the characters. She tore out the weapons system from area L27 and moved it to the edge of that
chamber so that it points down Landro’s throat.

As soon as a character is halfway up this area, Glaive activates the weapon, which ejects a jet of water in a 60-foot line. Any creature in this line must
succeed on a DC 15 Dexterity saving throw or take 22 (4d10) bludgeoning damage and fall down to area L18, landing with the prone condition.

Glaive compromised the weapons system when she moved it; once fired, it breaks, losing its magic.

L27: Weapons System

ARTIST: CLAUDIO POZAS

GLAIVE AND HER SUBORDINATES MIGHT CONFRONT THE HEROES INSIDE LANDRO’S WEAPONS SYSTEMS ROOM

The mechanical guts of what must have been a magical cannon were torn out of the platform in this room. To the south, a three-foot-tall ledge is all that separates
this chamber from the open air. If not for the dense mist of the Mournland, this window would afford a spectacular view.

In this 15-foot-tall room, which is effectively Landro’s mouth, Glaive (see her stat block earlier in this chapter) makes her final stand against the
characters if she has survived this long. Her blade scouts (see appendix A), Rack and Crunch, fight alongside her if they’re still alive.

L28: Graymatter Engine

Dripping pipes and rusty chains hang from the fifteen-foot-high ceiling of this chamber. Deep-red light courses rhythmically through the pipes, which converge on a
large object atop a circular dais.

The object resembles an oversize brain made of iron-gray ceramic. Its surface is molded with countless grooves that form mesmerizing patterns. A crack along
the ceramic brain’s frontal lobe leaks a thin, gray liquid that pools around the dais.

Floating above the brain and scattering light across the room is a small, slender object: a piece of the Rod of Seven Parts.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 21/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Years after its abandonment, the graymatter engine still churns with arcane power. Crafted from experimental designs based on unfamiliar
technology, the graymatter engine converts the power of the third Rod of Seven Parts piece into magical effects throughout Landro. The colossus’s
force field, weapons system, and antigravity wells are all powered by this eldritch machine.

When the characters arrive in this area, the graymatter engine manifests a physical entity to converse with the party. Proceed to the “Graymatter
Guardian” section below.

Hidden Sentinels. This chamber contains false walls made of thin metal plates. A character investigating the walls can tell that they are hollow by
succeeding on a DC 17 Wisdom (Perception) check. Behind these walls stand four defense sentinels bound to the graymatter engine (each uses the
shield guardian stat block but is Medium instead of Large).

If a sentinel takes damage or the rod piece is removed from the graymatter engine, the walls around all four sentinels slide into the floor and the
sentinels activate, attacking all intruders.

Retrieving the Rod Piece. As long as the graymatter engine is active, the rod piece floating above the engine’s ceramic shell is held in place with
powerful magic. As an action, a creature can try to remove the piece. A creature that touches the piece must make a DC 15 Wisdom saving throw. On
a failed save, the creature takes 11 (2d10) psychic damage, and the piece doesn’t move. On a successful save, the creature takes half as much
damage but is able to grab and move the piece freely. Successfully casting Dispel Magic (DC 14) on the piece suppresses the magic for 1 minute,
during which time the piece can be touched and removed without requiring creatures to make a saving throw.

When the piece is removed, the four defense sentinels attack the characters, and Landro’s shutdown sequence begins (see the “Shutdown Sequence”
section below). For more about the Rod of Seven Parts, see this book’s introduction.

Graymatter Guardian
ARTIST: ALFVEN ATO

THE GRAYMATTER ENGINE SERVES AS LANDRO’S BRAIN, THOUGH IT CAN’T CONTROL THE COLOSSUS’S MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

The graymatter engine has—or, more aptly, is—a mind of its own. It sensed the characters when they first entered Landro and has watched them
curiously. When the characters arrive in this room, the graymatter engine manifests a swirling mass of animated graymatter fluid.

The animated fluid takes the shape of a tall, lithe humanoid and introduces itself as Landro. This neutral-aligned being uses the water elemental stat
block, except it has telepathy out to 30 feet.

Landro isn’t interested in fighting. Rather, it wants to question the newcomers who’ve made it all the way to the colossus’s uppermost level.

Landro the Host

In its manifestation as Landro, the graymatter engine assumes the role of a gracious host. It is far more interested in learning about its visitors than in
talking about itself. If pushed, Landro briefly explains how it was created by Cyran mages to control the colossus of the same name. On the day of its

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 22/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

deployment, the colossus teleported halfway into this mountain, where it has remained since. Unable to wrench its body from Mount Ironrot, the
graymatter engine fell into a despondent torpor that lasted until the arrival of its recent visitors.
ARTIST: BRIAN VALEZA

LANDRO

Sharing Secrets
Landro understands the world by peering into the thoughts and memories of living beings. During conversation, the entity asks the characters to
share a secret with it.

“I already know a great deal,” Landro says. “The knowledge I now seek is of the clandestine variety. I would be interested to learn your secrets.”

Landro wishes to learn secrets from the characters through a type of osmosis. Landro tells the characters that this process is harmless and takes
only a moment, though it does require physical contact with the head of a consenting character, as well as spending a secret the character has
learned. If the characters reject the idea, Landro doesn’t push the matter.

If the characters consent to the entity’s request, Landro extends a ribbonlike tentacle of graymatter fluid. Landro uses this tentacle to briefly touch the
head of each consenting character in turn. An affected character hears a deep, sloshing sound and experiences a sensation like being underwater,
but when the tentacle is removed, the character is as dry as before.

After this process, Landro nods in quiet appreciation and thanks the party for sharing their secrets.

Secrets Revealed. If any character consents to the graymatter engine’s secret-learning process, the most recent secret the party learned is spent, as
described in “The Power of Secrets” section in the book’s introduction. Instead of the usual benefit of spending the secret, the characters all gain
inspiration. Mark off a secret spent in this way on the Secrets Tracker in appendix C. No matter how many characters consent, only one secret is
spent.

The Engine’s Aid

If the characters befriend Landro, or if two or more of the characters agree to share a secret with it, the entity warns the party of the engine room’s
defense sentinels and explains how the colossus’s shutdown sequence works. Even though it is mentally merged with the colossus of the same
name, the entity can’t control the colossus’s systems.

ARTIST: CONCEPTOPOLIS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 23/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

ELEMENTAL GEM (EMERALD)

Crystal Companion
At the end of their conversation, Landro asks to travel with the party so it can continue to learn from them. If the characters find a special kind of gem
called an id crystal, Landro explains, they can transfer the graymatter engine’s consciousness to it. Landro tells the characters that a suitable id
crystal can be found in the colossus’s left foot (area L6).

When an id crystal touches the graymatter engine, the graymatter engine’s consciousness is transferred to the crystal, which becomes an Elemental
Gem (emerald).

As soon as the graymatter engine’s consciousness is transferred to the id crystal, the rod piece powering the graymatter engine falls to the floor,
activating the hidden sentinels in area L28 and starting Landro’s shutdown sequence (see below).

Shutdown Sequence
When Landro’s shutdown sequence is activated, a magical, soothing voice announces: “One minute until self-destruct.” The following things then
happen immediately:

Antigravity Deactivated. Landro’s antigravity magic—including the antigravity wells and floors—is dispelled.

Barrera caída. La barrera invisible que rodea a Landro desaparece.

Autodestrucción iniciada. Los personajes dentro de Landro deben superar una tirada de salvación de Destreza CD 14 o quedar boca abajo mientras
el coloso se agita y se estremece. Después de 1 minuto, el coloso explota en una ardiente conflagración. Cuando esto sucede, las criaturas dentro de
Landro deben realizar una tirada de salvación de Destreza CD 18, recibiendo 99 (18d10) de daño por fuego si falla la salvación o la mitad de daño si
tiene éxito. Los objetos no mágicos y desatendidos dentro de Landro son destruidos por la explosión.

Próximos pasos

Una vez que hayan adquirido la tercera pieza de la Vara de las Siete Partes , los personajes pueden regresar al portal ovalado en las afueras del
Monte Ironrot. Al atravesar el portal, los personajes regresan al santuario en Sigil.

Hemos actualizado nuestros términos y condiciones . Haga clic en el enlace para obtener más información.

APOYO ACERCA DE ENCUÉNTRANOS EN LAS APLICACIÓN D&D MÁS ALLÁ

REDES SOCIALES
Portal de ayuda Contáctenos
Foro de soporte Carreras
No vendas ni magos de la costa
compartas mi
información
Galletas

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 24/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. El coloso en ruinas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-ruined-colossus 25/25
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAP. 4: EL COLOSO EN RUINAS CAP. 6: NOCHE DE FUEGO AZUL

Capítulo 5: Casa de la Muerte

ARTIST: ANDRES MAR

LA CASA DE LA MUERTE ES UNA FUENTE DE TERROR EN BAROVIA, Y LOS PERSONAJES PRONTO DESCUBREN POR QUÉ.

La cuarta pieza de la Vara de las Siete Partes está en Barovia, uno de los Dominios del Terror de Shadowfell. Con la ayuda de un inquisidor ulmista, el
grupo se infiltra en el sótano de un lugar inquietante llamado Death House. Aquí, deben detener las sectas que planean usar la cuarta vara en rituales
viles y al mismo tiempo evitar que el artefacto caiga en manos del infame vampiro Strahd von Zarovich.

Ejecutando este capítulo

Este capítulo comienza después de que los personajes recuperan la tercera pieza de la Vara de Siete Partes . Cuando un personaje sostiene esta
pieza, sabe instintivamente que la siguiente pieza más cercana está ubicada en el pueblo de Barovia, en el dominio de Strahd von Zarovich. Aunque
es un pueblo pequeño, Barovia está repleto de amenazas sobrenaturales, incluida la Casa de la Muerte, con un nombre premonitorio, la ubicación de
la cuarta pieza.

Al investigar la Casa de la Muerte en el santuario de Sigil o preguntar a los Tres Magos al respecto, los personajes descubren que la Casa de la
Muerte es propiedad de dos barovianos llamados Gustav y Elisabeth Durst, quienes dirigen un pequeño culto dedicado al Señor Oscuro de Barovia,
Strahd von Zarovich. Dadas las amenazas mucho mayores del dominio, este culto menor y la casa llaman poca atención. Si los personajes
preguntan, Alustriel comparte la información en la sección “ Conocimiento de Barovia ”. Ni los magos ni los materiales de investigación disponibles
en Sigil pueden revelar más detalles.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 1/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Este capítulo comienza con el acercamiento de los personajes a la Casa de la Muerte. Su viaje es interrumpido por una turba de campesinos
asustados y por un inquisidor potencialmente útil. La mayor parte del capítulo describe los horrores que encuentran los personajes mientras exploran
la Casa de la Muerte. Una vez que los personajes adquieren la pieza de la vara, Strahd llega a la Casa de la Muerte para jugar con los personajes e
intenta bloquear su escape.

Avance del personaje

Los personajes deberían estar en el nivel 14 cuando comience este capítulo. Obtienen un nivel después de recuperar la cuarta pieza de la Vara de las
Siete Partes de la Casa de la Muerte.

El poder de los secretos

Los personajes pueden aprender un secreto en este capítulo que es aplicable a las reglas de la sección " El poder de los secretos " en la introducción
de este libro :

Sarusanda’s Secret. Sarusanda is an Ulmist inquisitor, but her father, Galias, joined the evil priests of Osybus. Sarusanda expected to find and slay
him in Death House. The characters can learn this secret during one of their encounters with Sarusanda, as described in the “Meetings with
Sarusanda” section.

Fourth Rod Piece

The fourth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts is in area D38 of Death House. For more information about the rod and the spell this piece allows its
wielder to cast, see this book’s introduction.

Barovia

The third rod piece allows the characters to step through the portal in the Sigil sanctum and emerge in the western outskirts of the village of Barovia.

If the characters haven’t already, allow them to research Barovia in Sigil or ask the wizards about the place, then convey the points listed in the
“Knowledge of Barovia” section below. When you’re ready to start the chapter, proceed to the “Arriving in Barovia” section.

Knowledge of Barovia

Characters who research Barovia can learn the following:

Domain of Dread. Barovia is the name of a village as well as the name of the Domain of Dread that encompasses that village. A Domain of Dread is a
demiplane hidden in the Plane of Shadow. Every Domain of Dread is separated from the rest of the multiverse by the mysterious Mists.

The Mists. The Mists are unfathomable and unpredictable. Once an individual has been taken by the Mists, there is little chance of escape. The only
entities with influence over the Mists are the unknowable Dark Powers, which control the Domains of Dread, and the Darklords, who each rule a
domain created to torment them.

Strahd the Vampire. As Barovia’s Darklord, the vampire Strahd von Zarovich wields immense power and usually has the final say over who comes and
goes in his domain.

Arriving in Barovia

When the characters step through the portal in Sigil, they wade through a thick mist before emerging on the western outskirts of Barovia. Read or
paraphrase the following:

Thick, gray fog shrouds this small, gloomy village. Dismal houses and outbuildings line the cobblestone streets. The sound of a child weeping echoes
preternaturally from a tall house looming in the distance.

If the characters attempt to leave or circumvent the village, the Mists return them to where they started.

The third piece of the Rod of Seven Parts points toward the tall, gloomy house on the village’s far side, where the sound of weeping is coming from.

ARTIST: MARK BEHM

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 2/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

BAROVIAN VILLAGERS CONFRONT THE CHARACTERS WHEN THEY ARRIVE, BELIEVING THEY’RE VILLAINS

Unwelcome Party

While making their way across the village, the characters are accosted by a throng of panicked villagers fearful of the newcomers. Read or
paraphrase the following:

As you move through town, a handful of murmuring villagers follow you at a distance. More villagers emerge from houses on all sides, and soon you’re surrounded
by a small mob. A farmer carrying a pitchfork points at you and calls you interlopers. Other folks brandish brooms, axes, and large stones. They scream at you to
leave the village.

The mob consists of twenty hostile commoners who surround the characters. As Sarusanda later explains to the characters, the priests of Osybus
foresaw the characters’ arrival and sowed foul rumors about them to turn the villagers against them. The characters must diffuse the situation with
the villagers before they can proceed.

The characters can disperse the mob in a variety of ways. They can lie about their identities or intentions; they can convince the villagers that they
mean no harm or that they hope to help the children crying in the distant house; or they can threaten the villagers’ lives. To successfully sway the mob
in one of these ways, at least one character must succeed on a DC 18 Charisma (Deception, Intimidation, or Persuasion) check, using whichever skill
is appropriate. A character who casts Calm Emotions on the mob’s area has advantage on this check.

Until the characters disperse or escape the mob, one randomly determined character takes 1 bludgeoning damage from hurled debris at the start of
each turn. Each round on initiative count 0, the DC of the check to disperse the mob increases by 1. The villagers immediately disperse if the
characters attack or deal damage to any of them.

The Ulmist Inquisition

After the characters are free of the mob, a cloaked adventurer named Sarusanda Allester approaches them. Sarusanda is a lawful neutral, human
inquisitor of the tome (see appendix A) who speaks Celestial, Common, Draconic, and Elvish, and can cast Speak with Dead at will. She introduces
herself and asks to speak with the characters in private. The characters can slip into an alley for this discussion, or they can duck into the Blood of the
Vine, the village tavern, for a quiet conversation.

ARTIST: ROBSON MICHEL

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 3/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

SARUSANDA ALLESTER

Sarusanda’s Mission
Sarusanda’s initial impression of the characters depends on how the characters handled the angry mob. If the party dispersed the mob without
harming any villagers, Sarusanda is friendly toward the characters. Otherwise, Sarusanda is indifferent but wary.

Sarusanda explains that she is a member of the Ulmist Inquisition, an organization dedicated to rooting out evil throughout the multiverse. She asks
the characters what business they have at the house on the far side of the village.

However the characters respond, Sarusanda says she is also going to the building. “The locals call it Death House,” she says. “Perhaps we can help
each other achieve our goals there.”

In the course of their conversation, Sarusanda conveys the following information to the party.

Cultists in Death House

Death House is owned by Gustav and Elisabeth Durst. It’s an open secret that the Dursts use the building to host cultists who venerate the Darklord of
Barovia, Strahd von Zarovich. This minor cult occasionally causes trouble, but until now, it hasn’t merited intervention by the Ulmist Inquisition.

Unexpected Discovery. Recently, the cultists in Death House obtained something important: a fragment of the Rod of Seven Parts. Sarusanda
believes the cultists don’t know much about the rod piece, but she suspects the cultists plan to use it to somehow attract Strahd’s attention.

Priests of Osybus
The Death House cultists’ discovery roused the attention of another wicked group, the priests of Osybus. Unaffiliated with the cultists in Death House,
the priests of Osybus are necromancers who steal souls to fuel their evil, life-prolonging magic. They wish to claim the rod piece for use in their
necromantic rituals, and they’ve divined the characters’ arrival and know the characters will try to stop them. To slow the characters down, the priests
spread dreadful rumors about them throughout town. This stirred the villagers into a frenzy. Sarusanda heard about the priests’ activities, discovered
the presence of the rod piece, and traveled to the village. She has vowed to stop the priests of Osybus’s activities in Death House and any other evil
happening there.

Eight priests of Osybus have infiltrated Death House. They are all neutral evil humans who speak Abyssal, Common, and Infernal.

Strahd Watches
If Sarusanda’s information is correct, Strahd is also aware of the activities at Death House.

Sarusanda’s Plan
Sarusanda needs to act quickly to stop the priests of Osybus and Strahd from acquiring the rod fragment. She doesn’t care if the characters take the
artifact; as long as it stays out of her enemies’ clutches, she’ll consider her work done. To this end, she invites the characters to join her cause.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 4/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Regardless of whether the characters cooperate with Sarusanda or ignore her, their interaction with her now affect subsequent meetings with her
inside Death House.

Approaching Death House

As the characters come within sight of Death House, read or paraphrase the following:

A boy and a girl stand in the middle of the dirt road outside a grim house. The boy is weeping and clutches a stuffed doll. The girl is trying to quiet the boy. She
turns to you. “There’s a monster in our house!” she says. “Mom and Dad told us to play outside. Please, won’t you make it safe?”

ARTIST: COUPLEOFKOOKS

ROSE AND THORN DURST

The children are Rosavalda “Rose” and Thornboldt “Thorn” Durst. Rose explains that the monster arrived just after the children’s parents, Gustav and
Elisabeth, ordered Rose and Thorn outside to play. Rose is especially worried for Brigetta, the family’s nursemaid, who’s always been kind to both
children. After Rose and Thorn came outside, they heard screams inside the house, followed by terrible howls coming from the basement. Recently, a
group of robed adults (priests of Osybus) arrived and entered the house without a word.

If calmed with a successful DC 10 Charisma (Persuasion) check, Thorn sniffles that his parents often invite weird friends over for parties, but this
time seems different.

The children have no other useful information, and neither has any idea how much time has passed since the events they’ve described. They have no
idea that their parents are cult leaders in possession of a powerful artifact. If the characters express hesitation about leaving the children alone, a
friendly neighbor arrives and offers to keep the children safe.

Sarusanda Splits Off

As soon as the characters enter Death House, Sarusanda suggests she and the party explore the house separately. This way, you can focus on the
characters without having to run Sarusanda alongside them. The characters will have several opportunities to run into Sarusanda in the house. See
the “Meetings with Sarusanda” section for more details.

If you wish, Sarusanda can stay with the characters, and the events described in that section happen while she accompanies the party.

Death House

Before the characters enter Death House, make sure the players understand their goals. The characters can’t leave until they encounter Strahd von
Zarovich, as described in the “Leaving the House” section later in this chapter.

Death House Objective

The characters must take the fourth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts from the Strahd-venerating cultists who operate from Death House’s basement.

The priests of Osybus have their own plans for the rod piece. As long as the eight priests inside the house are alive, they’ll try to keep the characters
from taking the artifact.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 5/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Death House Encounters

The foul energies coalescing in Death House have spawned numerous horrors. When the characters enter locations with an “Encounter” subsection
for the first time, the description will instruct you to roll on the Death House Encounters table below. With the exception of Meetings with Sarusanda,
if you roll an encounter the characters have already overcome or an encounter that would be difficult to resolve in the location, choose an
unencountered result instead.

Death House Encounters

d12 Encounter

1–4 Meeting with Sarusanda (see below)*

5–8 Three priests of Osybus (see appendix A) lurk nearby, poised to strike†

9 One whirling chandelier (see appendix A) falls on a random character before two invisible stalkers join the surprise attack

10–11 Four vampire spawn attack the party

12 Four helmed horrors, disguised as inanimate suits of armor, attack the characters

*Since there are three possible meetings with Sarusanda, you can use this result up to three times.

†If the characters don’t face this encounter before leaving Death House, assume that Sarusanda defeated these three priests on her own.

Meetings with Sarusanda

The characters occasionally reunite with Sarusanda as they explore Death House. Each time you roll this result on the Death House Encounters table,
run one of the following encounters, starting with the first and proceeding in order.

Wounded Pride

The remnants of a deadly battle lie about this chamber: broken bits of furniture, scattered weapons, and two bodies shrouded in dark robes. Sarusanda kneels in
one corner, wrapping a linen bandage around her leg. She startles at your intrusion, then relaxes.

The robed bodies belong to two priests of Osybus (see appendix A), each of whom is stable at 0 hit points. When the characters enter the room, each
priest’s Tattoo of Osybus trait causes the priest to rise on its next turn, at which point it attacks the characters.

Development. Sarusanda has 30 hit points remaining and is obviously in pain. If the characters offer to heal her, she downplays her injuries. A
character who succeeds on a DC 15 Wisdom (Insight) check realizes that it’s not just Sarusanda’s body that’s hurt—her pride is badly wounded too.

If unaided, Sarusanda gains 1 level of exhaustion, which she retains until she finishes a long rest outside Death House.

Séance

ARTIST: ROBSON MICHEL

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 6/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

SARUSANDA INTERROGATES A DECEASED CULT MEMBER TO LEARN MORE ABOUT THE ACTIVITIES IN DEATH HOUSE

Pungent sticks of incense burn around this room’s perimeter. Sarusanda stares intently at a human skull clutched in her outstretched hand.

“Now tell me, servant of evil,” Sarusanda demands of the skull, “where do your fellow occultists hide?”

The skull replies, its teeth chattering, “Occultists? How droll! A better question: where are your manners?”

Sarusanda uses Speak with Dead to commune with a preserved skull she found in this room. The skull belonged to a cult member named Elya who
was sacrificed by his fellow cultists.

Interrogating the Skull. Elya’s skull offers its words in hair-raising, singsong whispers. The skull doesn’t know anything about the Rod of Seven Parts
or the priests of Osybus. It can, however, give directions to the cultists’ ritual chamber (area D38) and describe their general motives: “We wish to
impress our glorious lord, Strahd von Zarovich!”

Once Sarusanda is done speaking with the skull, it cackles in grim amusement, then floats into the air. Three will-o’-wisps emerge from corners of the
room and join the skull (use the flameskull stat block) in attacking the party and Sarusanda.

Crisis of Faith
Run this encounter with Sarusanda after the characters have claimed the rod piece from the cultists (see area D38) but before they encounter Strahd.

Sarusanda stands in the middle of the room. Her shoulders are slumped beneath her grimy armor, and dark circles underline her weary eyes. She doesn’t turn to
face you, but she holds a finger in the air to indicate silence. A moment later, the room erupts into chaos as three tattooed figures dart from the shadows.

Three priests of Osybus (see appendix A) attack Sarusanda and the party, entering the room from multiple directions if possible.

With or without the characters’ help, Sarusanda fights passionately against the priests. She discards her normally staid demeanor for this battle and
openly rages at the priests, making careless tactical decisions amid the turmoil.

Sarusanda’s Secret. After the battle, a character who asks Sarusanda what’s wrong is greeted with a long, bitter sigh. The inquisitor then reveals the
source of her distress.

Shortly after she joined the Ulmist Inquisition, Sarusanda’s father—a man named Galias—joined the priests of Osybus. Sarusanda witnessed him
commit a terrible act in the cult’s name, though she doesn’t give details, and the inquisitor admits she didn’t arrest her father. Sarusanda considers
this her greatest failing.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 7/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Galias was fully inducted into the priests of Osybus, and Sarusanda heard that he would be among the cultists at Death House today. She is enraged
that she hasn’t found Galias so she can confront him.

Regardless of the characters’ reaction to this revelation, learning it counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s
introduction.

Death House Features

The locations in Death House have the following features.

Ceilings
Ceilings vary in height by floor. The first floor has 10-foot-high ceilings, the second floor has 12-foot-high ceilings, the third floor has 8-foot-high
ceilings, and the attic has 13-foot-high ceilings.

Haunted Doors
When Strahd enters the house later in this chapter, certain doors marked on the map become haunted doors; see the “Haunted Zones” section for
details.

Lighting
Unless otherwise noted, each room in the house is lit with bright light by oil lamps, a fireplace, or some other light source when the characters arrive.
The cultists take oil lamps into the ritual chamber (area D38) when they gather there.

The Mists
When the characters enter Death House, the Mists surround the building and prevent them from leaving. A creature that enters the Mists around
Death House reemerges seconds later in a random room in Death House. Only Strahd can disperse the Mists (see the “Leaving the House” section).

Self-Repair
After 24 hours, any damage to the house repairs itself. The house also repairs itself as soon as Strahd enters the building.

Walls
The walls of the house are made of 1-foot-thick brick. The dungeon is carved from earth, clay, and rock. Dungeon tunnels are 5 feet wide by 10 feet
high with timber braces at 5-foot intervals.

Death House Locations

These locations are keyed to map 5.1.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 8/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 5.1: DEATH HOUSE

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

D1a–D1b: Portico and Antechamber

A hinged, wrought-iron gate fills the archway leading to a stone portico. Oil lamps hang from the portico ceiling by chains, flanking an oaken double door.

The double door opens into an empty antechamber. On the south wall is a shield emblazoned with a stylized golden windmill on a red field.

A closed double door stands a few steps beyond.

The doors are unlocked.

D2a–D2b: Main Hall and Cloakroom

This hall runs the width of the house, with a black marble fireplace at one end and a sweeping red marble staircase at the other.

The door to a cloakroom on the east wall is slightly ajar; the black cloaks inside are damp.

The hall is bare of furniture. Faint footprints lead to the cloakroom (area D2b).

Encounter. Roll on the Death House Encounters table the first time a character enters this room.

D3: Den of Wolves

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 9/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
This oak-paneled room looks like a hunter’s den. A stag’s head is mounted above the fireplace, and three stuffed wolves are positioned around the outskirts of the
room.

Trapdoor. A character searching the southwest corner of the room finds a trapdoor with a successful DC 20 Intelligence (Investigation) check. The
trapdoor is barred from the other side (area D32). It is a Medium object with AC 13, 15 hit points, and immunity to poison and psychic damage.

D4a–D4b: Kitchen and Pantry

The kitchen is tidy, with dishware, cookware, and utensils neatly placed on shelves. A dome-shaped stone oven stands near the east wall. Near the oven is a well-
stocked pantry.

The kitchen is area D4a, while the pantry is area D4b.

Dumbwaiter. Behind a small door in the southwest corner of the kitchen is a dumbwaiter—a 2-foot-wide stone shaft containing a wooden elevator box
attached to a hand-operated rope-and-pulley mechanism. The shaft connects to the servants’ quarters (area D7a) and the Durst parents’ bedroom
(area D12a).

A Small character can squeeze into the elevator box with a successful DC 10 Dexterity (Acrobatics) check. The dumbwaiter’s rope-and-pulley
mechanism can support 200 pounds of weight before breaking.

D5: Dining Room

The centerpiece of this wood-paneled dining room is a carved mahogany table, covered with resplendent silverware and crystalware and surrounded by eight high-
backed chairs.

This area is empty except for the immaculate table dressing.

Treasure. The silverware and crystalware here are worth 2,500 gp total.

D6: Upper Hall

Unlit oil lamps are mounted on the walls of this elegant hall. Hanging above the mantelpiece is a wood-framed portrait of a family: a man and a woman with two
smiling children—the same children you saw outside. The marble staircase continues upward.

The red marble staircase that started on the first floor continues its upward spiral to area D11. A cold draft flows down the steps.

D7a–D7b: Servants’ Room and Closet

An undecorated bedroom contains a pair of beds with straw-stuffed mattresses.

An empty footlocker rests at the foot of each bed. Tidy servants’ uniforms hang from hooks in the adjoining closet (area D7b).

Dumbwaiter. A small door in the corner of the room opens onto the shaft of the dumbwaiter.

D8: Library

ARTIST: WADE ACUFF

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 10/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

THE PRIESTS OF OSYBUS ARE KNOWN FOR THE EVIL PRACTICE OF

TRAPPING ENEMIES’ SOULS INTO TATTOOS ON THE PRIESTS’ BODIES

A mahogany desk faces the fireplace of this private library, and two overstuffed chairs fill the room’s corners. Floor-to-ceiling bookshelves line the south wall. A
rolling wooden ladder allows access to the higher shelves.

The bookshelves hold hundreds of tomes on topics such as history, warfare, and alchemy.

Encounter. Roll on the Death House Encounters table the first time a character enters this room.

Secret Door. A secret door behind a bookshelf in the southeast corner of the room can be opened by pulling on a switch disguised as a red-covered
book with a blank spine. A character inspecting the bookshelf spots the fake book with a successful DC 13 Intelligence (Investigation) check. Unless
the secret door is propped open, springs in the hinges cause it to close on its own. Beyond the secret door lies area D9.

D9: Secret Room

This secret room contains bookshelves packed with tomes describing Fiend-summoning rituals.

Trapped Chest. An unlocked treasure chest stands against the room’s south wall. When a creature opens this chest’s lid, poison-tipped darts shoot
from a spring-loaded mechanism attached to the lid’s underside. Each creature within 10 feet of the chest that isn’t behind total cover takes 2 (1d4)
piercing damage and must succeed on a DC 15 Constitution saving throw or take 22 (4d10) poison damage and have the poisoned condition for 1
hour.

A character who succeeds on a DC 20 Intelligence (Investigation) check while examining the chest spots the trap mechanism. As an action, a
character can use thieves’ tools to make a DC 15 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check to disarm the trap. Failing this check triggers the trap.

Treasure. The chest contains three blank books with black leather covers (worth 25 gp each) and three Spell Scrolls (Bless, Protection from Poison,
and Spiritual Weapon).

D10: Conservatory

A harpsichord and bench fill this elegant hall’s northwest corner. On the opposite side of the room, a large standing harp rests near the room’s fireplace.
Upholstered chairs line the walls.

Encounter. Roll on the Death House Encounters table the first time a character enters this room.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 11/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
D11: Balcony

At the top of the red marble staircase is a balcony with a suit of black plate armor standing against one wall.

Secret Door. A character who examines the west wall and succeeds on a DC 15 Intelligence (Investigation) check finds a secret door that pushes
open to reveal a cobweb-filled wooden staircase leading to the attic.

D12a–D12c: Master Suite

Burgundy drapes cover the windows of this large bedroom. The furnishings include a four-poster bed, a matching pair of wardrobes, and a vanity with a jewelry
box. A portrait of a man and woman hangs above a fireplace. A parlor in the southwest corner contains a table and two chairs.

The couple in the portrait are the same people from the family portrait in the upper hall (area D6). A door facing the foot of the bed opens to an empty
closet (area D12b). A door in the parlor leads to an outside balcony (area D12c).

Dumbwaiter. A dumbwaiter in the southwest corner connects to areas D4a and D7a below.

Treasure. The jewelry box on the vanity is made of silver with gold filigree (worth 75 gp). It contains three gold rings (worth 25 gp each) and a thin
platinum necklace with a topaz pendant (worth 750 gp).

D13: Bathroom

This dark room contains a barrel under a spigot in the east wall, a wooden claw-foot tub, and a small iron stove with a kettle resting atop it.

This room is otherwise empty.

D14: Storage Room

Dusty shelves line the walls of this room. The shelves hold linens and other household goods.

D15a–D15c: Nursemaid’s Suite

This bedroom contains a large bed, two nightstands, and a large mirror. A double door fitted with stained-glass windows opens onto a balcony. One of the
nightstands has been knocked over, and one of the windows has been smashed.

This elegantly appointed bedroom (area D15a) and an adjoining nursery (area D15b) were occupied by the Dursts’ nursemaid, Brigetta, the cult’s
latest victim.

The double door opens onto a balcony (area D15c) overlooking the front of the house.

Encounter. Roll on the Death House Encounters table the first time a character enters this room.

Signs of Abduction. A character who succeeds on a DC 15 Intelligence (Investigation) check ascertains that the disarrayed nightstand and broken
window are the result of a recent struggle. Rainwater on the floor around the broken window indicates the struggle occurred within the last few hours.

A character who examines the area and succeeds on a DC 15 Wisdom (Survival) check finds scuffs on the floor in area D15a from the victim’s shoes.
These scuffs create a trail to a secret door that leads up to the attic.

Secret Door. A character who examines the mirror and succeeds on a DC 15 Intelligence (Investigation) check finds a secret door behind the mirror.
(Characters who saw scuff marks leading to the secret door find it without needing to make a check.) The secret door pushes open to reveal a
cobweb-filled wooden staircase leading to the attic.

D16: Attic Hall

This bare hallway can be accessed by the staircase behind the secret doors in areas D11 and D15a.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 12/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
D17: Spare Bedroom

This room contains a narrow bed, a nightstand, a writing desk, and a rocking chair.

This room is otherwise empty.

D18: Storage Room

This chamber is packed with old furniture draped in white sheets.

Secret Door. A character who examines the east wall and succeeds on a DC 15 Intelligence (Investigation) check finds a secret door that opens to
reveal a secret stair (area D21) to the dungeon (area D22).

D19: Spare Bedroom

This room contains a narrow bed, a nightstand, a rocking chair, an empty wardrobe, and a small iron stove.

This room is otherwise empty.

D20: Children’s Room

This bedroom contains two small, wood-framed beds, a toy chest, and a dollhouse—a perfect miniature replica of this dreary mansion.

Characters who investigate the dollhouse find all the house’s secret doors, including one in the attic leading to a spiral staircase (area D21) that
descends below the house.

Encounter. Roll on the Death House Encounters table the first time a character enters this room.

Treasure. Inside the toy chest is a doll that resembles a tall, pale human with black hair and a pronounced widow’s peak. Something papery rattles
inside the doll’s hollow body. A character who removes the doll’s head and looks down its neck finds a Spell Scroll of Detect Evil and Good.

D21: Secret Stairs

This narrow spiral staircase is made of creaky wood contained within a 5-foot-wide shaft of mortared stone. The staircase descends 50 feet from the
house’s attic to area D22 in the dungeon level.

D22: Dungeon Level Access

The wooden spiral staircase from the attic (area D21) ends here. A narrow tunnel stretches southward before branching east and west.

Chanting. From the moment they arrive in the dungeon, the characters hear an eerie, incessant chant echoing throughout the chambers. It’s
impossible to determine which direction the sound is coming from until the characters reach areas D26 or D29. They can’t discern its words until they
reach area D35.

D23c–D23f: Family Crypts

Each crypt is open to the hallway. The stone slabs meant to seal the rooms lean against the walls outside the crypts.

These crypts are intended to hold the remains of the Durst family members on their deaths.

The crypts in areas D23a and D23b are empty, and the slabs for these crypts are unmarked.

The remaining crypts (areas D23c–D23f) each contain an empty coffin on a stone bier.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 13/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
D24: Cult Initiates’ Quarters
A wooden table and four chairs stand at the east end of this room. Four alcoves containing straw pallets open off the west half of the room.

D25: Cultist Quarters and Well

This area centers on a 4-foot-diameter, 30-foot-deep cistern with a 3-foot-high stone lip. A wooden bucket hangs from a rope-and-pulley mechanism bolted to the
crossbeams above the well. Five small rooms with no doors branch off the well room.

The five small bedrooms serve as quarters for senior cultists. Each contains a wood-framed bed with a straw mattress and a wooden chest. Each
chest is secured with a rusty iron padlock that can be picked using thieves’ tools with a successful DC 15 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check.

Encounter. Roll on the Death House Encounters table the first time a character enters this room.

Treasure. In addition to worthless personal effects, each chest contains one of the following:

110 gp and 60 sp in a pouch made of human skin

Three pieces of cut jade (worth 100 gp each) in a folded piece of black cloth
A black leather eye patch with a peridot (worth 500 gp) sewn into it
A chess set with pieces made of obsidian and chalcedony (worth 250 gp)
A +2 Shortsword

D26: Hidden Spiked Pit

As you move farther down this tunnel, the chanting heard throughout the dungeon gets louder to the west.

A character who examines the floor and succeeds on a DC 15 Intelligence (Investigation) check notices a suspicious absence of footprints in this
hallway. A character searching the floor for traps finds a 5-foot-long, 10-foot-deep pit hidden under rotted wooden planks. The pit has poisoned
wooden spikes at the bottom. The first character to step on the cover falls through, landing prone and taking 3 (1d6) bludgeoning damage from the
fall plus 11 (2d10) piercing damage and 11 (2d10) poison damage from the spikes.

D27: Dining Hall

This room contains a plain wooden table flanked by long benches. Bones lie scattered on the floor.

These moldy Humanoid bones are the remains of the cult’s vile banquets.

D28: Larder
Aside from scraps of food, this alcove is empty.

D29: Intersection
The chanting heard throughout the dungeon is noticeably louder to the north of this intersection.

D30: Stairs Down

Any character standing at the top of this 20-foot-long staircase realizes the chants originate from somewhere below. Characters who descend the
stairs and follow the hall beyond arrive in area D35.

D31: Darklord’s Shrine

This room is full of moldy skeletons that hang from rusty shackles against the walls. A wide alcove in the south wall contains a painted wooden statue carved in
the likeness of a gaunt, pale-faced man wearing a black cloak.

The statue depicts Strahd, to whom the cultists make sacrifices in the vain hope that he will reveal his secrets to them.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 14/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Encounter. Roll on the Death House Encounters table the first time a character enters this room.

Secret Door. Characters searching the room find a secret door in the middle of the east wall with a successful DC 10 Intelligence (Investigation)
check. The door pulls open to reveal a stone staircase that climbs 10 feet to a landing (area D32).

D32: Hidden Trapdoor

The staircase ends at a landing with a 6-foot-high wooden ceiling with a trapdoor set into it. The trapdoor is bolted shut from this side and can be
pushed open to reveal the den (area D3) above.

D33: Cult Leaders’ Den

A chandelier hangs above a table in the middle of this room. Two high-backed chairs flank the table, which has an empty clay jug and two clay flagons atop it.

This is Gustav and Elisabeth’s den. Iron candlesticks stand in two corners, their candles lit.

D34: Cult Leaders’ Quarters

This room contains a wood-framed bed with a feather mattress, a wardrobe containing several robes, a pair of iron candlesticks, and an open crate containing
thirty torches and a leather sack with fifteen candles inside it.

At the foot of the bed is an unlocked but empty wooden footlocker. This is Gustav and Elisabeth’s bedroom.

D35: Reliquary

Loud chants issue from a hallway near the southwest corner. You discern many voices repeating, “She is slain, she is risen.”

Lurking in the shadows are two shambling mounds that move to attack as soon as anyone enters this room. The cult keeps “relics” in this chamber.
These worthless items—human remains, mundane material components for spellcasting, and so forth—are stored in thirteen niches along the walls.
ARTIST: KENT DAVIS

DEATH HOUSE'S RELIQUARY IS HOME TO LURKING MONSTERS AS WELL AS COMPONENTS USED IN THE DURST FAMILY'S RITUALS

D36: Prison

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 15/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The alcoves here feature chains ending in shackles attached to the back walls.

Despite the ominous trappings, the alcoves are empty.

Secret Door. Characters searching the area find a secret door in the south wall with a successful DC 15 Intelligence (Investigation) check. It pulls
open to reveal area D38 on the other side.

D37: Tunnel to Portcullis

This tunnel is blocked by a rusty iron portcullis.

This tunnel slopes down at a 20-degree angle into murky water and ends at a rusty portcullis. The floor around the portcullis is submerged under 2
feet of soupy water.

The portcullis can be forcibly lifted with a successful DC 20 Strength (Athletics) check. Otherwise, it can be raised or lowered by turning a wooden
wheel in the east wall of area D38. (The wheel is beyond the reach of someone east of the portcullis.)

D38: Ritual Chamber

Featureless stone pillars support the high ceiling in this forty-foot-square chamber. Murky water covers the floor, and a breach in the west wall leads to a dark cave
heaped with refuse. Stairs lead up to dry stone ledges that hug the walls. Fourteen hooded figures stand atop the ledges, chanting loudly.

In the middle of the room, an octagonal dais rises above the water. Atop the dais is a stone altar drenched in freshly spilled blood. The source of the blood is the
body of lifeless woman dangling above the altar from chains mounted to the ceiling. A ceramic stake has been plunged through the woman’s heart. Standing next
to the altar is a large fiend wielding a gruesome crimson spear.

The cultists chant: “She is slain, she is risen. Come to us, Lord Strahd. Receive our gift!”

The water here is 2 feet deep. The ledges and central dais are 5 feet high (3 feet higher than the water’s surface), and the chamber’s ceiling is 16 feet
high (11 feet above the dais and ledges). The chains dangling from the ceiling are 8 feet long.

Embedded in the east wall is a wooden wheel connected to hidden chains and mechanisms. A character can use an action to turn the wheel, raising
or lowering the portcullis in the eastern wall (see area D37). The hole in the west wall contains a heap of stones, rags, and plant matter.

Cult’s Ritual. The figures along the ledge include Gustav and Elisabeth (cult fanatics), five senior cult members (cult fanatics), and seven cultists. The
cult members fight only to defend themselves.

Dangling from the chains above the altar is the corpse of the Dursts’ nursemaid, Brigetta. The cult ritually sacrificed Brigetta using a ceremonial stake
tipped with the fourth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts, which is still embedded in Brigetta’s chest.

A relentless impaler (see appendix A) has risen from the pool of Brigetta’s blood on the altar. When the impaler detects the characters, it attacks. The
impaler hunts them throughout the house until it is destroyed or the characters defeat it. For its Bloodheart Stake trait, the impaler is bound to the
stake in Brigetta’s corpse.

Retrieving the Rod Piece. If the relentless impaler is destroyed, the cultists cower in fear and allow the characters to take the rod piece from Brigetta’s
corpse. For more about the Rod of Seven Parts, see this book’s introduction.

Development. Once the characters claim the rod piece, Gustav and Elisabeth regard them with bitter disdain. “None dare trespass in the territory of
Strahd,” Gustav says. “You will answer to our master,” Elisabeth adds with sinister certainty. They offer no further comments or information. As the
characters leave the area, the cultists chant, “He is the Ancient. He is the Land.”

The cult leaders aren’t bluffing. As soon as the characters take the fourth rod piece, Strahd enters Death House and makes his presence known. See
the “Strahd’s Presence” section below.

Sarusanda’s Company

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 16/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Once the characters have defeated the Death House cultists and claimed the rod piece, run the “Crisis of Faith” encounter detailed in the “Meetings
with Sarusanda” section earlier in the chapter at a time of your choosing to ensure she rejoins the characters before they face Strahd.

Having slain the priests of Osybus, seen the cult’s plans thwarted, and made sure the Rod of Seven Parts piece is safe with the characters,
Sarusanda’s work in the house is done. She accompanies the characters for the remainder of their time in Death House (see the “Leaving the House”
section).

Strahd’s Presence

Strahd has finally deemed Death House worthy of attention. Once the party retrieves the rod piece in the ritual chamber, read the following to describe
Strahd’s arrival at Death House. The characters won’t yet see Strahd, but they’ll feel his presence.

A gust of wind blasts through the halls of Death House, and the temperature drops precipitously. Candles and lamps snuff out and relight with dark-purple flames.
The wind takes on a monstrous timbre—like screeching bats or howling wolves—and crescendos to a deafening roar. Suddenly, it stops.

For a long moment, you hear nothing. Then, as clearly as if it were happening right next to you, the house’s front door creaks open and slowly closes, latching with
a crisp click. Then, once again, nothing.

The characters must now contend with Strahd’s nightmare magic in Death House until they find and face the Darklord directly.

Haunted Zones

Strahd can twist his domain to suit his whims. Starting when he makes his presence known, certain doorways in the house no longer connect to the
rooms they did before. Instead, creatures that pass through these doorways enter an isolated demiplane called a haunted zone.

Entering a Haunted Zone

A character enters a haunted zone whenever they do one of the following:

Finish a long rest in Death House

Move through a haunted doorway (marked on map 5.1)

Only one haunted zone manifests at a time. As long as at least one creature is in a haunted zone, any other creatures that enter a haunted zone
appear in that same zone regardless of how they arrive. Once all the characters inside a haunted zone exit it, that zone can’t be encountered again.
The haunted zones are described below in the “Death House Hauntings” section.

Haunted Doorways. The room on the other side of a haunted doorway is filled with magical darkness and silence, giving no hint of whatever is within.
A creature that partially passes through a haunted doorway—such as by poking a limb or held item into the darkness—is magically pulled into the
haunted zone.

Haunted doorways are one-way passages. Within the demiplane, nothing exists except what is described in each entry. When a character passes
through a haunted doorway, that haunted doorway turns back to a normal doorway after 1 minute.

Exiting a Haunted Zone

To leave a haunted zone, a character must perform the task specified in the haunted zone’s “Correct Exit” section. The “Failed Exit” section describes
how creatures that don’t perform the required task are eventually forced from the haunted zone.

Finding the Correct Exit. A character who casts Detect Evil and Good or Find the Path or who has truesight sees a faint aura around an object related
to the task necessary to exit the room. A character can also locate such an object by looking at the area and succeeding on a DC 15 Intelligence
(Investigation) check.

Leaving a Haunted Zone. A character who exits a haunted zone appears somewhere in Death House. Characters who leave the same haunted zone
emerge in the same part of Death House. The transition is sudden and disorienting, like waking from a dream. Roll on the Emergence from a Haunted
Zone table below to determine where the characters appear when they leave a haunted zone, or choose one of the locations listed.

Emergence from a Haunted Zone

d6 Location Emerged

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 17/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

d6 Location Emerged

1 The characters sit in the dining room (area D5), sated and covered with sticky crumbs, though there’s no food in sight.

2 The characters stand in the storage room (area D18), draped in sheets.

3 The characters kneel at the side of the cultists’ well (area D25), desperately parched.

4 The characters are slumped over the furniture in the storage room (area D18).

5 The characters lean against the railing of the nursemaid’s balcony (area D15c).

The characters are shackled to the wall in the prison (area D36), each character in a different alcove. The characters can easily break their
6
bonds.

Once the characters have encountered all four haunted zones, they don’t encounter any more. Long rests function as normal, and the haunted
doorways become normal doorways.

Death House Hauntings

ARTIST: MARTIN MOTTET

IF THE CHARACTERS FALL IN DEATH HOUSE, STRAHD WILL HAPPILY CLAIM THE PIECE OF THE ROD OF SEVEN PARTS THEREIN

The characters enter the following haunted zones in the order presented.

Castle Dining Hall

You stand at one end of an impossibly long wooden dining table in the hall of a stone keep. Gilded plates, cutlery, and goblets of blood-red wine are set for each
member of your party.

At the other end of the table stands a tall, pale man. He wears regal, red garb, and his raven hair comes to a prominent widow’s peak. He smiles menacingly at you
as he raises his goblet in a toast. “Welcome, my guests. May you find the eternal hospitality of Strahd von Zarovich to your liking. Should at any point you wish to
leave, simply find me and ask.”

The “Strahd” in this haunted zone is an illusion. The illusion stands still in anticipation of the characters returning its toast, at which point the illusion
quaffs its drink; it doesn’t respond to anything else. If the illusion is struck with an attack, it dissolves into a cloud of bats (see “Failed Exit” below).

The chamber distorts and elongates as a character attempts to move throughout it. No matter how fast or far a character moves, that character
winds up a step or two away from the end of the table where they started.

Correct Exit. To escape the dining hall, each character trapped in it must drink from one of the chalices on the table. The wine is thick and metallic
tasting. When the character drinks it, the character’s vision slowly turns red before returning to normal when the character exits the haunted zone. The

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 18/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

only thing the character can hear during this time is the sound of Strahd’s deep, spooky laughter.

Failed Exit. If after 1 minute no one has drunk from a chalice, Strahd’s illusion dissolves into a cloud of bats that quickly fills the chamber. At the start
of each turn, the bats deal 7 (2d6) piercing damage to each creature in the haunted zone. After 5 turns, the bats completely obscure the characters’
vision, and the characters exit the haunted zone.

Endless Graveyard

Countless headstones dot this barren landscape as far as you can see. A pale full moon looms over the horizon.

The headstones continue in every direction no matter how far a character travels. Each headstone is inscribed with the name of a different individual
who died within Strahd’s domain (the names eventually repeat). Buried beneath each tombstone is a coffin that either is empty or contains an illusion
of Strahd’s corpse.

Correct Exit. A character who reads the headstones finds one bearing their own name. A character can exit this haunted zone by disinterring the
empty coffin buried beneath a headstone bearing the character’s name, opening the coffin, and lying in it.

Failed Exit. If a character fails to leave the graveyard, that character must eventually make camp. When a character finishes a long rest in this haunted
zone, the character gains 1 level of exhaustion, doesn’t gain the benefits of the long rest, and exits the haunted zone.

Ghostly Recital

You’re seated in an ornate chair on the edge of a dimly lit parlor. Eight ghostly figures sit in identical chairs to either side of you. At the parlor’s far end, a pale man
at a harpsichord slowly plinks out a haunting elegy. The ghostly figures listen to the song with rapt attention.

This zone resembles Death House’s conservatory (area D10), except the room’s doors and windows overlook a black, featureless void.

If a character makes any noise or otherwise disrupts the performance, the musician—yet another illusion of Strahd—ceases playing, scowls at the
character, and disappears. Eight specters fly out of the harpsichord and attack the characters in anger.

Correct Exit. A character at the harpsichord can make a DC 14 Charisma (Performance) check to play the rest of the interrupted melody. On a
successful check, the ghostly figures sigh with contentment, and the characters exit the haunted zone.

Failed Exit. If after 1 minute no one has successfully played the rest of the song, the illusion of Strahd reappears at the harpsichord and hammers out
a series of chords. Each character takes 11 (2d10) thunder damage and exits the haunted zone.

The Crying Room

The floor of this bedroom is littered with creepy dolls, monstrous stuffed animals, and misshapen toys. The two children you saw outside the house stand in the
middle of the doorless, windowless room, weeping uncontrollably. Large tears run down their faces, pooling in impossible quantities on the floorboards.

The children are illusions of Rose and Thorn. They are inconsolable; any attempt to interact with the children reveals their illusory nature. Every
minute, the water covering the floor of the 10-foot-high bedroom rises an additional 1 foot.

A character who inspects the items in the room discovers that the dolls look like cartoonish versions of the characters, Sarusanda, and Strahd.

Correct Exit. To exit the haunted zone, a character must pull the head off the Strahd doll. If the characters struggle to figure this out, allow them to
examine the doll and attempt a DC 13 Intelligence (Investigation) check to realize the truth. The doll’s neck reveals itself to be a drain hole, and the
head is a plug. All the water in the room spirals into the drain, pulling the characters with it and causing them to exit the zone.

Failed Exit. If the characters are still in this haunted zone after 10 minutes, the water level reaches the room’s ceiling, and each character in this
haunted zone gains 1 level of exhaustion and exits the zone.

Leaving the House

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 19/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The characters can attempt to leave Death House at any time. If the characters haven’t yet faced Strahd, the Mists invariably return them to a random
room. Teleportation spells likewise fail.

To leave Death House, the characters must first face Strahd.

Reuniting with Sarusanda

If Sarusanda hasn’t yet rejoined the characters, run the “Crisis of Faith” encounter detailed in “Meetings with Sarusanda”; she then rejoins the party
and is with them when they face Strahd.

Facing Strahd

After he arrives at Death House, Strahd, Master of Death House (see appendix B) waits for the characters in the house’s main hall (area D2a). He is
accompanied by two vampire spawn.

If the characters don’t intend to return to the main hall, Strahd and his minions wait for the characters in another room of the house, such as the
dining room (area D5) or the den of wolves (area D3).

When Strahd encounters the characters, read the following:

“So, intruders into my realm, we finally meet. From the way the villagers spoke about you, I expected you to be more impressive. Ah, well. I am forever disappointed
with the insects that think themselves worthy of meeting me. I suppose I could entertain myself with destroying you.”

Sarusanda’s Influence
Si Sarusanda está con el grupo, Strahd mira a la inquisidora ulmista con gran respeto y le permite salir de la casa. “Te permitiré huir de este lugar”,
entona. "Pero sólo si lo haces inmediatamente y nunca regresas".

Mira a los personajes y luego le pregunta a Sarusanda: "¿Los conoces?".

La respuesta de Sarusanda. Si Sarusanda es indiferente a los personajes, niega cualquier afiliación con ellos y se despide. Strahd aplaude a los
personajes por sobrevivir tanto tiempo en su reino y luego los ataca.

Si Sarusanda es amigable con los personajes, dice que también son miembros de la Inquisición Ulmista. Strahd pregunta a los personajes si esto es
cierto. Luego, un personaje puede realizar una prueba de Carisma ( Engaño ) CD 20 para convencer a Strahd de que son miembros o que son
importantes para el grupo. Con una prueba exitosa, Strahd permite que el grupo abandone la Casa de la Muerte con Sarusanda. En caso de fracaso,
Strahd descubre la artimaña y despide a Sarusanda antes de desafiar a los personajes a combatir.

Próximos pasos

Una vez que los personajes hayan adquirido la cuarta pieza de la Vara de las Siete Partes y hayan escapado de la Casa de la Muerte, podrán viajar a
las afueras del oeste de Barovia sin problemas. Los personajes encuentran fácilmente el portal a Sigil en la niebla.

Hemos actualizado nuestros términos y condiciones . Haga clic en el enlace para obtener más información.

APOYO ACERCA DE ENCUÉNTRANOS EN LAS APLICACIÓN D&D MÁS ALLÁ

REDES SOCIALES
Portal de ayuda Contáctenos
Foro de soporte Carreras
No vendas ni magos de la costa
compartas mi
información
Galletas

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 20/21
24/5/24, 3:52 p.m. Casa de la Muerte - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/death-house 21/21
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAP. 5: CASA DE LA MUERTE CAP. 7: TUMBA DE LAS ALMAS DESCARRIADAS

Capítulo 6: Noche de Fuego Azul

ARTIST: JED CHEVRIER

PARA RECUPERAR LA QUINTA PIEZA DE LA VARA, LOS PERSONAJES DEBEN INFILTRARSE EN THREE
MOONS VAULT, UN COMPLEJO REPLETO DE ALIADOS DEL MALVADO LORD SOTH.

Para encontrar la siguiente pieza de la Vara de las Siete Partes , los personajes deben viajar al mundo de Krynn, donde los Guardianes del Fuego
Azul, una coalición de licántropos benévolos, se han enfrentado al caballero de la muerte Lord Soth y sus secuaces. Al infiltrarse en una fortaleza
fuertemente fortificada, rescatar al líder de los Blue Fire Wardens y desentrañar los planes del malvado mago Teremini Nightsedge, los personajes
pueden reclamar la quinta pieza de vara.

Ejecutando este capítulo

Este capítulo comienza después de que los personajes recuperan la cuarta pieza de la Vara de Siete Partes . Cuando un personaje sostiene esta
pieza, sabe instintivamente que la quinta pieza está ubicada en algún lugar del mundo de Krynn devastado por la guerra. Ese personaje intuye que la
quinta pieza está ubicada cerca de un enorme árbol mágico, en una región llamada Montañas Dargaard del Norte, pero esta indicación parece
inexacta. La ubicación de la quinta pieza no está clara para los personajes.

Ni los personajes ni los Tres Magos saben por qué la ubicación de la quinta pieza es ambigua. En verdad, la quinta pieza estuvo alojada en el árbol
hasta hace poco, cuando fue llevada a un castillo cercano llamado Three Moons Vault. La luz carmesí de la luna que ahora rodea el castillo deforma
las propiedades mágicas de la vara. Para recuperar la quinta pieza de vara, los personajes deben disipar la mágica luz de la luna interrumpiendo un
malvado ritual en la bóveda.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 1/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Este capítulo comienza cuando los personajes atraviesan el portal de Sigil, emergen en Krynn y comienzan la búsqueda del árbol mágico. Aunque
inicialmente infructuosa, la búsqueda de los personajes los pone en contacto con benévolos licántropos que saben dónde encontrar la quinta pieza.
Luego, los personajes deben infiltrarse en la Bóveda de las Tres Lunas. Allí, los personajes deben conseguir la quinta pieza de vara de manos de
Teremini Nightsedge, un aliado de Lord Soth.

Avance del personaje

Los personajes deben estar en el nivel 15 cuando comience este capítulo. Los personajes ganan un nivel después de recuperar la quinta pieza de la
Vara de las Siete Partes del nivel superior de la Bóveda de las Tres Lunas.

El poder de los secretos

Los personajes pueden aprender dos secretos en este capítulo que son aplicables a las reglas de la sección " El poder de los secretos " en la
introducción de este libro :

Gazaia’s Secret. The dryad Gazaia hid and watched while soldiers attacked the peylon tree where she lived and looted the fifth piece of the Rod of
Seven Parts, which was sustaining the tree. Gazaia now hides in the grotto (area P4) described in the “Peylon Tree Locations” section later in this
chapter.

Valendar’s Secret. The werewolf Valendar led an assault against his enemies without properly planning the mission. Valendar is the leader of the Blue
Fire Wardens and is held captive in area V7 of the Three Moons Vault.

Fifth Rod Piece

The fifth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts is in area U5 in the upper level of the Three Moons Vault. For more information about the rod and the spell
this piece allows its wielder to cast, see this book’s introduction.

Krynn

Once the characters decide to seek the fifth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts, the portal in the Sigil sanctum takes them to the world of Krynn, where
evil plots complicate the party’s search.

Knowledge of Krynn

The libraries in Sigil contain the following useful information about Krynn:

Dragons of Krynn. Dragons have a strong presence on Krynn. Chromatic dragons swear allegiance to the expansionistic Dragon Armies of Queen
Takhisis. Unusual dragons such as sapphire dragons and lunar dragons pursue hidden agendas.

Ruins of the Cataclysm. A world-shattering event called the Cataclysm swept across Krynn centuries ago. The apocalypse destroyed nations,
unleashed monsters, and cast Krynn into a dark age.

War Torn. Recently, war has spread across Krynn. Infamous warlords such as the elf mage Feal-Thas and the death knight Lord Soth (see appendix B)
have taken up arms in their bids for greater power.

Arriving on Krynn

When the party steps through the Sigil portal and arrives on Krynn, they arrive through a doorway in a massive tree. Read the following:

The rising sun limns the rolling hills around you. In the purple sky hang three moons—a red moon, a white moon, and a black moon discernible only because of the
stars it blots out. Behind you stands a tall fruit tree in early bloom, its bright-orange buds still flowering. The doorway through which you’ve just emerged is a deep,
dark furrow in the tree’s bark.

The fourth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts points to another tree on a nearby hill. That massive tree’s ashen bark and leafless branches suggest it is dying.

The fourth rod piece points its wielder to a dying peylon tree. This peylon tree grew to a titanic height thanks to the magic of the rod piece that was
previously embedded in its trunk. The rod piece was recently removed, resulting in the tree’s current state of decay.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 2/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The tree still bears traces of the rod’s magic. The fourth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts points here due to those traces, and the crimson moonlight
and latent magic from the Three Moons Vault warps the artifact’s divinatory properties. The characters must investigate the tree and talk to its
occupants to learn the fifth rod piece’s true whereabouts.

The Peylon Tree

ARTIST: LUCA BANCONE

AN ENORMOUS, MAGICAL TREE SEEMS TO BE THE LOCATION OF THE NEXT ROD

PIECE, THOUGH THE CHARACTERS SOON LEARN THE PIECE IS ELSEWHERE

The characters begin their exploration of the peylon tree at area P1. When they arrive at the tree, read or paraphrase the following:

This tree is hundreds of feet tall. The tree’s leafless branches and bark are pale and soft-looking, and the hill is covered in the decomposing remains of sticky, gray
fruits that hum with swarms of flies. Deep holes in the tree’s trunk—like rents in a rusted suit of armor—provide glimpses inside the tree’s rotten, hollow interior.

Tree Features

The peylon tree has the following features:

Light. During the day, the peylon tree’s interior is dimly lit by light filtering in from outside.

Trunk. The tree’s rotten bark is soft and easy to climb both inside and out.

Peylon Tree Locations

The following locations are keyed to map 6.1.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 3/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 6.1: PEYLON TREE

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

P1: Rotted Roots

Thick, gnarled roots spread in all directions. A gaping fissure at the base of the tree forms a rough, arched entrance into the trunk.

A character who examines the ground around the tree can make a DC 14 Wisdom (Perception) or Wisdom (Survival) check. On a successful check,
the character spots vague humanoid footprints in the soft dirt. The tracks lead into area P2.

Alternative Entrance. A character who scales the roots that form a mound along the east side of the tree can enter through the east side of area P3,
60 feet up.

P2: Hollow

A ledge of interwoven roots and packed dirt hangs sixty feet above the hollow’s eastern half, and a boulder leans against the hollow’s northern wall.

The fourth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts points its wielder to the boulder along the tree’s interior northwest curve.

If the characters enter this area from area P1, they attract the attention of the treant and spiders dwelling on the ledge above (see area P3).

Grotto Entrance. Inspecting the boulder reveals a hole dug into the loamy soil beneath it. The hole connects to a small grotto beneath the tree (area
P4). With the boulder atop it, the hole is big enough for a Small or smaller creature to fit through.

A creature can spend 1 minute digging to widen the hole so Medium creatures can fit through. Alternatively, the boulder can be pushed aside by any
number of creatures with a combined Strength score of 30 or more.

P3: Ledge

This thick, tangled mat of roots overlooks a broad hollow within the peylon tree’s trunk.

Rosintar, a neutral evil treant who hates intruders, hides on this ledge above area P2. Two giant spiders lurk in the ledge’s corner and follow Rosintar’s
commands.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 4/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

While motionless, Rosintar is indistinguishable from the rest of the peylon tree. A character looking out for trouble notices the two giant spiders with a
successful DC 17 Wisdom (Perception) check. Shortly after the characters arrive in area P2, Rosintar silently signals for the spiders to sneak up on
the party. Any character with a passive Wisdom (Perception) score of 15 or higher notices the spiders readying to attack. As soon as the spiders
attack, Rosintar hurls a rock at a random character, then fights viciously to drive the intruders away.

If the treant notices characters arriving on the ledge via the alternative entrance (see area P1), it screeches in surprise and attacks the intruders.

Rosintar fights until reduced to 30 or fewer hit points. At that point, Rosintar surrenders.

What the Treant Knows. If the characters allow Rosintar to surrender, the treant tells the party that a cruel dryad named Gazaia dwells in the grotto
beneath the tree, accessible via a hole under the boulder (see area P4). The treant bemoans that it didn’t notice “the previous intruder”—a small
person in a dark-blue cloak—until the intruder had already squeezed into the hole under the boulder. Rosintar doesn’t go near the hole, both because
the treant wouldn’t fit and because it is afraid of Gazaia. Of the blue-cloaked intruder’s fate, Rosintar says flatly and with certainty: “The blue-cloaked
gnat must be dead.”

P4: Grotto
It’s a 50-foot drop from the hole in area P2 to the floor of this underground chamber. Even during the day, the fetid grotto is dark.

Tangled roots anchor the dirt walls of this damp, subterranean chamber. The rinds of large, rotten fruits litter the floor. A thick taproot hangs from the ceiling. In
one corner of the grotto, a kender wearing a blue cloak rummages in the dirt on hands and knees.

The rummaging figure is a kender named Riffel who also happens to be a werewolf (use the werewolf stat block, except Riffel’s size is Small and his
alignment is neutral good). When Riffel realizes he has company, he jumps to his feet and draws his spear, but he doesn’t fight unless attacked. He is
initially wary of the characters but is willing to hear them out. If a character mentions the rod piece, or if a character tries to befriend Riffel and
succeeds on a DC 13 Charisma (Persuasion) check, Riffel relaxes and puts away his weapon.

Riffel’s Quest. Riffel says he is searching this grotto for a fresh peylon fruit. He explains that he is a member of a group called the Blue Fire Wardens:
naturalists who oppose the death knight Lord Soth. The wardens recently attempted to besiege a group of Soth’s followers in a keep called the Three
Moons Vault, but the attack failed. Riffel and his fellow survivors fled to the nearby wetlands, but then were attacked by a violent monster.

If the characters mention the rod piece, Riffel says:

“The artifact was taken to the Three Moons Vault, but you’d be foolish to simply walk in and try to take it. I can sneak you into the vault—but first, I need your help.”

Riffel explains that he needs the peylon fruit to distract a borthak—a bog monster that attacked the Blue Fire Wardens and trapped Riffel’s allies.

Riffel continues his explanation:

“Borthaks love peylon fruit. When we were attacked, I ran here to find a peylon fruit so I could return and distract the borthak so the others can escape. It’s not fruit
season, but this tree used to be magical, so I thought it might still have fruit. Anyway, if you help me find some, I’ll help you find your artifact.”

The Deadbark Dryad

As Riffel and the characters talk, the peylon tree’s guardian emerges from the grotto’s wall and stands before her uninvited guests. This is Gazaia, a
deadbark dryad (see appendix A). Annoyed at the disturbance, Gazaia tells the party and Riffel to state their business or leave her sanctum at once.

The Last Peylon Fruit. Gazaia says that there is one ripe peylon fruit left in this tree, and she’s willing to give it to the party—for a price. Gazaia
requests any magic item in exchange for the fruit and will take no other payment.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 5/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Bargaining with Gazaia

Gazaia can convey the following points to the party:

Corruption of Soth. Not long ago, Gazaia and her tree were verdant and thriving. A powerful artifact buried in this hill—the rod piece—infused the
peylon tree with its magic and enticed Gazaia to become the tree’s guardian. When Lord Soth’s soldiers recently stole the artifact, Gazaia failed to
defend her charge. The tree turned fetid without the artifact, and Gazaia became angry, vengeful, and grief-stricken.

Gazaia’s Anger. If the characters refuse Gazaia’s offer and fail to promptly leave, or if Gazaia catches a character attempting to take the peylon fruit by
stealth or force, she attacks the party viciously and fights until destroyed.

Gazaia’s Secret. The deadbark dryad bitterly recounts the tale of Lord Soth’s soldiers assaulting the tree. If a character tries to comfort Gazaia, she
confesses that she hid while the soldiers were around the tree. Gazaia feels extremely guilty that she didn’t defend her charge. Regardless of the
characters’ reaction to this revelation, learning it counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s introduction.

Gazaia’s Death
If Gazaia dies before she shares information with the party, the characters find the ripe peylon fruit in her possession.

Leaving the Peylon Tree

Once the party has the peylon fruit, they can leave the peylon tree with Riffel and continue the adventure.

Bittergrass Fen

To help Riffel save his fellow wardens, the characters must follow the kender werewolf to a marshy lowland called Bittergrass Fen.

Journey to Bittergrass Fen

By foot, the trek to Bittergrass Fen takes an hour. Along the way, Riffel conveys the following:

Teremini’s Vault. The Three Moons Vault is a heavily fortified keep in the nearby mountains. It’s overseen by the archmage Teremini Nightsedge, who
serves the dreaded Lord Soth.

The Stolen Shard. Teremini’s soldiers stole a magical shard at the heart of the peylon tree. The tree and its dryad became corrupted shortly thereafter.
(The characters are certain this is the fifth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts.)

The Blue Fire Wardens. Riffel is a member of the Blue Fire Wardens: benevolent lycanthropes and trackers who oppose Lord Soth and worship the
nature god Habbakuk. The wardens’ attack on the Three Moons Vault was a catastrophic failure that resulted in the capture of the group’s leader,
Valendar. Valendar knows more about the vault and the stolen rod piece than any of the other wardens.

Approaching the Fen

Once the party arrives at Bittergrass Fen, show your players map 6.2. Read the following to describe the scene:

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 6/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 6.2: BITTERGRASS FEN

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

Rising from the fen are two rows of standing stones, each one a rough-carved pillar twenty feet high and ten feet thick. Floating inches above each standing stone
is a ten-foot-diameter boulder. West of the fen is a swiftly flowing creek with muddy banks. Slopes to the north and east meet to form a rocky bluff.

An enormous, slavering monster attacks the bluff face, where a stone arch marks the entrance to an underground temple. A crumbling stone door separates the
monster from the temple’s interior.

The Blue Fire Wardens are trapped inside their own temple. If the characters don’t intervene, the borthak (see appendix A) will soon break through the
temple door.

The borthak is too large to fit through the stone door and into the temple, though smaller creatures can slip through with some effort. Left alone, the
borthak uses its action on each of its turns to attack the temple door. The door has AC 20, 225 hit points, and immunity to poison and psychic
damage. If the borthak succeeds in breaking down the door, it enters the temple and attacks the seven wardens (use the werewolf stat block, except
their alignments are neutral good) who are trapped inside.

The underground temple isn’t shown on map 6.2. Hewn out of the rock and earth, it has a central gathering area and six adjoining cells, where the
wardens sleep and pray behind thin wooden doors. The temple contains supplies but nothing of value.

Distracting the Borthak

If one or more characters attack the borthak, it stops attacking the temple long enough to defend itself.

As an action, a character can use a ripe peylon fruit to distract the borthak. If the fruit is hurled toward the borthak, the monster moves toward the
fruit on its next turn and uses its action to devour it. If a character holding the fruit moves within 20 feet of the borthak, the borthak pursues and
attacks that character, eager to obtain the fruit.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 7/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

While characters contend with the borthak, Riffel moves quickly toward the temple door and crawls through a narrow gap underneath it. The gap is
just big enough for a Small character to squeeze through. Once inside, Riffel urges the other wardens to evacuate the temple while the borthak is
distracted. On Riffel’s next turn, he and the wardens push open the temple door so everyone can escape. Once outside, they skirt along the bluff,
heading north. If one or more characters assist with the evacuation, they can keep an eye on the borthak and distract it if necessary while Riffel helps
the wardens get to safety.

Bittergrass Fen Features

The fen has features the characters can use to their advantage in a confrontation with the borthak:

Floating Boulders. The boulders floating above the stone pillars are held aloft by ancient druidic magic. Casting Dispel Magic on a boulder causes it
to fall and tumble to the ground. As an action, a character within reach of a floating boulder can try to push it, doing so with a successful DC 15
Strength (Athletics) check. Pushing the boulder ends the magic on it and causes it to fall in whichever direction the character prefers. Any creature in
the path of a falling boulder must succeed on a DC 15 Dexterity saving throw to avoid it, taking 11 (2d10) bludgeoning damage on a failed save.

Muddy Bank. The ground within 20 feet of the creek’s eastern shore has turned to sticky mud and is difficult terrain.

Escaping the Fen

Once all the wardens escape the temple, each warden transforms into a wolf and flees from the borthak. End the characters’ encounter with the
borthak when they defeat it or after they and all the wardens have escaped, whichever happens first.
ARTIST: SVETLIN VELINOV

A TERRIFYING MONSTER CALLED A BORTHAK HAS TRAPPED SEVERAL BLUE FIRE WARDENS IN BITTERGRASS FEN

The Blue Fire Wardens

Once the wardens are safe, a human werewolf named Argentia Skywright (use the werewolf stat block, except her alignment is neutral good) thanks
the characters on behalf of her group. She expands on what Riffel told the party earlier about the Three Moons Vault, conveying the following points:

ARTIST: CAROLINE GARIBA

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 8/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

ARGENTIRA SKYWRIGHT

Blue Fire Attack. Shortly after Teremini Nightsedge’s soldiers seized the rod fragment from the peylon tree, the Blue Fire Wardens assaulted the Three
Moons Vault. They refer to their attack as the Night of Blue Fire. Teremini, a renegade from the Mages of High Sorcery’s Order of the Red Robes,
foresaw the attack and used powerful lunar magic to create a shroud of transformative red moonlight around the vault. Werewolves that step into
this moonlight lose control of their powers and succumb to raw, animalistic instinct, making it easier for Teremini to manipulate or trap them.

Mage’s Ritual. Teremini learned her red moonlight magic from a lunar dragon named Orinix. Orinix also taught Teremini a ritual to make the wall of
transformative moonlight permanent and tasked her with completing this lengthy, taxing ritual. While she focuses on the ritual, powerful magical
barriers surround Teremini and her ritual components, which include the fifth rod piece.

Stopping the Ritual. Argentia insists there must be a way to disrupt Teremini’s ritual so the characters can seize the rod piece. She encourages the
characters to find and rescue Valendar, the wardens’ imprisoned leader, who might know how to stop Teremini’s ritual.

Wardens’ Aid

Argentia gives the characters a Spell Scroll of Moonbeam. She also explains that if Valendar is stuck in his wolf or hybrid form, they must bring
Valendar close to death before he’ll return to his true form, which is a human.

Riffel agrees to take the characters to the Three Moons Vault’s secret entrance. Before the party leaves, Argentia leads a quick rite to cast a protective
ward over Riffel. For the next 12 hours, Riffel and allies within 10 feet of him are immune to the Forced Transformation effect of Teremini’s curtain of
red moonlight (see the “Environmental Effects” subsection of the “Three Moons Vault” section). The wardens have enough power to cast this ritual
only once, so it’s imperative Riffel return to Bittergrass Fen with Valendar as soon as possible.

Three Moons Vault

The Three Moons Vault is a remote dungeon complex in the mountainous outskirts of Lord Soth’s domain.

Millennia ago, a chunk of the red moon Lunitari sheared off, broke into meteorites, and rained down on Krynn. The meteorites’ impact formed craters
throughout the Northern Dargaard Mountains. Ancient, moon-venerating wardens chose one of these craters as the site for a shrine where they could
revere Krynn’s moons. The wardens built three magical towers: a spacious white tower for Solinari, a handsome red tower for Lunitari, and a solemn
black tower for Nuitari.

The Cataclysm destroyed the white tower, disrupting the balance of magic between the three towers. Lord Soth’s forces from nearby Dargaard Keep
assumed control of the ruins. They built fortified walls around the site and carved out a subterranean vault to contain prisoners and treasure. The
vault is now under the purview of a servant of Lord Soth and operates as a prison for the overlord’s enemies and a safe house for his underlings.

Teremini Nightsedge

A lawful evil, elf archmage named Teremini Nightsedge oversees the Three Moons Vault. Though a loyal servant of Lord Soth, Teremini has her own
agenda for the ancient moon towers. When she was young, Teremini tried to join the wardens but was rejected after her reverence of Lord Soth

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 9/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

became clear. Now, she hopes to complete her revenge by permanently shrouding the vault in crimson moonlight, kidnapping the Blue Fire Wardens
she hates so deeply, and bringing them here to be slain, thereby completing her revenge. Thanks to her recent acquisition of a piece of the Rod of
Seven Parts, Teremini has commenced her plan.
ARTIST: ALEXANDRE HONORÉ

TEREMINI NIGHTSEDGE

The Characters’ Goals

The characters have three goals while inside the Three Moons Vault. As the characters explore the vault, NPCs such as Valendar (area V7) and
Casivus (area V15) can help devise plans for achieving these goals.

Rescue Valendar
Valendar, the leader of the Blue Fire Wardens, is trapped in the vault and might be stuck in his wolf or hybrid form. The characters need to find him,
disrupt the magic forcing him to remain transformed, and restore him to his human form.

Stop Teremini’s Ritual

If the characters rescue Valendar, he tells them that Teremini needs three special crystals in specific places to complete her ritual. If the characters
find and sabotage the special crystals, they’ll disrupt Teremini’s ritual.

Get the Rod Piece

Teremini is using a piece of the Rod of Seven Parts as part of a ritual that would permanently shroud the vault and a 1-mile radius around it in
magical crimson moonlight. The characters need to disrupt Teremini’s ritual before they can retrieve the rod piece. They can then return to Sigil.

Environmental Effects

The magical red moonlight that surrounds the Three Moons Vault is temporary, although Teremini is working to make the effect permanent. The
moonlight creates the following effects in a 1-mile radius around the Three Moons Vault. These effects are suppressed in the vault’s locations.

Forced Transformation
A werewolf that enters the red moonlight changes into its wolf or hybrid form, and it has the poisoned condition as long as it is within 1 mile of Three
Moons Vault. As long as it remains in this area, the creature can’t willingly change shape unless it is reduced to 10 hit points or fewer; a Remove
Curse spell suppresses Forced Transformation for 1 hour.

Reduced Gravity
Objects and creatures take half as much damage from falls. Creatures can jump twice as far as normal.

Entering the Vault

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 10/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The Three Moons Vault is built amid rocky crags in the Northern Dargaard Mountains. Its main entrance is in plain sight and heavily guarded, but
Riffel knows the way to a second, less-protected passage at the end of an old goat path. He takes the characters to this entrance, then he waits there
so he can escort Valendar to Bittergrass Fen. It takes about one hour to traverse the distance between the fen and the vault.

The characters begin their exploration of the vault at area V1.

Vault Features

Maps 6.3 and 6.4 depict the Three Moons Vault. The vault is a complex, castle-like structure with a dungeon level, several towers, a secret entrance
through the cliffs, and a drawbridge over a moat. Unless the text says otherwise, areas in and around the Three Moons Vault share a number of
features.

Ceilings
The vault’s ceilings are 10 feet high.

Doors
The vault’s doors are stone slabs set on brass hinges. Unless otherwise noted, each door is unlocked.

Lighting
Unless otherwise noted, interior areas are dark. Area descriptions assume the characters have a light source or some other means of seeing in the
dark.

Moonlight Mirrors
Several areas in the vault contain objects known as moonlight mirrors, which each reflect a powerful beam of light from one of Krynn’s moons.
Moonlight mirrors can be used to disrupt Teremini’s ritual, as described later in this chapter.

A moonlight mirror is a Medium object with AC 13; 5 hit points; and immunity to poison, psychic, and radiant damage. A Detect Magic spell reveals an
aura of evocation magic emanating from the mirror. Unless covered, the reflective side of a moonlight mirror casts bright light in a 20-foot
hemisphere, in the color of the moon the mirror reflects. The text notes which ability checks, if any, are required to remove a moonlight mirror from
where it is found.

Vault Locations

The following locations are keyed to map 6.3.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 11/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 6.3: THREE MOONS VAULT

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

V1: Entrance
Around the corner from where Riffel leaves the party is the vault’s entrance. Read the following:

The goat path dead-ends at the convergence of three steep cliff walls. Two austere pillars flank a stone double door set into the wall. Next to each pillar stands a
silver statue of a tall, mostly human-shaped individual.

Two moonlight guardians (see appendix A) guard this secret entrance. They attack any intruders on sight and fight until destroyed.

Trapped Doorway. A Detect Magic spell reveals an aura of evocation magic radiating from the doorway. If a creature pulls on either of the doors’
crescent-shaped handles, the doorway emits a 30-foot cone of silvery light for 1 minute, centered on the middle of the double door. A creature that
enters that area for the first time on a turn or starts its turn there must make a DC 17 Constitution saving throw, taking 27 (5d10) radiant damage on a
failed save or half as much damage on a successful one. A creature not in its true form has disadvantage on this save; if it fails its save, the creature
instantly reverts to its true form and can’t assume a different form until it leaves the light.

Once this trap is triggered, it can’t be triggered again.

V2: Anteroom

A stone statue of an elegant elf in flowing robes watches over this chamber.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 12/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

An inscription at the base of the statue reads, in Elvish: “It is not surrender. Live to fight again another day.”

Treasure. A weapon rack in the room holds a black steel +1 Longsword and a steel shield bearing the stylized floral emblem of the Order of the Rose.
An armor stand bears a black breastplate. A small, unlocked chest holds a Potion of Vitality.

V3: Escape Tunnel

This tunnel stretches one hundred feet before ending at a flat wall.

The secret door in the wall is obvious: emblazoned on the masonry is a wide circle of dimly glowing runes. A character who examines the secret door
immediately realizes they can trace the runes to cause that circular section of wall to disappear, revealing the remainder of the tunnel on the other
side. The wall re-forms a few seconds after it disappears.

The secret door can be activated from either side of the wall, but the runes are visible only when viewed from the north. From the southern side of the
door, a creature that searches the wall and succeeds on a DC 20 Intelligence (Investigation) check can see the faintest traces of the runes’ light
through the wall’s brickwork. The creature can trace those runes to activate the door.

V4: Halls

Four ghostly soldiers patrol these hallways. Their eyes are red, and each wears spectral, ridged armor and carries a hollowed-out goat horn.

The creatures are four wraiths. When Akaazi (see area V34) isn’t present, these wraiths lead the small army of Undead soldiers stationed in the
underground garrison (area V8). A wraith named Guerthel is Akaazi’s favorite; he carries an iron key that unlocks the doors to areas V7 and V10.

Raising the Alarm. If a wraith spots an intruder or is attacked, it uses its action to blow its horn. Creatures within 100 feet of that wraith can hear the
horn, prompting the wraith’s allies in area V8 to join the fight. A horn blown in the dungeon level can’t be heard from the keep above and vice versa.

V5: Scrying Chamber

A fifteen-foot-diameter sphere made of shimmering silver floats above a hexagonal dais on the west side of this thirty-foot-high chamber. The sphere is as
reflective as a mirror, and it appears smooth and sleek.

Scrying Sphere. The silver sphere is a scrying device that allows Teremini to remotely communicate with Lord Soth, who has a similar sphere in his
home, Dargaard Keep.

A creature that touches the seemingly solid sphere discovers that it is made from harmless, viscous silver liquid that is cool to the touch. Each time
the sphere is touched, Lord Soth hears a faint pinging noise. Soth can respond by standing before his sphere and speaking. When he does, his
helmeted face manifests, but it’s composed of the sphere’s silvery goo. (For more about Lord Soth, see appendix B.)

Unknown to Teremini, Lord Soth can send a weaker facsimile of himself through this scrying sphere. If the characters respond to Lord Soth’s
manifested face with anything other than deference, a death knight made from the sphere’s silvery metal emerges from the sphere. The death knight
inflicts punishment in Soth’s stead, following his directives but requiring no action on Soth’s part. If the death knight is destroyed, the sphere is also
destroyed and disappears.

V6: Empty Cells

Iron bars form three empty cells along the walls of this room. A nondescript stone door to the east indicates the room’s exit. Lupine howls of pain sound from
beyond the iron door to the west.

The howls can be clearly heard coming from the other side of the locked iron door (area V7). The door can be unlocked with Guerthel’s key (see area
V4), or a character using thieves’ tools can use an action to try to pick the lock, doing so with a successful DC 16 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check.

V7: Valendar’s Cell

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 13/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

When the characters enter this room, read the following:

Bright-red light fills this twenty-foot-tall oval chamber. The light emanates from a large circular mirror set into a specially made groove on the ceiling. Kneeling on
the floor of the chamber is a werewolf. It howls terribly, clutching and clawing at its body in fury. At the sight of the cell door opening, the werewolf leaps up and
sprints toward you, claws extended!

The red moonlight from the magical mirror forced Valendar (use the werewolf stat block, except his alignment is chaotic good) to transform into his
hybrid form. Valendar’s imprisonment, anger, and fear make it difficult for him to think clearly. He attacks the characters, thinking they are his
tormentors.

Red Moonlight Mirror. The mirror in the ceiling sheds bright-red light in the whole room. Removing the mirror from the ceiling requires no special
effort.

Saving Valendar. Valendar can’t transform into his true form as long as he is in the area of moonlight emanating from the mirror. Valendar reverts to
his true form if he is reduced to 10 hit points or fewer.

What Valendar Knows. If the characters help Valendar transform back into his true form, he thanks them wholeheartedly and shares everything he
knows about the Three Moons Vault. He conveys the following points:
ARTIST: IRINA NORDSOL

VALENDAR

General Layout. Valendar describes the general layout of the Three Moons Vault. He also explains that each of the vault’s three towers is topped with
a special room called a lunarium, which is an observatory containing a model.

Lunariums and Crystals. Within each lunarium is a “lunar crystal” infused with the moonlight of one of Krynn’s three moons. These crystals are
essential to Teremini’s ritual and are protected by the ritual’s magic.

Magic Balance. Krynn’s moons represent a delicate balance of magical power, and Teremini’s ritual relies on this balance. If the lunar crystals’ magic
is unbalanced, the ritual will be stopped.

Moonlight Mirrors. The vault contains several other mirrors like the one in Valendar’s cell. Valendar suggests the characters find three moonlight
mirrors, one for each moon, then shine their light onto different lunar crystals to unbalance the crystals’ magic.

Valendar needs to return to his fellow wardens. After he’s spoken to the characters, he departs, sneaking through the vault’s secret escape tunnel to
meet Riffel outside.

Valendar’s Secret. As the characters talk with Valendar, the leader adopts a sheepish demeanor, especially when talking about his capture. If the
characters ask why, Valendar admits that he didn’t properly scout the Three Moons Vault before the wardens’ attack on the castle. Valendar
underestimated Teremini, assuming she was a powerless lackey of Lord Soth. Valendar believes the wardens’ defeat was his fault, and he’s glad that
no one else was captured in the assault.

Regardless of the characters’ reaction to this revelation, learning it counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s
introduction.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 14/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
V8: Garrison

All manner of undead creatures—mostly skeletons and zombies—impatiently mill around this area. They look ready for a fight.

The vault’s Undead soldiers occupy this grim chamber, ready for deployment at a moment’s notice. Unless the soldiers have been called elsewhere to
defend the vault or perform drudge work, the garrison contains sixteen skeletons, nine zombies, and two ogre zombies.

V9: Winding Staircase

A spiral staircase occupies most of this small chamber. Short hallways lead east and west from the staircase, which ascends 50 feet before
connecting to area V32.

V10: Trapped Black Rose Bearer

Both doors to this room are locked. A character can take the key from Guerthel (see area V4), or as an action, a character can use thieves’ tools to try
to pick the lock, doing so with a successful DC 10 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check. If the characters enter this room, read the following:

Though this tiered chamber was once elegantly appointed, its brass candelabras, velvet runners, and red tapestries were destroyed—likely by the room’s occupant,
a desiccated Undead currently tearing at the walls. A single doorway is set into the short north wall of the room.

The black rose bearer (see appendix A) trapped here is raging at everything in sight. Akaazi (see area V34) locked the bearer in here to prevent it from
wreaking havoc throughout the dungeon. The black rose bearer attacks anyone who enters and fights until destroyed.

The doorway in the north wall opens to a stairway ascending to area V35.

V11: Vault Access

Two minotaur skeletons guard this curved hallway. Beyond them, heavy, round metal doors seal five doorways. A brown stain covers the ground in front of the
northernmost door.

The two minotaur skeletons attack intruders on sight and fight until destroyed.

V12: Treasure Vaults

Each of these vault rooms is sealed behind a locked iron door. As an action, a character can use thieves’ tools to try to unlock a door, doing so with a
successful DC 18 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check, or force open a locked door, which requires a successful DC 18 Strength (Athletics) check.

V12a: Treasures. The door to this vault is trapped with a magical glyph. A character who examines the door can find the glyph by succeeding on a DC
17 Intelligence (Investigation) check, and any character can disable the glyph by succeeding on a DC 20 Intelligence (Arcana) check. When a creature
other than Teremini opens the door, a 20-foot-radius sphere of fire explodes from the glyph. Each creature in that area must make a DC 17 Dexterity
saving throw, taking 22 (5d8) fire damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one. Once this trap is triggered, it can’t be
triggered again.

This vault contains 1,900 gp, ten gems worth 100 gp each, and six paintings worth 250 gp each.

V12b: Guardian Chamber. A beholder zombie waits inside this vault. Akaazi keeps this zombie apart from the other Undead and reserves it for
special tasks. It has orders to attack non-Undead creatures other than Akaazi and Teremini.

V12c: Empty Vault. This vault is empty.

V12d: Leader’s Gear. Heaped on this vault’s floor are Valendar’s belongings, including his leather armor, a Potion of Healing (greater), a Spell Scroll of
Stoneskin, and a brilliant-blue cloak emblazoned with the holy symbol of Habbakuk.

V13: Ruined Vault

Fuzzy brown mold covers this area like carpeting. A pile of rubble slopes upward to form a rough stairway.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 15/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

In addition to brown mold’s usual effects, the areas of brown mold in this chamber are difficult terrain. A slope made of rubble connects this room to
the white tower’s basement (area V14) 20 feet above.

V14: Flooded Basement

Several inches of standing water cover the floor of these ruined rooms. Rubble in the northeast corner slopes downward to form a rough stairway.

Stone walls once separated this basement level into four rooms, but the Cataclysm destroyed the north and west chambers. The standing water
makes the floor difficult terrain in this area. The sloping rubble descends to area V13.

V15: Lunar Shrine

A larger-than-life alabaster statue of a humanoid in flowing robes watches over this shrine. The figure bears a moonlike sphere instead of a face. The sphere is
illuminated by white light shining from a silver mirror in the crook of the statue’s left arm. Coiled around the plinth is an enormous, green, snakelike creature with a
human face. It stares shrewdly at you as you enter.

The statue is a depiction of Solinari, the god of Krynn’s white moon and good magic.

White Moonlight Mirror. The mirror in the statue’s arm is a white moonlight mirror. Removing the mirror from the statue requires no special effort.

Shrine’s Guardian. Wrapped around the statue is a guardian naga named Casivus. Casivus has guarded this shrine since long before Lord Soth’s
forces arrived, and it chafes at the evil doings of Teremini and her minions.

The naga is initially indifferent to the characters. If a character mentions that the party opposes Teremini’s plans or engages the naga in polite
conversation and succeeds on a DC 14 Charisma (Persuasion) check, Casivus becomes friendly toward the group. In this case, the naga permits the
characters to take the mirror from the statue. Casivus also imparts two useful points of information:

Position of the Moons. To disrupt Teremini’s ritual, the characters must shine different colors of moonlight onto the lunariums’ crystals in a specific
combination. This combination depends on the current phases and positions of Krynn’s moons. Teremini has a magical orrery in the red tower that
shows the moons’ positions. A character can study this orrery to determine the moonlight-crystal combinations necessary to disrupt the ritual.

Stairwell Passphrase. Casivus tells the characters the passphrase to open the locked door inside the chamber northeast of here (area V16). The
passphrase is “buried is best.”

Casivus has no wish to leave this shrine or accompany the characters, but the naga would be pleased to see Teremini and her followers gone.

V16: Locked Stairwell

An enclosure with a shuttered door stands in the southernmost part of this otherwise empty room.

The door to this stairwell is locked with an Arcane Lock spell. Teremini, Akaazi, and Casivus know the door’s passphrase (“buried is best”). As an
action, a character can try to force open the door, doing so with a successful DC 24 Strength (Athletics) check.

The circular staircase connects to area V17, which is 30 feet above.

V17: White Tower Ruins

The walls and floor here are crumbling. A wooden ladder leans against the edge of the ceiling above.

The white tower’s ground floor lies in ruin. A ladder connects this floor to area V19.

V18: Veteran Camp

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 16/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
A sloping mound of rubble creates a rough bridge over the moat west of the white tower. Six humans in dented armor pace atop the slope.

The slope immediately leading into this area is guarded by six veterans (lawful evil humans). A seventh veteran is resting in the tent to the north and
rushes to help their allies when a fight breaks out. The veterans defend the keep with their lives, knowing that to do otherwise would invite Teremini’s
wrath.

V19: White Tower Lookout

A single human lookout in dented armor stands watch in the southern portion of this area.

The guard is a lawful evil, human veteran. The veteran carries a hollow goat’s horn in addition to her usual gear. If she expects attackers, she pulls up
the ladder that connects to area V17 and blows her horn to raise the alarm.

A spiral staircase ascends to area V20.

V20: Ruined Shrine

Ornate pillars bearing countless impressions of celestial bodies encircle this ruined chamber. The floor tiles are cracked and loose, and part of the wall has caved
in.

A staircase in the southern part of the room ascends to the white tower’s lunarium (area U1).

White Moonlight Mirror. Hidden in a cavity beneath the flagstone tiles is a white moonlight mirror wrapped in old oilcloth. A character can find the
mirror by searching the floor and succeeding on a DC 12 Intelligence (Investigation) check. Removing the mirror from the cavity requires no special
effort.

V21: Drawbridge

The castle’s drawbridge is lowered over the murky moat.

Soth’s rank-and-file soldiers use this gate to enter the keep.

Drawbridge. To raise or lower the wooden drawbridge, both levers inside the keep must be pulled at the same time. An automatic mechanism then
raises or lowers the bridge over the course of 1 minute.

Moat. The moat surrounding the Three Moons Vault is 50 feet deep. A nearby stream keeps the moat filled with ice-cold snowmelt from the
mountains.

V22: Lookout Turret

A ladder allows access from the courtyard to this fortified platform. Two guards in dented armor, each carrying hollowed-out goat’s horns, keep watch here.

Two veterans (lawful evil humans) keep watch atop the turret. If they see or hear the characters approach, they sound their horns, and allies from area
V18 arrive in 5 minutes.

V23: Wall Walk

The stone walkway atop the keep’s curtain wall passes through the second floor of each moon tower, allowing access. The walkway can be reached
via staircases in the courtyard (area V25).

V24: Rookery

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 17/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Two enormous, skeletal, birdlike creatures perch atop the wooden platform here.

These two bone rocs (see appendix A) are trained to ferry passengers to and from a similar rookery near the bottom of the mountain.

A bone roc attacks only if threatened or harmed.

V25: Courtyard

The center of the keep features an open-air plaza paved with moon rock tiles.

From this courtyard, individuals can access the ground floors of the three moon towers, most of the keep’s other buildings, and staircases to the
curtain wall walkways. A hundred feet above looms the moondisk (area U5).

V26: Barrack

This sparsely furnished area includes simple beds and empty wash tubs.

When non-Undead individuals stay at the Three Moons Vault, they reside here.

V27: Armory

Weapon racks and armor stands line the walls of this cramped storage room.

Treasure. The equipment here includes the following:

Three longswords
Two halberds
Two crossbow bolt cases, each containing 20 bolts
Two shields
A suit of splint mail
A bottle of Oil of Sharpness

V28: Royal Quarters

A grim iron throne and an iron statue of an intimidating knight stand in the middle of this room. Both look out a window at the courtyard to the southeast. Fastened
to the throne’s headrest is a mirror that seems to draw light in rather than reflect it.

On the rare occasions when Lord Soth visits the Three Moons Vault, this chamber is set aside for him to glower over his subjects.

Black Moonlight Mirror. The mirror affixed to the throne is a black moonlight mirror. Removing the mirror from the throne requires no special effort.

V29: Orrery

A large model of a planet and three moons hangs in the center of this high-ceilinged chamber. The celestial bodies are affixed to bronze rings via delicate rods that
move slowly under their own momentum. The device is illuminated by a beam of red moonlight that emanates from a mirror mounted twenty feet up the
southwest wall. Twin staircases ascend to a railed walkway overlooking the orrery.

This enchanted orrery accurately depicts the current positions of Krynn’s three moons—Solinari, Lunitari, and Nuitari—relative to Krynn. If the
moonlight mirror in area V30 is removed, the orrery stops moving.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 18/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Staircases on either side of the orrery lead to area V30 above.

Deciphering the Orrery. A character can study the orrery to deduce the relative positions of Krynn’s moons. The character gleans that, currently,
Lunitari prevails over Solinari, Solinari prevails over Nuitari, and Nuitari prevails over Lunitari.

Based on this deduction, the character understands that Teremini’s ritual can be disrupted by shining red moonlight on the white crystal, white
moonlight on the black crystal, and black moonlight on the red crystal.

V30: Red Mirror Stairwell

A stone guardrail protects anyone standing on this elevated walkway from falling to the floor below. One wall of the walkway bears a shiny red mirror. Stairs in the
center of the space ascend to another chamber.

Red Moonlight Mirror. The mirror affixed to the wall is a red moonlight mirror. Removing the mirror from the wall requires no special effort.

V31: Teremini’s Quarters

This bedroom includes a four-poster bed, a writing desk, several bookshelves, and a footlocker.

Teremini dwells in this finely decorated bedroom.

Mimic. The footlocker is a mimic. Teremini trained the mimic to attack anyone who snoops around her room.

Logbook. On the desk is a log of all the treasures and prisoners transported to and from the Three Moons Vault. Of interest to the characters are the
first and last pages of the log.

The first page describes the six moonlight mirrors found in the original moon towers during the vault’s construction. The log notes the present
location of these mirrors:

White Mirrors: The lunar shrine (area V15) and the ruined shrine (area V20)

Red Mirrors: Valendar’s cell (area V7) and the red mirror stairwell (area V30)

Black Mirrors: Royal quarters (area V28) and Akaazi’s quarters (area V36)

The log’s last pages mention “a piece of the legendary Rod of Seven Parts, seized from an ungrateful dryad” as well as “three lunar crystals, procured
from a powerful dragon.” The logbook doesn’t specify where the rod piece or the crystals are currently stored.

A staircase at the northern end of the room ascends to the red tower’s lunarium (area U2).

V32: Stairwell
This stairwell connects to area V9 below.

V33: Muster Yard

This empty yard has a floor of thick mud.

Teremini’s soldiers conduct training drills in this muddy yard. When the keep’s alarm is raised, they rally here and prepare to defend the keep. The mud
is difficult terrain.

Two earth elementals, summoned and bound by Teremini, dwell beneath the mud. If they detect intruders with their tremorsense, the elementals rise
from the mud and attack.

V34. Circle of Undeath

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 19/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
An interior circular stone wall creates a ringed hallway inside this tower. Archways in the wall are covered in black curtains. The outer hallway is eerily empty, but
you can hear chanting coming from beyond the archways.

Three archways, each shrouded by a black curtain, connect the two spaces in this area. Once the characters walk through a curtain into the inner
space, read the following:

Black candles cast dim light throughout this inner room, revealing a circle of unholy runes drawn in chalk on the floor. A black-robed figure crouches, examining the
runes, while a zombie-like creature holding a black rose in a glass jar stands nearby.

A neutral evil human necromancer wizard (see appendix A) named Akaazi uses this chamber to conduct necromantic rituals and create Undead
soldiers for Lord Soth’s army. Akaazi is accompanied by a black rose bearer (see appendix A).

As soon as she’s aware of intruders, Akaazi commands the bearer to attack and fights to the death in the name of Lord Soth.

If the characters look up, they can see a black moonlight mirror hanging in area V36.

V35: Temple

A stone altar at the back of this temple is its only notable fixture. Dusty windows set in iron frames overlook the courtyard.

Akaazi’s eerie black tower leads into this temple, so the chamber is rarely used. The north staircase descends 30 feet to area V10.

Secret Door. A section of this chamber’s western wall is hollow and set onto hinges that allow it to swing out toward the courtyard. The secret door
can be detected with a successful DC 13 Wisdom (Perception) check.

Treasure. The back of the altar is hollow and bears a single shelf, on which sits a Wand of Enemy Detection.

V36: Akaazi’s Quarters

This room contains a simple sleeping mat and a bookcase full of grim tomes of little value. Two doors exit the tower and connect to the wall walk outside.

Black Moonlight Mirror. A circular opening in the floor allows a creature to view the chamber below (area V34). A black moonlight mirror is
suspended from three iron chains connected to the sides of the opening. The mirror can be safely detached from one iron chain with a successful DC
15 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check. If a character fails this check by 5 or more, the mirror comes loose from the chains and falls to the floor 20 feet
below.

V37: Aviary

Black corvids fill the small cages in this bleak, windowless aviary. The birds squawk loudly whenever anyone enters.

Twenty ravens used to deliver messages occupy the flimsy wooden cages.

A staircase on the eastern wall ascends to the black tower’s lunarium (area U3).

Upper-Level Features

In addition to the features of the Three Moons Vault listed earlier in this chapter, the vault’s upper level has a number of important features.

If the characters don’t know how to stop Teremini’s ritual yet, one of them realizes that the answer must have to do with Krynn’s moons, and that they
should examine the orrery in area V29.

Colored Glass

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 20/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Each lunarium (areas U1, U2, and U3) is surrounded by six columns that support a hemispherical rooftop made of enameled glass. Panes of
enameled glass are set between each column. Each 10-foot square of glass is a Large object with AC 10, 10 hit points, vulnerability to bludgeoning
and thunder damage, and immunity to poison and psychic damage.

The glass is enchanted so that only one color of moonlight shines through it:

Solinari’s white light shines into the white tower’s lunarium (area U1).
Lunitari’s red light shines into the red tower’s lunarium (area U2).
Nuitari’s black light shines into the black tower’s lunarium (area U3).

Lunar Crystals
Shallow steps ascend to a dais at the center of each lunarium. A specially carved pillar atop the dais bears a lunar crystal. These lunar crystals were
specially created by the lunar dragon Orinix.

These crystals are components for Teremini’s ritual, but they have no value or special properties. When the characters arrive, these daises are
surrounded by barriers of solid moonlight (see below). The crystals can’t be smashed while Teremini concentrates on her ritual.

Solid Moonlight
The moonbridges and moondisk (areas U4 and U5) are made of solid moonlight that shimmers like opalescent glass. If a creature not in its true form
starts its turn touching solid moonlight, the creature must succeed on a DC 15 Constitution saving throw or have the poisoned condition until the
start of its next turn.

While Teremini concentrates on her ritual, spherical barriers of solid moonlight also surround each lunar crystal dais.

Nothing can physically pass through solid moonlight or teleport through it. It is immune to all damage and can’t be dispelled by the Dispel Magic
spell. Any solid moonlight caught in the area of a Sunburst spell is dispelled for 10 minutes. Solid moonlight also extends into the Ethereal Plane,
blocking ethereal travel through it. The ritual is powered by the rod piece and is therefore unaffected by the Antimagic Field spell.

Upper-Level Locations

The following locations are keyed to map 6.4.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 21/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 6.4: THREE MOONS VAULT - UPPER LEVEL

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

U1: White Lunarium

White moonlight glows around this smooth dais.

The moonlight barrier around this lunarium’s dais is trapped. When the barrier is touched, it emits a blinding flash of white light in a 30-foot radius
centered on the dais. Any creature in that area must succeed on a DC 17 Constitution saving throw or have the blinded condition for 24 hours.

U2: Red Lunarium

A shadowy, skeletal wolf walking upright like a human stalks the area here.

The skeletal wolf is a deathwolf (see appendix A) created from the body of a slain Blue Fire Warden. Akaazi ordered the deathwolf to attack any
intruders during Teremini’s ritual. If it sees the characters, the deathwolf attacks viciously and stops at nothing to destroy its opponents.

U3: Black Lunarium

Two desiccated, undead creatures, each holding a bell jar containing a black rose, stand guard here.

Two black rose bearers (see appendix A) have been ordered to defend this lunarium against intruders.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 22/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
U4: Moonbridges
Three bridges of solid moonlight span the gaps between the lunariums and the moondisk.

U5: Moondisk

A robed, hooded woman stands at the center of a circular platform, her arms stretched wide and her eyes closed. A rod piece floats between her outstretched
hands.

Teremini (lawful evil, elf archmage) performs her ritual here. The fifth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts floats between Teremini’s outstretched hands.

When Teremini notices the characters approaching, she shouts, “Death to all who oppose Lord Soth! And death to those pitiful wardens! You’ll never
stop me!”

If the characters disrupt Teremini’s ritual, she screams in rage and attacks them. Teremini pockets the rod piece and fights to the death. For more
about the Rod of Seven Parts, see this book’s introduction.

Disrupting the Ritual

ARTIST: ALEXANDRE HONORÉ

TO RETRIEVE THE FIFTH ROD PIECE, THE CHARACTERS MUST STOP TEREMINI NIGHTSEDGE’S
RITUAL TO ENSHROUD THE THREE MOONS VAULT IN MAGICAL RED MOONLIGHT

Teremini’s ritual is disrupted if either of the following occurs:

Red moonlight shines on the white crystal, white moonlight shines on the black crystal, and black moonlight shines on the red crystal.
A lunar crystal is removed from its pillar. The ensuing chaos after the ritual is disrupted is an ideal time for the characters to seize the rod
piece from Teremini, who is distracted as she rallies the vault’s forces to fend off the dragon Orinix. If the characters fail to thwart Teremini’s
ritual, they should fight her elsewhere in the vault so they can retrieve the rod piece.

Cambios de luz de luna

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 23/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Noche de Fuego Azul - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

La cortina de luz de luna carmesí que rodea la Bóveda de las Tres Lunas desaparece. Las áreas de luz lunar sólida, incluidos el disco lunar, los
puentes lunares y las barreras alrededor de las tarimas del lunarium, se disuelven instantáneamente. Cualquier criatura que esté parada sobre una de
estas superficies cae al patio 100 pies más abajo.

Llega Orinix
Se abre un portal a Lunitari donde una vez estuvo el disco lunar. Orinix, un dragón lunar adulto (ver apéndice A ) vuela desde este portal y se cierne
sobre el patio. Disgustado por el fracaso de Teremini, el dragón ataca a todos los que ve, centrándose principalmente en Teremini.
ARTIST: SIMÓN DOMINGO

ORÍNIX

Próximos pasos

Una vez que los personajes tengan la quinta pieza de la Vara de las Siete Partes , podrán regresar a Sigil a través de la puerta en el árbol por la que
llegaron a Krynn.

Hemos actualizado nuestros términos y condiciones . Haga clic en el enlace para obtener más información.

APOYO ACERCA DE ENCUÉNTRANOS EN LAS APLICACIÓN D&D MÁS ALLÁ

REDES SOCIALES
Portal de ayuda Contáctenos
Foro de soporte Carreras
No vendas ni magos de la costa
compartas mi
información
Galletas

© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/night-of-blue-fire 24/24
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAP. 6: NOCHE DE FUEGO AZUL CAP. 8: EL ORGULLO DE LA REINA DRAGÓN

Capítulo 7: Tumba de las almas descarriadas

ARTIST: OLIVIER BERNARDO

LA SIGUIENTE PIEZA DE VARILLA SE ESCONDE EN LO PROFUNDO DE LA MORTAL TUMBA DE LAS ALMAS DESCARRIADAS.

Recuperar la sexta pieza de la Vara de Siete Partes lleva a los personajes a una cadena de islas tropicales en el mundo de Oerth. Allí, el grupo debe
sondear las profundidades de un complejo mortal llamado Tumba de las Almas Descarriadas, que fue construido para atraer y matar a los
buscadores de tesoros. Este laberinto laberíntico de trampas mortales fue creado por el diabólico archlich Acererak, quien disfruta perversamente
llenando sus mazmorras con los huesos de aventureros derrotados.

Ejecutando este capítulo

Este capítulo comienza después de que los personajes recuperan la quinta pieza de la Vara de Siete Partes . Un personaje que sostiene esa pieza
sabe instintivamente que la sexta pieza está ubicada en la Isla de las Serpientes en Oerth, un mundo conocido por sus mazmorras legendarias y
tesoros mágicos.

Los personajes llegan a la isla a tiempo para presenciar una batalla entre un kraken y un equipo de arqueólogos. Los arqueólogos se encuentran en
una situación desesperada y depende de los personajes decidir si ayudan. Finalmente, los personajes se dan cuenta de que la sexta pieza de la Vara
de Siete Partes está ubicada en el complejo que los arqueólogos estaban explorando: la Tumba de las Almas Descarriadas.

Los arqueólogos no han explorado mucho el complejo mortal, por lo que los personajes deben enfrentar sus desafíos sin mucha información. La
búsqueda de la pieza de la varilla culmina en un enfrentamiento con Rerak, un simulacro empoderado de Acererak.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 1/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Avance del personaje

Los personajes deberían estar en el nivel 16 cuando comience este capítulo. Los personajes ganan un nivel después de recuperar la sexta pieza de
vara de la Tumba de las Almas Descarriadas.

El poder de los secretos

Los personajes pueden aprender dos secretos en este capítulo que son aplicables a las reglas de la sección " El poder de los secretos " en la
introducción de este libro :

El secreto de Marian. Marian Xavere, una de las arqueólogas, mantiene una fascinación de toda la vida con Acererak y la magia maligna del archlich,
y anteriormente estuvo tentada de estudiar nigromancia. Consulte la sección " Campamento de arqueólogos " más adelante en este capítulo para
obtener más información.

El secreto de Rerak. Al falso lich le molesta su encarcelamiento en la Tumba de las Almas descarriadas y nunca quiso cumplir la voluntad de
Acererak. Rerak es el guardián de la pieza de varilla que los personajes buscan y espera en el área T26 del complejo.

Sexta pieza de varilla

The sixth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts is in area T27 of the Tomb of Wayward Souls. For more information about the rod and the spell this rod
piece allows its wielder to cast, see this book’s introduction.

Oerth

This chapter takes place on Oerth, in the Greyhawk campaign setting. The world is rife with elaborate dungeons, magical treasures, and other
fantastical hallmarks of sword and sorcery.

Isle of Serpents

Characters who research the Isle of Serpents in Sigil can learn the following:

Acererak’s Machinations. Long ago, the archlich Acererak visited the Isle of Serpents in his search for precious artifacts. Acererak demolished
settlements across the island, stealing treasures and killing indiscriminately. He then built one of his infamous tombs near the coast. The
descendants of those who survived Acererak’s onslaught remain on the island and are still working to rebuild. Many seek to reclaim the treasures that
were stolen from them.

Geography. The Isle of Serpents is a part of an archipelago known as the Asperdi-Duxchan Chain. The island’s temperate climate creates a haven for
venomous snakes and poisonous fauna, and its craggy cliffs contain treacherous coastal cave systems.

Inhabitants. Popular accounts of the island describe it as unlucky, leading outsiders to avoid it. (The island’s inhabitants know this rumor is false,
though likely tied to Acererak’s long-ago activities, and most families have been here for many generations. The characters learn this when they visit
the island.)

Legends. Legends speak of Acererak’s infamous Tomb of Horrors, a deadly labyrinth filled with monsters and puzzles. Stories state that the archlich
created similar tombs to guard precious magical artifacts. One such tomb is located on the isle.

Down to Oerth

When the party steps through the Sigil portal to the Isle of Serpents, they emerge through a ground-level opening in a cliff. The opening overlooks a
lagoon, as shown on map 7.1.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 2/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 7.1: ISLE OF SERPENTS LAGOON

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

Kraken Attack!

The characters arrive in the midst of chaos on the lagoon’s beach. Read or paraphrase the following:

You feel warm sea air as you gaze upon the craggy shore of an island lagoon. Rising from the lagoon’s depths are tentacles that lash toward the beach at a group
of panicked people dressed in hiking gear.

The tentacles belong to a kraken that took damage in an altercation with a hunting boat earlier and has been reduced to 250 hit points. It was lurking
off the lagoon’s coast when a group of archaeologists stopped here to fish. Hungry and irate, the kraken ambushed the people, who are desperately
trying to escape. The kraken is positioned along the easternmost portion of the 100-foot-deep water shown on map 7.1. The archaeologists are
scattered throughout the 2-foot-deep water and along the beach.

There are fifteen human and elf archaeologists on the beach. With the exception of Laysa Matulin, Talo Yieria, Vogren Starcloak, and Marian Xavere
(who are described in the following sections), the archaeologists use the commoner stat block.

If the characters join the battle, the kraken focuses on them while the archaeologists retreat. If the characters don’t join the battle, the kraken gobbles
up eight of the archaeologists before sinking into the lagoon, satisfied. Laysa, Talo, Vogren, and Marian are among the survivors.

Meeting Laysa Matulin

When the kraken is no longer a threat, the leader of the archaeologists approaches the characters.

A stout human woman with bronze skin and curly dark hair held back with a colorful scarf runs toward you. Her expression is a mixture of relief and excitement.

Laysa is a chaotic good, human, pirate-turned-archaeologist (use the assassin stat block). Descended from the island’s original inhabitants, Laysa
seeks to reclaim the treasures stolen from her ancestors. She recruited a crew to help her explore the complex where she believes the treasures are
held.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 3/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Laysa invites the characters to the archaeologists’ camp to rest and chat.
ARTIST: BRUCE BRENNEISE

A KRAKEN ATTACKS PEOPLE ON THE ISLE OF SERPENTS

Archaeologist Camp

The archaeologists set their camp on the beach to the lagoon’s south, where the cliff gives way and allows passage inland. Describe the camp as
follows:

The tents here sit between the shore and the jungle. Armor and digging equipment lie scattered across the sand. To one side, two men—an elf and an orc—tend to
wounded colleagues. They each have a symbol of an arc of seven stars hanging from their necks, and their hands glow with divine magic. On the opposite side of
camp, a human woman pores over a spellbook.

The archaeologists are investigating the ancient complex in which a piece of the Rod of Seven Parts waits. The characters can chat with the
archaeologists to learn about the complex and ask to borrow magic items to aid their quest.

Laysa’s Goals
At camp, Laysa is happy to share what she knows. She volunteers the following information:

Foreign Complex. The complex’s architectural style is different than local traditions, so the complex must have been built by an outsider. Based on
the complex’s defenses, Laysa believes something valuable is held within.

ARTIST: NIKKI DAWES

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 4/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

LAYSA MATULIN

Some Progress. Laysa’s crew uncovered the complex’s entrance, as well as two false entrances laden with traps. The archaeologists haven’t been
able to explore much more, but they think they’ve identified how to delve farther into the complex.

Stolen Treasures. Long ago, an evil mage with a skeletal appearance demolished Laysa’s ancestral village on this island. The mage absconded with
several treasures and was never seen again.

Laysa is unfamiliar with the Rod of Seven Parts, but she agrees that such a powerful magic item could be found within the complex. She isn’t aware
of any other location where the rod piece might be.

Laysa provides the characters with a rough map of the complex (map 7.2) and can lead the party to its entrance when they’re ready.

Stolen Treasures. Laysa hopes to recover six ancestral treasures stolen from her people. Some of these treasures are magic items, although Laysa
describes them only as detailed below. The items (and their locations on map 7.3) are as follows:

Ebony wand decorated with bones and feathers (area T9)

Ring of golden stars (area T13)
Sacred scimitar dedicated to serpent spirits (area T17)
Set of copper tablets engraved with incantations (area T19)
Crystal orb used in rituals (area T23)
Blue silk sash used in ceremonies (area T27)

If the characters uncover any of these items from the complex and return them to Laysa, she is ecstatic. For each item returned, Laysa pays the
characters five gemstones worth 500 gp apiece. She keeps the gemstones in a pouch that hangs from her belt.

Talo Yieria and Vogren Starcloak, Priests and Healers

The elf man is Talo Yieria, and the orc man is Vogren Starcloak. Both are neutral good priests of Celestian, the enigmatic deity of stars and wanderers
on Oerth. Though apprehensive about exploring the complex, the couple are dear friends to Laysa and support her efforts.

Talo and Vogren are well versed in the religious history of the island. If asked, they provide the following advice:

Reciprocity. Powerful nature spirits reside on the island and don’t take kindly to those who would exploit it. No one should take anything without
leaving something in return.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 5/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Respect. Offerings of money, food, or crafted items show respect to the island’s spirits. Acts of kindness can also gain the spirits’ favor.

Should the characters return to the camp partway through exploring the complex, Talo and Vogren offer to use magic to heal them.

Marian Xavere, Resident Mage

The human woman poring over a spellbook is the camp’s resident arcana expert, Marian Xavere (neutral mage). Hailing from the mainland, Marian
joined Laysa’s crew because of her intense fascination with magical traps and artifacts.

Marian’s arcane research led her to study Acererak, and she can tell the characters about the archlich. The characters learn the information about
Acererak presented in this chapter and in Acererak’s entry in appendix B. Marian doesn’t realize exactly how dangerous the complex here is.

Magic Items. Marian has a Lantern of Revealing sitting near her and a Gem of Seeing strapped to her belt. If asked, she lends the characters the
lantern but is hesitant to lend the gem. A character can convince her to lend them the Gem of Seeing by succeeding on a DC 18 Charisma
(Persuasion) check.

Marian’s Secret. When the characters speak at length with Marian, they notice the mage speaks enthusiastically, but somewhat guiltily, about
Acererak. If the characters remark on or ask about this, Marian admits that she once admired the archlich and even considered studying necromancy.
When Marian realized the great evil involved, though, she eschewed this grim path.

Regardless of the characters’ reaction to this revelation, learning it counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s
introduction.
ARTIST: FRANCESCA BAERALD

MAP 7.2: TOMB COMPLEX

Into the Tomb

After devastating the island’s native villages, Acererak constructed one of his tombs here. Though outsiders rarely visited the Isle of Serpents,
whispers of an island complex laden with treasures spread across Oerth. Over time, this complex became known as the Tomb of Wayward Souls,
since explorers would venture inside only to die.

Laysa and her crew made some progress exploring the complex, demarking the false entrances and traps. The complex’s entrance is about 1 mile
from the archaeologists’ camp.

Features of the Tomb

Unless otherwise stated, the areas of the complex have the following features.

Ceilings, Doors, Floors, and Walls

The ceilings, floors, and walls of the complex are constructed from limestone. Chamber ceilings are 20 feet high, while hallway ceilings are 10 feet
high. Doors are wooden and unlocked unless otherwise specified; some must be opened by special means. The complex’s walls are immune to any
spell or magical effect that would change their shape, such as a Passwall or Stone Shape spell.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 6/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Hidden Doors
Illusion magic conceals many of the complex’s doors, making them look like solid walls. These hidden doors are detectable by touch, and creatures
with truesight see the doors as if they weren’t hidden. Casting Dispel Magic on a hidden door permanently removes the magic concealing it. A hidden
door is otherwise identical to other doors in the complex. Locations of hidden doors are marked on map 7.3.

Lighting
The interior of the complex is brightly lit by crystal sconces holding eerie green flames. The flames can’t be extinguished by any means.

Planar Trammels
When a creature within the complex casts a spell or uses an effect that would transport itself or another creature to a different plane (such as casting
Astral Projection, Banishment, Etherealness, or Plane Shift), the spell slot and components, item charges, or other resources are expended as
normal, but nothing happens.

The Rod Piece and Its Guardian

The sixth piece of the rod can be found in area T27. The piece is guarded by Rerak, an empowered simulacrum of Acererak designed to harvest souls
for the archlich. When an adventurer dies in the complex, Rerak traps their soul using foul magic and shunts it to the gems embedded in the false
lich’s eyes. The souls remain in the false lich’s eyes for 24 hours, after which the souls are transferred to Acererak and are trapped forever. Rerak also
resets traps that adventurers have triggered in the complex.

A long time has passed since the archlich created Rerak. The simulacrum is torn between dutifully fulfilling Acererak’s will and resenting the archlich
for imprisoning him within this complex. Retrieving the rod piece requires confronting Rerak in his crypt, though the characters can recover the piece
without fighting the simulacrum. For more information about confronting Rerak, see area T26.

Corrupted Mirages. Rerak’s resentment, intermingled with the magic of the rod piece, causes strange mirages to appear throughout the complex.
These mirages are described where they’re encountered (see areas T9, T13, T21, and T24).

Tomb Locations

The areas of the tomb are keyed to map 7.3.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 7/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 7.3: TOMB OF WAYWARD SOULS

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

T1: False Entrance

This wide corridor ends at two stone doors with metal handles. At the entrance, the archaeologists posted symbols for “danger” and “fire.”

The doors at the end of the corridor are fake and can’t be opened. Behind them is a solid wall.

Explosion Trap. A creature that steps inside the corridor triggers a trap. When the creature touches the corridor floor, the floor tiles depress, and a
slab of stone lodged in the ceiling lowers to the ground, sealing the corridor before flooding it with magical fire. Each creature inside the closed-off
corridor must make a DC 20 Dexterity saving throw, taking 28 (8d6) fire damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.

The stone slab seals off the corridor until the next dawn, when the slab rises into its ceiling cavity and the trap resets. In the meantime, a creature can
use an action to try to lift the slab, creating a passable opening with a successful DC 18 Strength (Athletics) check.

T2: False Entrance

Strange pockmarks line the walls of this corridor, at the end of which is a set of dark wooden doors.

Arrow Trap. Spring-loaded arrows are hidden in the pockmarked walls. A creature that enters the trapped area marked on map 7.3 for the first time on
a turn or ends its turn there triggers a fusillade of arrows and must make a DC 20 Dexterity saving throw, taking 27 (6d8) piercing damage from the

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 8/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

arrows on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one. The 5-foot-wide area along the east wall is outside the trap’s area and safe to
stand in.

Doors’ Secret. The doors at the end of the hallway are fake and can’t be opened. Tiny text is scrawled on the doors’ front:

“Acererak commends you! Alas, these doors lead nowhere, but your skill shall not go unrewarded. Should you wish to plumb the depths of my tomb, heed these
words: the blue one craves your magic.”

This is a clue for opening the door in area T4.

T3: Tomb Entrance

This hallway has been partially excavated. Lifted stone lids reveal a ten-foot-deep pit filled with spikes in the center of the corridor. A thin plank of wood is laid over
the pit to allow for safe crossing.

Characters can use the wooden plank to cross the pit safely. A creature that falls into the pit takes 5 (1d10) piercing damage from the spikes, which
turn the floor of the pit into difficult terrain.

At the bottom of the pit, situated in the middle of its northeast wall, is a hidden door that leads to area T5.

T4: Face of the Great Blue Devil

A relief of a scowling, fiendish face made of azure mosaic tiles spans the hallway’s back wall. The face’s mouth is open, revealing a black maw, and its eyes are
carved from clouded white crystal. To the right of the mosaic is a closed door.

A character who examines the relief with a Detect Magic spell or similar magic finds that the relief’s mouth radiates conjuration magic and its eyes
radiate abjuration magic.

Mouth Portal. The relief’s mouth is 10 feet wide and several feet tall. Objects and creatures that enter the relief’s mouth are teleported to area T14.

Opening the Devil’s Door. The relief is the key to opening the door to area T6. The door can be opened in no other way.

When a creature standing within 5 feet of the relief casts a spell using a spell slot, the spell slot is expended as normal, but the spell has no effect.
Instead, the magic is absorbed by the relief, filling it with a number of charges equal to the level of spell slot expended and causing the relief’s eyes to
glow green. Once the relief has absorbed 6 or more charges, the door opens. The door closes on its own after 10 minutes unless it is held or wedged
open. When the door closes, the relief’s eyes stop glowing, and opening the door again from this area requires the expenditure of more spell slots.
The door can be opened from the east side like any normal door.

T5: Cave of Seven Casks

ARTIST: CLAUDIO POZAS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 9/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

A CRYPTIC MESSAGE WRITTEN IN CELESTIAL PROVIDES CLUES ABOUT HOW TO USE THE SEVEN CASKS IN A NEARBY CAVE

Crooked wooden planks line the floor of this cave. Seven casks are embedded along one wall. Each cask has a different symbol painted on it, with a spigot
beneath it. Cups and tankards line shelves on the opposite wall.

A character who studies the shelves notices a repeating message carved in Celestial along the shelves’ edges:

“A septet of libations I present to you,

But only one will help you escape this tomb.

Six drinks are magic; one is mundane.

Those marked with stars are vitality’s bane.

Blue is neither blessing nor curse.

Moon cleanses you of illness or worse.

Green’s neighbor is never boring—

Drink deep; pass through the flooring.”

The message gives clues as to the casks’ contents.

Each cask contains 20 pints of liquor. In order from left to right, the casks are marked with the following symbols:

Green Star. The liquor in this cask is infused with necromantic magic. A creature that drinks any amount of the liquor must make a DC 20 Constitution
saving throw, taking 22 (5d8) necrotic damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.

Blue Square. A creature that drinks a pint or more of the liquor in this cask gains the benefit of a Potion of Diminution. A character reduced to Tiny
size by the liquor can’t fit through the narrow gaps between the floorboards (see the “Tunnel to Area T8” section for more information).

Green Crescent Moon. A creature that drinks a pint or more of the liquor in this cask gains the benefit of an Elixir of Health.

Red Square. A creature that drinks a pint or more of the liquor in this cask gains the benefit of a Potion of Gaseous Form. A character in gaseous
form can easily pass through the narrow gaps between the floorboards (see “Tunnel to Area T8” below).

Blue Circle. A creature that drinks a pint or more of the liquor in this cask gains the benefit of a Potion of Growth.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 10/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Green Circle. The liquor is this cask is not magical, but it is toxic. A creature that drinks any amount of the liquor must succeed on a DC 25
Constitution saving throw or have the poisoned condition for 1 hour.

Red Star. The liquor in this cask acts as a magical paralytic. Upon drinking any amount from this cask, a creature must succeed on a DC 20
Constitution saving throw or have the paralyzed condition for 1 hour.

Liquor removed from this cave immediately loses its magical properties. Removing a cask from this room causes the liquor within the cask to
evaporate.

Tunnel to Area T8. Characters who examine the floor can see an empty basement through the 1-inch cracks between the floorboards. The basement
has a tunnel exiting to the east, toward area T8. The easiest way to reach this tunnel is to drink from the cask marked with the red square to adopt a
cloudlike form. The floorboards are otherwise immovable and immune to all damage.

If the characters have trouble solving the puzzle, any character who walks across the floorboards realizes that the only way past this room is through
the thin gaps between the floorboards. If the characters still struggle, allow them to make a DC 12 Intelligence (Arcana) check to determine that the
magical liquor in one or more of the casks might facilitate travel through the cracks between the floorboards.

T6: Hall of Gemstones

Rows of colorful jewels line this corridor’s walls. At the east end stands an emerald-colored statue of a crashing wave, the words “This wave is green” carved into
its base. A door is set in the corridor’s south wall.

Close inspection of the statue uncovers a divot in the statue’s base big enough to hold one jewel.

Gemstone Puzzle. All the jewels embedded in the walls are made of worthless crystal except for one: an emerald worth 1,000 gp. A character who
spends at least 1 minute examining the jewels spots the emerald with a successful DC 20 Intelligence (Investigation) check. Prying the emerald from
its wall socket is easily done. Placing the emerald in the statue opens the door sealing off the passage to area T16. The door resists all other
attempts to open it. Once opened, however, it ceases to be locked and can thereafter be opened and closed without the emerald.

A character who succeeds on a DC 16 Intelligence (Arcana) check recalls that emeralds are used to contain water elementals.

Whenever a creature touches one of the other jewels embedded in the walls, the statue glows and launches a blast of freezing magic down the
hallway in a 30-foot line that is 5 feet wide. Each creature in that area must make a DC 20 Dexterity saving throw, taking 33 (6d10) cold damage on a
failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.

T7: Skeleton Closet

A moldering skeleton draped in cobwebs sits in one corner of this small room. A gold choker set with a large black stone hangs around the skeleton’s neck.

If examined with a Detect Magic spell or similar effect, the necklace radiates an aura of necromancy magic.

Necklace Trap. The first time a creature touches the necklace, it releases a burst of deathly energy in a 5-foot-radius sphere. Each creature in that
area must make a DC 22 Constitution saving throw, taking 36 (8d8) necrotic damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.

Once the trap has been triggered, the necklace becomes a mundane choker worth 1,200 gp.

T8: Room of Myriad Archways

Each wall of this octagonal room contains a stone archway. A veil of white fog fills the room.

The fog is magical and can’t be cleared or dispelled.

Archways. The archways lead to the following destinations:

North Archway. Any creature or object that enters this one-way portal is teleported to area T3, appearing at the southwest end of the corridor or the
nearest unoccupied space.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 11/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Northeast Archway. This archway connects to area T11. The tunnel leading there is made of smooth, gray stone.

East Archway. Any creature or object that enters this one-way portal is teleported to an unoccupied space in area T20a. If there’s not enough space in
that location for the creature or object, it is unable to pass through the portal and is rebuffed instead.

Southeast Archway. This archway connects to area T7 via a hidden doorway. The tunnel beyond the archway is made of obsidian and covered in
cobwebs.

South Archway. Any creature or object that enters this one-way portal is teleported to a random unoccupied space in area T14.

Southwest Archway. This archway connects to a basement under the floorboards of area T5 via a dirt tunnel.

West Archway. Any creature or object that enters this one-way portal is teleported to an unoccupied space in area T20b. If there’s not enough space
in that location for the creature or object, it is unable to pass through the portal and is rebuffed instead.

Northwest Archway. This archway connects to area T9. The tunnel leading there is covered with moss.

T9: Forest of Spirits Mirage

You arrive at an expansive glade of trees. Bobbing lights flit between the branches, and at the center of the glade stands a towering banyan tree wrapped in sickly
looking vines. A path winds through the glade but disappears when you try to focus closely on it.

The banyan tree is a neutral treant named Abalahin. Abalahin is real, while the rest of the forest is a mirage. The mirage is tactile, so creatures can
interact with it.

Piercing the Illusion. The mirage is linked to Abalahin’s existence. If Abalahin is killed, the mirage ends, revealing the room to be a stone chamber
containing Abalahin’s remains.

Befriending Abalahin. Abalahin is covered with strangling vines that render the treant sluggish and distant. A Remove Curse spell or similar effect
causes the blighted vines around Abalahin to dissolve. Once the vines are gone, Abalahin is grateful to the characters and, in return, suppresses the
mirage, revealing the room’s exits.

Bobbing Spirit Lights. There are 1d8 bobbing spirit lights (each uses the will-o’-wisp stat block and speaks Common and Sylvan) that fill the illusory
glade at any given time. The spirit lights are part of the mirage, are indifferent to the characters’ presence, and disappear if attacked. Any character
with a passive Wisdom (Perception) score of 17 or higher discerns the spirit lights whispering and overhears one of the following remarks:
ARTIST: DAWN CARLOS

+3 WAND OF THE WAR MAGE

“The next challenge is crushing—move fast!”

“The master of this tomb longs to be free. Wouldn’t you, if you were he?”
“Steal not from the library, for it holds trouble.”
“Illusions are we, born from a mix of wanderlust and corrupted magic. Many more can you find in this forgotten place.”
“The jade serpents crave offerings.”

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 12/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Treasure. Close inspection of Abalahin’s roots reveals an ebony wand decorated with bones and feathers (a +3 Wand of the War Mage). A character
who succeeds on a DC 15 Charisma (Persuasion) check can convince Abalahin to relinquish the wand voluntarily. The wand can also be removed
without attracting Abalahin’s notice by a character who succeeds on a DC 25 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check. The wand is one of the treasures
Laysa mentioned earlier in this chapter.

Abalahin is hostile toward creatures it catches trying to steal the wand. Once the treant has been defeated, the wand can easily be retrieved.

T10: Crushing Room Trap

This room appears to be empty. When one or more characters enter the room, read the following:

A click sounds from above. The room’s ceiling begins descending rapidly.

The 20-foot-high ceiling drops suddenly, stopping 6 inches above the floor before rising just as quickly and plummeting again. This rapid, piston-like
movement lasts for 1 minute, after which the ceiling returns to its original height and locks in place until the trap is triggered again.

Each time the trap triggers, have the characters roll initiative. The ceiling drops to its lowest point on initiative count 20 of each round, losing initiative
ties, until the trap resets.

Any creature in the room when the ceiling drops must make a DC 20 Dexterity saving throw. On a failed save, the creature takes 55 (10d10)
bludgeoning damage and has the prone condition. On a successful save, the creature can rush from the room, taking no damage, or remain in the
room and take half as much damage only. A creature that can fit in spaces as narrow as 6 inches has advantage on the save thanks to the narrow gap
that remains between the ceiling and floor when the ceiling is at its lowest level.

A Small or larger creature subjected to the trap can choose to make a DC 20 Strength saving throw instead of a Dexterity saving throw, provided the
creature doesn’t have the prone condition, with the aim of slowing the ceiling’s descent for the betterment of others. The creature making the
Strength saving throw takes 55 (10d10) bludgeoning damage regardless of whether its save succeeds or fails. If the save succeeds, however, the
trap’s damage to other creatures is reduced to 0 until initiative count 20 of the next round (losing initiative ties).

The ceiling is too heavy to be stopped by any braces, but an Immovable Rod or similar item can prevent it from dropping so far as to crush anyone.

T11: Strange Altar

A dark, triangular altar stands in the center of this chamber. Carved into each side of the altar is a niche containing a chest. One chest is plated with gold, one is
plated with silver, and the last is plated with lead.

The chests are unlocked, and their contents are as follows:

Gold Chest. This chest is worth 100 gp on its own and contains 100 gp.

Silver Chest. This chest is worth 50 gp on its own and contains a ceremonial dagger plated with electrum with an amethyst set in its pommel (worth
750 gp).

Lead Chest. This worthless chest contains a Spell Scroll of Knock, which the altar trap values at 200 gp (see below).

Altar Trap. Removing a chest or its contents from a niche causes the altar’s carvings to glow with pale light. Creatures in the room have 1 minute to
either return the chest and its contents to the niche or place one or more items of equal or greater value into the niche. Otherwise, one of the
following effects occurs when the time expires, depending on the chest involved:

Gold Chest. Six swarms of poisonous snakes teleport into the room. The snakes are hostile.

Silver Chest. A burst of desiccating energy radiates from the altar in a 15-foot-radius sphere. Each creature in the area must make a DC 17
Constitution saving throw, taking 18 (4d8) necrotic damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.

Lead Chest. A death knight teleports into the room, appearing in a random unoccupied space within 15 feet of the altar. The knight is hostile.

T12: Room of Respite

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 13/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
A marble gazebo with a fountain at its center is surrounded by flowering bushes.

This room is safe.

Fountain. The fountain’s waters have healing properties. A creature that drinks from the fountain regains 21 (6d6) hit points. Once a creature has
benefited from the fountain’s magic, it can’t do so again until the next dawn.

T13: Celestial Sky Mirage

A hidden door conceals this room. Creatures that step through the doorway are seemingly transported to a location outdoors, thanks to illusion
magic:

You’re transported to a grassy field with a starry night sky above you.

The grassy field and night sky are illusions concealing a bare, rectangular room. Characters can move only as far as the room’s walls and ceiling
allow, for though these surfaces are hidden to normal eyes, they can be felt. Creatures with truesight recognize the illusions as mirages and can see
the room as it actually is; they can also see an engraved black box resting on a black dais in the middle of the room. Characters who can’t see the box
and dais can locate them by touch after a careful search of the area.

Observing the Night Sky. A character observing the mirage of the night sky can make a DC 14 Intelligence (Nature) check. On a success, a character
realizes that, while beautiful, the night sky is wholly inaccurate, as if created by someone who has never seen the sky before. Succeeding on this
check also allows the character to see through the room’s illusions, revealing not only the walls and ceiling but also the box and the dais on which it
sits.

Box Trap. The engraved box can’t be forced open, but a character can try to unlock it using thieves’ tools, doing so with a successful a DC 20 Dexterity
(Sleight of Hand) check. A Knock spell or similar magic also unlocks the box.

A character who inspects the box before opening it can make a DC 15 Intelligence (Investigation) check. On a successful check, the character notices
a spring-loaded compartment beneath the box’s lid. A character can use thieves’ tools to try to dismantle this compartment and disable the trap,
doing so with a successful DC 15 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check. If the trap isn’t deactivated, poisoned darts burst from the box when it’s opened.
Each creature within 10 feet of the box when the trap is sprung must succeed on a DC 20 Dexterity saving throw or take 10 (4d4) piercing damage
and have the poisoned condition for 1 hour.

Treasure. Contained within the box is a delicate gold ring engraved with geometric star designs. This ring isn’t magical or of any significant monetary
value, but Laysa’s ancestors once used it in traditional storytelling ceremonies involving astrology. This is one of the treasures Laysa mentioned
earlier in this chapter.

T14: Juggernaut Arena

ARTIST: SAM KEISER

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 14/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

ANYONE WHO WANDERS INTO THE TOMB’S ARENA MUST CONTEND WITH GRANITE JUGGERNAUTS

Thin, obsidian pillars are spaced throughout this musty room, the ceiling of which is only ten feet high. In the flickering light, you see two massive, rolling
constructs roving the space.

The room’s ceiling is 10 feet high—barely large enough to accommodate the two granite juggernauts (see appendix A) that trundle between the
room’s pillars. The juggernauts attack any intruders they notice, but they won’t strike pillars.

The juggernauts fight until they are destroyed or until a creature destroys the triangular stone in the control room (area T15).

T15: Juggernaut Control Room

A hidden door conceals this room.

A five-foot-tall, triangular stone covered in runes stands in this bare room’s center. At the top of the stone, a plum-sized diamond pulses with red light.

The triangular stone is immovable and powers the juggernauts in area T14. A character who examines the triangular stone and succeeds on a DC 17
Intelligence (Arcana) check can decipher its runes and discern its purpose.

Destroying the Stone. The triangular stone has AC 20; 100 hit points; immunity to poison and psychic damage; and immunity to bludgeoning, piercing,
and slashing damage from nonmagical attacks. When the stone is destroyed, the juggernauts in area T14 stop moving and become inanimate
objects.

Treasure. Once the stone has been destroyed or both juggernauts have been defeated, characters can take the diamond, which is worth 5,000 gp. The
diamond stops glowing when it leaves the room.

T16: Acid Pit Crossing

Filling most of this chamber is a ten-foot-deep pit of green acid, over which stretches a three-foot-wide stone bridge. Nozzles embedded in the north and south
walls shoot blasts of air across the bridge.

A creature that falls into the acid takes 21 (6d6) acid damage. Any creature that starts its turn in the acid also takes this damage.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 15/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Gust Nozzles. Air blasts from nozzles in the walls north and south of the bridge with such force that they can’t be easily stoppered. When a creature
moves onto the bridge for the first time on a turn or starts its turn there, or when a flying creature enters a space above the bridge or the acid pit for
the first time on a turn, the creature must succeed on a DC 20 Dexterity saving throw. On a failed save, the creature is pushed by the gusts 5 feet north
or south (determined randomly) and has the prone condition; if the space isn’t on a surface that can support the creature, the creature falls as normal.

T17: Jade Serpent Guardians’ Chamber

A jade statue stands between this room’s two exits. The statue depicts an armored, feminine figure from the waist up, with six arms and a gleaming curved sword
in each hand; from the waist down, the statue’s body is serpentine. Two statues depicting large cobras with jade scales sit in alcoves to the east.

If one or more characters enter the room, read the following:

The center statue’s eyes glow with white light, and the cobra statues begin writhing toward you.

The central statue uses the marilith stat block but is a Construct. This central statue controls the two cobra statues; each cobra statue uses the spirit
naga stat block but is a Construct. The statues speak Common. The statues are hostile toward any creature that enters the chamber.
ARTIST: DIANA CEARLEY

SWORD OF SHARPNESS (SCIMITAR)

WITH A SNAKE-SHAPED POMMEL

Appeasing the Statues. A character can use an action to try to appease the statues with a DC 20 Charisma (Persuasion) check; if the character
makes an offering of food or treasure worth 50 gp or more, this check is made with advantage. On a successful check, the statues become friendly
toward the characters and cease attacking.

The statues served as island guardians for centuries before Acererak abducted them. If informed about Laysa, the statues are thrilled to learn about
her efforts.

Acererak’s magic confines the statues to this room, but previous adventurers have told them about surrounding areas. The statues can share details
about what’s in areas T16 and T18.

Treasure. One of the central statue’s swords functions as a Sword of Sharpness (scimitar) in the hands of a Humanoid. The scimitar is one of the
treasures Laysa mentioned earlier in this chapter. If told about Laysa, the central statue willingly gives the sword; otherwise, the sword can be
retrieved when all the statues have been defeated.

T18: Hall of Discordance

Eight niches are built into these walls. Each niche contains a musical instrument: a lute, a lyre, a viol, a flute, a drum, a dulcimer, a shawm, and a horn. At the end of
the hallway is a double door emblazoned with two theater masks—one elated and one despairing.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 16/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

When a creature comes within 5 feet of any of the instruments, they all glow with a purple light and begin playing on their own, filling the hall with an
awful din. Each creature in the hall must make a DC 20 Wisdom saving throw, taking 16 (3d10) psychic damage on a failed save or half as much
damage on a successful one. After the damage is dealt, the instruments cease to play or glow, becoming normal items of their kind.

Mask Door. Upon closer inspection, the mouths of both masks are open slots, each large enough to fit a Medium or Small Humanoid’s arm. The doors
are locked.

Thin script engraved above the pair of masks reads as follows:

“Pay the toll, in blood or in song.”

There are two ways to open the doors. A character can play one of the hallway’s instruments and make a DC 20 Charisma (Performance) check; if the
character doesn’t have proficiency with the chosen instrument, this check is made with disadvantage. On a successful check, the doors open. On a
failed check, the character takes 16 (3d10) psychic damage, and the doors remain locked.

Alternatively, a character can place one of their arms into a mask’s open mouth. When each mouth has an arm in it, the mouths clamp down. If both
arms belong to the same character, that character takes 28 (8d6) piercing damage; if the arms belong to different characters, each character takes 14
(4d6) piercing damage. The mouths then unclamp, and the doors unlock.

T19: Library

Shelves filled with tomes and scrolls line the walls of this expansive chamber. Five stone statues depicting skeletal warriors stand sentinel throughout the room.

ARTIST: COUPLEOFKOOKS

A MANUAL OF BODILY HEALTHY WRITTEN

ON ENGRAVED COPPER SHEETS

Guardians. Whenever an item is removed from this room’s shelves, one of the five skeletal statues here springs to life. The statue uses the stone
golem stat block but is Medium and hostile, attacking whichever creature took the item. The statue remains active until the triggering item is returned
or until the statue is destroyed. Multiple statues can be active at once.

Treasure. A thorough search of the shelves’ contents takes 10 minutes and yields the following items:

Spell Scroll of Greater Restoration

Set of engraved copper sheets that functions as a Manual of Bodily Health (one of the treasures Laysa mentioned earlier in this chapter)
Thin, leather-bound journal written in Common that explains that the combination for the crypt doors (area T25) is the word “die” in Draconic

T20a–T20b: Void Closets

These two storage closets are identical. The door to each room is locked. As an action, a character can use thieves’ tools to try to unlock either door,
doing so with a successful DC 15 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check. Each door can also be forced open from either side with a successful DC 11
Strength (Athletics) check, or with a Knock spell or similar magic.

This room is pitch dark.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 17/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The interior of each closet is filled with magical darkness that can’t be dispelled.

Spheres of Annihilation. In the center of each room is an uncontrolled Sphere of Annihilation. The magical darkness obscures the sphere; only
creatures with truesight can detect its presence.

T21: Phantasmal Mirage

Eerie sounds echo in this pitch-dark room.

This room is filled with magical darkness, and neither the darkness nor the eerie sounds can be dispelled. Any creature that enters this room for the
first time must succeed on a DC 18 Wisdom saving throw or have the frightened condition, as the darkness and eerie sounds conjure up the
creature’s deepest fears. The frightened condition ends on the creature when it leaves the room.

While frightened in this way, a creature takes 11 (2d10) psychic damage for every 5 feet it moves. After taking this damage, the creature can repeat
the saving throw, ending the frightened condition on a itself on a success.

Piercing the Illusion. Creatures with truesight see the room for what it is: an abandoned study. A dusty desk and empty bookcase line the east wall.

T22: Vortex Bridge

A dull roar fills this hexagonal chamber. A bridge consisting of engraved, colored limestone tiles stretches between two ledges. A pitch-black vortex of energy
churns beneath the bridge.

The tiled bridge stretches over a gravity vortex 60 feet below. The force of the vortex reduces the flying speed of any creature within the room to 0
feet.
ARTIST: CLAUDIO POZAS

MAP 7.4: VORTEX BRIDGE PUZZLE

Bridge Puzzle. Close inspection of the bridge’s tiles reveals that each one bears an engraved symbol representing one of the eight schools of magic.
A See Invisibility spell or similar effect uncovers concealed writing on the ledge before the bridge, which reads as follows:

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 18/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

“The vortex eats all magic, save for that from which it was born.”

To cross the bridge safely, creatures must step on the tiles bearing the symbol for evocation magic, which are red, or the tiles bearing the symbol for
transmutation magic, which are orange. The tiles are shown on map 7.4.

When observed within the range of a Detect Magic spell or similar magic, the vortex radiates an aura of evocation and transmutation magic. A
character who observes the vortex or witnesses the flight-inhibiting effect of the room’s gravity well can make a DC 16 Intelligence (Arcana) check,
recalling the following facts on a success:

The spell Reverse Gravity is a transmutation spell.

The school of transmutation magic deals with manipulating energy and matter.
Evocation spells create powerful elemental effects.

If the players have trouble with this puzzle, reveal that the characters must step on only evocation or transmutation tiles, and tell them which colors
these tiles are. When a creature steps on an incorrect tile, the tile breaks away, and both the tile and the creature are sucked into the vortex below. The
creature takes 36 (8d8) force damage and is teleported to a safe, unoccupied space at the south end of the room or in the tunnel leading to area T19.

T23: Arcane Laboratory

Three tall, glass cylinders line the back wall of this dimly lit chamber. Each cylinder contains a decaying corpse, half-buried in snow topped with red powder.
Against the north wall stands a bare wooden desk.

This chamber bears the remnants of Acererak’s endeavors to create empowered simulacra to guard his many tombs. A character who examines the
cylinders and succeeds on a DC 20 Intelligence (Arcana) check recognizes the snow and powdered ruby in each glass cylinder as components for
creating a simulacrum.

Secret Desk Compartment. A character who searches the desk and succeeds on a DC 20 Intelligence (Investigation) check discovers that one of its
drawers contains a locked false bottom. Rerak (see area T26) carries the key to this compartment, but a character with thieves’ tools can use them to
try to unlock the compartment, doing so with a successful DC 20 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check. A Knock spell or similar magic also unlocks the
compartment.

The secret compartment bears a magical trap. If the compartment is opened by any means other than using the key found on Rerak in area T26,
magical lightning shoots from the drawer. Each creature in the room must make a DC 15 Dexterity saving throw, taking 26 (4d12) lightning damage on
a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one. A Detect Magic spell or similar effect unveils the source of this trap: a tiny rune inscribed
in the drawer. The trap can be disarmed by dispelling the rune with a Dispel Magic spell (DC 17).

Treasure. Within the hidden desk compartment is a rose quartz Crystal Ball and a stack of notes written in Common. The Crystal Ball is one of the
treasures Laysa mentioned earlier in this chapter.

A character who spends 10 minutes studying the notes learns about Acererak’s endeavors to create empowered simulacra of himself to guard his
tombs. Acererak speaks of his simulacra with disdain, viewing them as tools. He finds the fact that his simulacra can develop sentience a sadistic
joke.

The notes also explain that the combination for the crypt doors (area T25) is the word “die” in Draconic.

T24: Underwater Trench Mirage

Characters standing outside this room can see that it is empty, but a Detect Magic spell reveals the presence of illusion magic throughout. When one
or more characters enter the room, read the following:

The walls, floor, and ceiling of the chamber vanish, replaced with a dark ocean in which you are submerged. There is no visible surface. Beneath you swims a large,
finned shadow.

This chamber contains a mirage of a deep, underwater trench. Though illusory, the seawater is tactile, and creatures unable to breathe underwater
suffocate while in this chamber.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 19/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

A hostile giant shark swims beneath the characters. The shark is part of the mirage, though it can harm characters who don’t pierce the illusion. The
shark can’t harm anyone outside the room.

Piercing the Illusion. A creature that succeeds on a DC 18 Intelligence (Investigation) check can see through the illusion, perceiving the empty room
and its exits. A creature with truesight can also see through the illusion.

Upon realizing the illusion, a creature can breathe the water as easily as it breathes air. However, the creature continues to interact with the water as if
it were tactile, such as swimming through it.

T25: Crypt Doors

This corridor ends at a massive double door with a carved relief depicting a river of screaming souls flowing through a ravaged landscape. Instead of handles, the
doors bear a trio of concentric, rune-carved platinum circles that can be rotated. At the circles’ center is an engraving of a leering skull.

The platinum circles are the locking mechanisms for the crypt doors. A character who can read Draconic sees the letters a through z in Draconic on
each circle.

When the three concentric rings are aligned so they spell the word “die” in Draconic, the crypt doors unlock. This combination can be found in areas
T19 and T23. Alternatively, a character using thieves’ tools can spend 1 minute trying to unlock the doors, doing so with a successful DC 25 Dexterity
(Sleight of Hand) check. A Knock spell or similar magic also unlocks the doors.

Knockout-Gas Trap. If the double door is opened via any other means besides the correct combination, a cloud of sweet-smelling gas is released
from the skull engraving. The gas fills the widened area immediately south of the double door. Each creature in that area must succeed on a DC 20
Constitution saving throw or have the unconscious condition for 2d4 + 10 minutes. An unconscious creature can repeat this saving throw each time it
takes damage, ending the effect on itself on a successful save.

T26: Crypt

Six stone pedestals stand near the walls of this expansive room. From left to right, they bear a blue scarf, a golden ring, a glittering scimitar, an ebony wand
wrapped with feathers and bone, a set of engraved copper sheets, and a crystal ball made of rose quartz.

At the room’s center looms a black throne, upon which sits a skeleton dressed in luxurious robes and headdress. A platinum door stands behind the throne.

The figure sitting on the throne is Rerak, a false lich (see appendix A). Although alert, Rerak remains motionless until he takes damage or a creature
moves within 15 feet of him, at which point he becomes hostile and attacks.

Appeasing Rerak. Upon creation, Rerak was magically bound to Acererak’s piece of the Rod of Seven Parts; as long as the rod piece remains within
the tomb, so must Rerak. Rerak resents his creator for leaving him to languish within this tomb, and though he remains loyal to Acererak, he longs to
experience the world beyond the tomb’s walls.

Throughout the fight, Rerak commands the characters to flee. Each time Rerak does this, each character can make a DC 19 Wisdom (Insight) check
without taking an action. On a successful check, the character discerns a melancholy tone to Rerak’s words, as if he loathed that he must kill them.

During combat, a character can use an action to try to convince Rerak to turn against his creator. Have that character make a DC 23 Charisma
(Persuasion) check. If the character mentions the mirages or Acererak’s disdain toward his creations (found in the notes in area T23), this check is
made with advantage. On a successful check, Rerak’s loyalty to Acererak is shaken. After three successful checks, Rerak halts the battle and crushes
his eye sockets’ gems, severing his connection to Acererak and releasing any souls trapped within.

Rerak’s Secret. If the characters convince Rerak to turn against Acererak and talk with the false lich about his imprisonment in the tomb or his
mistreatment at the archlich’s hands, Rerak reveals how unhappy and lonely he has been for centuries. Rerak also reveals that as far back as his
earliest memory, the false lich never truly wanted to fulfill Acererak’s will.

Regardless of the characters’ reaction to this revelation, learning it counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules in this book’s
introduction.

False Treasures. The items on the pedestals are false re-creations of treasures that can be found throughout the complex. A creature that touches
one of these false treasures must immediately succeed on a DC 15 Constitution saving throw or take 10 (3d6) necrotic damage and have the stunned
condition until the start of its next turn.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 20/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Keys. Rerak carries two keys: a platinum key shaped like a skeleton that unlocks the door to the crypt’s vault (area T27) and a plain iron key that
unlocks the secret compartment in area T23. Characters who defeat Rerak find the keys amid his dusty remains.

If the characters convinced Rerak to turn against his creator, Rerak provides the keys willingly.
ARTIST: MARTIN MOTTET

THE FALSE LICH RERAK IS A TERRIFYING SIGHT TO BEHOLD

T27: Crypt Vault

The door to the crypt vault is locked and protected by magical wards. It can be unlocked only with the platinum skeleton key in Rerak’s possession. A
creature that attempts to open the vault by any other means must make a DC 25 Dexterity saving throw, taking 28 (8d6) force damage on a failed
save or half as much damage on a successful one.

The sixth piece of the Rod of Seven Parts rests on the pedestal.

Coins and precious stones are strewn across this vault’s floor. A rod piece rests atop a pedestal draped with a blue silk sash embroidered with gold thread.

For more about the Rod of Seven Parts, see this book’s introduction.

Tesoro. Si un personaje le muestra la faja de seda a Laysa, ella la identifica como una prenda entregada a su pueblo que funciona como una Túnica
de Estrellas . La túnica es uno de los tesoros que Laysa mencionó anteriormente en este capítulo.

El tesoro mundano dentro de la bóveda incluye lo siguiente:

479 sp, 342 po y 179 pp

Tablero de juego de jade con piezas de platino, por un valor total de 7.500 po
Juego de pendientes de rubíes por valor de 500 po.
Tres ópalos de fuego por valor de 1.000 po cada uno.

Salida. La puerta en el medio de la pared norte está cerrada y solo se puede desbloquear usando la llave maestra de platino de Rerak. La puerta se
abre a un túnel de cueva que conduce a la playa, aproximadamente 1 milla al sur del campamento de los arqueólogos.

Próximos pasos

Una vez que hayan abandonado la Tumba de las Almas Descarriadas, los personajes podrán regresar al campamento de los arqueólogos sin
incidentes. Laysa celebra el regreso sano y salvo de los personajes; Si los personajes trajeron alguno de los tesoros ancestrales que ella ha estado
buscando, Laysa les pagará según lo prometido.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 21/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. Tumba de las almas descarriadas - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Si Rerak está con el grupo, se ofrece como voluntario para aportar sus conocimientos sobre la tumba para ayudar a los arqueólogos en la
excavación. Los arqueólogos están preocupados pero aun así aceptan su ayuda.

Si bien Rerak ayuda a los arqueólogos, no les hace daño. Rerak no regresará a Sigil con los personajes; Al simulacro le preocupa que la magia que lo
sostiene pueda extinguirse si abandona Oerth. Rerak espera formar un hogar en la Isla de las Serpientes con cualquiera que le dé la bienvenida.

Los personajes pueden regresar a Sigil a través de la puerta cerca de la laguna cuando lo deseen.

Hemos actualizado nuestros términos y condiciones . Haga clic en el enlace para obtener más información.

APOYO ACERCA DE ENCUÉNTRANOS EN LAS APLICACIÓN D&D MÁS ALLÁ

REDES SOCIALES
Portal de ayuda Contáctenos
Foro de soporte Carreras
No vendas ni magos de la costa
compartas mi
información
Galletas

© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/tomb-of-wayward-souls 22/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAP. 7: TUMBA DE LAS ALMAS DESCARRIADAS CAP. 9: EL TRAIDOR REVELADO

Capítulo 8: El orgullo de la Reina Dragón

ARTIST: SIDHARTH CHATURVEDI

LA BÚSQUEDA DE LA ÚLTIMA PIEZA DE LA VARA DE LOS HÉROES

LOS LLEVA A UN CASINO EN EL CORAZÓN DE AVERNUS.

Los aventureros descubren que la última pieza de la Vara de las Siete Partes está en el corazón del Averno, la primera capa de los Nueve Infiernos.
Los personajes deberán infiltrarse en un casino diabólico dedicado a Tiamat, Reina de los Dragones Malvados, cuya guarida se encuentra cerca.

Ejecutando este capítulo

Este capítulo comienza después de que los personajes recuperan la sexta pieza de la Vara de Siete Partes . Un personaje que sostiene esta pieza
sabe instintivamente que la séptima pieza se encuentra en algún lugar dentro de un casino llamado Red Belvedere en Avernus. Los Tres Magos
advierten a los personajes que encontrar esta ubicación podría ser difícil ya que los Nueve Infiernos son imposibles de mapear y difíciles de
atravesar.

Una vez que los personajes ingresan al Averno, deben viajar en una máquina de guerra infernal y atravesar el paisaje infernal para llegar al Belvedere
Rojo. Los personajes deben manipular a los Demonios en los rangos más altos del casino para ingresar al exclusivo Ruby Sanctum, luego luchar
contra el campeón de Tiamat o convencer a Tiamat de que entregue la última pieza de la vara.

Avance del personaje

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 1/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Los personajes deberían estar en el nivel 17 cuando comience este capítulo. Obtienen un nivel una vez que recuperan la séptima y última pieza de la
Vara de las Siete Partes del Ruby Sanctum del casino.

El poder de los secretos

Los individuos que los personajes encuentran en Avernus son principalmente Demonios y otros seres desagradables. Como regla general, estas
criaturas carecen del remordimiento, la culpa y la vergüenza que darían poder a sus secretos si se revelaran a los personajes. Los personajes no
aprenden ningún secreto aplicable a las reglas de la sección “ El poder de los secretos ” que se encuentra en la introducción de este libro , aunque
pueden gastar secretos durante este capítulo normalmente.

Pieza de la séptima varilla

La última pieza de la Vara de las Siete Partes se encuentra en el área N5 del Ruby Sanctum, ubicado en el área Dragon's Pride del casino Red
Belvedere. Para obtener más información sobre la vara y el hechizo que esta pieza de vara permite lanzar a su portador, consulta la introducción de
este libro .

Averno

Este capítulo tiene lugar en el Averno, la primera capa de los Nueve Infiernos de Baator.

Conocimiento del Averno

Los personajes que investigan Avernus en Sigil pueden aprender lo siguiente:

Blood War. Avernus is a major battlefield for the Blood War, the raging conflict between demons and devils. It would be fruitless to fight every Fiend
the characters come across in Avernus, since conflicts invariably escalate as infernal combatants join in against interlopers in the Nine Hells. To
accomplish their goals, the characters might need to work with Fiends.

Environment. Avernus is a hellscape in the most literal sense: a ravaged battlefield littered with decaying carcasses and wrecked war machines. A
foul haze perpetually shrouds the skies. Ambient light swells above the horizon in a grim mockery of a sunset, but the sky is bereft of celestial bodies.
Searing gusts of wind blast across the landscape, reeking of ash and brimstone. Due to this perpetual smoky twilight, there are no real days or nights
in Avernus. Time passes as usual, though, and can be tracked in hour increments.

History. Long ago, Avernus was a tantalizing paradise created by the archdevil Asmodeus to tempt mortals. However, the incursion of the River Styx
and hordes of demons ruined that paradise, leaving behind gore and destruction.

Queen of Dragons. Tiamat is the five-headed progenitor of the chromatic dragons in some realms and embodies the vices of evil dragonkind. Her lair
is located in Avernus, connected to numerous monuments and temples scattered across the hellscape.

Spell Modifications

Drenched in the eldritch energy of the Nine Hells, Avernus warps magic used within its borders. At your discretion, a spell can be cosmetically
modified to demonstrate the corruption of Avernus; these modifications don’t change the spell’s mechanical effects. The following are some
examples:

Hunter’s Mark. A spectral crown of spiked iron encircles the target’s head.

Mage Hand. The conjured hand takes the shape of a taloned claw.

Magic Missile. The missiles emit a haunting wail when fired.

Traversing Avernus

Avernus warps the senses, making distance impossible to gauge. The Wizards Three can’t be sure where the characters will emerge in Avernus from
the portal in Sigil, so they’ll have to find their way to their destination. Residents of Avernus use vehicles known as infernal war machines to make
trips more manageable. The Wizards Three suggest that the characters might be able to reach the Red Belvedere by using or commandeering one of
these vehicles.

Descending into Avernus

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 2/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

When the characters step through the portal in Sigil, they emerge along a shelf in a mountainside cliff. Read or paraphrase the following to set the
scene:

Shrieking gusts of hot air assault your senses as you step into Avernus. Miasmic clouds roil over a ravaged landscape of broken rocks, bleached bones, and
jagged metal. The dusty atmosphere reeks of sulfur and tar.

The characters know they need to travel to the Red Belvedere, but they don’t know where the casino is located. The warped nature of the Nine Hells
defies all mapping attempts, so the characters must figure out how to get to their destination.

If consulted, the Rod of Seven Parts points away from the mountains and down the cliff, where a rough path skirts the cliff’s base.

Hell of a Ride
ARTIST: KENT DAVIS

THE ERINYES ROAM THE BLASTED LANDSCAPE IN A VEHICLE CALLED THE VENATRIX

The characters can descend the cliff without trouble. Once they do, they catch the attention of a crew of scavengers. Read or paraphrase the
following:

Out of the red dust clouds barrels an angular metal vehicle, ten feet tall, with spiked tires and hellfire roaring in its engine. Tortured screams issue from its furnace.
The vehicle slows to a halt, and a winged silhouette jumps out and waves at you.

The infernal war machine Venatrix has room for four Medium or smaller creatures to ride inside the vehicle, including its driver, and for four Medium
or smaller creatures to ride in its upper, open-air area. Three erinyes crew the Venatrix: Nykaia, who leaps out to greet the characters, and Kypris and
Mykale, who are inside.

Nykaia is the group’s glib and calculating leader, Kypris is their unflappable engineer and driver, and Mykale is their overeager weapons specialist. The
three devils travel the wasteland of Avernus harvesting scrap metal and other valuable materials. The group is searching for additional crew members
to aid them in their latest score.

Seeing that the characters lack a vehicle, Nykaia offers them a deal: if the characters help her with a job, she and her crew will give them a ride to
wherever they’d like. If the characters refuse, skip to the “Stop for Directions” section.

The three erinyes are hoping to take down a goristro: a minotaur-like demon that carries demonic legions and rare treasures through the battlefields
of the Blood War. They need someone to focus on the goristro while they take out the soldiers on its back.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 3/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Nykaia knows about the Red Belvedere but refuses to provide any more information until the characters help with the goristro. If the characters agree
to her deal, she welcomes them aboard the Venatrix. Nykaia isn’t hostile toward the characters and won’t attack them unless the characters threaten
her or start a fight.

If the characters attack Nykaia or attempt to take the Venatrix by force, Kypris and Mykale emerge from the war machine and join the fight. If the
erinyes are in danger of losing the fight, they surrender and beg the characters to spare them, offering to drive the characters to the Red Belvedere in
exchange.

Driving the Venatrix

The following rules are an adjusted, condensed version of the infernal war machine rules found in Baldur’s Gate: Descent into Avernus.

Driving. The helm of an infernal war machine is a chair with a wheel, levers, pedals, and other controls. The helm requires a driver to operate.

While the Venatrix’s engine is on, the driver can use an action to propel the vehicle up to its speed (see the “Vehicle Statistics” section below) or bring
the vehicle to a dead stop. While the vehicle is moving, the driver can steer it along any course.

If the driver has the incapacitated condition, leaves the helm, or does nothing to alter the Venatrix’s course and speed, the vehicle moves in the same
direction and at the same speed it did during the driver’s last turn until it hits an obstacle big enough to stop it.

As a bonus action, the driver can do one of the following:

Start the Venatrix’s engine or shut it off.

Cause the Venatrix to take the Dash or Disengage action while the vehicle’s engine is running
Insert a Soul Coin into the engine’s furnace

Soul Fuel. The Venatrix’s engine has a furnace fueled by Soul Coins (described later in this chapter). Among the vehicle’s helm controls is a narrow
slot into which Soul Coins can be fed. The vehicle’s furnace consumes a Soul Coin instantly, expending all the coin’s remaining charges at once and
destroying the coin in the process. The soul trapped in the coin becomes trapped in the furnace instead, giving the vehicle 24 hours of fuel for each
charge the Soul Coin had when it was consumed (maximum 72 hours). The furnace can hold any number of souls, their screams of anguish audible
out to a range of 60 feet.

The Venatrix currently has enough soul fuel to run for 60 hours.

Vehicle Statistics. The Venatrix is a Gargantuan vehicle that can hold eight Medium creatures and carry up to 1 ton of cargo. It has a speed of 100
feet; AC 19; a damage threshold of 10; 200 hit points; immunity to fire, poison, and psychic damage; and a +4 bonus to Strength and Dexterity saving
throws.

Weapon Stations. The Venatrix is equipped with two harpoon guns and an infernal screamer, which is a writhing humanoid torso made of melting wax
with a barbed hand crank between its shoulder blades. The weapons are mounted to the vehicle’s exterior, so any creature riding on the outside of the
vehicle can operate a weapon. Each weapon station requires one creature to operate it.

A creature operating a harpoon gun can use an action to make a ranged weapon attack with it (+6 to hit, range 120 ft., one target). On a hit, the
harpoon deals 10 (2d8 + 1) piercing damage.

A creature operating the infernal screamer can use an action to turn its crank, unleashing a telepathic shriek of agony at one target the creature can
see within 120 feet of itself. The target must make a DC 15 Wisdom saving throw, taking 26 (4d12) psychic damage on a failed save or half as much
damage on a successful one.

Goristro Raid

This encounter occurs only if the characters teamed up with the erinyes in the previous encounter. If the characters instead defeated the erinyes and
claimed the Venatrix for themselves or bypassed the erinyes entirely, skip to the “Stop for Directions” section.

It takes about an hour for the Venatrix to travel to the goristro’s location. As the Venatrix approaches the goristro, read or paraphrase the following:

Thunderous footsteps shake the ground as you approach a horned, red-furred demon over twenty feet tall. Two winged shapes flank its towering form. On its back
is a tented palanquin occupied by demonic soldiers swarming like insects.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 4/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The hulking goristro is flanked by two vrocks. Inside the goristro’s palanquin are two hezrous and five quasits, as well as the “treasure” that the
erinyes are after: a unicorn named Sterling in an iron cage.

Nykaia explains that Kypris will drive the war machine close to the goristro. The three erinyes will then fly to the palanquin to defeat the demons
within while the characters slay the goristro.

The goristro defends itself. If the vrocks see that the goristro is losing, they join the fight. The three erinyes easily dispatch the demons in the
palanquin.

True Treasure Revealed. Once combat finishes, the three erinyes carry down their claimed treasure:

A large cage lands with a thud before the vehicle. Through the iron bars, you see the white fur and gilded mane of a unicorn as it nickers in fear.

Mykale excitedly explains that a unicorn’s horn is a highly valuable ritual ingredient that will ingratiate the erinyes with powerful infernal war leaders.
The unicorn desperately wishes to be freed and says as much in Celestial and Elvish.

Characters who try to convince the erinyes to release the unicorn must make a DC 30 Charisma (Persuasion) check. If the characters offer a rare or
rarer magic item in exchange for Sterling’s freedom, this check is made with advantage. On a successful check, the erinyes give the characters
custody of Sterling. If the characters attempt to take Sterling by force, the erinyes become hostile and attack.

With Sterling (or a traded magic item) now in their possession, the three erinyes uphold their end of the deal and take the characters to the Red
Belvedere. If the characters slay two of the erinyes, the third erinyes surrenders and offers to drive the characters to the Red Belvedere in exchange
for her life.

Stop for Directions

If the characters are forced to search the plains and battlefields of Avernus for the Red Belvedere because they have no one to lead them there, have
the party’s navigator make a DC 20 Wisdom (Survival) check at the end of every hour of travel. After each successful check, the characters find
something to steer them in the right direction; determine the source of this help by rolling on the Stop for Directions table. After four successful
checks, the characters locate the Red Belvedere.

Stop for Directions

d6 Source of Help

1–3 An iron signpost in the middle of nowhere points in the direction of the Red Belvedere.

4 A friendly imp knows the way to the Red Belvedere. After tagging along for an hour and giving directions, the imp turns invisible and leaves.

5 A ghost doomed to wander the battlefields of Avernus points the way to the Red Belvedere.

6 An indifferent bearded devil hitchhiker offers directions, preferably in exchange for food, drink, or a free ride.

The Red Belvedere

Eventually, the characters reach the Red Belvedere. The casino is a remnant of Avernus’s original existence: a bucolic paradise designed to tempt
mortal souls. Its edifice was destroyed in the carnage of the Blood War, but a champion of Tiamat named Windfall rebuilt the casino and rededicated
it to the Dragon Queen as a celebration of her god’s greed and vanity.

The Red Belvedere is more than a monument to the Dragon Queen. The casino is connected via a tunnel to Tiamat’s lair, and Tiamat can hear every
prayer and proclamation of her power uttered within the buildings’ walls.

As the characters approach the Red Belvedere, read or paraphrase the following:

Jagged mountains give way to an unexpectedly beautiful sight: a sprawling, palatial complex glittering with silver and gold. Light dances through the front
rotunda’s red stained-glass dome, reflecting off the overcast sky to shower the buildings with a rosy glow. A carved stone sign at the front of the complex reads in
numerous languages, “The Red Belvedere.”

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 5/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

If the crew of the Venatrix is with the party, the erinyes bid the characters goodbye at the front of the casino.

Casino Lobby

The Red Belvedere’s layout is shown on map 8.1.

ARTIST: FRANCESCA BAERALD

MAP 8.1: THE RED BELVEDERE

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

When the characters first enter the casino’s rotunda lobby, read or paraphrase the following:

Sweet perfume and glittering lights chase away all evidence of the war-torn landscape outside. A gilded statue of a roaring dragon presides over the casino’s
lobby. Distantly, you hear clattering coins and patrons laughing in preternaturally deep voices.

A winged tiefling soars above the spectacle. Patches of multicolored scales freckle her skin, and her prim tailcoat shimmers with every hue.

The winged tiefling is Windfall, a champion of Tiamat and the proprietor of the Red Belvedere (see the accompanying stat block). A performer at
heart, Windfall is ostentatious and charismatic, making small talk with regular patrons and jovially welcoming new faces to the casino.

Meeting Windfall

As a dedicated champion of Tiamat, Windfall has been granted phenomenal power by her master. Her skin glitters with patches of multicolored
scales, and in combat, her blade sings with all five of the chromatic dragons’ elements. Windfall’s enchanted tailcoat shimmers with the colors of the
Dragon Queen, and she uses this coat to dazzle patrons and enemies alike.

ARTIST: ALEXANDRE HONORÉ

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 6/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

WINDFALL

When the characters arrive at the Red Belvedere, Windfall introduces herself and answers any questions the characters have about the Red Belvedere.
She provides the following information:

Casino. The Red Belvedere is a decadent respite from the Blood War’s horrors. Here, adventurers and devils alike can indulge in their vices in five
different rooms, each with its own theme.

Currency. The Red Belvedere has its own in-house currency (see the “Casino Currency” section). Both gold and Soul Coins can be traded for in-house
currency at the exchange desk in the lobby.

Dragon Queen Dedication. The casino is dedicated to Tiamat to celebrate the Dragon Queen’s avarice and pride. Those who don’t worship Tiamat are
also welcome to partake in the casino’s offerings.

Rod Piece. If the characters mention the Rod of Seven Parts, Windfall artfully dodges the topic. She claims that while the casino has been visited by
several high-profile adventurers and scholars, she hasn’t seen anything matching the rod piece’s description. In truth, Windfall knows exactly where
the final piece of the rod is: her private sanctum, adjacent to Tiamat’s lair. A character who succeeds on a DC 32 Wisdom (Insight) check discerns
only that Windfall is concealing information.

WINDFALL Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If Windfall fails a saving throw, she can choose to
Medium Humanoid (Tiefling, Bard), Chaotic Evil succeed instead.

Special Equipment. Windfall wears an iridescent magic coat that was tailored
Armor Class 19 (studded leather armor) specifically for her and imbued with Tiamat’s power. When she dies, the coat
Hit Points 323 (34d8 + 170) functions as a Robe of Scintillating Colors.

Speed 30 ft., fly 30 ft. Actions

Multiattack. Windfall makes two Chromatic Rapier attacks and uses Dragon’s
STR DEX CON Fury once.

14 (+2) 24 (+7) 20 (+5) Chromatic Rapier. Melee Weapon Attack: +14 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 11
(1d8 + 7) piercing damage plus 21 (6d6) acid, cold, fire, lightning, or poison
INT WIS CHA damage (Windfall’s choice).

Dragon’s Fury. Windfall targets one creature she can see within 60 feet of herself
22 (+6) 18 (+4) 26 (+8)
and unleashes a burst of magical ire. The target must make a DC 23 Wisdom
saving throw. On a failed save, the target takes 36 (8d8) psychic damage and has
Saving Throws Str +9, Dex +14, Wis +11, Cha +15 the frightened condition until the start of Windfall’s next turn. On a successful
save, the target takes half as much damage only.
Skills Arcana +13, Deception +22, Insight +18, Perception +11, Performance +22,
Persuasion +22, Sleight of Hand +14 Spellcasting. Windfall casts one of the following spells, requiring no material
components and using Charisma as the spellcasting ability (spell save DC 23):
Damage Resistances acid, cold, fire, lightning, thunder
At will: Detect Magic, Light, Thaumaturgy
Condition Immunities charmed, frightened
3/day each: Shatter, Unseen Servant
Senses darkvision 60 ft., passive Perception 21
2/day each: Hypnotic Pattern, Sending
Languages Common, Draconic, Infernal
1/day: Hold Monster
Challenge 23 (50,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +7
Bonus Actions
Dazzling Visage. A brilliant array of chromatic colors emanates from Windfall,
causing attack rolls against her to have disadvantage. This trait ceases to
function while Windfall has the incapacitated condition or has a speed of 0.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 7/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Stunning Scintillation (Recharge 5–6). Windfall emits an overwhelming array of Deft Dance. Windfall moves up to her speed without provoking opportunity
colors from her coat. Each creature within 30 feet of Windfall that can see her attacks.
must succeed on a DC 23 Constitution saving throw or have the stunned
Dragon’s Flare. Windfall flares with multicolored flames and targets a creature
condition until the start of Windfall’s next turn.
she can see within 30 feet of herself. The target must make a DC 23 Dexterity
Legendary Actions saving throw. On a failed save, the target takes 26 (4d12) damage of a type
chosen by Windfall: acid, cold, fire, lightning, or poison. On a successful save, the
Windfall can take 3 legendary actions, choosing from the options below. She can target takes half as much damage.
take only one legendary action at a time and only at the end of another creature’s
Cast a Spell (Costs 2 Actions). Windfall uses Spellcasting.
turn. Windfall regains spent legendary actions at the start of her turn.

Where’s the Rod Piece?

While inside the Red Belvedere, the character holding the sixth rod piece can determine that the seventh piece is located on the casino’s premises one
floor down.

The final piece of the Rod of Seven Parts is held in Windfall’s sanctum within the casino’s exclusive club, Dragon’s Pride. Only those personally invited
by Windfall or one of the casino’s pit masters are allowed inside Dragon’s Pride.

If the characters ask her for permission to enter Dragon’s Pride, Windfall scoffs and says they’ll need to ingratiate themselves to a pit master to gain
access to the exclusive area. It amuses the tiefling to watch the characters try to gain favor with at least one of the casino’s pit masters (see the
“Casino Pit Masters” section). Windfall is certain the characters will never convince the pit masters to let them into Dragon’s Pride.

Casino Currency

The Red Belvedere uses a special type of in-house currency known as a talon. An exchange desk in the casino’s lobby allows patrons to trade in coins
for talons and vice versa. One talon is worth 10 gp.

A talon looks like an iridescent metal coin stamped with the silhouette of a dragon’s claw on both sides. Since the Red Belvedere is dedicated to
Tiamat, each talon is imbued with a mote of the Dragon Queen’s power. Carrying and exchanging talons bear unpleasant consequences:

Curse. A creature that carries any number of talons is cursed. While cursed in this way, the creature has disadvantage on Intelligence and Wisdom
saving throws as its mind is clouded by jealous and selfish thoughts. The curse ends on an affected creature only when the creature no longer holds
any talons. A Remove Curse spell or similar magic suppresses the curse’s effects for 1 hour. When the curse ends on a creature, that creature must
succeed on a DC 18 Constitution saving throw or gain 1 level of exhaustion, as the rampant avarice takes a physical toll.

Soul Coins. The devils of the Nine Hells also use a type of currency called Soul Coins. Soul Coins are used among the infernal hierarchy to purchase
favors, bribe the unwilling, and reward the faithful for services rendered. A single Soul Coin can be exchanged at the casino for 300 talons and vice
versa.

Soul Coin
Wondrous Item, Uncommon

Soul Coins are about 5 inches across and an inch thick, each minted from infernal iron. Each coin weighs one-third of a pound and is inscribed with
Infernal writing and a spell that magically binds a single soul to the coin. Because each Soul Coin has a unique soul trapped within it, each has a story.
A creature might have been imprisoned as a result of defaulting on a deal, while another might be the victim of a night hag’s curse.
ARTIST: OLGA DREBAS

A SOUL COIN

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 8/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Carrying Soul Coins. Anyone holding a Soul Coin feels the soul bound within it—overcome with rage, fraught with despair, or whatever emotion the
soul exudes.

An evil creature can carry as many Soul Coins as it wishes (up to its maximum weight allowance). A good or neutral creature can carry a number of
Soul Coins equal to or less than its Constitution modifier. A non-evil creature carrying a number of Soul Coins greater than its Constitution modifier
has disadvantage on its attack rolls, ability checks, and saving throws.

Using a Soul Coin. A Soul Coin has 3 charges. A creature carrying the coin can use its action to expend 1 charge from a Soul Coin and do one of the
following:

Drain Life. You siphon away some of the soul’s essence and gain 1d10 temporary hit points.

Query. You telepathically ask the soul a question and receive a brief telepathic response, which you can always understand. The soul knows only what
it knew in life, but it must answer you truthfully and to the best of its ability. The answer is no more than a sentence or two and might be cryptic.

Freeing a Soul. Casting Remove Curse or another spell that removes a curse on a Soul Coin frees the soul trapped within it, as does expending all of
the coin’s charges. The coin rusts from within and is destroyed once the soul is released. A freed soul travels to the realm of the god it served or the
Outer Plane most closely tied to its alignment (DM’s choice).

A soul can also be freed by destroying the coin that contains it. A Soul Coin has AC 19, 1 hit point for each charge it has remaining, and immunity to
all damage except damage dealt by a Hellfire Weapon or an infernal war machine’s furnace.

Casino Security

Each room of the casino is supervised by a trio of pit fiends. They are silent observers and intervene only if a patron starts a fight or is caught
cheating (see the “Cheating in the Red Belvedere” sidebar).

On approaching a troublesome patron, the pit fiends confiscate the patron’s talons and escort the patron from the casino. The patron is then barred
from the casino for 24 hours. A barred patron can attempt to reenter by succeeding on either a DC 20 Dexterity (Stealth) check to avoid the pit fiends’
notice or a DC 15 Charisma (Persuasion) check to convince the pit fiends to overlook the patron’s past transgressions and allow reentry. Patrons
barred more than once might be unable to reenter the casino for longer than 24 hours, at your discretion.

The pit fiends have no qualms about killing a patron who attacks them.

Casino Pit Masters

A pit master presides over each room of the Red Belvedere. (The rooms of the casino are displayed on map 8.1.) The characters must gain favor with
at least one pit master to access Dragon’s Pride. If the characters ask the patrons milling around the casino lobby, they can learn the information
presented below about each pit master.

Kaylan Renaudon
Master of the Stygian Maze

Kaylan is a devious vampire who arrived in Avernus after dodging a group of vampire hunters on the Material Plane. When Windfall refurbished the
Red Belvedere, the tiefling employed Kaylan to design the ever-shifting halls of the casino’s Stygian Maze. Kaylan now presides over the maze,
gleefully watching patrons wander the confounding passages in search of riches.

Kaylan has a special Sword of Life Stealing that, in addition to its usual properties, allows the vampire to draw sustenance from a soul trapped within
a Soul Coin. Feeding off a Soul Coin in this way irrevocably destroys both the coin and the soul within, which has left Kaylan perpetually hungry for
more.

Gaining Kaylan’s Favor. Kaylan desires to feed off as many Soul Coins as he can. The characters can give Kaylan three Soul Coins in exchange for
access to Dragon’s Pride.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 9/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Khai Kiroth
Master of the Scarlet Coliseum

Khai is a boisterous red abishai (see appendix A) and the master of the casino’s fighting pit. He relishes bloodshed, and his laughter booms over the
gore-stained arena. Khai fancies himself the strongest of the pit masters, and he chafes under Windfall’s leadership. Khai dedicates every death in the
coliseum to Tiamat.

Gaining Khai’s Favor. Khai prizes battle prowess above all else. Should the characters win three matches in the coliseum, Khai challenges them to
combat; if the characters reduce Khai to 50 hit points or fewer without killing him, the abishai rewards them with access to Dragon’s Pride. See the
“Scarlet Coliseum” section later in this chapter for more information about this option.
ARTIST: LARS GRANT-WEST

REZRAN “SNAKE EYES” AGRODRO, KHAI KIROTH, AND NYSSA OTELLION

Nyssa Otellion
Master of the Cerulean Hall

A stoic and haughty blue abishai (see appendix A), Nyssa serves as the master of the casino’s games of strategy and intellect. Nyssa prides herself
on being an unbeatable foe in battles of wit. However, Nyssa doesn’t hesitate to resort to underhanded methods to achieve victory, citing her
opponent’s inability to notice her cheating as a failure of intellect.

Gaining Nyssa’s Favor. Nyssa admires those who are extremely clever and observant. See the “Cerulean Hall” section later in this chapter for more
information about gaining favor with her.

Rezran “Snake Eyes” Agrodro

Master of the Viridian Den

Rezran, a greedy green abishai (see appendix A), is the master of the casino’s games of chance. His nickname “Snake Eyes” comes from his
penchant for rolling ones in Triple Hydra (see the “Viridian Den” section for an explanation of the game’s rules). Rezran is an opportunist to his core,
always chasing after riches. He is a devoted follower of Tiamat and covets the Dragon Queen’s amassed wealth.

Gaining Rezran’s Favor. Rezran observes the characters as they partake in the Viridian Den’s games. If the characters amass a total of 1,000 talons or
more while in the den, Rezran is impressed with their luck and grants the characters access to Dragon’s Pride.

Uvashar
Master of the Alabaster Racetrack

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 10/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Uvashar is a suave, white-furred rakshasa and the master of the casino’s nightmare racing circuit. Uvashar can often be found indulging in fine food
and music in a private viewing box.

Duplicitous and manipulative, Uvashar likes to assume the guise of a casino patron and sow discord among the racetrack’s audience members. The
rakshasa rigs races to add excitement to an event. Uvashar doesn’t worship Tiamat like many of the casino’s pit masters and patrons, but the
rakshasa nonetheless maintains a grudging allegiance to the Dragon Queen.

Gaining Uvashar’s Favor. Uvashar holds great esteem for those who keep their promises and uphold their end of a deal—especially when it requires a
fair amount of skill to successfully pull off. One potential encounter to gain Uvashar’s favor is presented later in the “Alabaster Racetrack” section
later in the chapter.
ARTIST: CHRIS SEAMAN

KAYLAN RENAUDON AND UVASHAR

Casino Rooms

The casino’s rooms are described in the following sections.

Alabaster Racetrack

Sleek white pillars surround what looks like a racetrack. The stands bustle with patrons, all eager to bet on the impending race.

This arena hosts nightmare racing. Audience members can place bets, earning a payout depending on which steeds place in the top two of a given
race. Up to six nightmares race at any given time; those who bet on the first-place steed receive triple their initial bet, and those who bet on the
second-place steed receive double their initial bet.

To simulate a race, have each participating character place a bet on a single number from 1 to 6—each number represents a nightmare. Roll a d6
twice to determine which nightmares win first and second place, respectively. If both rolls are the same number, reroll one die to determine which
nightmare wins second place.

To Cheat or Not to Cheat

A few moments after the characters enter the racetrack’s area for the first time, an elf in a stylish white suit approaches them and offers them a deal.
Read or paraphrase the following:

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 11/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
“Looking to make some coin, eh? So am I. I’ve got a little trick planned that’ll cinch the race in my favor, winning me a thousand talons at least. You want in? I’ll give
you a cut of the winnings, and if it all goes swimmingly, I’ll take you to the elite floor.”

The elf is the racetrack’s pit master Uvashar (see the “Casino Pit Masters” section earlier in the chapter), concealed with an illusory disguise. A
character who succeeds on a DC 18 Intelligence (Investigation) check pierces the illusion and sees the rakshasa’s true appearance.

Uvashar profits regardless of which nightmare wins the race; the rakshasa merely enjoys tempting mortals with offers to cheat and observing their
reactions. If the characters accept Uvashar’s deal, Uvashar gives the characters a Potion of Speed and instructs them to slip the potion into the feed
of the nightmare named Sunshroud. Uvashar then points the characters in the direction of the stables.

Uvashar Unmasked. If any character confronts Uvashar about their disguise, Uvashar rescinds the deal, bitterly commenting that the character has
ruined the fun. The rakshasa nonetheless commends the character’s observation skills before leaving to find another group to toy with. The
characters must find another way to gain Uvashar’s favor or ingratiate themselves to another pit master.

Stables
The racetrack’s stables are depicted on map 8.2. If the characters enter the stable area, read or paraphrase the following:

Six nightmares snort and paw at the ground in their respective stalls, their flaming manes dancing as devil jockeys attend to the steeds. The reeking stench of offal
rises from the feed buckets. In one corner stands a bored-looking pit fiend.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

MAP 8.2: ALABASTER RACETRACK STABLES

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

One pit fiend serves as security for the area. The six nightmares (named Chicanery, Far Gambit, Blinx, Cursed Cavalry, Sunshroud, and Retribution)
stamp impatiently in their stalls, and a barbed devil jockey attends to each one.

Characters must succeed on a DC 22 Dexterity (Stealth) check each time they enter or exit the stables to avoid being noticed and attacked by the pit
fiend.

Rigging the Race. Successfully slipping the Potion of Speed into Sunshroud’s feed bucket requires multiple steps:

Step 1. One or more characters must successfully sneak into the stables.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 12/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Step 2. After locating Sunshroud’s stall, a character must succeed on a DC 25 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check to pour the potion into the feed
bucket. On a failed check, Sunshroud and its jockey notice the character and make a ruckus, attracting the attention of the pit fiend.

Step 3. The potion reacts with the offal in the nightmare’s feed bucket, causing a cloud of toxic gas to erupt. Characters within 5 feet of the feed
bucket must succeed on a DC 20 Constitution saving throw or have the poisoned condition for 1 hour. On a failed saving throw, the character’s
coughing also alerts the pit fiend.

Step 4. The characters must successfully sneak out of the stables.

If a character executes all four steps without attracting the attention of the pit fiend, Sunshroud consumes the Potion of Speed and wins handily.

Pit Master’s Confrontation

If the characters successfully rig the race in Sunshroud’s favor, a pit fiend approaches the party after the race. The pit fiend explains that the
racetrack’s pit master wants to meet with the characters, and it escorts the party to Uvashar’s private viewing box. Read or paraphrase the following if
the characters accompany the pit fiend to the viewing box:

This box overlooks the racetrack, far from the crowds in the stands. Charcuterie plates line the tables. Reclining in a chair is a bipedal fiend with fur like a white
tiger, dressed in a sharp suit and watching you slyly.

Uvashar cuts straight to the point and asks the characters if they tampered with the race.

Telling the Truth. If the characters tell the truth, Uvashar tsks before magically appearing as the suited elf from earlier. The rakshasa admonishes the
characters and dismisses them without reward. The characters must find an alternate way into Dragon’s Pride.

Lying. A character who attempts to lie about the party’s involvement must make a DC 18 Charisma (Deception) check. On a successful check,
Uvashar is impressed. On a failed check, Uvashar critiques the character’s skill before laughing and commending the party’s commitment. In either
case, Uvashar honors the deal, offering the party access into Dragon’s Pride (see the “Dragon’s Pride” section later in this chapter).

Cerulean Hall

Blue crystal pillars reach toward this gaming hall’s ceiling. All is quiet except for the clinking of coins and shuffling of cards. Walking between tables is a lean, blue-
scaled devil with dragon wings.

The blue devil is the room’s pit master, Nyssa Otellion (see the “Casino Pit Masters” section). Nyssa stoically moves between game tables, searching
for a worthy opponent.

Games in the Cerulean Hall

The Cerulean Hall is home to games of strategy and intellect, such as dragonchess and three-dragon ante. The room is divided into three sections
based on skill: an amateur players’ section, an intermediate players’ section, and an expert players’ section.

The minimum bet to participate in a game is 15 talons, regardless of section. At the start of a game, all participants place their starting bets in a
central pot; games like dragonchess are typically limited to two participants, but other games can have five or more participants. For each turn of the
game, all participants make Intelligence checks using the relevant gaming set (a dragonchess set, a playing card set, or another suitable set). The
participant with the highest total roll wins the turn. In the event of a tie, no one wins the turn. The first participant who wins three turns wins the game
and collects the pot.

For NPC participants, the following table shows the average bet and skill modifier to use depending on the section the NPC is playing in.

Cerulean Hall Betting

Section Level Average Bet Modifier

Amateur 17 (1d4 + 15) talons +4

Intermediate 20 (2d4 + 15) talons +8

Expert 25 (4d4 + 15) talons +12

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 13/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
A Contest of Wits
Any character who wins a game in the experts’ section gains Nyssa’s attention. The pit master approaches the character after the game and offers a
challenge of wits. Read or paraphrase the following:

“Not bad. You are clever—I acknowledge that much. But I wonder how you would fare against the master of this chamber. I hereby challenge you to a dragonchess
match: winner takes all.”

If the character accepts her challenge, Nyssa insists on playing the match immediately. Nyssa wagers 50 talons on this match of dragonchess, and
her modifier is +12.

Nyssa’s Cheating. Nyssa is wearing a Medallion of Thoughts, which she uses to scan her opponent’s surface thoughts and stay one step ahead in the
match. Nyssa uses a Disguise Self spell to hide the medallion from view. As long as Nyssa’s opponent can be affected by divination magic, the
medallion allows Nyssa to treat any roll of a 9 or below as a 10 when she makes Intelligence checks using a dragonchess set.

A character that succeeds on a DC 20 Intelligence (Investigation) check can pierce the illusion and see the medallion, which can be identified by any
character who succeeds on a DC 17 Intelligence (Arcana) check. A character that casts Detect Magic or similar magic notices the aura of illusion
magic concealing Nyssa and the medallion.

If a character accuses Nyssa of cheating, she asks the character for proof. If the character correctly identifies the medallion, Nyssa smiles widely and
commends the character’s ability to see through her ruse. She then concedes the match.

End of the Match. If the character wins the dragonchess match or Nyssa concedes, Nyssa compliments the character’s intellect and thanks the
character for the most thrilling match she’s had in a while. She then offers the character and their companions access to Dragon’s Pride (see the
“Dragon’s Pride” section).

If Nyssa wins, she scoffs at the character and haughtily collects her winnings.

Scarlet Coliseum

Jeers and shouts rise from this open-air coliseum made of deep-red stone. Over the sound of roars and clattering metal, a booming voice excitedly commentates
on the fight.

The booming voice is the magically amplified voice of Khai Kiroth, the coliseum’s pit master and commentator (see the “Casino Pit Masters” section
earlier in this chapter).

Watching a coliseum match is free. Matches pit two teams against each other: one consisting of creatures enlisted by the casino, the other
consisting of casino patrons looking to prove their mettle in combat. Before each match, audience members can bet on which team will emerge
victorious. At the conclusion of a match, audience members who bet on the winning team receive twice their initial bet.

Entering the Coliseum

It costs 15 talons to enter the coliseum as a combatant. A maximum of three combatants are allowed on the patrons’ team. If all three combatant
slots aren’t filled by characters, the remaining slots are filled by veterans.

The arena matches are divided into three tiers, with victory in a tier granting access to the next one. Victory in a match goes to the side that reduces
all combatants on the other side to 0 hit points. If the patrons’ team wins a match, each combatant on the team receives 100 talons. The matches
have one-hour breaks between them, allowing participants to take a short rest in the coliseum’s wings.

Map 8.3 depicts the coliseum’s arena. The three tiers of matches are as follows:

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 14/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 8.3: SCARLET COLISEUM

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

Tier 1. Barlguras are released into the arena—one for each member of the opposing team.

Tier 2. A purple worm erupts through the floor of the arena.

Tier 3. Two iron statues built to resemble pit fiends lumber into the arena. They use the iron golem stat block but have iron wings that give them a
flying speed of 30 feet.

If a participant wins a match but doesn’t wish to continue to the next tier, the participant can pay an exit fee of 15 talons and swap with another
willing participant. A participant’s companions can join them in the coliseum’s wings between matches.

Pit Master’s Challenge

Characters who win three matches gain Khai’s attention. Khai meets them in the coliseum’s wings after the match and speaks with them. Read or
paraphrase the following:

“This arena hasn’t seen warriors like you for quite some time. Would you indulge in one final bout—against me? Truly, a special event! And, of course, I offer
splendid payment for your victory. How does one thousand talons sound, along with access to our casino’s exclusive club floor, Dragon’s Pride?”

Khai challenges the characters to one final arena match—against him. Since this is a special match, he allows all the characters to fight. If the
characters agree, Khai declares that they shall meet in the arena in one hour.

Final Showdown. An excited crowd has gathered in the coliseum. Khai has two horned devils on his team. Khai fights ruthlessly but offers cheerful
commentary during the combat, lauding the characters for their skill and mocking their failings.

On being reduced to fewer than 25 hit points, Khai concedes the match, declaring the characters the victors. As promised, Khai hands the characters
1,000 talons and offers them access to Dragon’s Pride (see the “Dragon’s Pride” section).

ARTIST: BRUCE BRENNEISE

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 15/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

COMBATANTS IN THE SCARLET COLISEUM MIGHT FACE AN IRATE PURPLE WORM

Stygian Maze

This area’s foyer is carved from glistening obsidian. An austere, fanged man in a high-collared cloak sits at an intricately carved desk, next to which is a simple
stone doorway. Behind the desk, a floor-to-ceiling window overlooks a stone maze shrouded in fog.

The man behind the desk is the maze’s pit master, the vampire Kaylan Renaudon (see the “Casino Pit Masters” section earlier in this chapter). Kaylan
provides the following information:

Maze. The maze challenges participants’ navigational skills and adventuring prowess. Participants traverse magically shifting hallways in search of
treasure, avoiding perils along the way.

Participation. Entering the maze costs 20 talons per participant. Participants can explore the maze alone or in groups.

Treasure. Treasure stashes found throughout the maze typically contain talons, though some also include Soul Coins.

A character who succeeds on a DC 15 Wisdom (Insight) check notices a flicker of hunger appear in Kaylan’s eyes when he mentions Soul Coins. If
pressed, Kaylan admits that he feeds off Soul Coins using a special Sword of Life Stealing, which he always keeps with him. If the characters bring
him Soul Coins, he’ll give the characters 500 talons for each coin.

Bringing three or more Soul Coins to Kaylan earns his admiration, and he offers the characters access to Dragon’s Pride in return (see the “Dragon’s
Pride” section).

Maze Features
The maze’s passageways constantly move, making the maze impossible to map. All areas of the maze have the following features:

Ceilings. Ceilings are solid but appear to be made of thick fog. Ceilings are 15 feet high in rooms and 10 feet high in passageways.

Floor and Walls. The floor and walls are constructed of smooth black stone.

Lighting. The maze is dimly lit by hovering globes of magical light.

Room Size. Unless otherwise stated, all chambers within the maze are circular rooms 30 feet in diameter.

Navigating the Maze

Before the characters explore the maze, have them designate a leader. If a character is exploring the maze alone, that character is the leader. The
leader then ventures through the maze, making a DC 20 Intelligence (Investigation) or Wisdom (Survival) check to discern the best pathway. On a

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 16/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

successful check, the leader correctly navigates to a treasure chamber; roll randomly or choose an option from the Treasure Chambers table to
determine what room is encountered. On a failed check, the leader stumbles into a challenge chamber; roll randomly or choose an option from the
Challenge Chambers table to determine which room is encountered. Each room should be encountered only once. If you roll a result the characters
have already encountered, or if the characters would leave the maze before finding a chest with one or more Soul Coins, reroll or choose another
option.

Treasure Chambers

d10 Chamber

1–3 A simple table sits at the center of this chamber. On the table are two Potions of Healing (greater) and a bag of 30 talons.

4–6 This chamber contains a gurgling pool of turquoise water. A creature that spends 1 minute bathing in the pool gains 2d10 temporary hit points.

7–8 Planters filled with sweet-smelling flowers line this room. At the center of the room is an unlocked wooden chest containing 75 talons.

This chamber contains a locked iron chest. A character can open the chest with a successful DC 15 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check using
9 thieves’ tools, or it can be forced open with a successful DC 17 Strength (Athletics) check. A Knock spell or similar magic also opens the chest.
Inside the chest are 100 talons and three Soul Coins.

10 One of this room’s walls has a simple stone doorway, which leads out of the maze and returns the characters to the maze lobby.

Challenge Chambers

d10 Chamber

1–3 Five mimics, all disguised as treasure chests, occupy this room. Disturbing one mimic causes them all to attack.

This room is filled with 1-foot-deep water. A thin wooden plank spans the water, connecting the room’s entrance and exit. A creature crossing
4–6 the plank must succeed on a DC 17 Dexterity (Acrobatics) check or fall into the water. The first time a creature touches the water, three water
elementals appear and attack.

A hostile but sleeping behir lies curled around a chest. A creature that approaches the behir must succeed on a DC 16 Dexterity (Stealth) check
7–8
to avoid being noticed. The chest is unlocked and contains 50 talons and one Soul Coin.

A large vase filled with 100 talons sits in the center of the room. The vase is guarded by three invisible stalkers, which attack any creature that
9
touches the vessel.

A hostile iron golem patrols this room and immediately attacks intruders. If the golem is destroyed, a character who searches the golem’s
10
remains finds three Soul Coins.

Viridian Den

The walls and ceilings of this cozy den are made of luminescent jade. Rowdy patrons gather around game tables, scowling at dice and cards as they test their
luck. A green-scaled draconic devil moves between games, idly chatting with players.

The green devil is the room’s pit master, Rezran Agrodro (see the “Casino Pit Masters” section). Rezran observes the room, occasionally swooping in
to speak with a patron who’s on a winning streak.

Pit Master’s Favor. If the characters have 1,000 talons or more and are in the Viridian Den, Rezran is impressed and invites them to Dragon’s Pride.

Games in the Viridian Den

The characters can partake in two games while visiting the Viridian Den.

Drake’s Auction. This card game has a minimum bet of 20 talons, which goes into a pot at the center of the table. The goal of the game is to amass
the highest-ranking hand of cards.

At the start of the game, the croupier deals each participant a pair of cards. The croupier draws three cards to lay face up next to the pot; these cards
are up for auction. Participants bid on the auction cards, and the participant with the highest bid wins the card and adds their bid to the pot. Once all
three auction cards have been sold, all participants reveal their hands, and the highest-ranking hand wins the whole pot.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 17/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

To simulate play of this game, have each participant roll 2d12 in secret. Then, roll 3d12 and show the numbers rolled—these represent the auction
cards. On winning a bid, the participant can add the number rolled on the die won to their total roll. At the end of the game, the participant with the
highest total wins. If the highest totals are tied, no one wins.

Triple Hydra. The minimum bet for this game is 25 talons. In this dice game, each participant rolls 3d6. If the participant rolls none of the same
number, the participant wins nothing. If the participant rolls two of the same number, the participant wins an amount equal to twice their starting bet.
If the participant rolls three of the same number, the participant wins an amount equal to triple their starting bet.

If a participant rolls two or more 1s, this roll is called snake eyes. In addition to the normal payout, a participant who rolls snake eyes also gets an
additional payout equal to their starting bet.

Dragon’s Pride

Occupying the lower floor of the Red Belvedere, Dragon’s Pride is an exclusive club reserved for the casino’s most valued patrons. Here, club members
can spend talons on opulent jewelry, refreshing cocktails, and rejuvenating spa treatments.

This floor is also home to the casino proprietor’s office, which connects to a hidden sanctum used to communicate directly with Tiamat. Within this
sanctum, Windfall keeps the final piece of the Rod of Seven Parts, hoping to amplify the rod’s ability to cast Simulacrum with Tiamat’s power and re-
create her master’s beloved lost creation: Sardior, the ruby dragon.

Entering Dragon’s Pride

Dragon’s Pride occupies the lower floor of the casino and is accessed via an elevator. This elevator is magically concealed within the back of the large
dragon statue in the casino’s lobby. To view the elevator’s entrance and pass through, a creature must bear the club’s mark: an enchanted tattoo of a
dragon claw. Only Windfall and the casino’s pit masters can bestow or remove this tattoo. As soon as the tiefling or a pit master grants permission to
enter Dragon’s Pride, the mark magically appears on a creature’s hand. To creatures lacking the mark, the club’s elevator is undetectable and
impassable by any other means.

Once the characters have gained favor with at least one of the casino’s pit masters, that pit master marks each of the characters with the club’s tattoo
and instructs the characters to head through the back of the lobby’s statue. Now bearing the club’s mark, the characters can see the entrance to
Dragon’s Pride:

What was once a solid statue now appears translucent. Within, a stone platform slowly levitates between this floor and the one below.

As long as they bear the mark, the characters can enter and exit Dragon’s Pride at their leisure.

Features of Dragon’s Pride

Unless otherwise stated, the areas of Dragon’s Pride have the following features.

Ceilings, Floors, and Walls

The ceilings, floors, and walls are carved from smooth red stone that’s slightly warm to the touch. The ceilings are 15 feet high unless otherwise
noted.

Lighting
Rooms are brightly lit by multicolored magical sconces. Tapping a sconce turns it off.

Security
A pit fiend stands guard in each room. The pit fiends are silent observers who intervene if a fight breaks out.

Wards
Magical wards surround Dragon’s Pride. If a creature without the club’s mark attempts to teleport into Dragon’s Pride, the creature takes 33 (6d10)
psychic damage, and the attempt fails.

Dragon’s Pride Locations

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 18/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The areas of Dragon’s Pride are keyed to map 8.4.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

MAP 8.4: DRAGON’S PRIDE

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

N1: Wyrmsong Cantina

Lavish couches surround low tables in this dimly lit lounge. At the center of the room is a circular bar. Liquor bottles on shelves flash colors in time with faintly
playing jazz, while a frost-blue devil pours drinks behind the bar.

The bartender is an ice devil named Oganath, who uses its frigid claws to instantly chill the drinks it serves. At any given time, 2d4 horned devils relax
in the lounge.

Oganath’s Cocktails. An expert in arcane mixology, Oganath serves a myriad of magic drinks at the bar:

Blazing Bloody Jack (Costs 100 Talons). Motes of coagulated, red juice are suspended throughout this amber-colored cocktail, which tastes both
sweet and spicy. When consumed, this drink functions as a Potion of Heroism.

Joker’s Sky (Costs 125 Talons). This lustrous blue drink is topped with fluffy, white cream. When consumed, this drink functions as a Potion of Flying.

Salubra Slinger (Costs 50 Talons). This fizzy, berry-flavored drink causes the imbiber’s mouth to feel slightly numb. When consumed, this drink
functions as an Elixir of Health.

A drink loses its magic if it is removed from the Red Belvedere. Oganath also offers a variety of mundane cocktails, which cost 3 talons each.

N2: Enchanting Arcana

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 19/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
A sleek rakshasa in shimmering teal robes runs this arcane jewelry store. Elegant, bejeweled accessories are displayed for sale on the counter.

The store is run by a vainglorious rakshasa lapidary named Krysocol, who has several pieces for sale:

Two black jade pendants (each an Amulet of Proof against Detection and Location) for 300 talons each
A brass necklace hung with citrine spheres (a Necklace of Fireballs with five beads) for 1,250 talons
A purple ring with white diamond stars (a Ring of Shooting Stars) for 2,000 talons

Forged in Hell. Any magic item created by Krysocol bears the following additional effect, which the rakshasa is loath to disclose:

Curse. As long as you wear this item, you are cursed. The item can’t be removed until you are targeted by a Remove Curse spell or similar magic.
While cursed in this way, every time you finish a long rest, you must make a DC 10 Charisma saving throw. On a failed save, you immediately drop
everything you are carrying or wearing and are transformed into a lemure. Only a Wish spell can reverse this transformation.

N3: Virtuous Vices

Fluffy clouds of steam billow from this spa, redolent of ginger and citrus. Two erinyes—one in a white robe, one in black—stand behind the counter. Behind them
are several hot springs and massage stations.

The spa is run by two erinyes named Vitia and Vertu. They offer two services:

Brimstone Springs (Costs 100 Talons). This service takes 1 hour and includes a relaxing hot spring bath and massage. A creature who partakes in
this service gains 4d10 + 4 temporary hit points in addition to the benefits of a short rest.

Luxe Reawakening (Costs 450 Talons). This rejuvenating service takes 3 hours. A creature who partakes in this service gains 6d10 + 6 temporary hit
points in addition to the benefits of a long rest.

N4: Windfall’s Office

The door to the office is locked and guarded by two pit fiends. Each pit fiend standing guard also carries a key to the office door for emergency
purposes. Opening the door without the proper key requires thieves’ tools and a successful DC 20 Dexterity (Sleight of Hand) check, or a Knock spell
or similar magic.

If the office door is opened by any means other than the key, its trap activates, spraying colorless poisonous gas in a 15-foot cone. Each creature in
that area must succeed on a DC 20 Constitution saving throw or take 18 (4d8) poison damage. This trap can’t be disarmed.

The office’s interior is devoid of occupants. When the characters venture inside, read the following:

Bookshelves line the walls of this room. A bed draped in plush linens is built into an alcove, across from which is a simple work desk covered in papers and books.
Mounted on the back wall is the sculpted bust of a smiling red dragon.

The desk is covered with notes about magical constructs, as well as religious and historical texts written in Draconic. A character who spends 10
minutes studying these items learns the following:

The First World. Tiamat worked alongside the platinum dragon Bahamut to shape the Material Plane in the form of a single First World. An unknown
cataclysm sundered this First World, resulting in the numerous universes now occupying the Material Plane.

The Ruby Dragon. While creating the First World, Bahamut and Tiamat also created Sardior, a dragon with ruby scales. Sardior was destroyed in the
sundering of the First World.

The Simulacrum Project. Windfall acquired the seventh piece of the Rod of Seven Parts some time ago. She used it to create an image of Sardior,
who she believes resembled a red dragon. Windfall hopes to find a way to use the rod piece to bring the image to life.

Secret Entrance. The bust on the wall projects an illusion that conceals the entrance to the Ruby Sanctum (area N5). A See Invisibility spell or similar
magic reveals the entryway’s outline in the wall. A character searching the room for secret doors finds this hidden entrance with a successful DC 18
Intelligence (Investigation) check.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 20/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Treasure. Most of the items in Windfall’s office are lavish but mundane and too big to transport. However, a character who searches the room finds a
Tome of Leadership and Influence tucked into a bookcase.

N5: Ruby Sanctum

ARTIST: ROBSON MICHEL

A HOLOGRAPHIC RED DRAGON SLEEPS NEXT TO THE FINAL ROD PIECE

The walls of this cavernous space are made of faceted, ruby-red crystal. A thin tunnel juts from the back of the cavern and leads into darkness.

A stalagmite rises from the floor in the center of the room. A similarly sized stalactite hangs from the ceiling directly above it. The space between the two is
occupied by a crystalline rod piece pulsing with energy. The piece projects the holographic image of a sleeping red dragon. Windfall stands near the projection,
watching it intently.

The ceilings in this chamber are 45 feet high. Windfall (see her stat block earlier in this chapter) is hostile to trespassers in the sanctum.

The crystalline object floating between the stalagmite and stalactite is the final piece of the Rod of Seven Parts. Attempting to remove the rod piece
from its position immediately causes the image of the dragon to disappear, prompting Windfall to attack.

Draconic Intervention. When Windfall is first reduced to 0 hit points, multicolored light surrounds her as five hissing voices echo throughout the
chamber:

“Upstart insects! Who dares make a racket outside my lair? Who dares interrupt the musings of the Dragon Queen?”

The facets of the sanctum’s walls reflect images of Tiamat’s eyes as she talks. Windfall regains 300 hit points but has the paralyzed condition due to
Tiamat’s magic as the Dragon Queen speaks to the characters directly.

Retrieving the Rod Piece. If the characters inform Tiamat of Vecna’s plot, Tiamat growls in disdain before grudgingly allowing the characters to leave
with the final piece of the rod. She explains that the Material Plane is partly her creation—and she refuses to let an overzealous archlich unmake it.
The Dragon Queen then commands the characters to leave the casino at once.

De lo contrario, Tiamat libera a Windfall de sus ataduras mágicas, ordena al tiflin que erradique el grupo y se marcha para comunicarse con sus otros
campeones. Sólo después de derrotar a Windfall podrán los personajes adquirir la última pieza de la vara. Para obtener más información sobre la
Vara de Siete Partes , consulte la introducción de este libro .

A la guarida de Tiamat. El estrecho túnel hacia el sur finalmente conduce a la guarida de Tiamat. Esta entrada está actualmente custodiada por
Drekarvynix, un antiguo dragón rojo , que exige a los personajes que se vayan a menos que puedan demostrar su actividad legítima en la guarida de

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 21/22
24/5/24, 3:53 p.m. El orgullo de la Reina Dragón - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Tiamat. A menos que los personajes proporcionen una razón convincente para entrar, Drekarvynix los ataca. El dragón rojo no persigue a los
personajes a través del túnel hasta Dragon's Pride.

Próximos pasos

Una vez que los personajes hayan recuperado el último trozo de la vara, podrán regresar a la puerta a través del acantilado de la montaña en Avernus
y regresar a Sigil sin más complicaciones.

Hemos actualizado nuestros términos y condiciones . Haga clic en el enlace para obtener más información.

APOYO ACERCA DE ENCUÉNTRANOS EN LAS APLICACIÓN D&D MÁS ALLÁ

REDES SOCIALES
Portal de ayuda Contáctenos
Foro de soporte Carreras
No vendas ni magos de la costa
compartas mi
información
Galletas

© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-dragon-queens-pride 22/22
24/5/24, 3:54 p.m. El traidor revelado - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAP. 8: EL ORGULLO DE LA REINA DRAGÓN CAP. 10: LA GUERRA DE PANDESMOS

Capítulo 9: El traidor revelado

ARTIST: CYNTHIA SHEPPARD

UNA VEZ QUE ALUSTRIEL Y TASHA SE DAN CUENTA DE QUE MORDENKAINEN

ES UN FRAUDE, SE PRODUCE UNA BATALLA ÉPICA EN SIGIL.

Una vez que los personajes tienen toda la Vara de las Siete Partes , todas las miradas se dirigen a Alustriel , Tasha y el impostor Mordenkainen. El
plan era que los personajes trabajaran con los Tres Magos para precisar la ubicación de Vecna ​y detener el Ritual de Recreación del Archilich. Sin
embargo, este capítulo revela que los personajes, así como Alustriel y Tasha, han sido engañados.

El falso Mordenkainen se revela como Kas el Traidor , antiguo aliado de Vecna ​y actual archienemigo. Los personajes deben perseguir a Kas a través
del multiverso hasta Pandesmos, la primera capa del plano de Pandemonium, donde el vampiro planea apropiarse del ritual de Vecna ​y convertirse
en el ser más poderoso que existe.

Ejecutando este capítulo

Este capítulo comienza después de que los personajes recuperan la última pieza de la Vara de Siete Partes de Avernus. Ya sea que los personajes
lleven las seis piezas de varilla anteriores o que esas piezas permanezcan en Sigil, la varilla se une en un artefacto cuando todas las piezas están a
unos pocos centímetros de distancia entre sí.

La vara se completa, pero es probable que ningún personaje esté todavía en sintonía con ella, y los Tres Magos en Sigil pidieron a los personajes que
regresaran al santuario una vez que se encontraran todas las piezas de la vara. Si los personajes dudan después de recuperar el último trozo de vara,

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-betrayer-revealed 1/7
24/5/24, 3:54 p.m. El traidor revelado - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

anímalos a regresar rápidamente con sus aliados en el santuario de Sigil. El regreso de los personajes al santuario desencadena la siguiente parte de
la historia.

Las primeras escenas de este capítulo incluyen el caos causado cuando Kas roba la Vara de las Siete Partes y hiere gravemente a Alustriel y Tasha.
El capítulo avanza hacia Pandesmos, donde los personajes encuentran una guerra que estalla entre las fuerzas demoníacas de Kas y Vecna. Los
personajes deben seguir el rastro de Kas si esperan encontrar a Vecna, potencialmente neutralizar a Kas y poner fin a la amenaza al multiverso.

Avance del personaje

Los personajes deberían estar en el nivel 18 cuando comience este capítulo. Los personajes suben de nivel después de navegar por Pandesmos
Outlook y llegar a Carapace Ridge, donde se libra la guerra entre las fuerzas de Kas y Vecna.

El poder de los secretos

Los personajes pueden aprender un secreto en este capítulo que es aplicable a las reglas de la sección " El poder de los secretos " en la introducción
de este libro :

Malaina’s Secret. Alustriel’s wife was suspicious of Mordenkainen since he arrived in the sanctum, but she said nothing to Alustriel, Tasha, or the
characters. The characters can learn this secret in the “Malaina’s Mistrust” section later in this chapter.

Returning from Avernus

When the characters return from Avernus with the final piece of the Rod of Seven Parts, Kas—disguised as Mordenkainen—greets them inside the
sanctum. He appears giddy yet terrified, unable to hide his honest emotions.

As soon as the disguised Kas sees the characters step through the doorway with the final rod piece, he exclaims the following:

“My friends! Have you got it? The final piece? I can tell from the spring in your step that you do! How exciting!

“While you’ve been away, we’ve deduced that Vecna needs to conduct his ritual in a place of great import where he can generate power from the secrets his cult
has stolen.

“It’s likely to be a far-flung location, and on a plane we’d not expect. I’d say it’s like finding a needle in a haystack, but I have colleagues who might help us
determine the location. I’ll speak with them today, and hopefully we’ll have our answer.

“You’ve all been through a lot. You should rest in your quarters. In the meantime, I’ll make sure the rod is properly reassembled and working to its full potential.
You’re going to need your energy for when we face Vecna!”

Kas strongly encourages the characters to rest now and leave the Rod of Seven Parts in the wizards’ care. Kas wants to keep the characters away
from the rod and the wizards for the next few hours. Ever the villain, Kas plans to take Alustriel and Tasha by surprise, steal the rod, and flee to
Pandemonium to free Miska the Wolf-Spider before confronting Vecna. Even if a character is already attuned to the rod, Kas plans to steal it.

Despite what he has said while posing as Mordenkainen, Kas knows Vecna is conducting his Ritual of Remaking on the plane of Pandemonium. After
receiving a message in a dream from the Dark Powers, Kas realized that the magic inherent in his Crown of Lies would transport him through
Alustriel’s portal to roughly the location of Vecna’s ritual. Now that the characters have retrieved the Rod of Seven Parts, the characters are mere
inconveniences to Kas, but he doesn’t want to fight them, as the fight might significantly weaken him, if not worse.

If the Characters Decline

If the characters are suspicious, or if they are being particularly cautious, they might not want to hand over the Rod of Seven Parts or rest in their
quarters. Below are options for handling characters who don’t take Kas’s suggestions.

The Other Wizards

Kas told Alustriel and Tasha that he wishes to tinker with the complete Rod of Seven Parts. He has convinced the others that he can fortify the
artifact to prevent it from shattering again when the characters use it to stop Vecna’s ritual. If the characters insist on keeping the rod, Alustriel and
Tasha approach them and explain this. They ask the characters to relinquish the rod, acknowledging that Mordenkainen might be a bit eccentric, but
his magical theories are sound. Alustriel and Tasha extol the virtues of ensuring that the rod won’t sunder again.

Missing Malaina

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-betrayer-revealed 2/7
24/5/24, 3:54 p.m. El traidor revelado - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

If the characters resist resting in their quarters, Alustriel approaches them privately. She’s concerned that her wife, Malaina, left the sanctum several
hours ago and hasn’t returned. The lengthy absence isn’t like Malaina, Alustriel explains, and the wizard is worried for her wife’s safety. Malaina is
resisting any magical attempts to contact her, Alustriel tells the characters.

When she left, Malaina told Alustriel that she was going to a shop called Velgar’s Vittles in Sigil’s Market Ward. The Wizards Three were busy, so
Alustriel didn’t ask for more information. Now, Alustriel expects to imminently be occupied helping Mordenkainen and Tasha locate Vecna. Alustriel
can’t leave the sanctum, so she asks the characters to find her wife before the group leaves to confront the archlich. Alustriel provides directions to
Velgar’s Vittles.

In reality, Malaina was suspicious of Mordenkainen, but she didn’t want to make accusations without proof. Malaina was seeking a scholar named
Velgar Vera (neutral good, orc mage). Velgar is a friend to Mordenkainen and has visited Mordenkainen’s home in Avernus. Velgar wasn’t in his shop
earlier today, so Malaina lingered in the Market Ward, waiting for the orc to return.

Following the Lead. If the characters go to Velgar’s Vittles, Velgar reports that Malaina met with him briefly a few hours ago to ask about
Mordenkainen. Velgar tells the characters the same thing he told Malaina: the shopkeeper spoke with Mordenkainen last week, and the famous
wizard mentioned nothing about Alustriel, Tasha, or Vecna, or anything about recently being in Sigil.

By the time the characters return to the sanctum, it’s too late to stop Kas. Proceed to the “Kas Reveals Himself” section.

Fighting Kas
It’s unlikely, but one or more characters might be present when Kas reveals his true identity. In this case, use the stat block presented in the “Kas the
Betrayer” section in appendix B. Kas focuses on stealing the rod and using the portal to travel to Pandesmos. If the characters defeat Kas, he reveals
the location of Vecna’s ritual: the Cave of Shattered Reflection in Pandesmos on the plane of Pandemonium. Kas also reveals he planned to use the
rod to free Miska the Wolf-Spider and ally with the demon lord to overtake Vecna.

It’s up to the characters what happens to Kas next. Alustriel and Tasha are likely injured in the fight and therefore disinclined to join the characters in
their pursuit of Vecna. However, Alustriel and Tasha urge the characters to take the Rod of Seven Parts to aid their fight against the lich-god. At your
discretion, Alustriel and Tasha might join the characters on the journey to Pandesmos, but they focus on neutralizing Kas’s powerful remaining forces
instead of joining the fight against Vecna. Alustriel or Tasha might join particularly persuasive characters in their pursuit of Vecna, but this will require
significant effort on your part and might make the ensuing chapters significantly easier for the characters.

When the characters are ready, Alustriel can direct them to a portal in Sigil that leads to Pandesmos. It’s up to you whether the door opens to
Pandesmos Outlook (shown on map 9.1) or directly at the cave entrance. In the former case, Alustriel can provide directions to the cave from the
outlook. If this happens, skip parts of the next chapter as appropriate. In the latter case, the characters gain an additional level and skip to chapter 11.

Kas Reveals Himself

ARTIST: ALFVEN ATO

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-betrayer-revealed 3/7
24/5/24, 3:54 p.m. El traidor revelado - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
KAS DEALS CATASTROPHIC DAMAGE TO ALUSTRIEL’S SANCTUM

If the characters return to their quarters to rest, Kas spends the next hour going through the motions of pretending to examine the Rod of Seven Parts
with Alustriel and Tasha. In reality, Kas is waiting for the characters to fall asleep or become distracted in their quarters. Once he assumes the
characters are sleeping or oblivious, he reveals his true form.

Kas takes Alustriel and Tasha by surprise, severely wounding them, then steals the rod and steps through the sanctum’s portal to Pandemonium,
where the characters face him in the next chapter.

Once Kas escapes the sanctum, Malaina returns to find the immediate aftermath of Kas’s betrayal. She rushes to alert the characters.

Reality Dawns

When Kas reveals himself, a cacophony erupts downstairs. Sleeping characters are awakened, and otherwise occupied characters hear the following:

Violent slamming and terrible crashes tear through the silence. Something is happening downstairs. Deep, wicked-sounding laughter echoes through the sanctum,
along with familiar voices shouting, “You monster!” and “We trusted you!”

When the characters open their door, they see Malaina in a panic. She shouts for the characters to come downstairs. Read or paraphrase the
following:

The sanctum looks like it was hit by a tornado: there are toppled bookshelves, overturned pieces of furniture, and books and papers strewn everywhere. Scorch
marks mar the once-gleaming wood and plush carpets. Only a single sofa in the sanctum’s center is upright, and on it sit Alustriel and Tasha. Both are sipping
potions and look dazed.

Alustriel and Tasha are in a state of shock, both because the Mordenkainen they were working with is actually the evil vampire Kas, and because they
didn’t catch on to his plan. Alustriel and Tasha answer questions confusedly and in short phrases.

After a few minutes, the wizards regain their poise and tell the characters all the information in the beginning of this section. Alustriel and Tasha are
willing to submit to magical means of determining the truth. They never deceived the characters, and they never wanted anything more than to stop
Vecna’s ritual.

Chasing Kas
Before Kas fled the sanctum, he muttered a phrase both Alustriel and Tasha overheard: “Finally, it ends in Pandesmos.” The women repeat the phrase
to the characters. Further, Alustriel has examined the sanctum’s portal and knows Kas fled to the plane of Pandemonium. They surmise, correctly, that
Vecna is weaving his ritual in Pandesmos, the first layer of Pandemonium.

Neither Alustriel nor Tasha had previously met Kas, but the stories about his and Vecna’s hatred for each other are well known, as is Kas’s hunger for
power. Alustriel correctly supposes that Kas plans to find Vecna and co-opt the lich-god’s ritual to become the most powerful being in existence. This
outcome is as bad as Vecna ruling the multiverse, as far as Alustriel and Tasha are concerned, since Kas is just as evil as Vecna.

Because Kas took such pains to manipulate the characters into finding the Rod of Seven Parts, Alustriel realizes the awful truth and shares it with the
characters: Kas plans to use the rod to free Miska the Wolf-Spider, a powerful demon lord who was trapped in Pandesmos eons ago using the rod.
Kas and Miska would then march against Vecna, co-opting the lich-god’s ritual to begin their reign of terror across the multiverse.

The Way Forward

Alustriel and Tasha don’t know the exact location of Vecna’s ritual. The characters must travel to Pandesmos and confront Kas to learn the location
so they can stop the Ritual of Remaking.

During their confrontation with Kas, Alustriel and Tasha were injured. Healing supplies in the sanctum ensure the wizards aren’t in real danger. They
insist the characters chase after Kas immediately to prevent him from freeing Miska. Alustriel and Tasha promise to help the characters however they
can.

Alustriel and Tasha correctly suspect that Vecna will have woven abjurations to protect himself from any who would stop him. Vecna’s Links are the
magical tie the characters need to stop the lich-god. In fact, thanks to the links tying them to Vecna, the characters are the only ones in existence who
can do so. They are the multiverse’s only hope.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-betrayer-revealed 4/7
24/5/24, 3:54 p.m. El traidor revelado - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Before the characters leave the sanctum, Alustriel suggests the characters use the Chime of Exile to return Kas to Tovag, his Domain of Dread.
Alustriel notes that the characters need to significantly weaken Kas before the magic item will work on the vampire.

Malaina’s Mistrust
Once the characters learn what has happened, they notice that Malaina remains particularly solemn.

Malaina’s Secret. If the characters ask Malaina what’s wrong, she admits she began suspecting something wasn’t right shortly after Mordenkainen
arrived in the sanctum. Malaina noticed that Mordenkainen muttered to himself in an unexpectedly cruel tone when he thought no one was around.
He was also angrily defensive anytime Malaina casually asked how the mage fared. Malaina assumed Mordenkainen was merely stressed, so she
didn’t act on her suspicions until it was too late.

Regardless of the characters’ reaction to this revelation, learning it counts as a secret for the purposes of the rules in the “Power of Secrets” section
in this book’s introduction.

Pandesmos Outlook

If the characters decide to chase after Kas, they can step through the portal whenever they choose. They emerge in Pandesmos Outlook, entering
through the door shown on map 9.1.
ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

MAP 9.1: PANDESMOS OUTLOOK

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

Pandemonium

The rest of this chapter and the following two chapters take place on the plane of Pandemonium.

Pandemonium is an infinite plane of overwhelming chaos, a great mass of rock riddled with tunnels and vast caverns carved by howling winds. It is
cold, noisy, and mostly dark.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-betrayer-revealed 5/7
24/5/24, 3:54 p.m. El traidor revelado - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Wind quickly extinguishes nonmagical open flames, such as torches and campfires. Spoken conversation is possible only by yelling, and then only to
a maximum distance of 10 feet.

General Features

The features of Pandesmos Outlook are described in the following sections.

Demons
The chaos and violence brewing in the area attracts demons. Within 10 feet of the bottom of the cliff’s lowest shelf are two degloths and two vlazoks
(see appendix A for stat blocks for both). The exact placement of the demons is at your discretion. If they notice the characters, the demons attack. A
demon that sees a fight break out rushes to join in the combat, hoping to make an easy kill.

Demons reduced to 20 hit points or fewer might divulge key information in exchange for mercy. See the “Tracking Kas” section for how these demons
might help the characters locate Kas.

Doorway
The doorway to Sigil remains open through the end of this adventure. The characters can come and go as they wish. On the Pandesmos side, the
doorway is invisible in the cliff.

Elevation
The characters emerge on a shelf of a massive cliff. This shelf is 150 feet above ground level. The shelf drops 50 feet to another shelf, which is 100
feet above ground level. The entire cliff is 180 feet tall.

Geysers
In the north section of Pandesmos Outlook are five geysers that periodically spew boiling water tainted with the plane’s inherent chaos.

If the characters haven’t already rolled initiative, have them roll initiative when a character first moves within 30 feet of a geyser. On initiative count 20
(losing initiative ties), one of the five geysers erupts; you choose which geyser. When a geyser erupts, all creatures within 5 feet of the geyser must
make a DC 18 Dexterity saving throw, taking 44 (8d10) force damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.

Lighting
Strange multicolored lights flit through the caverns of Pandesmos, casting the area in dim light at all hours.

Tracking Kas

Kas fled toward Carapace Ridge, where Miska is imprisoned in the nearby Ruinous Citadel and where Kas has a stronghold in a cliffside redoubt. The
vampire plans to marshal his forces before marching on the Cave of Shattered Reflection and confronting Vecna.

The characters need to travel northwest from Pandesmos Outlook to reach Carapace Ridge. There are several ways the characters might learn which
direction to head. If the characters have trouble determining where to go, a character who succeeds on a DC 20 Wisdom (Perception) check can hear,
amid the howling wind, sounds of battle coming from the northwest.

Interrogating Demons
If the characters defeat and interrogate the demons in this area, they learn that a powerful vampire made haste recently toward the northwest. The
demons stayed out of the vampire’s way when they saw the vampire dispatch several glabrezus.

Investigating the Battlefield

A character who investigates the battlefield and succeeds on a DC 16 Wisdom (Survival) check spots a trail of bootprints that leads to the northwest.
This is Kas’s path toward Carapace Ridge.

Los personajes que superen una prueba de Inteligencia ( Investigación ) CD 14 encuentran los cuerpos destrozados de tres glabrezus . Los cuerpos y
un rastro de sangre conducen al noroeste. Kas mató a estas criaturas en su camino a Carapace Ridge.

Próximos pasos

Los personajes llegan a Carapace Ridge hacia el final de una batalla entre las fuerzas demoníacas de Kas y las del dios demonio Lolth, que apoya la
causa de Vecna. Los personajes deben decidir cuál es la mejor manera de navegar por el campo de batalla y determinar dónde llevará a cabo Vecna ​
su Ritual de Rehacer en el siguiente capítulo.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-betrayer-revealed 6/7
24/5/24, 3:54 p.m. El traidor revelado - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Hemos actualizado nuestros términos y condiciones . Haga clic en el enlace para obtener más información.

APOYO ACERCA DE ENCUÉNTRANOS EN LAS APLICACIÓN D&D MÁS ALLÁ

REDES SOCIALES
Portal de ayuda Contáctenos
Foro de soporte Carreras
No vendas ni magos de la costa
compartas mi
información
Galletas

© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-betrayer-revealed 7/7
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAP. 9: EL TRAIDOR REVELADO CAP. 11: VÍSPERA DE LA RUINA

Capítulo 10: La Guerra de Pandesmos

ARTIST: SCOTT MURPHY

KAS HA HUIDO DE SIGIL, CON LA INTENCIÓN DE USAR LA VARA DE

LAS SIETE PARTES PARA LIBERAR A MISKA, SU ALIADO CONTRA VECNA.

Los personajes siguieron a Kas hasta Carapace Ridge en la primera capa de Pandemonium. En este capítulo, los personajes deben encontrar a Kas y
descubrir dónde está tejiendo Vecna ​su Ritual de Rehacer. En el camino, los personajes podrían verse envueltos en una guerra que se libra entre los
aliados de Kas y las fuerzas de Lolth, la Reina Araña, que está aliada de Vecna.

Ejecutando este capítulo

Este capítulo comienza donde terminó el capítulo anterior, después de que los personajes siguieran el rastro de Kas hasta Carapace Ridge, una
depresión baja en un acantilado que proporciona acceso a una playa debajo. La búsqueda de Kas por parte de los personajes los lleva a varios
lugares, desde la Ciudadela Ruinosa, donde Miska la Araña Lobo está en proceso de liberarse de su prisión; a la Torre del Huracán, donde se
encuentran las fuerzas del mariscal de Lolth; y al reducto del acantilado, donde Kas se retiró para hacer planes. En el camino, se encuentran con
Vaeve, un mago drow que no es leal ni a Lolth ni a Kas, y que ofrece a los personajes información útil.

Las elecciones de los personajes afectan dónde se enfrentarán finalmente a Kas, pero independientemente de ello, los personajes deben debilitar al
vampiro lo suficiente como para desterrarlo con su Campanilla del Exilio . Mientras lo hacen, descubren la ubicación de Vecna ​en la Cueva del Reflejo
Destrozado.

Avance del personaje

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 1/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Los personajes deberían estar en el nivel 19 cuando comience este capítulo. Los personajes ganan un nivel después de conocer la ubicación del
Ritual de Rehacer de Vecna.

El poder de los secretos

Los personajes pueden aprender dos secretos en este capítulo aplicables a las reglas del Poder de los Secretos que se encuentran en la introducción
de este libro :

El secreto de Naxa. La maga drow Naxa y su hermana vinieron a recuperar una capa. No es simplemente un objeto mágico sofisticado, es una pieza
clave en un ritual importante que están planeando. Los personajes pueden aprender este secreto más adelante en el capítulo en la bóveda de la
Ciudadela en Ruinas ( área Y4 ).

El secreto de Kas. Vecna ​está tejiendo su Ritual de Rehacer en las profundidades de la Cueva del Reflejo Destrozado. Los personajes aprenden este
secreto cuando se enfrentan a Kas más adelante en este capítulo.

Caos encarnado

When Kas arrived in Pandesmos, he used the Rod of Seven Parts to force a hole in the sealed portal that blocks Miska from exiting the demiplane
where he is trapped. The hole isn’t wide enough, so Miska is expanding it so he can break free.

As Miska attempts to emerge, Fiends loyal to the demon lord have flocked to the area. They’ve been met by the forces of Lolth, Vecna’s ally in his bid
to remake the multiverse. In exchange for the protection supplied by her troops while Vecna weaves his ritual, the lich-god promised the Spider Queen
a place at his side when he remakes the multiverse.

When the characters arrive in Pandesmos, they see a battle unfolding on Carapace Ridge. The forces loyal to Miska and Kas are fighting those loyal to
Lolth and Vecna. The battle is at a stalemate and Kas cannot yet confront Vecna and co-opt the ritual. The characters have three options to stop
Vecna and Kas: confront Kas in his cliffside redoubt, stop Miska from breaking free of his prison, or face Lolth’s commander at Hurricane Tower.

Carapace Ridge

This battlefield, including the ridge where the characters arrive, is presented on map 10.1. Distance is difficult to judge on Pandemonium; the physical
distance between the locations on map 10.1 is flexible but shouldn’t be more than a mile or two.
ARTIST: FRANCESCA BAERALD

MAP 10.1: PANDESMOS BATTLEFIELD

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

Read the following to present the scene:

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 2/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

You arrive on a clifftop towering hundreds of feet over a beach, beyond which boils a sea of kaleidoscopic clouds. On the beach, an ancient stone redoubt sits half-
consumed by the sea. A tower juts from atop the cliff. Both fortifications are within sight, but screaming winds carry fog that makes judging distances difficult.

Corpses of many-legged horrors lie around you. The largest corpse is a massive spider with ichor oozing from holes in its carapace.

A war between thousands of demonic combatants rages throughout the ridge. The forces organized around the tower include driders and monstrous spiders,
which bear banners featuring a spider with a woman’s head. The forces surging from the redoubt are enormous spiders with the heads of wolves. The spider-
wolves carry banners with snarling wolf heads.

Four spyder-fiend combatants of the battle linger near the characters: a quavilithku spyder-fiend and three kakkuu spyder-fiends (stat blocks for
both appear in appendix A). They’re busily hollowing out the corpse of a massive citadel spider (see appendix A) as a bunker for use if the battle
shifts back this way. If they spot the characters, the spyder-fiends scuttle out of the citadel spider and skitter around its corpse to attack. The spyder-
fiends retreat to the carapace if they start to lose the fight.

Both sides of the battle use banners to identify units and send messages. The forces of Camlash, Lolth’s balor general, use a stylized symbol of Lolth
on their banners, while Miska’s forces use banners featuring wolf heads. The troops are so numerous and powerful on both sides that even 19th-level
characters can’t materially affect the war by joining in the fighting.

Vaeve’s Offer

A neutral drow mage named Vaeve is lurking around the battlefield, initially out of sight. Vaeve spots the fighting and realizes that the characters are
her best hope for allies. She reveals herself as the battle winds down, perhaps joining the fight against the kakkuus once the characters defeat the
dangerous quavilithku.

Talking with Vaeve

Vaeve hopes the characters might help her, so she is eager to talk. She identifies both sides in the fight but insists she’s not loyal to either side. Vaeve
shares the following key points in her conversation with the characters:
ARTIST: CAROLINE GARIBA

VAEVE

An Explanation. The battle rages between forces loyal to Lolth, who is working with Vecna, and forces loyal to Miska, who is in the process of
breaking free from his prison and is allied with a vampire. Vaeve and her identical twin sister, Naxa, are adventurers from Neverwinter who came here
to retrieve potent magical components for their arcane rituals. They were using the chaos of battle to steal back a magic cloak—a family heirloom,
Vaeve says—recently taken to Miska’s treasure vault somewhere in the stone citadel on the beach below. But Vaeve and Naxa became separated in
the fighting, and Vaeve worries that Naxa is brazen enough to attempt the retrieval on her own.

Assistance Needed. Vaeve doesn’t know why the characters are here, but she assumes they’re planning to cross the battlefield for some reason.
Vaeve asks the characters to escort Naxa from the citadel back to Carapace Ridge. There’s significant treasure in the citadel, Vaeve says, and Vaeve
would be grateful if the characters helped her sister.

General’s Presence. Lolth’s general, a demon named Camlash, directs troops from the tottering tower. Lolth’s forces include giant spiders and
driders. The tower looks ready to tip over because it is; only the webbing inside the tower’s base keeps it from falling over.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 3/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Miska’s Location. Miska is down in the citadel by the weird ocean of churning energy. Miska was recently freed from imprisonment, but he hasn’t left
the citadel yet—Vaeve doesn’t know why. Miska’s forces are varied spyder-fiends as well as flying demons that drip deadly blood.

Vampire’s Presence. Miska is following the commands of a vampire who occasionally appears on the battlefield to turn the tide of important fights
against Lolth’s forces. (Vaeve doesn’t know the vampire’s name, but her description should make it clear to the characters that this is Kas.)

Vampire’s Home. The vampire inhabits a chamber in the cliff, another mile past the tower. The upper entrance is under siege by Camlash’s forces, and
the lower entrance is guarded by spyder-fiends. Vaeve points out both entrances to the cliffside redoubt, two miles distant and barely visible through
the blowing fog.

If the characters express interest in confronting Kas, Vaeve suggests first facing one or both generals. Defeating Camlash might compel Kas to
emerge to seize a final victory over Lolth’s forces. Defeating Miska might bring Kas out in a rage. Doing both, Vaeve suggests, could be most effective.

Before the characters leave, Vaeve reiterates her wish that the characters help Naxa. Vaeve insists that it’s the least the characters can do in
exchange for the useful information Vaeve shared. She refuses to go with them into the conflict.

Avoiding the War

Descriptions for the Ruinous Sea, Hurricane Tower, and the Ruinous Citadel are below—but you might not need them. High-level characters have
options for travel to Kas’s redoubt without wading through an active battlefield. However, no options are free of danger.

Teleportation
The characters can teleport directly to the redoubt’s upper or lower entrances. The characters can’t teleport into the redoubt directly, since it’s warded
with a Forbiddance spell.

Flight
Camlash’s citadel spiders (see appendix A) function as artillery, but the skies are predominantly under Miska’s control thanks to powerful flying
demons pledged to his service. If the characters fly around or above the battle, three hazvongels (see appendix A) soar down from the wispy cloud
cover to attack. The hazvongels fight to the death. If the characters don’t fly directly toward the cliffside redoubt after this fight, another trio of
hazvongels attacks from a different direction. After this second attack, the demons steer clear of the flying characters.

The Ruinous Sea

Pandesmos has no oceans as they’re known on mortal worlds, but it contains an enormous, swirling sea of multicolored energy known as the
Ruinous Sea. The Ruinous Sea’s chaotic energy devours creatures and land alike. At its edges, the Ruinous Sea laps against gritty beaches beneath a
steep cliff, gradually eroding the land.

Winds shriek from the Ruinous Sea, joining the gales that scour Pandesmos. Rumors claim that the chaos of Limbo leaks into Pandemonium through
the Ruinous Sea; others say that the Elemental Chaos touches Pandemonium in this roiling expanse. Either way, the Ruinous Sea is inimical to all but
the strange and powerful chaos krakens that inhabit it.

Swimming the Ruinous Sea

Despite their ephemeral appearance, the Ruinous Sea’s roiling clouds are viscous and cloying, acting as a liquid for the purposes of movement. A
creature that enters the Ruinous Sea for the first time on a turn or starts its turn there takes 70 (20d6) damage. The type of damage fluctuates with
the roiling of the Ruinous Sea (choose or roll a d4): 1, acid; 2, lightning; 3, necrotic; or 4, radiant.

In addition to that danger, the Ruinous Sea is also inhabited by evil chaos krakens (a chaos kraken uses the kraken stat block but is immune to the
Ruinous Sea’s damage). A chaos kraken named Vashishax lurks in the Ruinous Sea near the beach. Vashishax considers this war among outsiders to
be irrelevant, though the kraken is spying on the battle out of curiosity. Vashishax considers any intrusion into the Ruinous Sea to be a personal insult
and fights any creature that spends more than a minute within it. Vashishax isn’t willing to die here; if reduced to fewer than 100 hit points, the kraken
flees to its lair many miles deeper in the Ruinous Sea.

Hurricane Tower

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 4/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The 200-foot-tall Hurricane Tower juts from the top of the cliff above the citadel like a broken
ARTIST: TITUS LUNTER
finger, threatening to fall over the edge of the 400-foot-tall cliff. Thick spider webs woven
throughout the base of the tower keep it anchored to the cliff. Hurricane Tower is made of stone,
but it is an unsteady structure; it’s also the only easily accessible shelter within miles of the
characters’ initial position in Pandesmos.

Hurricane Tower is the strategic heart of Lolth’s forces. The balor general Camlash uses the
tower to organize troops and direct their efforts in the war, so she ordered her spiders to
reinforce the structure with webbing. The tower remains standing unless the characters
sabotage the six web anchors within it.

Camlash

Lolth isn’t present in Pandesmos; she has given command of her legions to Camlash. The balor
general specializes in leading campaigns with troops of loyal driders and mutated arachnids. For
this battle, adherents of Lolth have joined Camlash’s forces, despite the usual animosity
between driders and people. All fight together in Lolth’s name.

Camlash doesn’t enjoy fighting in Pandesmos. The wind muffles shouted commands and shreds
war-banners, and troops exposed to the wind for too long become slow and erratic.

Without the tower’s protection, Camlash’s forces are exposed to assault from Miska’s flying
demons and the effects of Pandemonium’s winds. The tower remains stable for now, but the
webs are a weak spot the characters and the opposing army could exploit.

HURRICANE TOWER

Reaching the Tower

Lolth’s forces surround the tower, but they are focused on the spyder-fiends below rather than on defense. Hundreds of driders, Humanoids, and
demons surround the tower, but the characters don’t need to fight these creatures if they create a plausible distraction, disguise, or ruse.

If the characters are careless or fail to fool Lolth’s forces, they might face a squad of 1d4 driders, 1d6 giant spiders, and 1d4 assassins. Characters
who defeat the squad can try again to infiltrate the tower.

Hurricane Tower Features

A number of features are common throughout Hurricane Tower.

Ceilings
The tower’s interior floors are long gone. The ceiling in the vestibule (area X1) is 15 feet high, and the ceiling in the tower is 200 feet high.

Lighting
The tower’s interior is dark. Area descriptions assume the characters have a light source or some other means of seeing in the dark.

Masking Chittering
The winds of Pandemonium aren’t audible within the tower, so they don’t impede hearing. However, noisy chittering from a million tiny vermin echoes
throughout. The chittering masks noise from combat, so tower denizens have disadvantage on Wisdom (Perception) checks to hear anything outside
the area they’re in.

Tower Locations

The following locations are keyed to map 10.2.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 5/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 10.2: HURRICANE TOWER

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

X1: Vestibule

This wide room’s ceiling is fifteen feet high. The walls it shares with the tower have pulled away, as though the tower were eager to slide over the edge of the cliff.
A fifteen-foot ladder leads up to the tower’s entrance. Four enormous cables of webbing, two on each side of the entrance, keep the tower anchored in place.

On the west side of this room, webs extend over a wooden altar with misshapen candelabras on it. Tiny spiders scuttle over the altar, and a drow man and a wood
elf woman stand near it. Four bloated driders lounge around the room.

A drow assassin named Althein and a wood elf mage named Vendrasha, both faithful of Lolth, pray to the Spider Queen at the altar. Of the apparent
four driders, three driders are what they appear to be; the fourth is a phisarazu spyder-fiend (see appendix A) named Rachazz, who is masquerading
as a drider using its Change Shape ability.

The three driders squad leaders are resting away from Pandemonium’s winds here. Rachazz infiltrated the tower and is collecting information for
Miska about Camlash’s forces.

When intruders enter the vestibule, the three driders rush into melee while Althein and Vendrasha hang back to support the driders. The driders and
elves fight to the death.

Rachazz doesn’t participate in the fight; it feigns injury and stays out of the way. If the characters look like they’re winning the battle, Rachazz tries to
slip out of the tower and report back to the Ruinous Citadel about the characters’ prowess. The characters might later face Rachazz in or near the
citadel. If the characters struggle to defeat the drow and driders, Rachazz joins the fight against the intruders to protect its disguise.

Cutting the Webs. Four web anchors support the walls: two in the southwest and two in the southeast. The webs are tough but, except where they
meet the walls, aren’t sticky. Each web anchor has AC 12; 60 hit points; and immunity to bludgeoning, fire, poison, and psychic damage.

The tower creaks ominously if these four anchors are cut, but it doesn’t fall unless the two anchors in area X2 are also cut.

Treasure. The eight web-crusted candelabras are covered in precious gems. They resemble yochlol demons, and each is worth 45,000 gp.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 6/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
X2: Tower Base

The tilting tower’s interior is hollow, with broken beams showing where upper floors existed long ago. Webs cover the tower’s walls, with two anchor points to the
northwest and northeast.

A monstrous demon is moving scraps of cloth atop a table made of crumbling stone. The demon is covered with countless tiny, crawling spiders that appear and
disappear at random.

Camlash (see the accompanying stat block) plans troop movements on the table when the characters arrive. Hundreds of tiny spiders constantly
scuttle over and around the demon.

Camlash doesn’t consider intruders much of a threat and gloats about how foolish the characters are to meddle in Lolth’s affairs. After taunting the
characters, Camlash fights to the death.

CAMLASH Actions
Huge Fiend (Demon), Chaotic Evil
Multiattack. Camlash makes one Flaming Whip attack and one Lightning Blade
Armor Class 19 (natural armor) attack. Camlash can replace one of these attacks with Teleport.

Hit Points 325 (26d12 + 156) Flaming Whip. Melee Weapon Attack: +15 to hit, reach 30 ft., one target. Hit: 25
(5d6 + 8) fire damage, and if the target is a creature, it must succeed on a DC 21
Speed 40 ft., fly 80 ft. Strength saving throw or be pulled up to 25 feet toward Camlash.

Lightning Blade. Melee Weapon Attack: +15 to hit, reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 21
STR DEX CON (3d8 + 8) slashing damage plus 13 (3d8) lightning damage.

26 (+8) 15 (+2) 22 (+6) Teleport. Camlash magically teleports, along with any equipment she is wearing
or carrying, up to 120 feet to an unoccupied space she can see.
INT WIS CHA

20 (+5) 16 (+3) 22 (+6)

Saving Throws Str +15, Con +13, Wis +10, Cha +13

Damage Resistances cold, lightning; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from

nonmagical attacks

Damage Immunities fire, poison

Condition Immunities poisoned

Senses truesight 120 ft., passive Perception 13

Languages Abyssal, telepathy 120 ft.

Challenge 22 (41,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +7

Death Throes. Camlash explodes when reduced to 0 hit points, and each creature
within 30 feet of Camlash must make a DC 21 Dexterity saving throw, taking 70
(20d6) fire damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.
The explosion ignites flammable objects in that area that aren’t being worn or
carried.

Magic Resistance. Camlash has advantage on saving throws against spells and
other magical effects.

Spider Aura. Camlash is surrounded by tiny, biting spiders that magically appear
and disappear from moment to moment. At the start of each of Camlash’s turns,
each creature within 10 feet of Camlash takes 10 (3d6) poison damage and must
succeed on a DC 21 Constitution saving throw or have the paralyzed condition
until the start of Camlash’s next turn.

ARTIST: CHRIS SEAMAN

Causing a Rout. Lolth’s forces receive regular instructions from Camlash. If the characters eliminate the general but otherwise keep their presence in
Hurricane Tower secret, a squad of four driders checks on Camlash in 10 minutes, and a squad of six driders arrives a few minutes later.

Once news of Camlash’s defeat becomes widely known, no one else arrives. Instead, Lolth’s followers throw down their banners and flee. Their
disorganized retreat spreads across Pandesmos. It takes an hour for all of Lolth’s forces to leave the battlefield.

Cutting the Webs. The two web anchors have AC 12; 40 hit points; and immunity to bludgeoning, fire, poison, and psychic damage. The webs are
tough, but they’re sticky only where they meet the walls. Camlash has enchanted these anchors to inflict a mental backlash on anyone who tampers
with them. A creature that deals damage to a web anchor takes 18 (4d8) psychic damage.

The tower creaks ominously if both anchors are cut. If the four anchors in area X1 have also been cut, the tower falls.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 7/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The Tower Falls

If all six web anchors are cut or destroyed, Hurricane Tower crashes 400 feet down the cliffside, leaving only its foundation behind. Once it starts
falling, the characters have 1 minute to escape the tower. Characters who fail to do so take 70 (20d6) bludgeoning damage.

The tower’s fall has a number of additional effects:

Destroyed Citadel Areas. If the characters cut or destroy the webbing, the falling tower smashes the creatures near the entrance to the Ruinous
Citadel and obliterates most of the citadel’s rooms (see the “Ruinous Citadel” section). Areas Y3–Y6 are destroyed, along with the creatures and
objects in them, and the creatures in area Y1 are slain. Naxa in area Y4 manages to scamper along the ceiling into area Y2, though she hides there
and won’t reveal herself to the characters until the phisarazu spyder-fiends are dispatched. The Rod of Seven Parts in area Y7 is loosened from the
stones, though the characters still need to manually pull the rod free to re-imprison Miska.

Forces Disperse. Creatures left standing on the tower’s floor are in full view of Lolth’s forces. The nearby troops, realizing their general is dead and
their only fortification is destroyed, throw down their banners and retreat across Pandesmos.

Spyder-Fiends Falter. The spyder-fiends can’t capitalize on this sudden victory, since their raklupis battle-leaders (see appendix A) immediately
devolve into infighting to seize control. The spyder-fiend battle lines break into violent packs.

The Vampire Notices. Kas arrives at the tower’s broken base within a few minutes to find who caused the collapse. If the characters are there, Kas
confronts them as described in the “Fighting Kas” section later in this chapter.

Ruinous Citadel
ARTIST: CALDER MOORE

MISKA IS IMPRISONED IN THE RUINOUS CITADEL, WHICH SERVES AS THE HEADQUARTERS FOR THE DEMON LORD’S FORCES

Long ago, adherents of the Queen of Chaos, a powerful demon lord, built a citadel near the Ruinous Sea. The Wind Dukes of Aaqa later used what is
now known as the Rod of Seven Parts to imprison Miska within the citadel, eventually ending the terrible Dawn War between the primordials and the
gods.

Since then, the Ruinous Sea has encroached on the citadel. It now stands on a beach at the edge of the Ruinous Sea. The citadel is a ruin, as the sea’s
chaotic energies hasten its erosion and will someday claim it entirely.

Miska

Kas returned the Rod of Seven Parts to the citadel and thrust it into the sealed mystical portal that keeps Miska in his prison demiplane, creating an
opening. However, the opening isn’t wide enough for Miska to exit, so Miska is widening it. If he can break free, he can join the battle his forces are
engaged in and revel in chaos once again. If the rod is removed or knocked aside, the seal snaps shut and binds Miska once more.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 8/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Miska isn’t idle while trying to free himself. He commands the armies of spyder-fiends and other demons through his spyder-fiend battle leaders, the
raklupises. Miska’s other spyder-fiends (see appendix A) defend him and implement the demon lord’s complex strategies.

Yet Miska’s position is precarious. While he’s a cunning general, he’s unable to command his forces in person, and enforcing discipline is challenging;
spyder-fiends, like many demons, find order and organization difficult to tolerate. Additionally, Kas is becoming increasingly frustrated with Miska’s
slow emergence; until Miska claws his way free and defeats Lolth’s forces, Kas can’t assault Vecna. And all the while, the portal to the demiplane
Miska is trapped in is in danger of being swallowed by the Ruinous Sea.

Features of the Ruinous Citadel

The following features are common throughout the citadel.

Ceilings
Ceilings throughout the citadel are 15 feet high.

Doors
The citadel’s doors are made of stone and noisily grind open and closed due to sand in the hinges. Each creature in a room beyond a door hears it
open and expects visitors, unless the door’s hinges are cleaned, lubricated, or silenced.

Lighting
The citadel is crumbling due to great age and proximity to the Ruinous Sea. Cracks in the ceiling and walls admit dim light throughout the citadel.

Respite from the Winds

The winds of Pandemonium are distantly audible within the citadel. They don’t impede hearing within the citadel.

Ruinous Citadel Locations

The following locations are keyed to map 10.3. If the characters felled the Hurricane Tower, areas Y1 and Y3–Y6 are destroyed, as well as any
creatures and objects in them.
ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

MAP 10.3: RUINOUS CITADEL

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

Y1: Drill Field

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 9/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Several bloated spiders with wolf heads move back and forth on the black sand near the citadel’s entrance.

Nine kakkuu spyder-fiends (see appendix A) drill on this beach while awaiting orders from the battle leaders in the citadel. They find marching in
formation dull and are eager to rejoin the battle raging on the clifftop above. The kakkuus rush toward any opportunity for combat, so characters can
draw them away with any ruse that promises bloodshed. A badly injured kakkuu flees the area, hoping to hide out elsewhere amid the chaos of war.

Glowing Signal. The kakkuus immediately return if they see the glyph glowing on the door to area Y2.

Y2: Guard Hall

The exterior door has an invisible glyph inscribed on it. Each time a creature other than a Fiend opens the door, the glyph glows for a split second, and
the creature must make a DC 18 Wisdom saving throw, taking 21 (6d6) psychic damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful
one. Casting Dispel Magic on the door removes the glyph, allowing the door to be opened safely.

Old carvings of monstrous, tentacled beings adorn the walls in this long room. More recently, wolf heads have been painted on each figure. Webs stretch from wall
to wall and are particularly thick to the southeast, around an open stone door. Two enormous demons with crablike bodies and wolflike heads flank the door.

Two phisarazu spyder-fiends (see appendix A) flank the open door that leads to area Y3. The phisarazus don’t leave this chamber, but they attack
intruders on sight and fight to the death.

The spyder-fiends spun the webs in this room, making the entire room difficult terrain. The webs don’t burn, but a creature can use an action to cut
away the webs in a 10-foot-square section of the room.

The old carvings depict chaos krakens from the Ruinous Sea, but a spyder-fiend recently used demonic ichor to draw wolf heads on all the krakens.

Y3: Hall

This hallway is empty, and its walls are decorated with smeared drawings of wolf heads.

Y4: Vault
The door to this room bears faded markings. A character who examines the door and succeeds on a DC 18 Intelligence (Investigation) check realizes
that a magic glyph was once inscribed on this door, but the glyph’s energy has been carefully drained away. The door is now harmless.

This long room holds piles of armor, weapons, and banners amid mounds of webbing. Tiny spiders scuttle across the mounds.

The spyder-fiends dump their spoils of war here. The room’s only occupant is a neutral drow mage named Naxa, who is wearing a Cloak of Arachnida
she found here. The cloak allows Naxa to climb on walls and ceilings, and she is currently on the vault’s ceiling.

Meeting Naxa. If the characters search the room or call out for Naxa, she reveals herself. Naxa is Vaeve’s twin sister. She doesn’t want to fight and is
looking for a safe exit from the citadel.

As Vaeve feared, Naxa snuck into this vault to retrieve the Cloak of Arachnida that was stolen from the sisters. The cloak has distinctive purple
edging with starburst patterns. Naxa wants to leave, but even with the cloak’s powers, she knows that powerful spyder-fiends can spot her. Naxa asks
the characters to help her escape the citadel and return to her sister.

Naxa’s Secret. When the characters talk at length with Naxa, they realize that the mage is unreasonably preoccupied with her cloak, absently touching
it as she chats. If the characters ask Naxa about her behavior, she admits that the cloak isn’t merely a fancy magic item with sentimental value. The
cloak belonged to their great-grandfather, and Naxa and Vaeve hope to use it in a ritual to seal their home in Neverwinter against their family’s
enemies.

Regardless of the characters’ reaction to this revelation, learning it counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules. At your
discretion, if the characters help Naxa return to her sister and don’t know about the cloak’s history, Vaeve tells them the full truth about the item.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 10/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Piles of Spoils. Amid the detritus are several bloodstained and tattered banners depicting Lolth’s symbol of a spider with a woman’s head. The
mounds of webbing contain a few corpses of people and driders, savagely torn apart by spyder-fiends and tossed here.

If the characters want to disguise themselves to infiltrate Camlash’s forces, this room is an excellent resource for drow accoutrements.

Treasure. In addition to the Cloak of Arachnida that Naxa wears, this room contains four +1 Longswords, three +1 Daggers, a +2 Longbow, three
Potions of Poison, and a Potion of Giant Strength (stone). One banner bearing Lolth’s symbol is bordered with a thick silk rope. This is a Rope of
Climbing that functions normally once unstitched from the banner. A mahogany chest the spyder-fiends took from a drow quartermaster contains
750 flawless black opals, each worth 1,000 gp.

Y5: Planning Chamber

The north wall of this chamber has a three-dimensional map of the cliff that shows the tower above and the citadel below. Glowing dots are scattered across the
map. Three monstrous spider demons, two human-sized and another ogre-sized, squat around the table.

A raklupis spyder-fiend named Jallizanx is here with two kakkuu spyder-fiends (for both stat blocks, see appendix A). The kakkuus are relaying
orders to troops fighting elsewhere, and Jallizanx is deciding how to give directions the dim-witted kakkuus can be reasonably expected to convey.
When they see the characters, the kakkuus rush into melee while Jallizanx hangs back to cast spells and hurl venom globes. If the kakkuus are
defeated and Jallizanx is plainly losing the fight, Jallizanx teleports away and doesn’t return. If the characters capture Jallizanx, the spyder-fiend tells
the characters about the scrolls described in the “Treasure” section and offers this loot in exchange for its life.

Reviewing the Map. The map is a highly detailed model with magical glowing dots that represent troop locations. The map shows the terrain within
several miles, including Carapace Ridge to the west and the cliffside redoubt to the east. Churning smoke on the map’s lowest edge represents the
Ruinous Sea. Characters who investigate the map learn the following:

Glowing Dots. The glowing dots represent groups of troops, but they aren’t detailed enough to indicate specific numbers or types of foes. A careful
look shows that brown and red dots are Miska’s, while green and gray dots are Lolth’s. A character who succeeds on a DC 18 Intelligence
(Investigation) check realizes that brown and green dots indicate fresh troops, and red and gray dots indicate injured or flagging ones.

Indication of Status. The distribution of dots shows the overall state of the war. If the characters haven’t defeated either army’s general, the forces are
at a stalemate along the edge of the clifftop. If either general is defeated, that side is obviously at a disadvantage and faces impending loss.

The Cliffside Redoubt. The cliffside redoubt is shown in cross-section on this model. The lower entrance, upper bunker, and central chamber are all
visible. The lower entrance has a glowing red dot outside, and the upper bunker has a green dot outside. The central chamber depicts Kas’s throne,
which has a unique golden dot on it, representing the vampire warrior.

Ruinous Citadel. The citadel is depicted without its roof, showing the configuration of rooms inside without any dots. A character who succeeds on a
DC 15 Wisdom (Perception) check while examining this section sees faint Abyssal runes in each chamber. A character who understands Abyssal can
read them as Drill Field, Guard Hall, Planning Chamber, Vault, and Miska’s Prison Hall.

Tower of Mystery. The model of Hurricane Tower is a solid box because the spyder-fiends don’t have information about its layout. The webs holding
the tower in place look significantly more durable in the model than in real life, since Jallizanx doesn’t know how precarious the tower’s anchors are.

Violet Dot. A violet dot swims back and forth in the Ruinous Sea. Jallizanx knows there’s a powerful creature out there but doesn’t know what it is.

Treasure. A platinum scroll tube worth 2,500 gp is hidden in webbing in the southwest corner of the room, near the ceiling. It contains two Spell
Scrolls of Glyph of Warding. Characters who search the room and succeed on a DC 15 Wisdom (Perception) check find the scroll tube.

Y6: Food Storage

The door to this room has an invisible glyph inscribed on it. Each time a creature other than a raklupis spyder-fiend opens the door, the glyph glows
for a split second, and the creature must make a DC 18 Wisdom saving throw, taking 21 (6d6) psychic damage on a failed save or half as much
damage on a successful one. Casting Dispel Magic on the door removes the glyph, allowing the door to be opened safely.

This room is filled with lumpy shapes bound in webs.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 11/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Dozens of driders, drow, and giant spiders are wrapped in these webs. Each is unconscious, has the incapacitated condition, and can’t regain hit
points until 8 hours after being freed from the web cocoons.

The spyder-fiends know that Miska will be voraciously hungry when freed, so they prepared this larder for him. Kakkuus kept sneaking in to steal food,
so the raklupises changed the glyph on the door to keep other spyder-fiends away.

The webbed prisoners want to flee the citadel to rejoin Lolth’s forces. They are indifferent toward characters who free them.

Y7: Miska’s Prison-Hall

ARTIST: ALPH HORSLEY

OUTSIDE THE RUINOUS CITADEL, BATTLES BETWEEN DEMONIC FORCES LOYAL TO MISKA AND LOLTH STILL RAGE

The door to this chamber has an invisible glyph inscribed upon it. Each time a creature other than a Fiend opens the door the glyph glows for a split
second, and the creature must make a DC 18 Wisdom saving throw, taking 21 (6d6) psychic damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a
successful one. Casting Dispel Magic on the door removes the glyph, allowing the door to be opened safely.

The walls and ceiling of this crumbling, ancient chamber are obscured by sheets of webbing, but the floor is mostly clear. The room’s west end contains a jumble
of stones stacked to create a vertical ring about five feet in diameter. A sleek staff—the Rod of Seven Parts—is jammed between two encircling stones like a
splinter, and two spider demons with wolf heads are hunkered protectively next to the circle.

Beyond the circle is a shimmering portal where a wall should be. Within the portal, a monstrous bulk of fur, chitin, and gnashing teeth presses against the stones
from the other side.

The circle of stones shudders, and you realize the monstrous thing contained on the other side is expanding the circle, using the Rod of Seven Parts like a wedge
to lever the circle large enough to climb free.

A raklupis spyder-fiend named Uvonxu is here along with a phisarazu spyder-fiend bodyguard (for both stat blocks, see appendix A). Uvonxu
coordinates with Miska on strategy, while the phisarazu takes notes to relay to the troops. Both immediately attack intruders. The phisarazu tries to
stun enemies and then attacks in melee while Uvonxu hangs back to cast spells. These spyder-fiends fight to the death to defend Miska.

Miska Intervenes. Miska is still trapped within his prison, but the opening is sufficient for him to affect the fight. He can’t move, can’t be harmed, and
can use only his legendary actions (see Miska the Wolf-Spider in appendix B), which originate from the opening. Miska uses the legendary actions to
support the spyder-fiends in the fight, using his Howl to inflict psychic damage on the characters and Web to ensnare them.

Demiplane Portal. The circle of stones is the rim of a magical portal to the demiplane that has served as Miska’s prison for eons. Miska is bound
behind the portal and can’t yet move through to Pandemonium. The stones can’t be affected by mortal magic, as they are part of the prison that
contains Miska. The only way to widen the portal is by using the power of the Rod of Seven Parts.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 12/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Kas jammed the Rod of Seven Parts into the pinhole portal to Miska’s prison to open it. The rod still bears some of Miska’s essence from when it was
used to imprison him long ago, so it is the only implement that can free him. Miska has widened the portal to 5 feet across, but he needs time to
widen the portal enough to pass through it.

Miska Freed. If the characters return to Sigil without sealing Miska back in his prison, the demon lord emerges and is free to wreak havoc across the
multiverse. The characters might encounter him if they return to Pandesmos, or you might decide Miska is present somewhere else in this adventure.

Sealing Miska Away. As an action, a character can try to pull the Rod of Seven Parts from the stone circle, doing so with a successful a DC 25
Athletics (Strength) check. If the Hurricane Tower collapsed on the citadel, the DC of the check is reduced to 10. On a successful check, the rod is
removed and the portal snaps closed as Miska howls with rage. See the “Removing the Rod” section below for the other effects of doing so.

Treasure. The Rod of Seven Parts is the greatest treasure here, but the spyder-fiends also left offerings to their general amid the webbing on the
walls. The offerings include a Weapon of Warning (scimitar) with engravings of a wolf’s head on each side of the blade, a heavy platinum statue of
Miska triumphantly raising his arms (worth 120,000 gp), and two huge gold fangs inset with enormous rubies (worth 35,000 gp each).

Removing the Rod

Closing the portal by removing the Rod of Seven Parts from the stones has the following consequences:

Spyder-Fiends Flee. All spyder-fiends flee the citadel, including Uvonxu (see area Y7), if she’s still alive. Within a few minutes, the spyder-fiends in
Pandesmos instinctively realize their general has been sealed away again. They desert their posts to engage in vicious infighting to determine who
among them will lead. The spyder-fiend battle lines falter. The characters don’t encounter any more raklupises in Pandesmos—the raklupises are too
busy jockeying for power to risk a fight with the characters.

The Vampire Notices. After about an hour, Kas realizes that something is wrong. He comes to Miska’s prison-hall to find out what’s going on, and he
extends his search for the characters if Miska has been sealed or the Rod of Seven Parts is gone. Characters who keep their presence hidden have
enough time to take a short rest. If the characters do something more noticeable to alert Kas first—such as collapsing Hurricane Tower—Kas comes
for a fight sooner. In either case, see the “Fighting Kas” section later in the chapter.

Cliffside Redoubt

ARTIST: CRAIG J SPEARING

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 13/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

THE VAMPIRE KAS REFUSES TO TOLERATE ANY INTERRUPTIONS TO HIS

PLANS TO RUIN VECNA AND CLAIM THE MULTIVERSE FOR HIS OWN

Kas makes his lair inside the cliff below Carapace Ridge. This cliffside redoubt gives Kas a place to plan, organize excursions against the forces of
Lolth, and brood about how long it’s taking Miska to free himself.

Although the characters might encounter the vampire in his redoubt, they might also draw him out by changing the tides of war. Unless the characters
draw him out by collapsing Hurricane Tower, sealing Miska away, or some other effective strategy, Kas waits in the redoubt for Miska to emerge.

Redoubt Features

The following features are common throughout the cliffside redoubt.

Ceilings
Ceilings within the redoubt are 12 feet high.

Forbiddance
The redoubt’s interior is warded by a permanent Forbiddance spell. The ward deals necrotic damage to Celestials and Fey who enter the redoubt.

Lighting
The redoubt’s interior is dark. Area descriptions assume the characters have a light source or some other means of seeing in the dark.

Respite from the Winds

The winds of Pandemonium are distantly audible within the redoubt. They don’t impede hearing within the redoubt.

Ventilation Tubes
Hidden ventilation tubes less than a half-inch in diameter draw fresh air from the cliffside into the redoubt. The holes keep out Pandemonium’s
whipping winds and allow Kas to come and go from within the redoubt in the mist form granted by his Change Shape bonus action. A character
examining the cliffside must succeed on a DC 20 Intelligence (Investigation) check to spot the ventilation holes from the exterior; they’re obvious in
area F3.

Cliffside Redoubt Locations

The following locations are keyed to map 10.4.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 14/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 10.4: CLIFFSIDE REDOUBT

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

F1: Upper Bunker

A squat stone and metal bunker protrudes from the clifftop. Demon attackers are battering the stone walls and the thick metal door, but the door seems to be
holding.

Lolth’s forces batter at this bunker to reach Kas, who is lower in the redoubt. A citadel spider (see appendix A) attacks the structure while four driders
direct its efforts. They expect retaliation from Miska’s forces and are quick to attack unfamiliar creatures. If Lolth’s forces were routed due to
Camlash’s defeat, the four driders are gone but the citadel spider remains to stubbornly bash at the bunker. It attacks anyone who comes near.

The dented metal door doesn’t open with any amount of pulling or pushing, since it’s anchored from the inside with metal bars driven into metal
frames. The area beyond the door is included in the redoubt’s Forbiddance effect, so teleportation into the bunker fails. The door has AC 22, 75 hit
points, and immunity to poison and psychic damage.

The bunker contains a narrow set of stairs descending 200 feet into Kas’s chamber (area F3).

F2: Lower Entrance

A cracked stone portico extends from a solid stone door set into the cliffside a few feet above the beach. Broken pillars around the portico are carved with
demonic forms, blurred by scouring sand. Rubble is all that remains of the portico’s collapsed roof.

A raklupis spyder-fiend named Kalzak and three phisarazu spyder-fiends (for both stat blocks, see appendix A) keep guard here. Kalzak uses
Disguise Self to maintain the form of a white-haired and bearded human ascetic leaning against a pillar. The phisarazus are disguised as crabs

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 15/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

scuttling around the rubble, keeping watch while looking innocuous among the harmless crabs native to the beach.

If the characters reseal Miska in the Ruinous Citadel, Kalzak orders the phisarazus to remain on guard and then leaves to seize a higher position
among the squabbling raklupises. One phisarazu stands in front of the door in its normal form while the other two continue their ruse of being
mundane crabs.

Kalzak received this unfavorable posting due to his recent failed assault at Carapace Ridge. He’s determined to follow Miska’s order that no one enter
Kas’s redoubt. Kalzak engages in delaying conversation to give the phisarazus time to scuttle into position for an attack, uttering odd prophecies such
as “When the winds blowing from chaos bring order, the lawmakers must falter.”

The door opens with a noisy groan, revealing a small room and staircase leading 200 feet up the cliffside into the central chamber (area F3). Kas
comes and goes from this entrance when he doesn’t use the ventilation holes.

F3: Central Chamber

This wide chamber has ascending stairs at one end and descending stairs at the other. The shrunken, bloodless corpses of four people and two driders surround a
stone throne in the room’s center. One wall bears a series of tiny holes, through which the wailing winds of Pandemonium are distantly audible.

Unless the characters encountered him elsewhere, Kas the Betrayer (see appendix B) broods here on his throne. He feasted on the corpses and
drained their bodies of blood. See the “Fighting Kas” section below for information about running this confrontation.

The holes are ventilation tubes less than a half-inch wide that wind through the cliffside.

Treasure. A human corpse bears a platinum medallion of Lolth’s symbol with dazzling diamonds at the end of each spider’s foot (worth 3,000 gp). A
drider corpse wears a bandolier woven of solidified shadow worth 30,000 gp. The bandolier holds two Potions of Healing (supreme) and a Spell
Scroll of Seeming.

Fighting Kas

The characters encounter Kas the Betrayer in one of three places: in area X2 of Hurricane Tower after toppling the structure, in area Y7 of the Ruinous
Citadel after sealing Miska away, or in area F3 of the cliffside redoubt.
ARTIST: EKATERINA BURMAK

AT YOUR DISCRETION, THE CHARACTERS

MIGHT HAVE FOUND THE LEGENDARY
SWORD OF KAS IN THIS ADVENTURE

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 16/17
24/5/24, 3:55 p.m. La Guerra de Pandesmos - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Kas spares only a few moments to belittle the characters before he draws his sword and attacks. Throughout the battle, he taunts them for being
“Mordenkainen’s good little puppets.” If the characters had trouble recovering any piece of the Rod of Seven Parts, Kas mocks them for those specific
failures, saying they can’t even dance on puppet strings properly.

Kas doesn’t think he has anything to fear from the Chime of Exile, and he’s initially correct. The characters must reduce Kas to 50 hit points or fewer
before they can banish him to Tovag, his Domain of Dread.

If the characters banish Kas back to Tovag, a fissure opens in the air behind him and pulls him through. Visible within the rift is a smoky, red-tinged
skyline full of mountains.

Kas’s Secret. As Kas is pulled back to Tovag, the characters’ links to Vecna flare. The links’ magic tears Kas’s last great secret from his mind: Vecna is
currently in the Cave of Shattered Reflection. If the characters are on the verge of killing Kas, the vampire tells the characters Vecna’s location in an
attempt to save his life. It’s up to the characters what happens to Kas next.

Learning Vecna’s location counts as a secret for the purposes of the Power of Secrets rules, and it allows the characters to move on to the next
chapter of the adventure.

Next Steps

Once the characters learn the location of Vecna’s ritual from Kas, they can continue to the final chapter of this adventure.

Depending on the characters’ actions, the war between Lolth’s forces and Miska’s demons might be over. If the characters haven’t defeated one or
both generals, they can choose to remain in Pandesmos to do so before moving on to confront Vecna.

We have updated our terms and conditions. Click the link to learn more.

SUPPORT ABOUT FIND US ON SOCIALS D&D BEYOND APP

Help Portal Contact Us

Support Forum Careers
Don't Sell or Share Wizards of the Coast
My Info
Cookies

© 2017-2024 WIZARDS OF THE COAST LLC | ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, the dragon ampersand, and all other Wizards
of the Coast product names, campaign settings, their respective logos, and The World's Greatest POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
Roleplaying Game are © and trademark Wizards of the Coast in the U.S.A. and other countries. © 2024
Wizards.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/the-war-of-pandesmos 17/17
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAP. 10: LA GUERRA DE PANDESMOS APÉNDICE A: BESTIARIO

Capítulo 11: Víspera de la Ruina

ARTIST: KIERAN YANNER

VECNA ​CASI HA TERMINADO DE TEJER SU RITUAL DE REHACER.

LOS HÉROES SON LA ÚNICA ESPERANZA DEL MULTIVERSO.

Para derrotar a Vecna ​y salvar el multiverso, los personajes deben llegar a la Cueva del Reflejo Destrozado en Pandesmos e interrumpir el ritual de
Vecna. Antes de eso, los personajes deben navegar por los semiplanos que Vecna ​ya ha creado y encontrar una manera de acceder a la cámara ritual
del dios exánime.

Ejecutando este capítulo

Los personajes pueden regresar al santuario en Sigil para descansar y conferenciar con Alustriel y Tasha antes de dirigirse a la Cueva del Reflejo
Destrozado. Si los personajes no regresan al santuario, encontrarán el camino a la cueva sin problemas desde su posición en Pandesmos.

La mayor parte de este capítulo tiene lugar en Vecna's Grasp, una pequeña red de cuevas donde los personajes deben desmantelar tres irrealidades
demiplanares que insinúan los planes de Vecna ​para remodelar el multiverso. Cada semiplano contiene un encuentro o una breve secuencia de
exploración. Los personajes pueden desmantelar estos semiplanos en cualquier orden, así que lee las tres secciones (el “ Tormento de Kas ”, “ El
nuevo rey de Neverwinter ” y “ Dioses muertos ”) antes de ejecutar este capítulo.

Una vez que los personajes desmantelan las tres irrealidades demiplanares, pueden avanzar a través de una nueva apertura en Vecna's Grasp que
conduce a la Cueva del Reflejo Destrozado.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 1/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Avance del personaje

Los personajes deben tener nivel 20 cuando comience este capítulo.

El poder de los secretos

Los personajes pueden utilizar los secretos no utilizados que han recopilado a lo largo de esta aventura en su enfrentamiento final con Vecna .
Consulte la sección “ Cueva del reflejo destrozado ” más adelante en este capítulo para obtener más información.

Reunión en Sigil

Al final del capítulo 10 , los personajes se enteraron de que Vecna ​está realizando su ritual en un sitio en Pandesmos llamado la Cueva del Reflejo
Destrozado. En algún momento después de esta revelación, los personajes reciben un mensaje a través de un hechizo de envío de Alustriel
ofreciendo brindar más ayuda una vez que los personajes estén listos. Si los personajes no planean regresar a Sigil, anímalos a hacerlo.

Si los personajes regresan al santuario en Sigil, Alustriel y Tasha transmiten la siguiente información:

Demiplanes. Alustriel and Tasha know that Vecna’s plans for the multiverse hinge on the potent secrets he has collected. Vecna has already used
these secrets to create three demiplanes that are reachable from a small cave network in Pandesmos called Vecna’s Grasp. To reach the Cave of
Shattered Reflection, the characters must first destroy these demiplanes, which are the lich-god’s early attempts to remake reality. The demiplanes
are harbingers of what’s to come if Vecna isn’t stopped.

Ending Unrealities. Each of Vecna’s three demiplanes is an “unreality” constructed from a specific secret. The secret is represented by a unique item
in the unreality called a “manifested secret.” Alustriel and Tasha don’t know the details of these manifested secrets, but they assume the items appear
as important objects and bear the lich-god’s symbol: a shriveled hand clutching an eye. To dismantle an unreality, a character must find its manifested
secret, touch the item to focus the power of their Vecna’s Link into it, and infuse the item with potent magic from an artifact such as the Rod of Seven
Parts or a high-level spell. (See the “Dismantling an Unreality” section for more information.)

Teleportation Ward. A crystalline barrier surrounding the Cave of Shattered Reflection wards against teleportation magic. To reach the cave, the
characters must first travel to Vecna’s Grasp. Thanks to their supernatural connection to Vecna, the characters can teleport to Vecna’s Grasp from
anywhere in the multiverse.

Vecna’s Grasp

Vecna’s Grasp is a cave network in Pandesmos. Other than Vecna, only the characters can reach this cave network—and only because they carry
Vecna’s Links. No portal is needed to get them there; the characters need only think about entering Vecna’s Grasp, and the power of their Vecna’s
Links will transport them directly to area E1. From Vecna’s Grasp, the characters can reach Vecna’s demiplanar unrealities and dismantle them,
causing the large crystal at the center of Vecna’s Grasp to disintegrate and leaving a pit in the floor that leads to the Cave of Crystal Reflection.

Unrealities

The unrealities connected to Vecna’s Grasp are manifestations of Vecna’s plans to remake the multiverse. These potent demiplanes exist outside
time and space. Each unreality is dangerous, both in the immediate sense while the characters explore it and in the long term for the denizens of the
multiverse.

The characters can reach an unreality by traveling down one of the three tunnels in Vecna’s Grasp. Once the characters enter an unreality, the only
way for them to leave is by finding and touching the demiplane’s manifested secret, then injecting the manifested secret with enough magic to
dismantle the unreality.

Manifested Secrets
Each unreality section notes the unreality’s manifested secret. This is a secret that Vecna made foundational to his plan to reshape the part of the
multiverse the unreality depicts. Each unreality’s manifested secret is represented by an object that, although not “real” in the characters’ reality, looks
real in the demiplane and bears Vecna’s symbol.

Locating the Manifested Secret. An unreality’s manifested secret is an important item integral to the unreality. Whenever a character is in an unreality,
the manifested secret’s symbol of Vecna glows with purple light. The character can see this glow at any distance and through solid objects. The
closer the character gets to the unreality’s secret, the brighter the symbol glows. When the characters are near the manifested secret, they
instinctually know how to dismantle that unreality.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 2/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Dismantling an Unreality
To dismantle an unreality, at least one character must touch the unreality’s manifested secret. Meanwhile, the same or a different character must do
one of the following:

Expend 1 charge of the Rod of Seven Parts

Expend a spell slot of 7th level or higher

As soon as the charge or spell slot is expended, the unreality disappears. The demiplane melts away, fades into nothingness, or shatters into
countless fragments, making it clear it has been dismantled.

When a demiplane is dismantled, everything inside it is destroyed except for the characters, who are teleported to the mouth of the unreality’s
corresponding tunnel in Vecna’s Grasp. Thereafter, that unreality’s tunnel no longer reflects images of the unreality, and after 50 feet, the tunnel
terminates at a featureless, obsidian wall.

After all three unrealities are dismantled, the crystals in area E1 shatter, clearing the way to the Cave of Shattered Reflection, which is described later
in this chapter.

Vecna’s Grasp Features

Areas in Vecna’s Grasp have the following features.

Ceilings
The ceiling is 40 feet high in area E1 and 10 feet high in the tunnels leading away from that cavern.

Lighting
Areas E1 and E2 of Vecna’s Grasp are unlit. Area descriptions assume the characters have a light source or some other means of seeing in the dark.
Unrealities in E2 have bright light.

No Teleportation
As long as Vecna is conducting his ritual, teleportation magic doesn’t function in this place or any of the connected demiplanes. There is an exception
to this rule: thanks to their Vecna’s Links, once the characters learn about the existence of Vecna’s Grasp, each of them can use an action to transport
themself to or from area E1, provided the location they’re coming from or traveling to isn’t one of Vecna’s demiplanar unrealities or the Cave of
Shattered Reflection.

Walls and Floors

Vecna’s Grasp is composed of magically reinforced obsidian. Each 5-foot-square section of obsidian has AC 20, a damage threshold of 30, 60 hit
points, and immunity to poison and psychic damage.

Vecna’s Grasp Locations

These locations are keyed to map 11.1.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 3/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 11.1: VECNA’S GRASP

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

E1: Kaleidoscopic Cavern

Characters who use the magic of Vecna’s Link to transport to Vecna’s Grasp appear in this chamber. Read the following to set the scene:

You appear before a thirty-foot-wide mass of translucent purple crystals embedded in the floor of a large obsidian cavern. Some of the crystal faces reflect
distorted images of the cavern, while others flicker with scenes of the lich-god Vecna visiting destruction on distant worlds.

Three tunnels branch off the perimeter of the cavern. Obsidian crystal faces at the entrance to each tunnel show scenes similar to those on the central crystals.

Characters who examine the central crystals see that they seal an enormous hole in the cave floor like a cork. This hole leads down to the Cave of
Shattered Reflection, but the characters can’t bypass the crystals or make their descent until they explore the side tunnels (areas E2a–E2c) and
destroy the demiplanes connected to them.

E2: Unreality Tunnels

Each of the three tunnels in Vecna’s Grasp connects to a different demiplanar unreality. A tunnel’s walls reflect vague, phantasmagoric scenes of the
unreality at the tunnel’s far end.

A creature can walk up to 50 feet down a tunnel and remain in Vecna’s Grasp. To the creature, the tunnel appears to go on forever. After 50 feet, the
creature passes an imperceptible threshold. Crossing that point causes the creature to leave the tunnel and appear in the tunnel’s corresponding
unreality. The link is one-way, so the creature can’t leave the unreality and return to the tunnel.

E2a. Images of Kas the Betrayer flicker on the walls of this tunnel. In each reflection, Vecna torments Kas, who appears powerless against the evil
god. Characters who cross the threshold appear in the unreality described in the “Torment of Kas” section.

E2b. Hazy scenes of civil unrest—peasants rioting, buildings burning, and soldiers enforcing martial law—reflect in the walls of this tunnel. A character
who studies the images recognizes they take place in Neverwinter. Characters who cross the threshold appear in the unreality described in the
“Neverwinter’s New King” section.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 4/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

E2c. This tunnel’s walls flash violent scenes of Vecna slaying, dominating, and imprisoning other gods in the vast emptiness of the Astral Sea. A
character proficient in the Religion skill recognizes these deities. Characters who cross the threshold appear in the unreality described in the “Dead
Gods” section.

Torment of Kas
ARTIST: ROBSON MICHEL

WHEN VECNA REMAKES THE MULTIVERSE, HE’LL PUNISH KAS WITH AN ETERNITY OF SUFFERING

When the characters cross the threshold in area E2a, they appear in an alternate reality of Oerth, where Vecna has captured and imprisoned his
archrival, Kas the Betrayer.

Read the following to describe the scene:

Your feet sink into the mucky basin of a sprawling wasteland. The shattered remains of trees, roads, and whole mountain ranges dot the barren landscape. In the
distance, a lone castle is silhouetted against the crimson horizon. Two hulking figures wander around the structure.

This unreality depicts Keoland, Kas’s homeland on Oerth, as Vecna envisions it for his new multiverse. In this version, the entire nation has been
transformed into an inhospitable hellscape. The ruined structure in the distance is all that remains of a castle Kas once called home and is the
unreality’s only noteworthy structure. The sun hangs along the horizon.

The unreality distorts distance such that characters who move toward the castle seem to get farther away from it. However, if all the characters move
toward the hanging sun, the castle seems to move closer to them. Only by moving toward the sun can they reach the castle, which is a trek that takes
1 hour on foot.

If the players can’t figure out how to reach the castle, have the characters make a DC 15 Intelligence (Arcana) check to recall that this unreality is a
reflection of Vecna’s hatred of Kas; as a vampire, Kas would loathe and fear the sun, so the sun is the key to witnessing Kas’s torment.

When the characters reach the castle, read the following:

Aside from a few antechambers, this once-impressive castle has been reduced to scorched rubble. Two hulking, bipedal creatures covered in spikes and smeared
with blood stalk the castle’s bailey.

Castle Locations

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 5/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The following locations are keyed to map 11.2.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

MAP 11.2: TORMENT OF KAS

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

K1: Ruined Bailey

The hulking figures the characters saw from afar are two cadaver collectors (see appendix A). The monstrous war machines sift through the rubble
of this ruined courtyard for remains. They attack creatures on sight, eager to add more corpses to their collections.

K2: Statues of Vecna

Six statues of Vecna in lordly poses stand along the edges of this open-air walkway.

Each statue is a Medium object with AC 13, 20 hit points, and immunity to poison and psychic damage.

If a creature deals damage to a statue, each creature in the unreality must make a DC 15 Wisdom saving throw as psychic shock waves ripple
throughout the unreality, taking 11 (2d10) psychic damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.

K3: Receiving Room

An armored knight with red, glowing eyes stands on the dais at the far end of this vaulted chamber.

The armored figure is a death knight who stands guard in this ruined hall. It is indifferent toward creatures that enter this chamber and hostile toward
creatures that try to leave area K4 or K5. As soon as it sees a creature leave area K4 or K5, the death knight moves to intercept and slay the escapees.

K4: Fountain of Blood

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 6/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Stagnant blood fills the basin of an old fountain at the center of this chamber. The tranquil surface seems to reflect something odd.

Vecna included this fountain of blood in his unreality to taunt Kas, who knows it’s here but can’t drink from it while chained in area K5. If the Kas in
this unreality is destroyed, the fountain activates, causing another imagined Kas to emerge from the burbling liquid mere moments later. Kas is then
supernaturally teleported into area K5, where he is shackled as described below. In Vecna’s version of the multiverse, even oblivion offers his archrival
no respite.

Vision of Vecna. If the characters look at the surface of the fountain’s liquid, they see a glimpse of Vecna conducting his ritual in the Cave of
Shattered Reflection. A character who examines the reflection sees Vecna kneeling in a crystal-lined chamber. The lich-god’s eye is closed as he
murmurs silent incantations. In his outstretched hand, Vecna holds a volatile, light-consuming orb of magical energy that resembles a black hole. The
reflection in the fountain is illusionary; Vecna can’t interact with any creature in this chamber, and vice versa.

K5: Kas’s Chamber

The unmistakable form of Kas sits hunched in the far corner of this dank, stone room. Each of the vampire’s limbs is shackled to a ten-foot-long adamantine chain,
with all four chains fastened to a large adamantine ball. Kas’s attention is focused on the tattered tapestries and ruined fixtures adorning the chamber’s crumbling
walls. Slung on his back is a magnificent sword, the hilt of which is emblazoned with a glowing symbol of Vecna.

This is Vecna’s imagined version of Kas the Betrayer (see appendix B). Unlike the real Kas, whom the characters encountered in the previous chapter,
this imagined Kas is despondent and has no interest in fighting. Kas doesn’t recognize the characters and is open to speaking with them, though he is
bored by any topic of conversation that doesn’t involve his own predicament. As long as he is shackled, Kas’s speed is 5 feet, and he is unable to
leave the room. The ball he’s shackled to can’t be moved, even by magical means.

This Kas doesn’t know he’s not real and can’t comprehend the notion, but he understands that Vecna doomed him to this prison. He doesn’t realize
that this shattered keep was once his home on Oerth. Like the real Kas, this one bears an intense hatred toward Vecna, though in this form he is
powerless against the archlich.

Manifested Secret

In Vecna’s twisted unreality, Kas is shackled with his legendary sword, but he is forever unable to use it. The Sword of Kas is this unreality’s
manifested secret.

Kas willingly lets a character take the Sword of Kas if convinced the characters can destroy Vecna, better yet, if convinced that relinquishing his
weapon will enable him to destroy Vecna someday. A character can make a DC 25 Charisma (Persuasion) check to try to convince Kas using either
line of reasoning. If the characters fail to persuade him to relinquish the sword, Kas snarls and insults them, but he won’t fight. If a character tells Kas
that his prison is actually a shattered version of his home in Keoland, Kas howls in fury and gives over his sword immediately, asking the characters to
take down Vecna.

The characters can dismantle this unreality by touching the sword and performing one of the actions detailed in the “Dismantling an Unreality”
section earlier in this chapter.

Neverwinter’s New King

ARTIST: CRAIG J SPEARING

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 7/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

VECNA PLANS TO TURN LORD NEVEREMBER INTO A DEATH KNIGHT WHO WILL SUBJUGATE THE CITY’S POPULATION

When the characters cross the threshold in area E2b, they appear in an unreality where Vecna commands control over the city of Neverwinter in
Faerûn.

In this unreality, Vecna turned Lord Neverember into a loyal death knight and iron-fisted tyrant. Neverember has turned his servants into wights and
his opponents into dust.

Read the following when the characters arrive in the Neverwinter unreality:

A regal figure clad in menacing spiked armor stands on the balcony of a castle ten feet above the city square. Four sets of gallows are lined up in the center of the
square. The armored figure’s features are shrouded in black shadow. Fitted on the figure’s head is a striking golden crown, the front of which is emblazoned with a
glowing symbol of Vecna.

Throughout the square, terrified citizens gawk at the king with tearful, disbelieving eyes. Beneath the balcony, twelve armored, desiccated figures stand guard and
keep the crowd from advancing any closer.

Map 11.3 depicts this location.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 8/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 11.3: NEVERWINTER SQUARE

If the characters make their presence known, Lord Neverember orders the twelve wights below the balcony to apprehend the characters and place
them in the gallows. Lord Neverember doesn’t join the fight unless the wights are destroyed or the characters attack him.

If a character tells the awestruck crowd that Lord Neverember is not the rightful ruler of Neverwinter and succeeds on a DC 15 Charisma (Persuasion)
check, the mob breaks into a violent frenzy. In this case, the mob distracts the wights so the characters can focus their attention on Lord Neverember.

Lord Neverember (use the death knight stat block) is unwilling to part with his crown; he fights the characters to withhold the symbol of his rulership.

Manifested Secret

The secret that Lord Neverember is not the rightful ruler of Neverwinter is represented by Vecna’s symbol emblazoned on Neverember’s crown. The
characters can dismantle this unreality by touching the crown and performing one of the actions detailed in the “Dismantling an Unreality” section
earlier in this chapter. A character can touch the crown only while Lord Neverember has the incapacitated condition or after he has been destroyed.
Magic can’t lift the crown from Lord Neverember’s head while he has at least 1 hit point.

Dead Gods

ARTIST: LUCA BANCONE

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 9/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

AN ASTRAL DREADNOUGHT CONSUMES A DEAD GOD IN VECNA’S NEW REALITY

When the characters cross the threshold in area E2c, they appear in an unreality where Vecna has usurped the power of every other god in the
multiverse and scattered the dead gods’ bones across the Astral Sea.

Read aloud the following when the characters arrive:

You float amid a vast void speckled with distant silvery lights. All around you are the floating remains of enormous stone corpses. Nearby, a monstrous behemoth
resembling a horned, serpentine lobster drifts slowly through a patch of debris. The creature groans in agony, its one eye darting around in confusion. Vecna’s
unholy symbol glows faintly from within the behemoth’s immense torso. Six spherical pests—each with a single eye and gaping maw—gnash at the behemoth’s
flanks.

The behemoth is a dying astral dreadnought that’s being preyed on by six eye mongers (see appendix A for both stat blocks). The dreadnought has
only 150 hit points remaining, it has no remaining uses of its Legendary Resistance trait, and its flying speed is reduced to 20 feet until its hit points
are fully restored. The eye mongers focus their attacks on the astral dreadnought unless the characters stop them.

The astral dreadnought is called Arekanz. Arekanz has been consuming dead gods, but in this unreality, Vecna spitefully cursed the gods’ remains to
contaminate the dreadnought and induce its certain death. Arekanz is suffering the effects of the curse. It is so wracked with pain that it doesn’t
defend itself except to use its Donjon Visit legendary action.

A character who succeeds on a DC 15 Intelligence (Arcana) check recognizes Arekanz as an astral dreadnought, a creature that has a demiplane
where its stomach should be. Everything the dreadnought swallows ends up there. The character also knows that if the dreadnought dies, the
demiplane inside it will be destroyed, leaving everything in it to float aimlessly in the Astral Sea.

Blue Feather of Habbakuk

Within Arekanz’s demiplanar donjon is a blue phoenix feather marked with the symbol of Vecna unreality’s manifested secret. In this unreality, this
single feather is all that remains of Habbakuk, a god on the world of Krynn and one of the many gods Vecna intends to destroy as part of his ritual.
Any character with proficiency in the Religion skill recognizes the feather as the remains of Habbakuk. The characters must retrieve the blue phoenix
feather so they can use it to dismantle this unreality.

Arekanz’s Donjon Locations

In this unreality, before Vecna slew his rival deities and fed their remains to Arekanz, the archlich turned each rival to stone. From where creatures first
appear in Arekanz’s demiplanar donjon, the shattered remains of these deities stand between the party and the unreality’s manifested secret to the
east.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 10/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The following locations are keyed to map 11.4.

ARTIST: DYSON LOGOS

MAP 11.4: AREKANZ’S DONJON

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

G1: Crumbling Mound

Characters who end up in Arekanz’s demiplanar donjon arrive here.

You stand among hills made from the half-digested bodies of countless deities. A deep valley separates two of these hills and stretches as far as can be seen in
either direction. Under your feet, the ground shifts as mounds of scree continuously collapse into the valley.

The area of the hazardous scree is marked with dotted lines on the map. When any creature takes a step on the scree, the scree collapses. That
creature and any other creatures within the marked area must succeed on a DC 13 Dexterity saving throw or fall down the cliff and onto the floor of
the valley 100 feet below, taking 35 (10d6) bludgeoning damage.

G2: Sword Bridge

The colossal, iron longsword of some legendary being was cast unceremoniously onto the ground here, creating an improvised crossing over the valley.

Three eye mongers (see appendix A) swallowed by Arekanz lurk below the sword. They attack any characters who cross the sword bridge.

G3: Horror’s Fissure

An wide fissure runs east to west between the sword bridge and a tall shrine.

The fissure is 30 feet deep. As the characters approach, it shudders as a cosmic horror (see appendix A) slithers out of it from the east to feast on
the characters’ minds and bodies.

G4: Shrine of Habbakuk

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 11/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
The tall stone statue at the center of this shrine depicts a cobalt-blue biped with a humanlike body, avian features, and vestments decorated with phoenix
iconography. Embedded in the statue’s sternum is a blue phoenix feather emblazoned with the glowing symbol of Vecna.

The statue reflects Habbakuk, a god of animals and druids revered widely on the world of Krynn.

Manifested Secret

The characters can dismantle this unreality by touching the feather and performing one of the actions detailed in the “Dismantling an Unreality”
section earlier in this chapter.

If the astral dreadnought dies while the characters are searching its demiplanar donjon for the manifested secret, the demiplane ceases to exist, and
everything inside it appears around the dreadnought’s corpse, including the characters and the feather. A character who spends 1 hour sifting through
the ejected detritus finds the feather.

Cave of Shattered Reflection

Once the characters have dismantled all three demiplanes connected to Vecna’s Grasp, the large crystals in area E1 shatter to dust, opening the way
to Vecna’s ritual chamber: a mythic cavern called the Cave of Shattered Reflection. In existence since the earliest days of the multiverse, the cavern
has the ability to harness beings’ life force and reveal fundamental truths to those inside. Here, Vecna twists the powers of the cave to fuel his ritual
to unravel the multiverse and remake it to his specifications.

Cave Features

The Cave of Shattered Reflection has the following features, as shown on map 11.5.

Crystal Walls
Most of the walls are made of a translucent, purple crystal that is immune to all damage. Creatures on opposite sides of a crystal wall can see each
other vaguely, provided they are both within 5 feet of the wall. Sound, including the sound made by the Chime of Exile, can’t pass through crystal
walls.

Diamond Doors
Portals made of translucent, solid diamond are set into the crystal walls. Creatures on opposite sides of a diamond door can see each other vaguely,
provided they are both within 5 feet of the door.
ARTIST: BRIAN VALEZA

THE CAVE OF SHATTERED REFLECTION

IS DOTTED WITH DIAMOND DOORS

With the exception of the door in area R2, each side of each diamond door is set with a large ruby, the other with a large sapphire. (These are depicted
on the map in red and blue, respectively.) Each side of the door is also etched with a sigil. This sigil matches the sigil on another door in the Cave of
Shattered Reflection. Map 11.5 shows five pairs of identical sigils, labeled A1 and A2, B1 and B2, C1 and C2, D1 and D2, and E1 and E2.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 12/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Teleporting between Sigils. When Vecna or a creature carrying Vecna’s Link touches a diamond door’s gemstone, the doorway teleports the creature
to the nearest unoccupied space next to the other door with a matching secret sigil.

The side of the destination doorway on which the creature appears depends on which gemstone the creature touched to teleport. If the touched
gemstone was a ruby, the creature appears on the side of the destination doorway set with a ruby. If the touched gemstone was a sapphire, the
creature appears on the side of the destination doorway set with a sapphire.

Lighting
The cave is bathed in eerie purple light, providing bright light.

Limited Teleportation
As long as Vecna is conducting his ritual, diamond doors are the only form of teleportation magic besides Vecna’s Fell Rebuke reaction that functions
in this place. The cave’s crystal walls don’t restrict where Vecna can teleport using Fell Rebuke, although he still must be able to see his destination.

Empowered by Secrets
In the Cave of Shattered Reflection, secrets are power. Depending on how many secrets the characters kept throughout this campaign, they might be
more powerful in this cave than they would otherwise be.

Before running this part of the adventure, refer to the tracking sheet in appendix C. Tally the number of secrets the party has learned, and write the
sum in the Total Secrets Learned box. Then add the number of secrets the characters traded for benefits, and write the sum in the Total Secrets
Revealed box. Subtract the Total Secrets Revealed from Total Secrets Learned and write the result in the Secrets Kept Box. Consult the Power of
Secrets table to determine what additional powers, if any, the characters have in the Cave of Shattered Reflection.

These powers are cumulative. For example, if the characters kept seven secrets, they start the encounter with inspiration and also can see clearly
through the cave’s crystal walls.

Power of Secrets

Secrets Kept Additional Power

0–2 —

3–6 Each character starts the encounter with inspiration.

7–10 Characters can see clearly through the cave’s crystal walls.

The first time each character enters the Cave of Shattered Reflection, the character benefits from the effects of the Haste spell for 1
11–14
minute. The characters don’t suffer from lethargy after the spell ends.

15–17 Characters have advantage on any Constitution saving throws made in the cave.

Cave Locations

These locations are keyed to map 11.5.

ARTIST: FRANCESCA BAERALD

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 13/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

MAP 11.5: CAVE OF SHATTERED REFLECTION

VIEW PLAYER VERSION

R1: Shattered Grotto

When the crystal mass in area E1 of Vecna’s Grasp shatters in front the characters, read the following:

The cave trembles as deep rents appear in the mass of purple crystals in the center of the room. With a tremendous crack, the crystals shatter, sending shards
flying. The destruction of the crystals reveals a deep pit. Screaming winds and ghastly ethereal wisps of neon-green light rise from the pit.

The pit is 500 feet deep. Its sides are composed of obsidian near the top and purple crystal closer to the bottom. The howling winds and lights are
expressions of Vecna’s hoarded secrets. The pit is filled with wind strong enough to blow out torches. Attack rolls in the pit have disadvantage due to
the wind.

Climbing down the pit’s smooth walls without climbing gear or magic is perilous. A creature must succeed on a DC 20 Strength (Athletics) check to
do so, falling to the bottom of the pit on a failed check.

The bottom of the pit is a flat, cylindrical chamber of smooth crystal. When the characters reach the bottom of the pit, two Undead monsters emerge
from the pit’s walls and attack the party. The monsters use the death knight stat block and represent potent secrets Vecna has hoarded.

One monster’s hands and arms drip with blood, representing a king who secretly murdered his sibling. The other monster has no facial features,
representing a famed individual who lied about their identity.

An opening on the east side of this area connects to area R2.

R2: Threshold

A wall of translucent, purple crystal divides this obsidian cavern in two, blocking the way toward the tunnel on the other side. You feel a faint but deeply unpleasant
hum coming from the tunnel.

Set in the middle of the crystal wall is a large, circular slab of lustrous white diamond. A glowing ruby is set into the diamond’s center. It looks uncannily like an
eyeball with a bloodred iris. An identical ruby is set into the opposite side of the diamond slab.

The first time a character comes within 5 feet of the crystal wall, a peculiar reflection of that character appears in the crystal. The reflection mirrors
the character’s appearance except for their face, which wears a twisted sneer. This is a mirror shade (see appendix A). It attacks the character once,
then flees to area R3.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 14/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Psychic Hum. The tunnel east of the door emanates an unpleasant humming sensation into creatures’ minds. Though painful, the hum doesn’t deal
damage. Once a character crosses the threshold to area R3, the hum intensifies in volume and begins to deal damage (see the “Amplified Hum”
section of area R3 below).

Diamond Door. The diamond door in this hall connects the two halves of this room. Vecna or a character carrying Vecna’s Link can teleport to the
opposite side of the door simply by touching the ruby set into the door’s diamond surface.

R3: Ritual Chamber

Floor-to-ceiling walls of purple crystal divide this broad cavern and cast thousands of disorienting reflections throughout it. Large doors made of solid diamond are
set into various walls. Each door has a large ruby or sapphire embedded in it.

As you enter the cave, the psychic hum intensifies, shaking you to the core. The hum is coming from somewhere in the crystal maze.

Four mirror shades (see appendix A) lurk within the crystal walls. (If the characters already destroyed the one in area R2, there are three mirror
shades in this chamber instead of four.) The mirror shades are servants of Vecna tasked with slaying intruders. The mirror shades use their Mirror
Movement trait to move through the crystal walls.

Amplified Hum. Any creature other than Vecna and his mirror shades that starts its turn here must succeed on a DC 20 Wisdom saving throw or take
5 (1d10) psychic damage.

Door Maze. The crystal walls divide the area into discrete chambers. To reach Vecna, the characters must use the diamond doors and figure out how
to reach the central chamber (labeled “Vecna” on map 11.5).

Ten diamond doors are set into the crystal walls. Each door has a ruby on one side and a sapphire on the other, and each door is etched with a sigil,
as described earlier in the “Diamond Doors” section. The doors, their gemstones, and the etched sigils—represented with labels—are marked on map
11.5.

Characters can teleport to Vecna’s central chamber by touching the ruby gemstone on one of the following doors: A2, B1, C1, D1. The characters
might need to use some trial and error to figure out which doors lead where. If the characters struggle, allow any character proficient in the Arcana or
Investigation skill to figure out which doors lead to where the characters want to go.

Confronting Vecna. Read the following when the characters enter the central chamber where Vecna weaves his ritual:

Levitating in the center of this crystal chamber is a skeletal person wearing kingly vestments: Vecna the Archlich. Vecna’s desiccated head is thrown back in
concentration. His wrinkled eyelids are closed, with one drooping over its empty socket. His shriveled lips are pulled back to reveal rotted teeth. Vecna spreads his
arms, one with a missing hand, and murmurs in a profane-sounding gibberish while a lightless orb swirls in front of his chest. It grows bigger by the moment.

Vecna the Archlich (see appendix B) is weaving his Ritual of Remaking. He is too focused to pay the characters any mind unless they confront him
directly. Vecna is funneling energy into the ritual in addition to the power of the secrets his cult gathered, so the lich is considerably less powerful than
he normally is. Unlike the characters, Vecna can move through this area as if its doors were normal.

To achieve victory, the characters must reduce Vecna to 50 hit points or fewer. A character then must use the Chime of Exile to target Vecna, which
requires a clear line of sight to him. If a character wields the complete Rod of Seven Parts in this encounter, that character feels the artifact’s yearning
to preserve the order of the multiverse and stop Vecna’s ritual. Each time a character strikes Vecna with the rod, Vecna takes an extra 35 (10d6)
psychic damage.

When the characters do this, read the following:

El timbre resuena en las paredes de cristal, ahogando el zumbido psíquico ambiental. Vecna, interrumpido su ritual, se agarra la cabeza y grita de agonía. Algo en
él se rompe y cae sin fuerzas al suelo. La cueva se vuelve un silencio sepulcral. El tiempo parece haberse detenido.

Entonces la caverna de cristal se hace añicos, abrumando tus sentidos. El cuerpo de Vecna ​cae en un vacío de tinta insondable justo antes de que tú también te
sumerjas en la extensión negra. Cuando vuelves en sí, te encuentras a la deriva entre un mar de estrellas.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 15/16
24/5/24, 4:20 p.m. Eve of Ruin - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

El Chime of Exile envía a Vecna ​a toda velocidad hacia su mundo natal

ARTIST: ZOLTÁN BOROS
de Oerth. Además, el cese repentino del ritual de Vecna ​provoca una
reacción en cadena que destruye la Cueva del Reflejo Destrozado y el
Agarre de Vecna. Todo excepto Vecna ​es succionado a través de un
portal al Mar Astral, que es donde se encuentran los personajes después.
Como para marcar el final de su búsqueda, el vínculo de Vecna ​de cada
personaje desaparece cuando se corta su conexión con el lich.

Conclusión

Con Vecna ​desterrado a Oerth y su ritual frustrado, los personajes han

salvado al multiverso de la ruina. (¡Si los personajes fallan, el multiverso
se convierte en un lugar realmente terrible!)

Los personajes que regresan al santuario en Sigil son recibidos por

Alustriel y Tasha, quienes inmediatamente comienzan a planificar una
magnífica celebración en honor a los actos heroicos de los personajes.

Aunque obstaculizada, Vecna ​está lejos de estar deshecha. Podría

intentar obstinadamente destruir y recrear el multiverso nuevamente, o
podría formular un nuevo plan para doblegar el cosmos a su voluntad. De
cualquier manera, pasará algún tiempo antes de que un nuevo grupo de
aventureros deba alzarse para derrotar al Archilich una vez más.

Hemos actualizado nuestros términos y condiciones . Haga clic en el enlace para obtener más información.

APOYO ACERCA DE ENCUÉNTRANOS EN LAS APLICACIÓN D&D MÁS ALLÁ

REDES SOCIALES
Portal de ayuda Contáctenos
Foro de soporte Carreras
No vendas ni magos de la costa
compartas mi
información
Galletas

© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/eve-of-ruin 16/16
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

CAP. 11: VÍSPERA DE LA RUINA APÉNDICE B: DOSSIER DE PERSONAJES

Apéndice A: Bestiario
Este apéndice describe las criaturas que aparecen en la aventura, presentándolas en orden alfabético. La introducción del Manual de monstruos
explica cómo leer el bloque de estadísticas de una criatura.

Abisais

Cada abishai fue alguna vez un mortal que de alguna manera se ganó el favor de Tiamat antes de morir. Como recompensa, el dios dragón
transformó al mortal en un demonio dracónico para servir a placer de Tiamat en los Nueve Infiernos.

Abishais representa los intereses de Tiamat en los Nueve Infiernos y en todo el multiverso. Algunos tienen tareas sencillas, como entregar mensajes
a los cultistas. Otros tienen mayores responsabilidades, como liderar grandes grupos, asesinar objetivos y servir en ejércitos. En todos los casos, los
abishais son fanáticamente leales y están dispuestos a dar sus vidas por Tiamat.

Abisai azul

Buscadores de tradiciones olvidadas y reliquias perdidas, los abishais azules son los más astutos y eruditos de su especie. Los abishais azules
saquean tomos por todo el universo. Utilizan el conocimiento que obtienen de estos libros para convertirse en lanzadores de hechizos consumados
y, con el poder que obtienen, devastan a los enemigos de Tiamat.

ABISAI AZUL Morder. Ataque con arma cuerpo a cuerpo: +8 para impactar, alcance 5 pies, un
Demonio mediano (diablo, mago), típicamente malvado legal objetivo. Impacto: 13 (2d10 + 2) de daño perforante más 14 (4d6) de daño por
rayo.
Clase de armadura 19 (armadura natural) Rayo. Ataque con hechizos a distancia: +12 para impactar, alcance 120 pies, un
Puntos de vida 202 (27d8 + 81) objetivo. Impacto: 36 (8d8) de daño por rayo.

Velocidad 30 pies, vuelo 50 pies. Lanzamiento de hechizos. El abishai lanza uno de los siguientes conjuros,
utilizando Inteligencia como aptitud de lanzamiento de conjuros (salvación de
conjuros CD 20):
FUE DEX ESTAFA
A voluntad: disfrazarse , mano de mago , ilusión menor
15 (+2) 14 (+2) 17 (+3)
2/día cada uno: Encantar persona , Disipar magia , Invisibilidad mayor , Muro de
fuerza
EN T SIO CHA
Acciones de bonificación
22 (+6) 23 (+6) 18 (+4)
Teletransportarse. El abishai se teletransporta, junto con cualquier equipo que
lleve o lleve, hasta 30 pies a un espacio desocupado que pueda ver.
Tiradas de salvación Int +12, Sab +12

Arcanos de Habilidades +12

Resistencias al daño frío; contundente, perforante y cortante de ataques no

mágicos que no son plateados

Inmunidad al daño fuego, rayos, veneno

Condición Inmunidades envenenadas

Sentidos visión en la oscuridad 120 pies, percepción pasiva 16

Idiomas Draconiano, Infernal, telepatía 120 pies.

Desafío 17 (18 000 XP) Bonificación de competencia +6

La vista del diablo. La oscuridad mágica no impide la visión en la oscuridad del

abishai .

Resistencia mágica. El abishai tiene ventaja en las tiradas de salvación contra

hechizos y otros efectos mágicos.

Comportamiento

Multiataque. El abishai realiza tres ataques de Mordisco o Rayo.

ARTIST: DANIEL LANDERMAN

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 1/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Abisai verde

Los abishais verdes son expertos en descubrir secretos y otra información confidencial. Utilizan sus habilidades diplomáticas y su magia para
manipular incluso a los oponentes más astutos.

ABISAI VERDE Multiataque. El abishai realiza dos ataques de Garra diabólica, o realiza un
Demonio mediano (diablo), típicamente malvado legal ataque de Garra diabólica y usa Lanzamiento de hechizos.

Fiendish Claw. Melee Weapon Attack: +8 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 12 (2d8
Clase de armadura 18 (armadura natural) + 3) force damage. If the target is a creature, it must succeed on a DC 16
Puntos de vida 195 (26d8 + 78) Constitution saving throw or take 16 (3d10) poison damage and have the
poisoned condition for 1 minute. The poisoned target can repeat the saving throw
Velocidad 30 pies, vuelo 40 pies. at the end of each of its turns, ending the effect on itself on a success.

Spellcasting. The abishai casts one of the following spells, requiring no material
FUE DEX ESTAFA components and using Charisma as the spellcasting ability (spell save DC 17):

12 (+1) 17 (+3) 16 (+3) At will: Alter Self, Major Image

3/day each: Charm Person, Detect Thoughts, Fear

EN T SIO CHA
1/day each: Confusion, Dominate Person, Mass Suggestion
17 (+3) 12 (+1) 19 (+4)

Tiradas de salvación Int +8, Car +9

Habilidades Engaño +9, Perspicacia +6, Percepción +6, Persuasión +9

Resistencias al daño frío; contundente, perforante y cortante de ataques no

mágicos que no son plateados

Daño Inmunidad fuego, veneno

Condición Inmunidades envenenadas

Sentidos visión en la oscuridad 120 pies, percepción pasiva 16

Idiomas Draconiano, Infernal, telepatía 120 pies.

Desafío 15 (13.000 XP) Bonificación de competencia +5

La vista del diablo. La oscuridad mágica no impide la visión en la oscuridad del

abishai .

Resistencia mágica. El abishai tiene ventaja en las tiradas de salvación contra

hechizos y otros efectos mágicos.

Comportamiento

ARTIST: DANIEL LANDERMAN

Red Abishai

Red abishais have no equals among the abishais when it comes to leadership ability and raw power. Red abishais lead other devils into battle or take
charge of troublesome cults to ensure that they continue to carry out Tiamat’s commands. The sight of a fearsome red abishai inspires its allies,
filling them with a fanatical willingness to fight.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 2/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

RED ABISHAI Magic Resistance. The abishai has advantage on saving throws against spells
Medium Fiend (Devil), Typically Lawful Evil and other magical effects.

Actions
Armor Class 22 (natural armor)

Hit Points 289 (34d8 + 136) Multiattack. The abishai makes one Bite attack and one Claw attack, and it can
use Frightful Presence or Incite Fanaticism.
Speed 30 ft., fly 50 ft.
Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +12 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 22 (3d10 + 6)
piercing damage plus 38 (7d10) fire damage.
STR DEX CON
Claw. Melee Weapon Attack: +12 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 17 (2d10 + 6)
23 (+6) 16 (+3) 19 (+4) force damage plus 11 (2d10) fire damage.

Frightful Presence. Each creature of the abishai’s choice that is within 120 feet of
INT WIS CHA it and aware of the abishai must succeed on a DC 18 Wisdom saving throw or
have the frightened condition for 1 minute. A creature can repeat the saving
14 (+2) 15 (+2) 19 (+4)
throw at the end of each of its turns, ending the effect on itself on a success. If a
creature’s saving throw is successful or the effect ends for it, the creature is
Saving Throws Str +12, Con +10, Wis +8 immune to the abishai’s Frightful Presence for the next 24 hours.

Skills Intimidation +10, Perception +8 Incite Fanaticism. The abishai chooses up to four other creatures within 60 feet
of itself that can see it. Until the start of the abishai’s next turn, each of those
Damage Resistances cold; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from nonmagical creatures makes attack rolls with advantage and can’t have the frightened
attacks that aren’t silvered condition.
Damage Immunities fire, poison Power of the Dragon Queen. The abishai targets one Dragon it can see within 120
Condition Immunities frightened, poisoned feet of itself. The Dragon must make a DC 18 Charisma saving throw. A
chromatic dragon makes this save with disadvantage. On a successful save, the
Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 18 target is immune to the abishai’s Power of the Dragon Queen for 1 hour. On a
Languages Draconic, Infernal, telepathy 120 ft. failed save, the target has the charmed condition for 1 hour. While charmed in
this way, the target regards the abishai as a trusted friend to be heeded and
Challenge 19 (22,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +6 protected. This effect ends if the abishai or its companions deal damage to the
target.
Devil’s Sight. Magical darkness doesn’t impede the abishai’s darkvision.

ARTIST: DANIEL LANDERMAN

Astral Dreadnought

Astral dreadnoughts haunt the silvery void of the Astral Plane and have been gliding through the astral mists since the dawn of the multiverse, trying
to devour all other creatures they encounter.

An astral dreadnought is covered from head to tail in layers of thick, spiked plates, and it has two gnarled limbs that end in magically enhanced pincer
claws. Constellations appear to swirl in the depths of its single eye, and its serpentine tail trails off into the silvery void.

Anything the dreadnought swallows is deposited in a unique demiplane: an enclosed space that contains eons’ worth of detritus, as well as the
remains of travelers. This demiplane, called a donjon, has gravity and breathable air, and organic matter decays there. When the dreadnought dies, its
demiplane vanishes, and the contents are released into the Astral Plane.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 3/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

ASTRAL DREADNOUGHT Sever Silver Cord. If the dreadnought scores a critical hit against a creature
Gargantuan Monstrosity (Titan), Unaligned traveling by means of the Astral Projection spell, the dreadnought can cut the
target’s silver cord instead of dealing damage.
Armor Class 20 (natural armor)
Actions
Hit Points 297 (17d20 + 119)
Multiattack. The dreadnought makes one Bite attack and two Claw attacks.
Speed 15 ft., fly 80 ft. (hover)
Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +16 to hit, reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 36 (5d10 + 9)
force damage. If the target is a Huge or smaller creature and this damage
STR DEX CON reduces it to 0 hit points or it has the incapacitated condition, the dreadnought
swallows it. The swallowed target, along with everything it is wearing and
28 (+9) 7 (−2) 25 (+7)
carrying, appears in an unoccupied space on the floor of the Demiplanar Donjon.

INT WIS CHA Claw. Melee Weapon Attack: +16 to hit, reach 20 ft., one target. Hit: 19 (3d6 + 9)
force damage.
5 (−3) 14 (+2) 18 (+4)
Legendary Actions

Saving Throws Dex +5, Wis +9 The dreadnought can take 3 legendary actions, choosing from the options below.
Only one legendary option can be used at a time and only at the end of another
Skills Perception +9 creature’s turn. The dreadnought regains spent legendary actions at the start of
Damage Resistances bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from nonmagical its turn.
attacks Claw. The dreadnought makes one Claw attack.
Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, paralyzed, petrified, Donjon Visit (Costs 2 Actions). One Huge or smaller creature that the
poisoned, prone, stunned dreadnought can see within 60 feet of itself must succeed on a DC 19 Charisma
Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 19 saving throw or be teleported to an unoccupied space on the floor of the
Demiplanar Donjon. At the end of the target’s next turn, it reappears in the space
Languages — it left or in the nearest unoccupied space if that space is occupied.
Challenge 21 (33,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +7 Psychic Projection (Costs 3 Actions). Each creature within 60 feet of the
dreadnought must make a DC 19 Wisdom saving throw, taking 26 (4d10 + 4)
Antimagic Cone. The dreadnought’s eye creates an area of antimagic, as in the psychic damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.
Antimagic Field spell, in a 150-foot cone. At the start of each of its turns, the
dreadnought decides which way the cone faces. The cone doesn’t function while
the eye is closed or if the dreadnought has the blinded condition.

Astral Entity. The dreadnought can’t leave the Astral Plane, nor can it be banished
or otherwise transported from that plane.

Demiplanar Donjon. Anything the dreadnought swallows is transported to a

demiplane that can be entered by no other means except a Wish spell or the
dreadnought’s Bite or Donjon Visit. A creature can leave the demiplane only by
using magic that enables planar travel, such as the Plane Shift spell. The
demiplane resembles a stone cave roughly 1,000 feet in diameter with a ceiling
100 feet high. Like a stomach, it contains the remains of past meals. The
dreadnought can’t be harmed from within the demiplane. If the dreadnought dies,
the demiplane disappears, and everything inside it appears around the
dreadnought’s corpse. The demiplane is otherwise indestructible.

Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If the dreadnought fails a saving throw, it can

choose to succeed instead.

ARTIST: SIDHARTH CHATURVEDI

Black Rose Bearer

A black rose bearer is a rotting corpse animated by necromancers on Krynn to serve as a guardian. Its name derives from the preserved black rose
the bearer carries inside a delicate bell jar. The slightest jostle can cause the bearer to lose its grasp on the bell jar, destroying the jar and the flower
within.

Normally, a black rose bearer is sluggish and placid. It follows its creator’s orders and attacks intruders only languidly. If its rose is disturbed, however,
the black rose bearer bursts into furious violence, attacking indiscriminately.

A bearer’s black rose is an homage to the tyrannical Lord Soth, the most powerful death knight on Krynn, who was once a Solamnic Knight of the
Order of the Rose.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 4/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

BLACK ROSE BEARER Undead Fortitude. If damage reduces the bearer to 0 hit points, it must make a
Medium Undead, Typically Neutral Evil Constitution saving throw with a DC of 5 plus the damage taken, unless the
damage is radiant or from a critical hit. On a successful save, the bearer drops to
Armor Class 11 (natural armor) 1 hit point instead.

Hit Points 110 (13d8 + 52) Actions

Speed 20 ft. Multiattack. The bearer makes two Slam attacks.

Slam. Melee Weapon Attack: +6 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 12 (2d8 + 3)
STR DEX CON bludgeoning damage plus 11 (2d10) necrotic damage.

17 (+3) 6 (−2) 18 (+4)

INT WIS CHA

2 (−4) 10 (+0) 5 (−3)

Damage Immunities poison

Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, poisoned

Senses darkvision 60 ft., passive Perception 10

Languages understands the languages it knew in life but can’t speak

Challenge 6 (2,300 XP) Proficiency Bonus +3

Berserk. Whenever the bearer takes damage or makes a Strength or Dexterity

saving throw, roll a d6. On a 5 or 6, the bearer goes berserk. On each of its turns
while berserk, the bearer has advantage on melee attack rolls, it can Dash as a
bonus action, and it must attack the nearest creature it can see. If no creature is
near enough to move to and attack, the bearer attacks an object, with preference
for an object smaller than itself. Once the bearer goes berserk, it remains berserk
until it is destroyed or its creator gives it a pristine black rose.

ARTIST: HELGE C. BALZER

Blades of Eberron

In the aftermath of Eberron’s Last War, a warforged called the Lord of Blades rose to fill the power vacuum left in the devastated Mournland. The Lord
of Blades’ followers, known as blades, formed a cult of personality that deifies the Lord of Blades and preaches a bloody, jingoistic doctrine of
warforged superiority. The primary tenet of the blades is that non-warforged on the continent of Khorvaire must be slaughtered.

Blade Lieutenant

Blade lieutenants lead subordinates on raids on behalf of the Lord of Blades. Soldiers who fail to meet a lieutenant’s demands are harshly disciplined.

BLADE LIEUTENANT Languages Common

Medium Construct (Warforged), Typically Lawful Evil Challenge 9 (5,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +4

Armor Class 16 (natural armor)

Pack Tactics. The lieutenant has advantage on an attack roll against a creature if
Hit Points 153 (18d8 + 72) at least one of the lieutenant’s allies is within 5 feet of the creature and the ally
doesn’t have the incapacitated condition.
Speed 30 ft.
Actions
STR DEX CON Multiattack. The lieutenant makes three Longsword or Javelin Launcher attacks.

18 (+4) 13 (+1) 19 (+4) Longsword. Melee Weapon Attack: +8 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 17 (3d8 +
4) slashing damage, or 20 (3d10 + 4) slashing damage if used with two hands.
INT WIS CHA Javelin Launcher. Ranged Weapon Attack: +8 to hit, range 30/120 ft., one target.
Hit: 14 (3d6 + 4) piercing damage, and the target has the prone condition.
14 (+2) 14 (+2) 17 (+3)
Bonus Actions

Saving Throws Int +6, Cha +7 Command Ally. The lieutenant targets one ally it can see within 30 feet of itself. If
Skills Insight +6, Intimidation +7, Perception +6 the target can see or hear the lieutenant, the target can make one melee attack
using its reaction, if available, and has advantage on the attack roll.
Damage Resistances poison
Rally the Troops (1/Day). The lieutenant ends the charmed and frightened
Condition Immunities exhaustion, poisoned conditions on itself and each creature of its choice that it can see within 30 feet
Senses passive Perception 16 of itself.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 5/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Reactions Parry. The lieutenant adds 3 to its AC against one melee attack that would hit it.
To do so, the lieutenant must see the attacker and be wielding a melee weapon.

Blade Scout

Blade scouts are responsible for exploring and charting Mournland regions not yet claimed by the Lord of Blades’ legions.

BLADE SCOUT Challenge 7 (2,900 XP) Proficiency Bonus +3

Medium Construct (Warforged), Typically Lawful Evil
Pack Tactics. The scout has advantage on an attack roll against a creature if at
Armor Class 18 (natural armor) least one of the scout’s allies is within 5 feet of the creature and the ally doesn’t
have the incapacitated condition.
Hit Points 105 (14d8 + 42)
Actions
Speed 30 ft.
Multiattack. The scout makes three Armblade or Bolt Launcher attacks. It can
STR DEX CON replace one of the attacks with a use of Snare Trap.

Armblade. Melee Weapon Attack: +8 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 12 (2d6 +
14 (+2) 20 (+5) 16 (+3)
5) slashing damage.

INT WIS CHA Bolt Launcher. Ranged Weapon Attack: +8 to hit, range 80/320 ft., one target. Hit:
9 (1d8 + 5) piercing damage.
10 (+0) 19 (+4) 10 (+0)
Snare Trap (1/Day). The scout deploys a Tiny mechanical trap on a solid surface
within 5 feet of itself. The trap is hidden, requiring a successful DC 17 Intelligence
Saving Throws Dex +8, Wis +7 (Investigation) check to find. The trap lasts for 1 minute. Whenever an enemy
enters a space within 10 feet of the trap or starts its turn there, it must succeed
Skills Acrobatics +8, Perception +7, Stealth +8
on a DC 16 Dexterity saving throw or take 21 (6d6) piercing damage and have the
Damage Resistances poison prone condition. A creature makes this saving throw only once per turn.

Condition Immunities exhaustion, poisoned Bonus Actions

Senses passive Perception 17 Dash. The scout moves up to its speed without provoking opportunity attacks.
Languages Common

Blazebear

On the world of Eberron, many strange, magic-warped monsters have emerged from the depths of the war-wracked Mournland. The blazebear is one
such monster, so named for its hulking, ursine figure and the glow of its eyes. This glow is magical energy that saturates the blazebear’s entire body.
Swipes from a blazebear’s claws dole out painful wounds and can end spells, and its gaze can stun prey.

BLAZEBEAR Saving Throws Str +11, Cha +7

Large Monstrosity, Unaligned Skills Perception +5

Armor Class 14 (natural armor) Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 15

Hit Points 189 (18d10 + 90) Languages —

Speed 30 ft. Challenge 12 (8,400 XP) Proficiency Bonus +4

Magic Resistance. The blazebear has advantage on saving throws against spells
STR DEX CON
and other magical effects.
24 (+7) 17 (+3) 21 (+5) Mist Sight. The blazebear can see normally through heavily obscured areas
created by mist or fog, including areas created by spells such as Fog Cloud.
INT WIS CHA
Actions
3 (−4) 13 (+1) 16 (+3)

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 6/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Multiattack. The blazebear makes two Bite attacks. It can replace one attack with
Stunning Gaze if available.

Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +11 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 20 (2d12 + 7)
piercing damage plus 11 (2d10) force damage.

Stunning Gaze (Recharge 5–6). The blazebear targets two creatures it can see
within 120 feet of itself. Each target must succeed on a DC 15 Wisdom saving
throw or have the stunned condition until the start of the blazebear’s next turn.

Reactions

Antimagic Swipe. Melee Weapon Attack: +11 to hit, reach 10 ft., one creature
casting a spell of 3rd level or lower. Hit: 22 (4d10) force damage, and the target
must succeed on a DC 15 Intelligence saving throw or the spell fails and has no
effect.

ARTIST: LARS GRANT-WEST

Bone Roc
ARTIST: BRYNN METHENEY

BONE ROCS OFTEN SERVE AS FLYING MOUNTS FOR UNDEAD SOLDIERS

A bone roc is a birdlike Undead that can incorporate the bones of multiple flying creatures. Despite their name, bone rocs aren’t always reanimated
skeletons of rocs. You may customize a bone roc by rolling on the Bone Roc Sources table to determine the type of bones used and how that affects
its stat block.

Bone Roc Sources

d6 Bone Source

1 Axe Beak. The bone roc’s walking speed is 50 feet.

Cockatrice. A creature hit by the bone roc’s Beak attack must succeed on a DC 14 Constitution saving throw or have its speed reduced by 10
2
feet until the start of the bone roc’s next turn.

3 Giant Owl. The bone roc’s modifier for Dexterity (Stealth) checks is +8.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 7/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

d6 Bone Source

4 Peryton. The bone roc has resistance to slashing damage from nonmagical attacks.

5 Pteranodon. The bone roc doesn’t provoke an opportunity attack when it flies out of an enemy’s reach.

6 Roc. The bone roc’s size is Gargantuan, and its flying speed is 120 feet. Its Hit Dice remain unchanged.

BONE ROC Skills Perception +6

Huge Undead, Typically Neutral Evil Damage Vulnerabilities bludgeoning

Armor Class 15 Damage Immunities poison

Hit Points 133 (14d12 + 42) Condition Immunities exhaustion, poisoned

Speed 15 ft., fly 90 ft. Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 16

Languages —
STR DEX CON
Challenge 8 (3,900 XP) Proficiency Bonus +3
18 (+4) 20 (+5) 16 (+3)
Actions
INT WIS CHA Multiattack. The bone roc makes one Beak attack and two Talons attacks.

2 (−4) 17 (+3) 10 (+0) Beak. Melee Weapon Attack: +8 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 14 (2d8 + 5)
piercing damage.

Saving Throws Dex +8, Wis +6 Talons. Melee Weapon Attack: +8 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 12 (2d6 + 5)
slashing damage plus 10 (3d6) necrotic damage.

Borthak

Borthaks are irascible, wolflike behemoths that ravage northern wetlands and alpine fens on Krynn. Few mountain animals can challenge a borthak
physically. Its powerful jaws, acidic spittle, and lightning-quick tail make the borthak an apex predator in its home territory.

Luckily for most wetland dwellers, borthaks rarely congregate. Unluckily, a single borthak can wreak havoc on an entire ecosystem with its
supernatural ability to siphon heat from the ground. A borthak’s body is so efficient at pulling the heat from its surroundings that it can transform a
small, temperate glen into a frigid, slushy bog. Native plants and animals rarely survive long in a region a borthak claims as its hunting ground. Once a
borthak has depleted an area of flora and fauna, it moves and begins its pillaging anew.

BORTHAK Actions
Huge Monstrosity, Typically Chaotic Evil
Multiattack. The borthak makes one Bite attack or uses Noxious Regurgitation if
Armor Class 16 (natural armor) available, and it makes two Stomp attacks.

Hit Points 200 (16d12 + 96) Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +12 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 16 (2d8 + 7)
piercing damage plus 7 (2d6) acid damage.
Speed 30 ft.
Stomp. Melee Weapon Attack: +12 to hit, reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 11 (1d8 + 7)
bludgeoning damage.
STR DEX CON
Noxious Regurgitation (Recharge 5–6). The borthak spews acid at a creature it
25 (+7) 16 (+3) 22 (+6) can see within 120 feet of itself. The target must make a DC 21 Constitution
saving throw. On a failed save, the creature takes 24 (7d6) acid damage and has
INT WIS CHA the poisoned condition until the start of the borthak’s next turn. On a successful
save, the creature takes half as much damage only.
4 (−3) 14 (+2) 15 (+2)
Reactions

Saving Throws Str +12, Con +11, Cha +7 Reactive Tail. When a creature within 10 feet of the borthak hits the borthak with
an attack roll, the borthak swings its tail in retaliation. The triggering creature and
Damage Resistances acid, cold any creature within 5 feet of it must succeed on a DC 16 Dexterity saving throw or
Senses darkvision 60 ft., passive Perception 12 take 16 (2d8 + 7) bludgeoning damage.

Languages — Legendary Actions

Challenge 15 (13,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +5 The borthak can take 3 legendary actions, choosing from the options below. Only
one legendary action option can be used at a time and only at the end of another
Glacial Aura. At the end of the borthak’s turn, slippery ice covers surfaces within creature’s turn. The borthak regains spent legendary actions at the start of its
10 feet of the borthak. This ice is difficult terrain. When a creature other than the turn.
borthak enters the ice’s area for the first time on a turn or starts its turn there, it
Move. The borthak moves up to its speed without provoking opportunity attacks.
must succeed on a DC 16 Dexterity saving throw or have the prone condition. The
ice disappears at the start of the borthak’s next turn. Bite (Costs 2 Actions). The borthak makes one Bite attack.
Webbed Feet. The borthak can move across icy surfaces without needing to
make an ability check. Additionally, difficult terrain composed of ice or snow
doesn’t cost it extra movement.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 8/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

ARTIST: BRYNN METHENEY

Cadaver Collector
ARTIST: TOM BABBEY

Ancient war machines known as cadaver collectors lumber aimlessly across the blasted plains of Acheron until they are called on by a necromancer
to bolster the ranks of a conquering army on the Material Plane. These fearsome Constructs obey their summoners until they are dismissed to
Acheron, but if a summoner comes to a bad end, a cadaver collector might wander the Material Plane for centuries, collecting corpses while
searching for a way to return home.

A cadaver collector responds to a summons from a mortal only if it is called to the scene of a great battle—either where one is in progress, where one
is imminent, or where one once took place. The collector encases itself in the armor and weapons of fallen warriors, and it impales the corpses of
those warriors on the lances and other weapons embedded in the collector’s salvaged armor.

Corpses that accumulate on a cadaver collector’s shell aren’t just grisly trophies; a cadaver collector can summon the spirits of these cadavers to
battle against its enemies. Although these specters are individually weak, a cadaver collector can call up an almost endless supply of them, if given
enough time.

CADAVER COLLECTOR Damage Immunities necrotic, poison, psychic; bludgeoning, piercing, and
Large Construct, Typically Lawful Evil slashing from nonmagical attacks that aren’t adamantine

Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, paralyzed, petrified,

Armor Class 17 (natural armor) poisoned
Hit Points 189 (18d10 + 90) Senses darkvision 60 ft., passive Perception 10
Speed 30 ft. Languages understands all languages but can’t speak

Challenge 14 (11,500 XP) Proficiency Bonus +5

STR DEX CON

21 (+5) 14 (+2) 20 (+5) Magic Resistance. The collector has advantage on saving throws against spells
and other magical effects.

INT WIS CHA Actions

5 (−3) 11 (+0) 8 (−1) Multiattack. The collector makes two Slam attacks.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 9/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Slam. Melee Weapon Attack: +10 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 18 (3d8 + 5) Bonus Actions
bludgeoning damage plus 16 (3d10) necrotic damage.
Summon Specters (Recharges after a Short or Long Rest). The collector calls
Paralyzing Breath (Recharge 5–6). The collector releases paralyzing gas in a 30-
upon the spirits of those it has slain; 1d4 specters (without Sunlight Sensitivity)
foot cone. Each creature in that area must succeed on a DC 18 Constitution
arise in unoccupied spaces within 15 feet of the collector. The specters act after
saving throw or have the paralyzed condition for 1 minute. A paralyzed creature
the collector on the same initiative count and fight until they’re destroyed. They
repeats the saving throw at the end of each of its turns, ending the effect on itself
disappear when the collector is destroyed.
with a success.

Citadel Spider

Lolth’s followers breed spiders of all types and sizes, infusing the creatures with foul energy from the Demonweb Pits. Perhaps the most feared of
such abominations is the citadel spider. The titanic citadel spider serves as a powerhouse weapon and mobile command post. Wedges of chitin atop
a citadel spider’s back shield passengers and protect the spider’s biological cannon. A citadel spider can launch globs of acidic webbing from its
cannon that hold victims in place until the spider can eviscerate them with its serrated jaws.

CITADEL SPIDER Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +14 to hit, reach 20 ft., one target. Hit: 19 (2d10 + 8)
Gargantuan Monstrosity, Typically Neutral Evil piercing damage plus 7 (2d6) poison damage.

Web Bomb. Ranged Weapon Attack: +14 to hit, range 300 ft./600 ft., one target.
Armor Class 18 (natural armor) Hit: 24 (3d10 + 8) bludgeoning damage, and the target and all creatures within 10
Hit Points 310 (20d20 + 150) feet of it must succeed on a DC 19 Dexterity saving throw or take 10 (3d6) acid
damage and have the restrained condition until the start of the spider’s next turn.
Speed 50 ft., climb 50 ft.
Reactions

STR DEX CON Absorb Blow. In response to being hit with an attack roll, the spider’s carapace
absorbs some of the blow, reducing the damage it takes by 11 (2d10).
26 (+8) 10 (+0) 21 (+5)

INT WIS CHA

6 (−2) 12 (+1) 9 (−1)

Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened

Senses blindsight 30 ft., darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 11

Languages —

Challenge 18 (20,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +6

Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If the spider fails a saving throw, it can choose to
succeed instead.

Spider Climb. The spider can climb difficult surfaces, including upside down on
ceilings, without needing to make an ability check.

Web Walker. The spider ignores movement restrictions caused by webbing.

Actions

Multiattack. The spider makes two Bite attacks. It can replace one of these
attacks with a use of Web Bomb.

ARTIST: HELGE C. BALZER

Cosmic Horror

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 10/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Cosmic horrors are colossal, malevolent entities that occasionally slip the bonds of the Far Realm and find themselves adrift on the Astral Plane.
Drawn to the light of distant stars, these creatures invade Wildspace systems and lay waste to worlds. After sating themselves on the minds and
bodies of a world’s inhabitants, cosmic horrors usually return to the void, where they fall into a deep sleep, drifting aimlessly until hunger or some
other stimulus awakens them.

Cosmic horrors are among the most powerful creatures spawned by the Far Realm. No two of them have the same appearance, but they have certain
qualities in common. Each one is roughly 100 feet long or tall, and its physical form is a seemingly impossible conglomeration of eyes, mouths,
wings, tentacles, and less recognizable organs and appendages.

COSMIC HORROR Psychic Whispers (Recharge 5–6). The horror emits dreadful whispers in a 60-
Gargantuan Aberration, Typically Neutral Evil foot-radius sphere centered on itself. Each creature in the sphere that isn’t an
Aberration must make a DC 21 Wisdom saving throw, taking 33 (6d10) psychic
Armor Class 15 (natural armor) damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.

Hit Points 280 (16d20 + 112) Legendary Actions

Speed 50 ft., fly 100 ft. The horror can take 3 legendary actions, choosing from the options below. Only
one legendary action option can be used at a time and only at the end of another
STR DEX CON creature’s turn. The horror regains spent legendary actions at the start of its turn.

Crushing Tentacle. The horror crushes one creature it is grappling. The grappled
27 (+8) 10 (+0) 25 (+7)
creature must make a DC 22 Constitution saving throw, taking 18 (3d6 + 8) force
damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.
INT WIS CHA
Poison Jet (Costs 2 Actions). Foul gas squirts from the horror in a 30-foot line
24 (+7) 15 (+2) 24 (+7) that is 5 feet wide. Each creature in that area must succeed on a DC 21
Constitution saving throw or take 14 (4d6) poison damage.

Saving Throws Int +13, Wis +8, Cha +13 Teleport (Costs 2 Actions). The horror teleports, along with any creatures it is
grappling, to an unoccupied space it can see within 120 feet of itself.
Damage Immunities acid, poison

Condition Immunities charmed, frightened, poisoned

Senses darkvision 240 ft., passive Perception 12

Languages Deep Speech, telepathy 240 ft.

Challenge 18 (20,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +6

Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If the horror fails a saving throw, it can choose to
succeed instead.

Actions

Multiattack. The horror makes one Bite attack and two Tentacle attacks.

Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +14 to hit, reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 22 (4d6 + 8)
piercing damage.

Tentacle. Melee Weapon Attack: +14 to hit, reach 30 ft., one target. Hit: 18 (3d6 +
8) force damage, and if the target is a creature, it has the grappled condition
(escape DC 18). Until this grapple ends, the horror can’t use this tentacle against
other targets. The horror has 1d8 + 1 tentacles, each of which can grapple one
target.

ARTIST: SIMON DOMINIC

Deadbark Dryad

ARTIST: HELGE C. BALZER

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 11/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

When a dryad fails to protect its wilderness home from a great evil and is unable to forgive itself, the dryad might transform into a wicked Fey
monster called a deadbark dryad. Such dryads relinquish any compassion they once felt for living beings and instead harbor hatred for anyone who
dares to invade their rotted demesne.

The wilds around a deadbark dryad become malignant, souring into a swampy morass of stinging nettles and noxious muck. Deadbark dryads are
immune to this toxic bog’s deleterious effects.

A deadbark dryad is typically bound to the spot where it failed to protect its charge. When a dryad transforms into a deadbark dryad, it becomes
stronger and more violent, and it typically gains a renewed dedication to protecting its now-fetid domain. Most deadbark dryads would rather fight to
the death than allow any intrusion into their homes.

Deadbark dryads are most often found on Krynn, but occasionally they are found on other worlds where magic and trees are plentiful.

DEADBARK DRYAD Magic Resistance. The dryad has advantage on saving throws against spells and
Medium Fey, Typically Chaotic Evil other magical effects.

Speak with Beasts and Plants. The dryad can communicate with Beasts and
Armor Class 16 (natural armor) Plants as if they shared a language.
Hit Points 187 (22d8 + 88)
Actions
Speed 30 ft.
Multiattack. The dryad makes two Poisonous Thorn attacks and one Sapping
Vine attack.
STR DEX CON
Poisonous Thorn. Melee or Ranged Weapon Attack: +8 to hit, reach 5 ft. or range
17 (+3) 16 (+3) 18 (+4) 120 ft., one target. Hit: 13 (4d4 + 3) piercing damage plus 10 (3d6) poison
damage. If the target is a creature, it must succeed on a DC 17 Constitution
INT WIS CHA saving throw or have the poisoned condition until the start of the dryad’s next
turn.
11 (+0) 16 (+3) 18 (+4)
Sapping Vine. Melee Weapon Attack: +8 to hit, reach 30 ft., one target. Hit: The
target has the grappled condition (escape DC 16). Until the grapple ends, the
Saving Throws Con +9, Cha +9 target has the restrained condition, and the dryad can’t use the same vine on
another target. A creature restrained in this way takes 13 (3d8) necrotic damage
Skills Perception +8, Stealth +8
at the start of its turn.
Damage Resistances bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from nonmagical
The dryad has six vines. Each vine can be attacked (AC 20; 10 hit points;
attacks immunity to poison and psychic damage). Destroying a vine deals no damage to
Damage Immunities poison the dryad, but any creature grappled by that vine no longer has the grappled
condition. All vines immediately wither and disappear when the dryad is reduced
Condition Immunities poisoned to 0 hit points.
Senses darkvision 60 ft., passive Perception 18
Spellcasting. The dryad casts one of the following spells, requiring no material
Languages Elvish, Sylvan components and using Charisma as the spellcasting ability (spell save DC 17):

Challenge 13 (10,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +5 At will: Druidcraft

2/day each: Pass without Trace, Spike Growth

Bramble Walk. Difficult terrain composed of vegetation, such as foliage or thorns,
doesn’t cost the dryad extra movement. 1/day: Dispel Magic

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 12/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Deathwolf

A deathwolf combines the might of a werewolf, the unholy powers of undeath, and the magic of the full moon. Deathwolves are most common on
Krynn but occasionally are found in other locations where lycanthropy and necromancy are prevalent.
ARTIST: BRIAN VALEZA

To create a deathwolf, a necromancer reanimates the body of a powerful werewolf by conducting a profane ritual fueled by lunar magic. The result is
an Undead abomination that resembles a skeletal, shadowy werewolf in hybrid form. Deathwolves can’t shapeshift, but they can create dangerous
illusions. A deathwolf’s bite makes its victims more susceptible to the mind-bending phantoms the deathwolf can conjure.

DEATHWOLF Actions
Medium Undead, Typically Chaotic Evil
Multiattack. The deathwolf makes one Bite attack and two Claw attacks. It can
Armor Class 15 (natural armor) replace one of these attacks with Phantom Deathwolf if available.

Hit Points 153 (18d8 + 72) Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +10 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 14 (2d8 + 5)
piercing damage plus 9 (2d8) necrotic damage. The target must succeed on a DC
Speed 40 ft. 16 Wisdom saving throw or have disadvantage on saving throws against the
frightened condition. This curse lasts until removed by the Remove Curse spell or
STR DEX CON other magic.

Claw. Melee Weapon Attack: +10 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 12 (2d6 + 5)
20 (+5) 16 (+3) 18 (+4)
slashing damage plus 4 (1d8) necrotic damage.

INT WIS CHA Phantom Deathwolf (Recharge 5–6). The deathwolf creates a terrifying phantom
of itself in the mind of a creature the deathwolf can see within 60 feet of itself.
10 (+0) 17 (+3) 19 (+4) The target must succeed on a DC 17 Intelligence saving throw or have the
frightened condition for 1 minute.

Saving Throws Str +10, Dex +8, Cha +9 While the target is frightened, the phantom deals 21 (6d6) psychic damage to the
target at the start of each of the target’s turns. A frightened target can repeat the
Skills Perception +13, Stealth +8 saving throw at the end of each of its turns, ending the effect on itself on a
Damage Immunities poison; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from nonmagical success.
attacks that aren’t silvered
Reactions
Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, poisoned
The deathwolf can take up to two reactions per round but only one per turn.
Senses darkvision 60 ft., passive Perception 23
Imposing Slash. When a creature within 5 feet of the deathwolf makes an attack
Languages Common roll against it, the deathwolf forces the creature to succeed on a DC 17 Wisdom
Challenge 15 (13,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +5 saving throw or have disadvantage on that roll. After the attack hits or misses, the
deathwolf makes one Claw attack against the creature.
Legendary Resistance (2/Day). If the deathwolf fails a saving throw, it can Phase Step. Immediately after taking damage, the deathwolf teleports up to 30
choose to succeed instead. feet to an unoccupied space it can see that is in dim light or darkness.
Moon’s Grace. When the deathwolf falls, it descends at a rate of 60 feet per round
and takes no falling damage.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 13/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Degloth
ARTIST: RALPH HORSLEY

DEMONS SUCH AS BLUE-SKINNED DEGLOTHS AND SKELETAL VLAZOKS

PUT THEIR LOVE OF VIOLENCE TO USE ON THE BATTLEFIELD

Degloths are massive, blue, bipedal demons with razor-studded fists. They are commonly used as shock troops on the front lines of wars waged in
the Abyss and other Outer Planes. Degloths gravitate toward violence and mayhem without caring about the reasons behind the bloodshed. They
enjoy ripping their enemies limb from limb using their razor-studded fists, which are equally adept at slashing foes and crushing the life from them.

DEGLOTH Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, poisoned

Large Fiend (Demon), Typically Chaotic Evil Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 14

Armor Class 18 (natural armor) Languages Abyssal, telepathy 120 ft.

Hit Points 133 (14d10 + 56) Challenge 11 (7,200 XP) Proficiency Bonus +4

Speed 40 ft., climb 40 ft.

Magic Resistance. The degloth has advantage on saving throws against spells
and other magical effects.
STR DEX CON
Actions
23 (+6) 17 (+3) 18 (+4)
Multiattack. The degloth makes two Razor Fist attacks.

INT WIS CHA Razor Fist. Melee Weapon Attack: +10 to hit, reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 17 (2d10
+ 6) slashing damage, and if the target is a Medium or smaller creature, the target
6 (−2) 11 (+0) 9 (−1) has the grappled condition (escape DC 18). Until this grapple ends, the target has
the restrained condition, and the degloth can’t use this fist to grapple another
target. The degloth has two fists.
Saving Throws Str +10, Con +8

Skills Athletics +10, Perception +4 Bonus Actions

Damage Resistances cold, fire, lightning; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from Crush. The degloth targets one creature currently grappled by it. The target must
nonmagical attacks make a DC 18 Strength saving throw, taking 15 (2d8 + 6) bludgeoning damage on
a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.
Damage Immunities poison

Eye Monger

ARTIST: SHAWN WOOD

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 14/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

EYE MONGERS OFTEN REVEAL THEIR TRUE NATURE RIGHT BEFORE DEVOURING THEIR PREY

Eye mongers are hulking, monocular horrors with toothy jaws, typically found in Wildspace on the Astral Plane. When an eye monger’s large eye and
mouth are closed, it looks like nothing more than a 12-foot-diameter asteroid. When it senses vibrations in the space around it, the eye monger opens
its eye and reveals its true, menacing nature. Magic is suppressed inside an eye monger’s gullet, which prevents swallowed creatures from using
magic to escape.

EYE MONGER Antimagic Gullet. Magical effects, including those produced by spells and magic
items but excluding those created by artifacts or deities, are suppressed inside
Large Aberration, Typically Lawful Evil
the eye monger’s gullet. Any spell slot or charge expended by a creature in the
Armor Class 17 (natural armor) gullet to cast a spell or activate a property of a magic item is wasted. While an
effect is suppressed, it doesn’t function, but the time it spends suppressed
Hit Points 149 (13d10 + 78) counts against its duration. No spell or magical effect that originates outside the
Speed 0 ft., fly 20 ft. (hover) eye monger’s gullet, except one created by an artifact or a deity, can affect a
creature or an object inside the gullet.

STR DEX CON False Appearance. If the eye monger is motionless and has its eye and mouth
closed at the start of combat, it has advantage on its initiative roll. Moreover, if a
21 (+5) 6 (−2) 23 (+6) creature hasn’t observed the eye monger move or act, that creature must succeed
on a DC 18 Intelligence (Investigation) check to discern that the eye monger is
INT WIS CHA animate.

7 (−2) 13 (+1) 7 (−2) Actions

Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +9 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 12 (2d6 + 5)
Senses blindsight 120 ft. while the eye monger’s eye is closed, darkvision 120 ft., piercing damage, and if the target is a Medium or smaller creature, it must
passive Perception 11 succeed on a DC 18 Dexterity saving throw or be swallowed by the eye monger
and deposited in the eye monger’s gullet (see Antimagic Gullet). The eye monger
Languages Deep Speech can swallow one creature at a time. A swallowed creature has the blinded and
Challenge 10 (5,900 XP) Proficiency Bonus +4 restrained conditions, has total cover against attacks and other effects
originating outside the eye monger, and takes 35 (10d6) acid damage at the start
of each of its turns.

If the eye monger takes 25 damage or more on a single turn from a creature
inside its gullet, the eye monger regurgitates the swallowed creature, which lands
in a space within 10 feet of the eye monger and has the prone condition. If the
eye monger dies, a swallowed creature is no longer restrained by it and can
escape from the corpse by using 10 feet of movement, exiting with the prone
condition.

False Lich

Occasionally, liches create nefarious magical copies of themselves to fool enemies, to guard treasure, or for other inscrutable reasons.

To create a false lich, a lich binds a shred of its life force to a corpse in a profane ritual. This transforms the corpse into a near-identical copy of the
lich with immense necrotic power and some of its creator’s arcane prowess. The creator then embeds enchanted gemstones into the corpse’s eye
sockets; the gems allow the false lich to trap creatures’ souls and transfer the souls to its creator.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 15/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

A false lich often gradually gains a sense of self-identity. While many false liches remain steadfastly loyal to their creators, others resent their creators
for imprisoning and abandoning them.

FALSE LICH 1/day each: Globe of Invulnerability, Hold Monster

Medium Undead, Typically Neutral Evil
Bonus Actions

Armor Class 18 (natural armor) Soul Siphon. The false lich targets one creature it can see within 120 feet of
Hit Points 199 (21d8 + 105) itself. The target must make a DC 22 Charisma saving throw; if the target has the
unconscious condition, it has disadvantage on this saving throw. The target takes
Speed 30 ft. 21 (6d6) force damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful
one. The false lich then regains a number of hit points equal to the amount of
STR DEX CON force damage taken.

If this damage reduces the target to 0 hit points, the target immediately dies, its
10 (+0) 16 (+3) 20 (+5)
body disappears, and its soul is trapped inside one of the soul gems within the
false lich’s skull. After 24 hours, the gem transfers the soul to the false lich’s
INT WIS CHA creator.

25 (+7) 19 (+4) 15 (+2) When the false lich is reduced to 0 hit points, it is destroyed and disintegrates,
leaving behind the gems. Crushing a gem releases any souls trapped within, at
which point the soul’s body re-forms in an unoccupied space nearest to the gem
Saving Throws Con +12, Int +14, Wis +11, Cha +9
and in the same state as it was when its soul was trapped.
Damage Immunities necrotic, poison, psychic; bludgeoning, piercing, and
Legendary Actions
slashing from nonmagical attacks

Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, paralyzed, poisoned, The false lich can take 3 legendary actions, choosing from the options below. It
stunned can take only one legendary action at a time and only at the end of another
creature’s turn. The false lich regains spent legendary actions at the start of its
Senses truesight 60 ft., passive Perception 14 turn.
Languages Abyssal, Common, Draconic, Dwarvish, Elvish, Giant, Infernal, Spiteful Teleport. The false lich, along with anything it is wearing or carrying,
Primordial, Undercommon teleports to an unoccupied space it can see within 60 feet of itself. It then makes
Challenge 21 (33,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +7 one Death Rend attack if possible.

Cast a Spell (Costs 2 Actions). The false lich uses Spellcasting.

Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If the false lich fails a saving throw, it can choose
to succeed instead.

Magic Resistance. The false lich has advantage on saving throws against spells
and magical effects.

Actions

Multiattack. The false lich makes two Death Rend attacks and uses
Bloodcurdling Lament if available.

Death Rend. Melee Spell Attack: +14 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 23 (3d10 +
7) necrotic damage.

Bloodcurdling Lament (Recharge 5–6). The false lich emits a hideous shriek
charged with malignant energy. Each creature within 30 feet of the false lich must
succeed on a DC 22 Wisdom saving throw or have the frightened condition for 1
minute. While frightened in this way, a creature also has the unconscious
condition. An affected creature can repeat the saving throw at the end of each of
its turns, ending the effect on itself on a success.

Spellcasting. The false lich casts one of the following spells, requiring no
material components and using Intelligence as the spellcasting ability (spell save
DC 22):

At will: Detect Magic, Fly, Mage Hand, Prestidigitation

3/day each: Dispel Magic, Invisibility (self only)

ARTIST: DAVID AUDEN NASH

Granite Juggernaut

A granite juggernaut is a lumbering Construct that can be found trundling across battlefields and down dungeon corridors. Granite juggernauts have
dense, boxy bodies atop massive rollers they use for locomotion. Their fronts and rollers are often adorned with fearsome heads, such as those of
enraged rhinos. Granite juggernauts are found on many worlds and typically are used to protect high-value locations.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 16/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

GRANITE JUGGERNAUT Senses blindsight 120 ft., passive Perception 10

Large Construct, Unaligned Languages —

Armor Class 14 (natural armor) Challenge 12 (8,400 XP) Proficiency Bonus +4

Hit Points 157 (15d10 + 75)

Magic Resistance. The juggernaut has advantage on saving throws against spells
Speed 30 ft. in a straight line and other magical effects.

Siege Monster. The juggernaut deals double damage to objects and structures.
STR DEX CON
Actions
23 (+6) 1 (−5) 20 (+5)
Slam. Melee Weapon Attack: +10 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 11 (1d10 + 6)
bludgeoning damage, and if the target is a Large or smaller creature, it must
INT WIS CHA succeed on a DC 18 Strength saving throw or have the prone condition.

2 (−4) 11 (+0) 3 (−4) Bonus Actions

Devastating Roll. The juggernaut moves up to its speed. During this movement,
Damage Immunities poison, psychic; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from the juggernaut can move through the spaces of creatures with the prone
nonmagical attacks that aren’t adamantine condition. When the juggernaut enters the space of a prone creature for the first
Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, paralyzed, petrified, time during this movement, the creature must make a DC 18 Dexterity saving
poisoned, prone throw, taking 55 (10d10) bludgeoning damage on a failed save or half as much
damage on a successful one.

ARTIST: DAWN CARLOS

Hazvongel

Avian demons called hazvongels haunt the windswept skies of Pandemonium, preying on lost and weary travelers. Hazvongels resemble enormous,
crimson crows with tattered feathers and a dozen legs. Their wings constantly drip blood, which they gather in their many talons and fling in a
gruesome rain.

ARTIST: BRYNN METHENEY

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 17/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Hazvongels sometimes soar in the skies of the Abyss, where they originate, but they migrate to and from Pandemonium throughout their existence.
More powerful demons, especially the demon lord Pazuzu, use hazvongels as scouts, but hazvongels’ wanderlust makes them ill-suited for extended
missions.

HAZVONGEL Damage Immunities poison

Huge Fiend (Demon), Typically Chaotic Evil Condition Immunities exhaustion, poisoned

Armor Class 17 (natural armor) Senses blindsight 60 ft., darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 17

Hit Points 237 (25d12 + 75) Languages Abyssal, telepathy 120 ft.

Speed 20 ft., fly 60 ft. Challenge 14 (11,500 XP) Proficiency Bonus +5

Magic Resistance. The hazvongel has advantage on saving throws against spells
STR DEX CON
and other magical effects.
21 (+5) 20 (+5) 16 (+3)
Actions

INT WIS CHA Multiattack. The hazvongel makes three Talon attacks.

Talon. Melee Weapon Attack: +10 to hit, reach 15 ft., one target. Hit: 18 (3d8 + 5)
12 (+1) 15 (+2) 11 (+0)
piercing damage.

Blood Barrage (Recharge 5–6). The hazvongel launches a spray of blood in a 90-
Saving Throws Con +8, Wis +7
foot cone. Each creature in that area must make a DC 18 Dexterity saving throw,
Skills Perception +7 taking 27 (6d8) necrotic damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a
successful one.
Damage Resistances cold, fire, lightning; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from
nonmagical attacks

Hertilod

When a dead god is left adrift in the Astral Sea, its corpse sometimes spawns a parasitic monster known as a hertilod. Voracious and terrifying, a
hertilod resembles a skinless, serpentine lizard, with sharp claws and a gaping maw that drips venom. A hertilod’s gruesomely exposed muscle
renders it susceptible to lightning.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 18/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

HERTILOD Spider Climb. The hertilod can climb difficult surfaces, including upside down on
Huge Monstrosity, Unaligned ceilings, without needing to make an ability check.

Actions
Armor Class 14

Hit Points 241 (21d12 + 105) Multiattack. The hertilod makes one Bite attack and two Claw attacks.

Speed 50 ft., climb 50 ft. Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +12 to hit, reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 15 (2d8 + 6)
piercing damage plus 13 (2d12) poison damage. If the target is a Large or smaller
creature, it must succeed on a DC 20 Strength saving throw or be swallowed by
STR DEX CON the hertilod. A swallowed creature has the blinded and restrained conditions, and
it has total cover against attacks and other effects outside the hertilod. At the
23 (+6) 18 (+4) 20 (+5)
start of each of the hertilod’s turns, each swallowed creature takes 13 (2d12)
poison damage from the poisonous secretion in the hertilod’s gullet.
INT WIS CHA
The hertilod’s gullet can hold up to two creatures at a time. If the hertilod takes 40
3 (−4) 15 (+2) 10 (+0) damage or more on a single turn from a swallowed creature, the hertilod must
succeed on a DC 15 Constitution saving throw at the end of that turn or
regurgitate all swallowed creatures, each of which lands in a space within 10 feet
Saving Throws Str +12, Dex +10 of the hertilod and has the prone condition. If the hertilod dies, a swallowed
Skills Perception +8 creature is no longer restrained and can escape from the corpse by using 10 feet
of movement, exiting with the prone condition.
Damage Resistances necrotic; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from
nonmagical attacks Claw. Melee Weapon Attack: +12 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 17 (2d10 + 6)
slashing damage.
Damage Immunities poison
Legendary Actions
Condition Immunities poisoned

Senses blindsight 30 ft., tremorsense 60 ft., passive Perception 18 The hertilod can take 3 legendary actions, choosing from the options below. It
can take only one legendary action at a time and only at the end of another
Languages — creature’s turn. The hertilod regains spent legendary actions at the start of its
Challenge 17 (18,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +6 turn.

Sprint. The hertilod moves up to its speed. This movement doesn’t provoke
Legendary Resistances (3/Day). If the hertilod fails a saving throw, it can choose opportunity attacks.
to succeed instead.
Feed (Costs 2 Actions). The hertilod drains life from the creatures in its gullet to
Magic Resistance. The hertilod has advantage on saving throws against spells bolster itself. Each creature in the hertilod’s gullet takes 10 (3d6) necrotic
and other magical effects. damage, and the hertilod regains a number of hit points equal to the damage.
Shock Susceptibility. If the hertilod takes lightning damage, its speed is halved
until the end of its next turn, and it must succeed on a DC 15 Constitution saving
throw or immediately regurgitate all swallowed creatures, each of which lands in
a space within 10 feet of the hertilod and has the prone condition.

ARTIST: BRIAN VALEZA

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 19/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Inquisitor of the Tome

The Ulmist Inquisition is an order of inquisitors in the Domain of Dread known as Barovia that seeks to discover the origins of evil within people’s
hearts. The order’s founder, Ulmed, once hunted monsters alongside a then-mortal Count Strahd von Zarovich. When the priests of Osybus corrupted
Strahd, Ulmed forsook the vampire and refocused the inquisition’s mission. Instead of just hunting monsters, the order now also hunts the seeds of
evil that spawn corruption in the first place. Cultists like the priests of Osybus are the inquisition’s primary targets, but the inquisitors’ zealous and
sometimes brutal methods inspire terror in many communities throughout the multiverse.

Each Ulmist inquisitor belongs to one of three orders that harness the power of psionics, strength, or intellect, respectively, to achieve the inquisition’s
goals. Members of the Order of Tristian, which is represented by a tome, endeavor to use knowledge and cunning to alter their surroundings and
defeat their foes.

INQUISITOR OF THE TOME Multiattack. The inquisitor makes two attacks.

Medium Humanoid, Any Alignment Silver Longsword. Melee Weapon Attack: +7 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 8
(1d8 + 4) slashing damage, or 9 (1d10 + 4) if used with two hands, plus 18 (4d8)
Armor Class 11 (14 with Mage Armor) force damage.
Hit Points 77 (14d8 + 14) Force Bolt. Ranged Spell Attack: +7 to hit, range 120 ft., one target. Hit: 22 (4d8 +
Speed 30 ft. 4) force damage, and if the target is a Large or smaller creature, the inquisitor can
push it up to 10 feet away.

STR DEX CON Implode (Recharge 4–6). Each creature in a 20-foot-radius sphere centered on a
point the inquisitor can see within 120 feet of itself must succeed on a DC 15
10 (+0) 12 (+1) 12 (+1) Constitution saving throw or take 31 (6d8 + 4) force damage, have the prone
condition, and be moved to the unoccupied space closest to the sphere’s center.
INT WIS CHA Large and smaller objects in the sphere that aren’t being worn or carried
automatically take the damage and are similarly moved.
19 (+4) 16 (+3) 15 (+2)
Innate Spellcasting (Psionics). The inquisitor casts one of the following spells,
requiring no spell components and using Intelligence as the spellcasting ability
Saving Throws Int +7, Wis +6, Cha +5 (spell save DC 15):

Skills Arcana +10, History +7, Nature +7, Religion +10 At will: Detect Magic, Dispel Magic, Levitate, Mage Armor, Mage Hand, Sending

Condition Immunities charmed, frightened 1/day each: Otiluke’s Resilient Sphere, Telekinesis

Senses truesight 30 ft., passive Perception 13 Reactions

Languages any four languages, telepathy 120 ft.
Telekinetic Deflection. In response to being hit by an attack roll, the inquisitor
Challenge 8 (3,900 XP) Proficiency Bonus +3 increases its AC by 4 against the attack. If this causes the attack to miss, the
attacker is hit by the attack instead.

Actions

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 20/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

ARTIST: ZUZANNA WUZYK

Lunar Dragon

Lunar dragons (also known as moon dragons or phase dragons) are capricious, xenophobic creatures that make their lairs by burrowing through
rocky terrain.

Lunar dragon eggs have stony shells that are pale white to light gray in color. Lunar dragons are alabaster white when they hatch and gradually turn
darker as they age.

These dragons enjoy depriving other creatures of treasure more than acquiring the treasure themselves. A lunar dragon can become incorporeal, but
not to the extent that it can pass through other creatures or solid objects. In this semi-incorporeal state, roughly half of the dragon’s body has a dark,
spectral form.

A Lunar Dragon’s Lair

The cave complex where a lunar dragon makes its lair contains ample space for food, as well as one or more hidden chambers where the dragon
keeps its treasure. Depending on the composition and features of the cave, the lair might contain natural springs and heat vents, wild gardens, crystal
formations, magical phenomena, or an ecosystem of lesser life forms that have adapted to living with the dragon.

Regional Effects

The region containing an adult lunar dragon’s lair is warped by the dragon’s magic, which produces one or more of the following effects:

Black Frost. A thin layer of black frost covers the ground, which kills all ordinary plants growing within 3 miles of the lair.

Haunting Moan. A haunting sound gets louder or fainter (dragon’s choice) the closer one gets to the lair. The moan is audible 3 miles from the lair.

Moon Devils. Swirling funnels of dust and frost known as moon devils crisscross the area within 1 mile of the lair, intercepting other creatures they
encounter. A moon devil is a free-willed air elemental that deals cold damage instead of bludgeoning damage.

If the dragon dies, the moaning stops; the moon devils dissipate; and the black frost disappears over the course of 1d10 days, allowing plant life in
the area to recover.

ADULT LUNAR DRAGON

STR DEX CON
Huge Dragon, Typically Neutral Evil
23 (+6) 12 (+1) 20 (+5)
Armor Class 17 (natural armor)

Hit Points 172 (15d12 + 75) INT WIS CHA

Speed 40 ft., burrow 20 ft., fly 80 ft. 10 (+0) 13 (+1) 15 (+2)

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 21/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Saving Throws Con +10, Wis +6 Cold Breath (Recharge 5–6). The dragon exhales a blast of frost in a 60-foot
cone. Each creature in that area must make a DC 18 Constitution saving throw.
Skills Perception +11, Stealth +11
On a failed save, the creature takes 36 (8d8) cold damage, and its speed is
Damage Immunities cold reduced to 0 until the end of its next turn. On a successful save, the creature
takes half as much damage only.
Senses darkvision 240 ft., passive Perception 21

Languages Draconic Bonus Actions

Challenge 13 (10,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +5 Phase (3/Day). The dragon becomes partially incorporeal for as long as it
maintains concentration on the effect (as if concentrating on a spell). While
Legendary Resistance (2/Day). If the dragon fails a saving throw, it can choose to partially incorporeal, the dragon has resistance to bludgeoning, piercing, and
succeed instead. slashing damage.

Tunneler. The dragon can burrow through solid rock at half its burrowing speed Legendary Actions
and leaves a 15-foot-diameter tunnel in its wake.
The dragon can take 2 legendary actions, choosing from the options below. Only
Actions one legendary action option can be used at a time and only at the end of another
creature’s turn. The dragon regains spent legendary actions at the start of its turn.
Multiattack. The dragon makes one Bite attack and two Claw attacks.
Tail Attack. The dragon makes one Tail attack.
Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +11 to hit, reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 13 (2d6 + 6)
piercing damage plus 3 (1d6) cold damage. Treacherous Ice. Magical ice covers the ground in a 20-foot radius centered on a
point the dragon can see within 120 feet of itself. The ice, which is difficult terrain
Claw. Melee Weapon Attack: +11 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 13 (2d6 + 6) for all creatures except lunar dragons, lasts for 10 minutes or until the dragon
slashing damage. uses this legendary action again.
Tail. Melee Weapon Attack: +11 to hit, reach 15 ft., one target. Hit: 13 (2d6 + 6)
bludgeoning damage.

Mirror Shade

When the spirit of a malevolent trickster or callous rogue refuses to enter the afterlife, the spirit sometimes becomes a mirror shade instead. Mirror
shades are incorporeal Undead that, in their true forms, look like person-shaped blobs of shining light. More often, though, mirror shades are
encountered on reflective surfaces such as mirrors or panes of glass. There, they blend in seamlessly with their reflected surroundings and wait until
the moment is right to strike. Mirror shades can be found throughout the multiverse but are particularly common in the Outer Planes.

MIRROR SHADE Condition Immunities blinded, exhaustion, frightened, grappled, paralyzed,

Medium Undead, Typically Chaotic Evil petrified, poisoned, prone, restrained

Senses darkvision 60 ft., passive Perception 11

Armor Class 13
Languages —
Hit Points 91 (14d8 + 28)
Challenge 10 (5,900 XP) Proficiency Bonus +4
Speed 40 ft.
False Appearance. If the mirror shade is within 5 feet of a reflective surface—
STR DEX CON such as a mirror, glass pane, or still water—it has advantage on its initiative roll. If
a creature hasn’t observed the mirror shade move or act, that creature must
8 (−1) 17 (+3) 14 (+2) succeed on a DC 18 Intelligence (Investigation) check to discern that the mirror
shade isn’t the creature’s own reflection.
INT WIS CHA
Mirror Movement. The mirror shade can move along the surface of reflective or
translucent objects, such as mirrors, without provoking opportunity attacks. It
10 (+0) 13 (+1) 18 (+4)
can move through translucent objects as if they were difficult terrain.

Saving Throws Dex +7, Wis +5 Actions

Skills Deception +8, Stealth +7 Multiattack. The mirror shade makes two Phantasmal Strike attacks and uses
Reflect Fear.
Damage Resistances acid, fire, lightning; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from
nonmagical attacks Phantasmal Strike. Melee Weapon Attack: +7 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 7
(1d8 + 3) radiant damage plus 7 (2d6) psychic damage.
Damage Immunities poison, psychic, radiant

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 22/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Reflect Fear. The mirror shade targets one creature it can see within 60 feet of
itself and projects an illusion of that creature’s greatest fear. The target must
make a DC 16 Wisdom saving throw. On a failed save, the target takes 28 (8d6)
psychic damage and has the frightened condition until the start of the mirror
shade’s next turn. On a successful save, the target takes half as much damage
only.

Bonus Actions

Mirror Stealth. While within 5 feet of a reflective surface, such as a mirror, the
mirror shade takes the Hide action.

ARTIST: ZUZANNA WUZYK

Moonlight Guardian

Moonlight guardians are gleaming bipedal statues made of silver and mithral. They were originally created by a desperate mage on Krynn who drew
the Moon card from a Deck of Many Things. The mage wished for a retinue of bodyguards ideally suited to fighting lycanthropes and other
shapeshifting creatures. In response, the Moon card spawned the first moonlight guardian.

A moonlight guardian’s body is infused with magical moonlight that the creature can channel into its blows. It can also unleash searing blasts of lunar
energy that can expose shapeshifters by forcing them into their true forms.

MOONLIGHT GUARDIAN Immutable Form. The guardian is immune to any spell or other effect that would
Medium Construct, Unaligned alter its form.

Magic Resistance. The guardian has advantage on saving throws against spells
Armor Class 16 (natural armor) and other magical effects.
Hit Points 105 (14d8 + 42)
Radiant Absorption. Whenever the guardian is subjected to radiant damage, it
Speed 30 ft. takes no damage and instead regains a number of hit points equal to the radiant
damage.

STR DEX CON Actions

19 (+4) 9 (−1) 16 (+3) Multiattack. The guardian makes two Moonlight Slam attacks.

Moonlight Slam. Melee Weapon Attack: +7 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 8
INT WIS CHA (1d8 + 4) bludgeoning damage plus 4 (1d8) radiant damage.

6 (−2) 12 (+1) 6 (−2) Moonlight Blast (Recharge 5–6). The guardian unleashes a magical blast of
moonlight in a line 60 feet long and 5 feet wide. Each creature in that area must
make a DC 14 Dexterity saving throw. Creatures that aren’t in their true form have
Damage Resistances bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from nonmagical disadvantage on the save. On a failed save, a creature takes 22 (5d8) radiant
attacks damage, and if it isn’t in its true form, it is forced into its true form and can’t
Damage Immunities poison, radiant change forms until the end of the guardian’s next turn. On a successful save, a
creature takes half as much damage only.
Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, paralyzed, petrified,
poisoned

Senses truesight 120 ft., passive Perception 11

Languages understands the languages of its creator but can’t speak

Challenge 6 (2,300 XP) Proficiency Bonus +3

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 23/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

ARTIST: NIKKI DAWES

Necromancer Wizard

Spellcasters across the multiverse pursue magical power through the study of arcane texts. Some travel the world searching for esoteric tomes, while
others train less experienced wizards or collaborate with colleagues to create new spells.

Necromancers study the interaction of life, death, and undeath. Some necromancers dig up or purchase corpses to create Undead servitors. A few
instead use their powers for good, hunting Undead.

NECROMANCER WIZARD Skills Arcana +7, History +7

Medium Humanoid, Any Alignment Damage Resistances necrotic

Armor Class 12 (15 with Mage Armor) Senses passive Perception 11

Hit Points 110 (20d8 + 20) Languages any four languages

Speed 30 ft. Challenge 9 (5,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +4

STR DEX CON Actions

Multiattack. The necromancer makes three Arcane Burst attacks.

9 (−1) 14 (+2) 12 (+1)
Arcane Burst. Melee or Ranged Spell Attack: +7 to hit, reach 5 ft. or range 120 ft.,
INT WIS CHA one target. Hit: 25 (4d10 + 3) necrotic damage.

Spellcasting. The necromancer casts one of the following spells, using

17 (+3) 12 (+1) 11 (+0)
Intelligence as the spellcasting ability (spell save DC 15):

At will: Dancing Lights, Mage Hand, Prestidigitation

Saving Throws Int +7, Wis +5

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 24/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
2/day each: Bestow Curse, Dimension Door, Mage Armor, Web Summon Undead (1/Day). The necromancer magically summons five skeletons
or zombies. The summoned creatures appear in unoccupied spaces within 60
1/day: Circle of Death
feet of the necromancer, whom they obey. They take their turns immediately after
Bonus Actions the necromancer. Each lasts for 1 hour, until it or the necromancer dies, or until
the necromancer dismisses it as a bonus action.

Reactions

Grim Harvest. When the necromancer kills a creature with necrotic damage, the
necromancer regains 9 (2d8) hit points.

ARTIST: NIKKI DAWES

Night Scavver

Scavvers are sharklike scavengers that fly through space, primarily on the Astral Plane, and feed on whatever they can fit in their mouths. Scavvers
aren’t always aggressive; they live primarily on waste and discarded refuse, often trailing behind larger creatures, ships, and asteroids.

Night scavvers are 15 feet long. Their coloration resembles that of Wildspace itself: white spots like stars sprinkled amid dark patches and patterns
of color.

Cooked night scavver meat is a popular offering in taverns across Wildspace.

NIGHT SCAVVER 1 (−5) 10 (+0) 1 (−5)

Huge Monstrosity, Unaligned

Armor Class 14 (natural armor) Skills Perception +6, Stealth +8

Hit Points 114 (12d12 + 36) Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 16

Speed 0 ft., fly 40 ft. Languages —

Challenge 5 (1,800 XP) Proficiency Bonus +3

STR DEX CON
Actions
20 (+5) 15 (+2) 17 (+3)
Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +8 to hit (with advantage if the target is a creature
INT WIS CHA that is missing any hit points), reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 27 (4d10 + 5) piercing
damage.

ARTIST: JESSICA NGUYEN

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 25/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Priest of Osybus

The priests of Osybus are necromancers in the Domain of Dread known as Barovia who once venerated—and then were betrayed by—a lich of
unfathomable ambition and power. The priests steal the souls of others to fuel their wicked magic. A priest of Osybus contains this soul power in
shadowy tattoos, which the priest can draw on to defy death and become an Undead monster.

Though formidable, the priests of Osybus aren’t truly immortal, a fact that chafes them greatly. They have forged a pact with the Dark Powers that will
grant them immortality if they free Count Strahd von Zarovich from the Mists that imprison him. To achieve this goal, they orchestrate far-reaching
and complex machinations that are virtually inscrutable to all but their archenemies, the Ulmist inquisitors.

Boons of Undeath

When a priest of Osybus drops to 0 hit points, the priest might revive with a benefit from the Boons of Undeath table below. Before adventurers face a
priest of Osybus, you can decide that the priest has revived with one or more of these boons of your choice. If you do so, the priest is Undead rather
than Humanoid. A priest can receive each boon only once.

Boons of Undeath

d6 Boon

Dread. Eerie whispers can be heard around the priest. Any non-Undead creature that starts its turn within 30 feet of the priest must succeed on
1
a DC 15 Wisdom saving throw or have the frightened condition until the start of the creature’s next turn.

Ectoplasmic. Otherworldly slime drips off the priest and fades away moments later, leaving a greenish stain. When any creature starts its turn
within 10 feet of the priest, the priest can reduce that creature’s speed by 10 feet until the start of the creature’s next turn, until which the
2 creature is covered in slime. In addition, as an action, the priest can use the slime covering its own body to make itself look and feel like any
creature that is Medium or Small while retaining its own game statistics. This transformation lasts for 8 hours or until the priest drops to 0 hit
points.

Vampiric. When the priest deals necrotic damage to any creature, the priest gains a number of temporary hit points equal to half that necrotic
3
damage. The priest’s speed also increases by 10 feet.

Blazing. The priest’s flesh sloughs off, and its skeleton crumbles away, leaving only its skull. It uses the flameskull stat block, but it retains its
4
Tattoo of Osybus trait, and all fire damage it deals becomes necrotic damage. The tattoo of Osybus is carved into the skull’s forehead.

Spectral. The priest appears wraithlike, and its challenge rating increases by 1. It gains resistance to all damage except force, radiant, and
5 psychic damage, and it is vulnerable to radiant damage. It can also move through creatures and objects as if they were difficult terrain, but it
takes 5 (1d10) force damage if it ends its turn inside a creature or an object.

Deathly. The priest’s visage becomes bone white, and its challenge rating increases by 1. It can cast Animate Dead and Create Undead once per
day each, using Intelligence as the spellcasting ability, and it gains the following action:
6
Circle of Death (Spell; Recharge 5–6). Each creature in a 60-foot-radius sphere centered on a point the priest can see within 150 feet of itself
must make a DC 15 Constitution saving throw, taking 28 (8d6) necrotic damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 26/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

PRIEST OF OSYBUS Bonus Actions

Medium Humanoid, Any Alignment
Soul Tattoo (Recharge 5–6). The priest touches one of the Soul Tattoos on its
Armor Class 14 (natural armor) body. The tattoo vanishes as the trapped soul manifests as a shadowy creature
that appears in an unoccupied space the priest can see within 30 feet of itself.
Hit Points 60 (8d8 + 24) The creature has the size and silhouette of its original body, but it otherwise uses
Speed 30 ft. the stat block of a shadow.

The shadow obeys the priest’s mental commands (no action required) and takes
STR DEX CON its turn immediately after the priest. If the shadow is within 5 feet of the priest, it
can take an action to reappear on the priest’s flesh, regaining all its hit points.
10 (+0) 14 (+2) 16 (+3)

INT WIS CHA

18 (+4) 17 (+3) 11 (+0)

Saving Throws Int +7, Wis +6, Cha +3

Condition Immunities frightened

Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 13

Languages any three languages

Challenge 6 (2,300 XP) Proficiency Bonus +3

Tattoo of Osybus. If the priest drops to 0 hit points, roll on the Boons of Undeath
table for the boon the priest receives. The priest dies if it receives a boon it
already has. If it receives a new boon, it revives at the start of its next turn with
half its hit points restored, and its creature type is now Undead.

To prevent this revival, the tattoo of Osybus on the priest’s body must be
destroyed. The tattoo is invulnerable while the priest has at least 1 hit point. The
tattoo is otherwise an object with AC 15, 15 hp, and immunity to poison and
psychic damage. It regains all its hit points at the end of every combatant’s turn.

Actions

Multiattack. The priest makes two attacks.

Soul Blade. Melee Weapon Attack: +5 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 7 (2d4 + 2)
piercing damage, and if the target is a creature, it has the paralyzed condition
until the start of the priest’s next turn. If this damage reduces a Medium or
smaller creature to 0 hit points, the creature dies, and its soul is trapped in the
priest’s body, manifesting as a shadowy Soul Tattoo on the priest. The soul is
freed if the priest dies.

Necrotic Bolt. Ranged Spell Attack: +7 to hit, range 120 ft., one target. Hit: 17 (3d8
+ 4) necrotic damage, and the target can’t regain hit points until the start of the
priest’s next turn.

ARTIST: OLLY LAWSON

Relentless Impaler
ARTIST: ZUZANNA WUZYK

In the Domains of Dread, practitioners of foul magic perform a profane ritual that turns living creatures into fiendish killers. This ritual necessitates
the use of a ceremonial stake, which is plunged into the heart of a living sacrifice. The hulking form of the relentless impaler then emerges from the
sacrifice’s pool of blood, spear in hand.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 27/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

A relentless impaler is bound to the creature that wielded the ceremonial stake in the ritual that birthed it. As long as the original stake remains
lodged in the heart of the ritual victim, the impaler can return over and over again to regenerate beside the victim’s body, no matter how many times it
is destroyed.

The impaler pursues its creator’s agenda coldly and efficiently. It has no concern for its own self-preservation, knowing that, for itself at least, death
isn’t the end.

RELENTLESS IMPALER Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If the impaler fails a saving throw, it can choose
Large Fiend, Typically Neutral Evil to succeed instead.

Actions
Armor Class 16 (natural armor)

Hit Points 184 (16d10 + 96) Multiattack. The impaler makes one Spike attack and two Wicked Spear attacks.

Speed 30 ft. Spike. Melee Weapon Attack: +11 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 15 (2d8 + 6)
piercing damage, and the target’s speed is halved until the start of the impaler’s
next turn.
STR DEX CON
Wicked Spear. Melee or Ranged Weapon Attack: +11 to hit, reach 10 ft. or range
23 (+6) 16 (+3) 22 (+6) 20/40 ft., one target. Hit: 13 (2d6 + 6) piercing damage plus 13 (3d8) necrotic
damage.
INT WIS CHA Spike Burst (Recharge 5–6). Twisted, spectral spikes shoot out from the
impaler’s body. Each creature within 30 feet of the impaler must make a DC 19
12 (+1) 15 (+2) 18 (+4)
Dexterity saving throw, taking 40 (9d8) force damage on a failed save or half as
much damage on a successful one.
Saving Throws Str +11, Dex +8, Cha +9
Legendary Actions
Skills Athletics +11, Perception +7, Survival +7
The impaler can take 3 legendary actions, choosing from the options below. Only
Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened one legendary action option can be used at a time and only at the end of another
Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 17 creature’s turn. The impaler regains spent legendary actions at the start of its
turn.
Languages understands all languages but can’t speak
Speed Spike. The impaler teleports up to 30 feet to an unoccupied space it can
Challenge 15 (11,500 XP) Proficiency Bonus +5 see. It can then make a Spike attack.

Bloodheart Stake. The impaler is magically bound to the ceremonial stake and Deepen Wounds (Costs 2 Actions). Each creature whose speed is currently
the sacrificed corpse the ritual caster used to create it. If the impaler is reduced reduced by the impaler’s Spike attack takes 18 (4d8) necrotic damage.
to 0 hit points, it disappears, then re-forms 1d8 hours later in the nearest
unoccupied space to the stake and regains all its hit points. The impaler dies only
if it is reduced to 0 hit points while either the ceremonial stake is removed from
the sacrifice’s corpse or the impaler is on a different plane of existence from that
corpse.

ARTIST: DAWN CARLOS

Sorrowsworn

Sorrowsworn embody the forms of suffering inherent to the Shadowfell and visit horror on those who
stumble into their midst.

Lonely Sorrowsworn

The sorrow of isolation afflicts many creatures in the Shadowfell, but it manifests dramatically in lonely
sorrowsworn. When these sorrowsworn spot other creatures, they seek to drag the creatures closer to
ease their own sense of isolation.

LONELY SORROWSWORN Damage Resistances bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing while in dim light or
Medium Monstrosity, Typically Neutral Evil darkness

Senses darkvision 60 ft., passive Perception 10

Armor Class 16 (natural armor)
Languages Common
Hit Points 112 (15d8 + 45)
Challenge 9 (5,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +4
Speed 30 ft.
Psychic Leech. At the start of each of the sorrowsworn’s turns, each creature
STR DEX CON within 5 feet of it must succeed on a DC 15 Wisdom saving throw or take 10 (3d6)
psychic damage.
16 (+3) 12 (+1) 17 (+3)
Thrives on Company. The sorrowsworn has advantage on attack rolls while it is
within 30 feet of at least two other creatures. It otherwise has disadvantage on
INT WIS CHA attack rolls.
6 (−2) 11 (+0) 6 (−2)
Actions

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 28/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Multiattack. The sorrowsworn makes one Harpoon Arm attack, and it uses Sorrowful Embrace. Each creature grappled by the sorrowsworn must make a DC
Sorrowful Embrace. 15 Wisdom saving throw, taking 18 (4d8) psychic damage on a failed save or half
as much damage on a successful one. In either case, the sorrowsworn pulls each
Harpoon Arm. Melee Weapon Attack: +7 to hit, reach 60 ft., one target. Hit: 21
of those creatures up to 30 feet straight toward it.
(4d8 + 3) piercing damage, and the target has the grappled condition (escape DC
15) if it is a Large or smaller creature. The sorrowsworn has two harpoon arms
and can grapple up to two creatures at once.

Lost Sorrowsworn

Lost sorrowsworn are representations of the anxiety and fear people experience when they can’t find their way. These sorrowsworn appear desperate
and panicked.

Lost sorrowsworn grasp at any creatures they can reach. A victim experiences a flood of panic as its mind fights against the fury of this assault. The
more the victim’s allies hurt the sorrowsworn, the more it makes the victim suffer.

LOST SORROWSWORN Senses darkvision 60 ft., passive Perception 8

Medium Monstrosity, Typically Neutral Evil Languages Common

Armor Class 15 (natural armor) Challenge 7 (2,900 XP) Proficiency Bonus +3

Hit Points 78 (12d8 + 24)

Actions
Speed 30 ft.
Multiattack. The sorrowsworn makes two Arm Spike attacks.

STR DEX CON Arm Spike. Melee Weapon Attack: +6 to hit, reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 14 (2d10
+ 3) piercing damage.
17 (+3) 12 (+1) 15 (+2)
Embrace (Recharge 4–6). Melee Weapon Attack: +6 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target.
Hit: 25 (4d10 + 3) piercing damage, and the target has the grappled condition
INT WIS CHA (escape DC 14) if it is a Medium or smaller creature. Until the grapple ends, the
target has the frightened condition, and it takes 27 (6d8) psychic damage at the
6 (−2) 7 (−2) 5 (−3)
end of each of its turns. The sorrowsworn can grapple only one creature at a
time.
Skills Athletics +6
Reactions
Damage Resistances bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing while in dim light or
darkness Tightening Embrace. If the sorrowsworn takes damage, the creature grappled by
Embrace takes 18 (4d8) psychic damage.

Spiderdragon

The terrors known as spiderdragons were first found in the deepest corners of the Underdark and trace their origins to black dragon wyrmlings who
ate a steady diet of spiders. Though spiderdragons were not created in the Abyss or by Lolth’s faithful, worshipers of the Spider Queen claim that
spiderdragons are a gift from their deity, as spiderdragons are most numerous in Underdark areas that Lolth’s faithful claim as their own. Lolth
worshipers might employ spiderdragons as guards or treat them as venerated guests. The creatures aren’t as powerful as their black dragon
progenitors, though, and they often drain the enclaves’ resources with their selfish demands.

Uninterested in building lairs, spiderdragons weave powerful webs and eat an abundance of prey before losing interest in an area and moving on,
even when they’re treated like beloved guests. Unlike their black dragon progenitors, spiderdragons aren’t particularly clever, though some of them
understand their significance to Lolth worshipers and exploit their positions for as long as possible.

SPIDERDRAGON Damage Resistances poison, psychic

Huge Monstrosity, Typically Chaotic Evil Senses darkvision 90 ft., passive Perception 16

Armor Class 17 (natural armor) Languages Abyssal, Draconic, Undercommon

Hit Points 152 (16d12 + 48) Challenge 11 (7,200 XP) Proficiency Bonus +4

Speed 50 ft., climb 60 ft. Magic Resistance. The spiderdragon has advantage on saving throws against
spells and other magical effects.
STR DEX CON
Spider Climb. The spiderdragon can climb difficult surfaces, including upside
down on ceilings, without needing to make an ability check.
21 (+5) 18 (+4) 16 (+3)
Web Walker. The spiderdragon ignores movement restrictions caused by
INT WIS CHA webbing.

7 (−2) 14 (+2) 18 (+4) Actions

Multiattack. The spiderdragon makes one Bite attack and two Claw attacks.
Saving Throws Str +9, Dex +8
Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +9 to hit, reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 10 (1d10 + 5)
Skills Intimidation +8, Perception +6 piercing damage plus 13 (2d12) poison damage.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 29/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Claw. Melee Weapon Attack: +9 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 12 (2d6 + 5)
slashing damage.

Spiderling Breath (Recharge 5–6). The spiderdragon exhales venomous

spiderlings in a 30-foot cone. Each creature in that area must make a DC 15
Dexterity saving throw, taking 33 (6d10) piercing damage and 33 (6d10) poison
damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.

Bonus Actions

Stifling Webs (Recharge 5–6). The spiderdragon spins a 30-foot cube of strong,
sticky webbing in an area adjacent to itself. The webbing lasts for 1 minute, is
difficult terrain, and lightly obscures its area. A creature that starts its turn in the
webbing or enters the webbing for the first time on its turn must succeed on a DC
15 Dexterity saving throw or have the restrained condition while in the web. As an
action, a creature can free itself or another creature from the web by succeeding
on a DC 15 Strength check.

A 5-foot cube of the web is destroyed if it takes at least 10 acid, fire, or slashing
damage on a single turn.

ARTIST: BRYNN METHENEY

Spyder-Fiends

Demonic beasts that combine the worst attributes of wolves and spiders, spyder-fiends scuttle about with bloated, spiderlike bodies and gnash with
wolflike heads. Spyder-fiends are usually coated with gore, as brutal killing is their favorite pursuit. They spin durable webs and are ingenious in how
they employ their webs against prey.

Spyder-fiends are organized into a hierarchy based on might and cunning, with higher-ranked spyder-fiends dominating lower ranks. Spyder-fiends of
equivalent rank scheme against each other for advancement and eagerly turn against one another if treachery can improve their position.

Spyder-fiends loyally serve their general, Miska the Wolf-Spider. While they were rarely seen during Miska’s imprisonment in Pandemonium, they have
become increasingly active as Miska struggles to free himself in Pandesmos.

Kakkuu Spyder-Fiend
ARTIST: BRYNN METHENEY

SPYDER-FIENDS SERVE AS DEMONIC TROOPS FOR MISKA THE

WOLF-SPIDER WHILE MISKA ATTEMPTS TO FREE HIMSELF IN PANDESMOS

Resembling enormous spiders, kakkuus are the most numerous and least intelligent spyder-fiends. In large conflicts, they serve as foot soldiers, but
they prefer to avoid more powerful Fiends, who boss them around. Left on their own, kakkuus lurk in ambush and use their webs to snare prey.

KAKKUU SPYDER-FIEND Medium Fiend (Demon), Typically Chaotic Evil

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 30/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Armor Class 15 (natural armor) Challenge 5 (1,800 XP) Proficiency Bonus +3

Hit Points 91 (14d8 + 28)

Magic Resistance. The kakkuu has advantage on saving throws against spells
Speed 30 ft., climb 30 ft. and other magical effects.

Spider Climb. The kakkuu can climb difficult surfaces, including upside down on
STR DEX CON ceilings, without needing to make an ability check.

17 (+3) 15 (+2) 14 (+2) Web Sense. When in contact with a web, the kakkuu knows the exact location of
any other creature in contact with the same web.

INT WIS CHA Web Walker. The kakkuu ignores movement restrictions caused by webbing.

6 (−2) 10 (+0) 10 (+0) Actions

Multiattack. The kakkuu makes a Web Snare attack, uses Reel, and makes a Bite
Saving Throws Dex +5, Con +5, Wis +3 attack.

Skills Perception +3, Stealth +5 Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +6 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 14 (2d10 + 3)
piercing damage plus 10 (3d6) poison damage.
Damage Resistances cold, fire, lightning
Reel. The kakkuu pulls each creature within 60 feet of itself that is grappled by its
Damage Immunities poison
Web Snare up to 30 feet straight toward itself.
Condition Immunities poisoned
Web Snare. Ranged Weapon Attack: +6 to hit, reach 30/60 ft., one Large or
Senses darkvision 60 ft., passive Perception 13 smaller creature. Hit: The target has the grappled condition (escape DC 13). While
grappled, the target also has the restrained condition. A web snare grappling a
Languages understands Abyssal but can’t speak
creature can be attacked and destroyed (AC 10; 10 hit points; immunity to
bludgeoning, poison, and psychic damage).

Phisarazu Spyder-Fiend

Phisarazu spyder-fiends have a pair of muscular arms sprouting beneath their wolf heads. They are resentful and suspicious of all other creatures,
which makes them useful for corralling kakkuus or standing guard.

Phisarazus can magically change their form, but only into shapes that have ten limbs, such as driders and crabs. They use this ability to establish
ambushes, infiltrate enemy camps, or appear innocuous while on guard duty.

PHISARAZU SPYDER-FIEND Multiattack. The phisarazu makes one Bite attack and two Claw attacks. It can
Large Fiend (Demon), Typically Chaotic Evil replace one of these attacks with Scintillating Spray if available.

Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +9 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 15 (2d10 + 4)
Armor Class 17 (natural armor)
piercing damage plus 9 (2d8) poison damage, and the target has the poisoned
Hit Points 170 (20d10 + 60) condition until the start of the phisarazu’s next turn.

Speed 40 ft., climb 40 ft. Claw. Melee Weapon Attack: +9 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 22 (4d8 + 4)
slashing damage.

STR DEX CON Scintillating Spray (Recharge 5–6). The phisarazu expels shimmering webs in a
60-foot cone. Creatures and objects in that area are outlined by the glittering
19 (+4) 14 (+2) 17 (+3) webs for 1 minute, during which time they emit dim light for 10 feet and can’t
benefit from the invisible condition. Additionally, creatures in that area must
INT WIS CHA succeed on a DC 16 Wisdom saving throw or have the stunned condition for 1
minute. A stunned creature can repeat the saving throw at the end of each of its
11 (+0) 14 (+2) 13 (+1) turns, ending the effect on itself on a success.

Bonus Actions
Saving Throws Dex +7, Con +8, Wis +7
Change Shape. The phisarazu transforms into a crab, drider, or giant crab, or
Skills Perception +7, Stealth +7 returns to its true form. Its game statistics, except for its size, are the same in
Damage Resistances cold, fire, lightning; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from each form. Any equipment it is wearing or carrying isn’t transformed.
nonmagical attacks

Damage Immunities poison

Condition Immunities poisoned

Senses truesight 120 ft., passive Perception 17

Languages Abyssal, Common, telepathy 120 ft.

Challenge 13 (10,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +5

Magic Resistance. The phisarazu has advantage on saving throws against spells
and other magical effects.

Spider Climb. The phisarazu can climb difficult surfaces, including upside down
on ceilings, without needing to make an ability check.

Web Sense. When in contact with a web, the phisarazu knows the exact location
of any other creature in contact with the same web.

Web Walker. The phisarazu ignores movement restrictions caused by webbing.

Actions

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 31/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

ARTIST: CONCEPTOPOLIS

Quavilithku Spyder-Fiend

Quavilithku spyder-fiends revel in destruction. Although they like to savage prey with their mangy wolf heads, they delight in destroying structures and
art objects—the more beautiful, the better. The arms hanging below their wolf heads are physically frail but useful for employing tools of destruction
or sabotage.

QUAVILITHKU SPYDER-FIEND Multiattack. The quavilithku makes two Bite attacks.

Large Fiend (Demon), Typically Chaotic Evil Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +10 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 15 (2d10 + 4)
piercing damage plus 17 (5d6) poison damage. If the target is a creature, it must
Armor Class 19 (natural armor) succeed on a DC 18 Constitution saving throw or have the poisoned condition for
Hit Points 256 (27d10 + 108) 1 minute. While poisoned in this way, a creature can’t regain hit points. A
poisoned creature can repeat the saving throw at the end of each of its turns,
Speed 40 ft., climb 40 ft. ending the effect on itself on a success.

Dissolving Web (Recharge 5–6). The quavilithku expels acid-drenched webs in a

STR DEX CON
90-foot cone. Each creature in that area must make a DC 18 Constitution saving
throw, taking 44 (8d10) acid damage on a failed save or half as much damage on
18 (+4) 16 (+3) 19 (+4)
a successful one. Nonmagical objects in the area that aren’t being worn or carried
take 44 (8d10) acid damage.
INT WIS CHA
Bonus Actions
17 (+3) 14 (+2) 12 (+1)
Assess Weakness. The quavilithku sizes up a creature it can see within 40 feet of
itself. Until the start of the quavilithku’s next turn, it has advantage on attack rolls
Saving Throws Dex +9, Con +10, Wis +8 against the creature.
Skills Investigation +9, Perception +8, Stealth +9

Damage Resistances cold, fire, lightning

Damage Immunities acid, poison

Condition Immunities poisoned

Senses truesight 60 ft., passive Perception 18

Languages Abyssal, Common, telepathy 120 ft.

Challenge 17 (18,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +6

Magic Resistance. The quavilithku has advantage on saving throws against

spells and other magical effects.

Spider Climb. The quavilithku can climb difficult surfaces, including upside down
on ceilings, without needing to make an ability check.

Web Sense. When in contact with a web, the quavilithku knows the exact location
of any other creature in contact with the same web.

Web Walker. The quavilithku ignores movement restrictions caused by webbing.

Actions

ARTIST: CONCEPTOPOLIS

Raklupis Spyder-Fiend

Raklupis spyder-fiends have hard, smooth shells and gleaming spines. With luxuriantly furry wolf heads, powerful arms, and alluring voices, raklupises
are the only spyder-fiends that might be called majestic. They create delicate web globes, which they fill with their venom and hurl at foes. Raklupises

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 32/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

are keen strategists, and most of them command legions of lesser spyder-fiends.

RAKLUPIS SPYDER-FIEND Serrated Sword. Melee Weapon Attack: +11 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 19
Large Fiend (Demon), Typically Chaotic Evil (4d6 + 5) slashing damage plus 18 (4d8) poison damage.

Venom Globe. Ranged Weapon Attack: +11 to hit, range 60/180 ft., one target.
Armor Class 19 (natural armor) Hit: 45 (10d8) poison damage.
Hit Points 210 (28d10 + 56) Spellcasting. The raklupis casts one of the following spells, requiring no material
Speed 40 ft., climb 40 ft. components and using Charisma as the spellcasting ability (spell save DC 20).

At will: Disguise Self, Invisibility (self only), Mage Hand, Minor Illusion
STR DEX CON
2/day each: Darkness, Dominate Monster, Mass Suggestion, Telekinesis,
17 (+3) 20 (+5) 14 (+2) Teleport

Bonus Actions
INT WIS CHA
Demand Loyalty. The raklupis magically ends the charmed and frightened
18 (+4) 16 (+3) 23 (+6) conditions on itself and on any number of allies within 60 feet of itself.

Saving Throws Dex +11, Con +8, Wis +9

Skills Perception +9, Stealth +11

Damage Immunities cold, fire, lightning, poison

Condition Immunities poisoned

Senses truesight 120 ft., passive Perception 19

Languages Abyssal, Common, telepathy 120 ft.

Challenge 19 (22,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +6

Magic Resistance. The raklupis has advantage on saving throws against spells
and other magical effects.

Spider Climb. The raklupis can climb difficult surfaces, including upside down on
ceilings, without needing to make an ability check.

Web Sense. When in contact with a web, the raklupis knows the exact location of
any other creature in contact with the same web.

Web Walker. The raklupis ignores movement restrictions caused by webbing.

Actions

Multiattack. The raklupis makes a Bite attack and two Serrated Sword attacks. It
can use Venom Globe in place of one of these attacks.

Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +11 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 16 (2d10 + 5)
piercing damage plus 18 (4d8) poison damage. If the target is a creature, it must
succeed on a DC 20 Constitution saving throw or have the poisoned condition for
1 minute. While poisoned in this way, a creature has the incapacitated condition
and can’t regain hit points. A poisoned creature can repeat the saving throw at the
end of each of its turns, ending the effect on itself on a success.

ARTIST: CONCEPTOPOLIS

Star Angler

Distantly related to scavvers, star anglers are astral predators that resemble hulking, golden anglerfish with iridescent fins and tails. A star angler
lacks eyes, and its hide is dotted with bioluminescent specks, allowing it to easily blend into the vast expanse of the Astral Plane. A star angler’s
signature lure emits an enchanting glow that has pulled many Wildspace explorers to their demises.

STAR ANGLER Senses blindsight 120 ft. (can’t see beyond this radius), passive Perception 15
Large Monstrosity, Unaligned Languages —

Armor Class 15 (natural armor) Challenge 8 (3,900 XP) Proficiency Bonus +3

Hit Points 119 (14d10 + 42) Avoidance. If the star angler is subjected to an effect that allows it to make a
Speed 0 ft., fly 40 ft. saving throw to take only half damage, it instead takes no damage if it succeeds
on the saving throw and only half damage if it fails.

STR DEX CON Illumination. The star angler’s lure sheds bright light in a 30-foot radius and dim
light for an additional 30 feet.
21 (+5) 15 (+2) 17 (+3)
Actions

INT WIS CHA Multiattack. The star angler makes three Bite attacks.

3 (−4) 14 (+2) 6 (−2) Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +8 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 16 (2d10 + 5)
piercing damage.

Skills Perception +5, Stealth +8 Bonus Actions

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 33/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Lure Charm. The star angler’s lure flares with enchanting starlight, targeting one
creature the star angler can see within 120 feet of itself. The target must succeed
on a DC 13 Wisdom saving throw or have the charmed condition until the start of
the star angler’s next turn. While charmed in this way, the target has the
incapacitated condition and must use its movement on its turn to move directly
toward the star angler; a charmed target doesn’t avoid opportunity attacks, but it
does avoid damaging terrain. A target can be charmed by only one star angler at
a time.

ARTIST: CHRIS SEAMAN

Vlazok

Skeletal, quadrupedal horrors, vlazoks are particularly suited to battlefield cleanup in the Outer Planes. They love to stomp across battlefields after the
fiercest fighting is over, trampling survivors and crushing pockets of resistance. When vlazoks anticipate an influx of enemies, these demons jump on
them from above to crush them.

Vlazoks have keen senses, owing to the eyes positioned all around their hideous heads. They easily lose interest in their tasks unless powerful
commanders, such as demon lords, keep them in line. Without careful direction, vlazoks become unhinged agents of chaos, smashing through
crowds of weaker demons and decimating their ranks with powerful attacks.

VLAZOK Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 13

Large Fiend (Demon), Typically Chaotic Evil Languages Abyssal, telepathy 120 ft.

Armor Class 17 (natural armor) Challenge 11 (7,200 XP) Proficiency Bonus +4

Hit Points 136 (16d10 + 48) All-Around Vision. The vlazok can’t be surprised.
Speed 30 ft., climb 30 ft. Blood Frenzy. The vlazok has advantage on melee attack rolls against any
creature that doesn’t have all its hit points.
STR DEX CON
Magic Resistance. The vlazok has advantage on saving throws against spells and
other magical effects.
21 (+5) 18 (+4) 16 (+3)
Spider Climb. The vlazok can climb difficult surfaces, including upside down on
INT WIS CHA ceilings, without needing to make an ability check.

6 (−2) 9 (−1) 9 (−1) Actions

Multiattack. The vlazok makes two Gore attacks.

Saving Throws Str +9, Con +7
Gore. Melee Weapon Attack: +9 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 23 (4d8 + 5)
Skills Perception +3 piercing damage, and if the target is a Large or smaller creature, it has the prone
condition.
Damage Resistances cold, fire, lightning

Damage Immunities poison Bonus Actions

Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, poisoned Stomp. Melee Weapon Attack: +9 to hit, reach 5 ft., one prone creature. Hit: 27
(4d10 + 5) bludgeoning damage.

Warforged Warrior

Warforged warriors are formed from wood and steel, then magically imbued with life and sentience. They were created to fight in the Last War on the
continent of Khorvaire in Eberron. In the aftermath of that conflict, they struggle to understand their place in the world.

WARFORGED WARRIOR
STR DEX CON
Medium Construct, Any Alignment
16 (+3) 12 (+1) 16 (+3)
Armor Class 16 (natural armor)

Hit Points 30 (4d8 + 12) INT WIS CHA

Speed 30 ft. 10 (+0) 14 (+2) 11 (+0)

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 34/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Skills Athletics +5, Perception +4, Survival +4 Protection. When an attacker the warforged can see makes an attack roll against
a creature within 5 feet of the warforged, the warforged can impose disadvantage
Damage Resistances poison
on the attack roll.
Condition Immunities poisoned

Senses passive Perception 14

Languages Common

Challenge 1 (200 XP) Proficiency Bonus +2

Actions

Multiattack. The warforged makes two Armblade attacks.

Armblade. Melee Weapon Attack: +5 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 6 (1d6 + 3)
slashing damage.

Javelin. Melee or Ranged Weapon Attack: +5 to hit, reach 5 ft. or range 30/120 ft.,
one target. Hit: 6 (1d6 + 3) piercing damage.

Reactions

ARTIST: CLAUDIO POZAS

Whirling Chandelier

Compared to other animated objects, whirling chandeliers seem to have capricious personalities. Victims typically perceive a whirling chandelier’s
Blazing Vortex as mischievousness or outright malevolence, though the chandelier lacks any understanding of such concepts. A whirling chandelier
makes tactical decisions only as a means to perform its master’s orders to the best of its ability.

WHIRLING CHANDELIER False Appearance. If the chandelier is motionless at the start of combat, it has
Large Construct, Unaligned advantage on its initiative roll. Moreover, if a creature hasn’t observed the
chandelier move or act, that creature must succeed on a DC 18 Intelligence
Armor Class 13 (natural armor) (Investigation) check to discern that the chandelier is animate.

Hit Points 105 (14d10 + 28) Fiery Aura. Any creature that starts its turn within 5 feet of the chandelier takes 7
(2d6) fire damage.
Speed 30 ft., fly 30 ft. (hover)
Actions
STR DEX CON Multiattack. The chandelier makes three Chain attacks, three Lamp attacks, or a
combination thereof.
18 (+4) 15 (+2) 15 (+2)
Chain. Melee Weapon Attack: +7 to hit, reach 15 ft., one target. Hit: 13 (2d8 + 4)
INT WIS CHA bludgeoning damage, and the target must succeed on a DC 15 Strength saving
throw or be pulled into an unoccupied space within 5 feet of the chandelier.
3 (−4) 5 (−3) 1 (−5)
Lamp. Melee Weapon Attack: +7 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 9 (2d4 + 4)
bludgeoning damage plus 13 (3d8) fire damage.
Damage Resistances fire Blazing Vortex (Recharge 5–6). Each creature within 20 feet of the chandelier
Damage Immunities poison, psychic and not behind total cover must succeed on a DC 14 Constitution saving throw or
take 36 (8d8) fire damage and have the blinded condition until the start of the
Condition Immunities blinded, charmed, deafened, exhaustion, frightened, chandelier’s next turn.
paralyzed, petrified, poisoned

Senses blindsight 60 ft. (blind beyond this radius), passive Perception 7

Languages understands Common but can’t speak

Challenge 8 (3,900 XP) Proficiency Bonus +3

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 35/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Bestiario - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

ARTIST: COUPLEOFKOOKS

We have updated our terms and conditions. Click the link to learn more.

SUPPORT ABOUT FIND US ON SOCIALS D&D BEYOND APP

Help Portal Contact Us

Support Forum Careers
Don't Sell or Share Wizards of the Coast
My Info
Cookies

© 2017-2024 WIZARDS OF THE COAST LLC | ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/bestiary 36/36
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

APÉNDICE A: BESTIARIO APÉNDICE C: RASTREADOR DE SECRETOS

Apéndice B: Dossier de personajes

Este apéndice describe personajes icónicos que los héroes podrían conocer durante la aventura, presentándolos en orden alfabético. Los bloques de
estadísticas se incluyen según corresponda.

Acererak

También conocido como el Devorador, Acererak es un poderoso archlich temido en ARTIST: ROBSON MICHEL

muchos mundos. Siente un placer sádico al matar aventureros atrayéndolos a sus

tumbas plagadas de trampas con la promesa de poderosos artefactos. Luego se
alimenta de sus almas para sustentar sus escapadas por el multiverso.

Historia

Hace cientos de años, Acererak era un mago mortal de Oerth dedicado a la búsqueda del
poder y la inmortalidad. Algunos dicen que Acererak fue alumno de Vecna, de quien
aprendió los secretos de los no-muertos.

Acererak recorre los aviones en busca de poderosos artefactos. Cuando el Archilich

encuentra uno particularmente intrigante, lo sella en una de sus infames tumbas para
tentar a los cazadores de tesoros a las profundidades de la mazmorra. Acererak ha
llenado estas tumbas con trampas mortales, monstruos temibles y acertijos retorcidos
destinados a atormentar y eventualmente matar a los posibles ladrones, cuyas almas
luego consume.

La más famosa de las tumbas de Acererak es la Tumba de los Horrores, que ha cobrado
la vida de muchos aventureros a lo largo de su historia. Otra tumba infame es la Tumba
de los Nueve Dioses, en la que Acererak selló a nueve dioses falsos que había matado
allí. Tiene tumbas adicionales en Oerth, en Faerûn y más allá.

A diferencia de muchos archiliches, Acererak no desea la divinidad. Sin embargo, sus

nefastas acciones le han granjeado un gran número de seguidores. Uno de esos grupos
de seguidores fundó la Bleak Academy, una institución de aprendizaje arcano y religioso
que ensalza el poder de Acererak.

Personalidad

A Acererak le encanta ver morir a otros. Se considera superior en todos los aspectos y trata a los demás como si fueran insectos molestos.
Considera incluso las criaturas que crea como meras herramientas para cumplir sus caprichos. Esta arrogancia a menudo lo ha llevado al desastre,
pero como lich, Acererak regresa continuamente a la no vida.

Alustriel Mano de Plata

ARTIST: LILY ABDULLINA

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 1/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Lady Alustriel Silverhand, llamada la Dama Brillante, ha sido una maga influyente y defensora del bien en todo Toril durante siglos. Alustriel es una de
las Siete Hermanas, hijas inmortales de Mystra, un dios de la magia. La energía divina que Mystra le pasó a Alustriel le otorga a Alustriel un poder
increíble sobre la magia arcana.

La apariencia juvenil de Alustriel como una mujer humana con cabello plateado no da ningún indicio de su vida sobrenaturalmente prolongada. Por lo
general, viste túnicas largas y empuña un bastón con cabeza de unicornio, su Bastón de Luna Plateada .

Personalidad

Alustriel’s primary concerns are to spread kindness, reward virtue, and promote a culture of compassion throughout the multiverse. She is good at
building alliances and quick to intervene when she senses a threat to the forces of good. She has traveled far and established safe houses across the
planes—such as her sanctum in the city of Sigil. Alustriel doesn’t seek personal glory or wealth; her style of influencing the cosmos is quiet yet steady.

History

Like other Chosen of Mystra, Alustriel is concerned with preserving the Weave, the primary incarnation of magic that permeates Toril. She believes
that the Weave favors those who act with mercy and compassion, seeks to deliver lives of security for all, and bolsters people’s efforts when they
seek to right wrongs and combat evil.

Nowhere are Alustriel and her deeds better known than in the Silver Marches and its capital, Silverymoon. Alustriel ruled Silverymoon for centuries,
once disguised as a wizard named Elué Dualen and then later in her true form. She helped create Silverymoon’s famous Moonbridge and cofounded
the Lady’s College, the first school in Faerûn for mages as students rather than as apprentices in service.

Alustriel stepped down as Silverymoon’s high mage more than a century ago. Her son, Methrammar Aerasumé, now leads the city and works to
uphold his mother’s legacy.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 2/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Alustriel has partaken in countless adventures before and after her tenure as Silverymoon’s high mage. She has befriended famous adventurers such
as Drizzt Do’Urden, worked with prominent organizations like the Harpers, and helped prevent or undo many kinds of evil.

ALUSTRIEL SILVERHAND Multiattack. Alustriel makes three Staff of Silverymoon attacks or two Reproving
Medium Humanoid (Human, Wizard), Chaotic Good Ray attacks.

Staff of Silverymoon. Melee Weapon Attack: +12 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit:
Armor Class 15 (18 with Mage Armor) 14 (2d8 + 5) bludgeoning damage plus 38 (7d10) radiant damage.
Hit Points 272 (32d8 + 128) Reproving Ray. Ranged Spell Attack: +14 to hit, range 120 ft., one target. Hit: 65
Speed 30 ft. (9d12 + 7) force damage, and if the target is a creature, it must make a DC 22
Charisma saving throw. On a failed save, the target has the incapacitated
condition until the start of Alustriel’s next turn. On a successful save, the target’s
STR DEX CON speed is reduced by 10 feet until the start of Alustriel’s next turn.
12 (+1) 20 (+5) 18 (+4) Argent Blaze (Requires Silver Fire). Alustriel summons a 60-foot cone of silver
fire. Each creature in that area must make a DC 22 Dexterity saving throw, taking
INT WIS CHA 77 (14d10) radiant damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a
successful one. Additionally, Alustriel or one creature of her choice within 60 feet
24 (+7) 23 (+6) 22 (+6) of her then regains 10 (3d6) hit points.

Spellcasting. Alustriel casts one of the following spells, using Intelligence as the
Saving Throws Con +11, Int +14, Wis +13 spellcasting ability (spell save DC 22):

Skills Arcana +14, History +14, Insight +13, Religion +14 At will: Dancing Lights, Detect Magic, Mage Armor (self only), Mage Hand

Damage Resistances radiant 2/day each: Detect Thoughts, Dispel Magic, Tongues

Damage Immunities poison 1/day each: Telepathy, Teleport, Time Stop

Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, poisoned Bonus Actions

Senses passive Perception 16
Silver Fire (2/Day). Brilliant silver fire harmlessly wreathes Alustriel and
Languages Common, Draconic, Elvish empowers her. The silver fire lasts for 1 hour or until she has the incapacitated
condition or uses another bonus action to quench it. While wreathed in silver fire,
Challenge 21 (33,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +7 Alustriel gains truesight within 30 feet and can use her Argent Blaze action. In
addition, Alustriel is unaffected by magic that would ascertain her alignment,
Ear of the Chosen. Whenever a creature on the same plane of existence as creature type, thoughts, or truthfulness.
Alustriel speaks Alustriel’s name, Alustriel hears her name and the next nine
words the speaker utters. Reactions

Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If Alustriel fails a saving throw, she can choose to Shining Counterspell. Alustriel interrupts a creature she can see within 60 feet of
succeed instead. herself that is casting a spell. If the spell is 5th level or lower, it fails and has no
Special Equipment. Alustriel carries a magic staff known as the Staff of effect. If the spell is 6th level or higher, Alustriel makes an Intelligence check (DC
Silverymoon. In the hands of anyone other than Alustriel, the Staff of Silverymoon 10 plus the spell’s level). On a successful check, the spell fails and has no effect.
is a Staff of Power. Whatever the spell’s level, the caster takes 11 (2d10) radiant damage if the spell
fails.
Actions

Kas the Betrayer

ARTIST: EKATERINA BURMAK

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 3/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

The Betrayer, the Bloody Handed, the Destroyer—Kas has earned many epithets during his long existence. He is a vampire, legendary swordfighter,
and ruthless warlord, and he is driven primarily by one thing: his hatred for Vecna.

Kas resembles a well-muscled, raven-haired, human man in his thirties, though he is far older. His fangs reveal his vampiric nature.

Personality

Kas is cruel, spiteful, and unrelenting in his pursuit of vengeance against Vecna. He readily lies, breaks promises, betrays allies, and taunts those who
fall for his ruses. Kas has little use for those who won’t validate his superiority or help advance his goals.

In this adventure, Kas fools Tasha and Alustriel, two incredibly powerful wizards. In addition to defeating Vecna, Kas desperately wants the wizards to
witness and acknowledge his strength.

KAS THE BETRAYER Saving Throws Con +13, Wis +11, Cha +15
Medium Undead (Vampire), Neutral Evil Skills Arcana +14, Deception +22, Perception +11, Stealth +12

Armor Class 18 (plate) Damage Immunities necrotic, poison; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from
nonmagical attacks
Hit Points 315 (30d8 + 180)
Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, paralyzed, poisoned
Speed 40 ft.
Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 21

STR DEX CON Languages Abyssal, Common, Draconic, Infernal

Challenge 23 (50,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +7

26 (+8) 20 (+5) 22 (+6)
Eager Betrayer. Kas adds 1d10 to his initiative rolls. He has advantage on attack
INT WIS CHA
rolls against any creature that has the frightened condition.
24 (+7) 19 (+4) 26 (+8) Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If Kas fails a saving throw, he can choose to
succeed instead.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 4/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Regeneration. Kas regains 20 hit points at the start of his turn if he has at least 1 Change Shape. Kas transforms into a Medium cloud of mist or back into his true
hit point. If he takes radiant damage, this trait doesn’t function at the start of his form. Anything he is wearing transforms with him, but nothing he is carrying
next turn. does. He reverts to his true form if he dies. While in mist form, Kas has a flying
speed of 20 feet, can hover, and can enter a hostile creature’s space and stop
Special Equipment. Kas wears the Crown of Lies (see the introduction).
there. Kas can pass through a space without squeezing as long as air can pass
Spider Climb. Kas can climb difficult surfaces, including upside down on ceilings, through that space, but he can’t pass through water. Kas has advantage on
without needing to make an ability check. Strength, Dexterity, and Constitution saving throws, and he is immune to all
nonmagical damage except the damage he takes as part of his Sunlight
Strength of the Night. Kas doesn’t require a coffin, and he drinks blood to sow
Hypersensitivity trait. While in mist form, Kas can’t take any actions, speak, or
terror rather than for sustenance. If destroyed, Kas revives in 1d100 nights in an
manipulate objects.
unoccupied space in Tovag, his Domain of Dread. He can be permanently
destroyed only by having a stake driven through his heart and then being Menacing Glare. Kas targets one creature he can see within 60 feet of himself.
beheaded. The stake must be cut from a tree growing in soil from Oerth, Kas’s The target must succeed on a DC 23 Wisdom saving throw or have the frightened
home world. condition until the start of Kas’s next turn.

Sunlight Hypersensitivity. While in sunlight, Kas takes 20 radiant damage at the Reactions
start of his turn, has disadvantage on attack rolls and ability checks, and can’t use
Change Shape. Parrying Riposte. Kas adds 3 to his AC against one melee attack roll that would
hit him. He then makes one Vengeful Sword attack against the attacker if it is
Actions within his reach. On a hit, the target takes an additional 9 (2d8) slashing damage.

Multiattack. Kas makes three Vengeful Sword attacks. He can replace one of Legendary Actions
these attacks with a Bite attack.
Kas can take 3 legendary actions, choosing from the options below. Only one
Vengeful Sword. Melee Weapon Attack: +15 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 20
legendary action can be used at a time and only at the end of another creature’s
(2d8 + 11) slashing damage. The sword scores a critical hit on a roll of 19 or 20. turn. Kas regains spent legendary actions at the start of his turn.
Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +15 to hit, reach 5 ft., one creature. Hit: 11 (1d6 + 8) Move. Kas moves up to his speed without provoking opportunity attacks.
piercing damage plus 10 (3d6) necrotic damage. The target’s hit point maximum
is reduced by an amount equal to the necrotic damage taken, and Kas regains a Sword (Costs 2 Actions). Kas makes one Vengeful Sword attack.
number of hit points equal to that amount. The reduction lasts until the target
Rise, Fallen Soldier (Costs 3 Actions). Kas magically summons a specter. The
finishes a long rest. The target dies if its hit point maximum is reduced to 0. A
specter appears in an unoccupied space within 30 feet of Kas, whom it obeys.
Humanoid slain in this way and then buried rises the following night as a vampire The specter takes its turn immediately after Kas. It lasts for 1 hour, until Kas dies,
spawn under Kas’s control.
or until Kas dismisses it as a bonus action. Kas can’t have more than two
specters summoned at a time.
Bonus Actions

Lolth the Spider Queen

Lolth—the demon-god of deceit, shadows, and spiders—gains power by deceiving allies and enemies alike. Worshipers of the Spider Queen believe
she can see through the eyes of all spiders and insist she is all-knowing.

History

In eons past, Lolth regularly plotted against her family of elven gods, seeking to kill those deities and subjugate their followers. Though her attempts
mostly failed, she learned from them and grew mightier.

Her failed attempt on the life of the powerful elven god Corellon Larethian resulted in Lolth’s banishment to the Abyss. There she conquered a layer
known as the Demonweb, where she now makes her home. Lolth embraces her surroundings and takes the form of a demon, regularly appearing as a
beautiful elven woman with the lower body of an enormous, monstrous spider. Lolth relishes her title of the Spider Queen and attempts to annihilate
any who doubt her power.

Lolth became the patron god of evil monsters that dwell in Faerûn’s Underdark. Some Humanoids also choose to worship her. Lolth conveys her favor
in monstrous ways. One of the most accursed of the Spider Queen’s gifts is transformation into a drider.

Followers of Lolth seek to foment chaos everywhere in the Spider Queen’s name. The more ruthless and fanatically devoted to Lolth a worshiper is,
the higher that worshiper ranks in Lolth’s favor.

Personality

Lolth is a cruel god. She loves chaos and hurting the innocent, especially those who oppose her power-hungry ideals. The suffering of others delights
her, and if that pain benefits her plans, all the better.

The Spider Queen employs duplicity and sadism against her enemies, but she also enjoys bedeviling those who claim to love her. She promises great
rewards to those who follow her without question; whether she delivers on her vows depends on her whims.

The Spider Queen often allies with other gods or powerful demon lords, though she does so only for personal gain. At the first sign of any
inconvenience, Lolth abandons her allies. Despite that fact, some believe her patronage is valuable.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 5/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Most recently, Lolth allied with Vecna. The archlich promised Lolth a place at his side as the second-most powerful being in existence if she aids his
efforts to use the Ritual of Remaking to re-form the multiverse. Lolth has deployed armies to protect Vecna on Pandemonium, though if the tide turns
against the archlich, Lolth plans to strand her forces.
ARTIST: EKATERINA BURMAK

Lord Soth

Lord Soth is the most powerful death knight on Krynn. Once a

Solamnic Knight of the Order of the Rose, Soth was a paragon LORD SOTH
Medium Undead (Paladin), Lawful Evil
of virtue and justice who allowed his pride to lead him down an
Armor Class 18 (plate)
evil path. Soth perished during Krynn’s Cataclysm, then rose
Hit Points 228 (24d8 + 120)
from the ashes as a death knight. Soth lives in his cursed
Speed 30 ft.
castle, Dargaard Keep.

STR DEX CON

22 (+6) 11 (+0) 20 (+5)

INT WIS CHA

12 (+1) 16 (+3) 20 (+5)

Saving Throws Dex +6, Wis +9, Cha +11

Damage Immunities necrotic, poison

Condition Immunities exhaustion, frightened, poisoned

Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 13

Languages Common, Infernal, Solamnic

Challenge 19 (22,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +6

Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If Soth fails a saving throw, he can choose to succeed
instead.

Magic Resistance. Soth has advantage on saving throws against spells and other magical
effects.

Marshal Undead. Unless Soth has the incapacitated condition, he and Undead creatures of
his choice within 60 feet of him are immune to features that turn Undead.

Actions

Multiattack. Soth makes three Forsaken Brand attacks.

Forsaken Brand. Melee Weapon Attack: +12 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 10 (1d8 + 6)
slashing damage plus 18 (4d8) necrotic damage, and if the target is a creature, it can’t
regain hit points until the start of Soth’s next turn.
ARTIST: VETLIN VELINOV

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 6/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Cataclysmic Fire (1/Day). Soth hurls a magical ball of fire that explodes at a point he can
see within 120 feet of himself. Each creature in a 20-foot-radius sphere centered on that
point must make a DC 19 Dexterity saving throw. A creature takes 35 (10d6) fire damage
and 35 (10d6) necrotic damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful
one.

Additionally, any Medium or smaller Humanoid killed by this damage, as well as every
corpse of such a creature within the sphere, becomes a skeleton under Soth’s control. The
skeleton acts on Soth’s initiative but immediately after his turn. Absent any other
command, the skeleton tries to kill any non-Undead creature it encounters.

Spellcasting. Soth casts one of the following spells, requiring no material components and
using Charisma as the spellcasting ability (spell save DC 19):

At will: Command (cast at 3rd level)

2/day each: Dispel Magic, Hold Person (cast at 3rd level)

1/day: Banishment (cast at 6th level)

Word of Death (1/Day). Soth points at a creature he can see within 60 feet of himself and
magically commands it to die. The target must make a DC 19 Constitution saving throw,
taking 100 necrotic damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one.
If this damage reduces the target to 0 hit points, the target dies.

Legendary Actions

Soth can take 3 legendary actions, choosing from the options below. Only one legendary
action can be used at a time and only at the end of another creature’s turn. Soth regains
spent legendary actions at the start of his turn.

Implacable Maneuver. Soth moves up to his speed or commands a mount he is riding to

move up to its speed. The movement from this action doesn’t provoke opportunity
attacks. If he or his mount moves within 5 feet of a creature during this movement, he can
force the creature to make a DC 20 Strength saving throw. The creature has the prone
condition unless it succeeds on the saving throw.

Strike (Costs 2 Actions). Soth makes one Forsaken Brand attack.

Cast a Spell (Costs 3 Actions). Soth uses Spellcasting.

Miska the Wolf-Spider

Miska the Wolf-Spider is a legendary demon lord and master of battlefield strategy. He has the lower body of a massive armored spider, four arms,
and two enormous wolf heads that drip poison. Yet Miska’s greatest strength is his cunning mind.

ARTIST: DAVID AUDEN NASH

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 7/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

History

Ages ago, Miska led the hordes of Chaos against the forces of Law at the behest of his patron, the enigmatic Queen of Chaos. It seemed Miska’s
domination couldn’t be stopped.

In desperation, Miska’s opponents crafted an artifact to bind him in an extraplanar prison. This rod broke apart after sealing him in Pandemonium,
scattering across the planes and becoming known as the Rod of Seven Parts. The rod is the key to releasing Miska from his long imprisonment.

MISKA THE WOLF-SPIDER Languages Abyssal, Common, telepathy 120 ft.

Huge Fiend (Demon), Chaotic Evil Challenge 24 (62,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +7

Armor Class 21 (natural armor) Foul Ichor. A creature that hits Miska with a melee weapon attack takes 7 (2d6)
Hit Points 399 (38d12 + 152) poison damage.

Speed 40 ft., climb 40 ft. Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If Miska fails a saving throw, he can choose to
succeed instead.

STR DEX CON Magic Resistance. Miska has advantage on saving throws against spells and
other magical effects.
23 (+6) 18 (+4) 19 (+4)
Spider Climb. Miska can climb difficult surfaces, including upside down on
ceilings, without needing to make an ability check.
INT WIS CHA
Web Sense. When in contact with a web, Miska knows the exact location of any
18 (+4) 21 (+5) 22 (+6) other creature in contact with the same web.

Web Walker. Miska ignores movement restrictions caused by webbing.

Saving Throws Dex +11, Con +11, Wis +12
Actions
Skills Insight +12, Perception +12, Stealth +11
Multiattack. Miska makes one Lupine Bite attack and two Trident of Chaos
Damage Resistances cold, fire, lightning
attacks.
Damage Immunities poison; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from nonmagical
attacks

Condition Immunities poisoned

Senses truesight 120 ft., passive Perception 21

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 8/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Lupine Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +13 to hit, reach 10 ft., one target. Hit: 17 Skitter. Miska moves up to his speed without provoking opportunity attacks.
(2d10 + 6) piercing damage plus 27 (6d8) poison damage. If the target is a
Cast a Spell (Costs 2 Actions). Miska uses Spellcasting.
creature, it must succeed on a DC 21 Constitution saving throw or have the
poisoned condition for 1 minute. While poisoned in this way, a creature has the
incapacitated condition and can’t regain hit points. A poisoned creature can
repeat the saving throw at the end of each of its turns, ending the effect on itself
on a success.

Trident of Chaos. Melee Weapon Attack: +13 to hit, reach 15 ft., one target. Hit:
13 (2d6 + 6) piercing damage plus 9 (2d8) force damage.

Spellcasting. Miska casts one of the following spells, requiring no material

components and using Charisma as the spellcasting ability (spell save DC 21):

At will: Disguise Self, Invisibility, Mage Hand, Minor Illusion, Web

2/day each: Dominate Monster, Mass Suggestion, Mirror Image, Telekinesis,

Teleport

Bonus Actions

Demand Loyalty. Miska magically ends the charmed and frightened conditions
on himself and on any of his allies within 120 feet of himself.

Legendary Actions

Miska can take 3 legendary actions, choosing from the options below. Only one
legendary action can be used at a time and only at the end of another creature’s
turn. Miska regains spent legendary actions at the start of his turn.

Howl. Miska utters a bloodthirsty howl at one creature within 120 feet of himself
that isn’t a Fiend. The target must succeed on a DC 21 Wisdom saving throw or
take 13 (2d12) psychic damage.

ARTIST: ZOLTAN BOROS

Mordenkainen
ARTIST: DAVID AUDEN NASH
Mordenkainen is a human wizard from Oerth whose wanderlust and hunger for new
magic take him across the multiverse. Mordenkainen is calculating and mysterious,
but he isn’t cruel.

Mordenkainen has been involved in several friendly rivalries, including with Tasha,
another powerful spellcaster from Oerth. Many significant figures across the
multiverse are aware of Mordenkainen, but few truly know him—something the
vampire Kas exploits to impersonate Mordenkainen. Throughout the adventure, Kas
is masquerading as Mordenkainen. The mage is unaware of the vampire warlord’s
actions.

History

Mordenkainen has told conflicting tales about his origins, but most scholars believe
he accumulated impressive magical power at a young age. Known for his ingenuity,
the wizard is responsible for writing several planar tomes and creating many spells
that bear his name, including Mordenkainen’s Faithful Hound and Mordenkainen’s
Magnificent Mansion.

As his fame on Oerth grew, Mordenkainen became the leader of a powerful group of
spellcasters called the Circle of Eight. The group included several wizards who
similarly pioneered new spells, including Tenser and Bigby. Eventually, the circle
disbanded after it stopped an uprising organized by Vecna. That development
fueled Mordenkainen’s lifelong hatred of the lich.

Mordenkainen travels the multiverse while following his academic whims. The
wizard owns a home called the Tower of Urm, which pops into existence in Avernus
when Mordenkainen visits to study how the Nine Hells affect various schools of
magic.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 9/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Personality

Mordenkainen is stubborn and egotistical to the point of driving even his friends to annoyance. He has few close relationships, although nearly all
wizards recognize his accomplishments. He is lonely and dreams of building a community of spellcasters who support each other. Unfortunately, his
ego makes that dream all but impossible.

Although Mordenkainen can be brash and off-putting, he eschews cruelty and sees no reason to cause pointless suffering. The wizard doesn’t like to
admit it, but he would put his own safety at risk to quell the pain of innocents.

Strahd von Zarovich

ARTIST: MARTIN MOTTET
Strahd von Zarovich is the Darklord of Barovia, a Domain of Dread. Little happens there without the
Darklord’s knowledge, although Strahd rarely pays attention to what he considers the uninteresting
dealings of lesser beings. However, once the characters arrive in Barovia, explore a place called Death
House, and find a piece of the Rod of Seven Parts there, Strahd’s interest becomes piqued, and he
makes an appearance. The characters encounter Strahd in his Master of Death House iteration in
chapter 5.

History

In life, Strahd von Zarovich was a prince, a soldier, and a conqueror. His thirst for power never sated,
Strahd made a pact with the Dark Powers to become immortal. Meanwhile, Strahd’s evil deepened,
until in a jealous rage he murdered his brother, Sergei. Sergei’s betrothed, Tatyana, leapt from a tower to
escape Strahd and vanished into the Mists rising around Barovia as Strahd slew everyone else in the
castle. He had become a vampire, and Barovia became a Domain of Dread.

Now the Dark Powers keep Strahd trapped in his realm, tormenting him with his inability to escape for
all eternity. He spends his days amusing himself as best he can, terrorizing Barovia’s people and
savoring the fear and worship he commands.

STRAHD, MASTER OF DEATH HOUSE Master of the House. When Strahd is reduced to 0 hit points, he dissolves into
Medium Undead (Vampire, Wizard), Lawful Evil mist and immediately teleports to his lair in Castle Ravenloft. After 1d4 hours,
Strahd re-forms in a random unoccupied space within his lair, regaining all his hit
Armor Class 16 (natural armor) points.

Hit Points 136 (16d8 + 64) Regeneration. Strahd regains 20 hit points at the start of his turn if he has at least
1 hit point. If he takes radiant damage, this trait doesn’t function at the start of his
Speed 30 ft. next turn.

Spider Climb. Strahd can climb difficult surfaces, including upside down on
STR DEX CON
ceilings, without needing to make an ability check.
18 (+4) 18 (+4) 18 (+4) Vampire Weaknesses. Strahd has the following flaws:

Harmed by Running Water. While in running water, Strahd takes 20 acid damage
INT WIS CHA
if he ends his turn there, and he can’t use Change Shape.
20 (+5) 15 (+2) 18 (+4) Sunlight Hypersensitivity. While in sunlight, Strahd takes 20 radiant damage at
the start of his turn, has disadvantage on attack rolls and ability checks, and can’t
use Change Shape.
Saving Throws Dex +9, Wis +7, Cha +9

Skills Arcana +15, Perception +12, Religion +10, Stealth +14 Actions

Damage Resistances necrotic; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from Multiattack. Strahd makes two Death Strike attacks. He can replace one of these
nonmagical attacks attacks with Blighted Fire if available.

Senses darkvision 120 ft., passive Perception 22 Death Strike. Melee Weapon Attack: +9 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 8 (1d8 +
4) slashing damage plus 14 (4d6) necrotic damage. If the target is a creature,
Languages Abyssal, Common, Draconic, Elvish, Giant, Infernal
Strahd can forgo dealing slashing damage; the target then has the grappled
Challenge 15 (13,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +5 condition (escape DC 18) instead. Strahd can grapple only one creature at a time.

Blighted Fire (Recharge 5–6). Strahd summons shadowy, necrotic fire that fills a
Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If Strahd fails a saving throw, he can choose to 20-foot-radius sphere centered on a point he can see within 90 feet of himself.
succeed instead. Each creature in that area must make a DC 18 Dexterity saving throw, taking 14
(4d6) fire damage plus 14 (4d6) necrotic damage on a failed save or half as much
damage on a successful one.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 10/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Charm. Strahd targets one Humanoid he can see within 30 feet of himself. The Change Shape. Strahd transforms into a new form or back into his true form.
target must succeed on a DC 17 Wisdom saving throw or have the charmed Anything he is wearing transforms with him, but nothing he is carrying does. He
condition. The charmed target regards Strahd as a trusted friend to be heeded reverts to his true form if he dies. When transforming into a new form, Strahd
and protected. The target isn’t under Strahd’s control, but it takes Strahd’s chooses one of the following options:
requests and actions in the most favorable way. Each time Strahd or his
Beast Form. Strahd transforms into a Tiny bat (flying speed 30 ft.) or a Medium
companions deal damage to the target, it can repeat the saving throw, ending the
wolf (speed 40 ft.). While in that form, he can’t speak, and he retains his game
effect on itself on a success. Otherwise, the effect lasts 24 hours or until Strahd
statistics other than his size and speed.
is reduced to 0 hit points, is on a different plane of existence than the target, or
uses a bonus action to end the effect. Mist Form. Strahd transforms into a Medium cloud of mist. While in this form,
Strahd has a flying speed of 20 feet, can hover, and can enter a hostile creature’s
Spellcasting. Strahd casts one of the following spells, using Intelligence as the
space and stop there. Strahd can pass through a space without squeezing as
spellcasting ability (spell save DC 18):
long as air can pass through that space, but he can’t pass through water. Strahd
At will: Detect Thoughts, Fog Cloud, Mage Hand has advantage on Strength, Dexterity, and Constitution saving throws, and he is
immune to all nonmagical damage except the damage he takes as part of his
2/day each: Animate Dead (as an action), Gust of Wind, Mirror Image,
Vampire Weaknesses trait. While in mist form, Strahd can’t take any actions,
Nondetection
speak, or manipulate objects.
1/day each: Greater Invisibility, Polymorph, Scrying (as an action)
Legendary Actions
Bonus Actions
Strahd can take 3 legendary actions, choosing from the options below. Only one
Bite. Melee Weapon Attack: +9 to hit, reach 5 ft., one creature that has the legendary action option can be used at a time and only at the end of another
charmed or grappled condition. Hit: 7 (1d6 + 4) piercing damage plus 10 (3d6) creature’s turn. Strahd regains spent legendary actions at the start of his turn.
necrotic damage. The target’s hit point maximum is reduced by an amount equal
Cunning Escape. Strahd moves up to his speed without provoking opportunity
to the necrotic damage taken, and Strahd regains a number of hit points equal to
attacks.
that amount. The reduction lasts until the target finishes a long rest. The target
dies if its hit point maximum is reduced to 0. A Humanoid slain in this way and Strike (Costs 2 Actions). Strahd makes one Death Strike attack.
then buried rises the following night as a vampire spawn under Strahd’s control.

Tasha

Tasha’s path to greatness began when she was adopted by the arch-hag
TASHA THE WITCH Baba Yaga, who named her Natasha. Tasha went on to create various
Medium Humanoid (Human, Wizard), Chaotic Neutral
spells, including Tasha’s Hideous Laughter, and her magic-fueled
Armor Class 19 (Robe of the Archmagi)
ambitions brought her into contact with demons and demon lords, which
Hit Points 210 (28d8 + 84)
she subjugated and used against her enemies. On the Material Plane, she
Speed 30 ft.
became known as Iggwilv the Witch Queen and wrote the Demonomicon
of Iggwilv, the greatest of all treatises on the Abyss and its demonic
STR DEX CON
inhabitants. In recent years, Tasha has sequestered herself in the
10 (+0) 18 (+4) 17 (+3)
Feywild, achieving incredible power and slowly turning into a Fey
INT WIS CHA creature. Tasha has become Zybilna, archfey of the domain of Prismeer.

23 (+6) 12 (+1) 22 (+6)

Saving Throws Int +12, Wis +7, Cha +12

Skills Arcana +18, History +12, Persuasion +12

Condition Immunities charmed, frightened

Senses passive Perception 11

Languages Abyssal, Celestial, Common, Draconic, Elvish, Infernal, Sylvan

Challenge 19 (22,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +6

Legendary Resistance (3/Day). If Tasha fails a saving throw, she can choose
to succeed instead.

Magic Resistance. Tasha has advantage on saving throws against spells and
other magical effects. (This trait is bestowed by her Robe of the Archmagi.)

Special Equipment. Tasha wears a Robe of the Archmagi.

Actions

Multiattack. Tasha makes two Caustic Blast attacks and uses Psychic Whip
once.

Caustic Blast. Melee or Ranged Spell Attack: +14 to hit, reach 5 ft. or range
120 ft., one target. Hit: 21 (6d4 + 6) acid damage.

Psychic Whip. Tasha psychically lashes out at one creature she can see within
90 feet of herself. The target must make a DC 20 Intelligence saving throw. On
a failed save, the target takes 21 (6d6) psychic damage and has the stunned
condition until the start of Tasha’s next turn. On a successful save, the target
takes half as much damage only.

ARTIST: CAROLINE GARIBA

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 11/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Spellcasting. Tasha casts one of the following spells, using Intelligence as the
spellcasting ability (spell save DC 22, +14 to hit with spell attacks):

At will: Detect Magic, Disguise Self, Dispel Magic, Light, Mage Hand, Message,
Prestidigitation, Tasha’s Hideous Laughter

2/day: Polymorph

1/day each: Maze, Telekinesis

Bonus Actions

Abyssal Visage (2/Day). For 1 minute, Tasha gains a flying speed of 30 feet, is
immune to poison damage and the poisoned condition, and has advantage on
attack rolls against any creature that doesn’t have all its hit points. These
benefits end early if Tasha has the incapacitated condition or if she uses
another bonus action to dismiss them.

Reactions

Arcane Rebuff. Immediately after Tasha takes damage, she unleashes arcane
energy in a 10-foot-radius sphere centered on herself. All other creatures in
that area must make a DC 20 Dexterity saving throw, taking 19 (3d12) lightning
damage on a failed save or half as much damage on a successful one. Tasha
then teleports, along with any equipment she is wearing or carrying, to an
unoccupied space she can see within 60 feet of herself.

Answering the Summons

When Zybilna received Alustriel Silverhand’s summons to combat Vecna, the archfey was sorely needed in Prismeer. As a compromise, and to honor
Tasha’s friendship with Alustriel, Zybilna sent a version of herself from the past to Alustriel’s side. The Tasha who appears in the adventure is a
powerful wizard, though she is not yet a witch queen or an archfey.

Tiamat

The terrifying dragon god Tiamat is the progenitor of chromatic dragons across the multiverse. Her earliest background is shrouded in mystery, but
Tiamat’s grand, five-headed silhouette has become an iconic symbol of avarice and destruction.

History

ARTIST: JULIAN KOK

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 12/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

Tiamat is one of two primordial dragons, the other being Bahamut, the progenitor of metallic dragons. Together Tiamat and Bahamut created what
became known as the First World: the first iteration of physical reality, which was subsequently sundered into the innumerable realities that now make
up the Material Plane. The first inhabitant of this First World was Sardior, a ruby-red dragon with jeweled scales they made in their likeness, who
worked with Bahamut and Tiamat to create metallic and chromatic dragons. The Draconic poem “Elegy for the First World” describes how hordes of
creatures overran this fledgling world, waging war on the dragons and colonizing the realm in the names of their gods. Bahamut and Tiamat were
defeated, and Sardior disappeared.

Sometime after the destruction of the First World, Tiamat carved out a lair in Avernus, the first layer of the Nine Hells, where she commands a
fearsome legion of followers. She maintains a courteous relationship with Asmodeus, the ruler of the Nine Hells, and commands draconic devils
called abishais as her agents. Each type of abishai bears the coloring of one of Tiamat’s five heads.

Across many worlds, Tiamat is worshiped as a god, with clerics at her disposal. Mortals who covet wealth and power pledge their lives to the dragon
queen. Tiamat can send a fragment of her power to the Material Plane, which manifests as a titanic, five-headed dragon driven by rampaging greed.

Personality

Tiamat embodies the vices of evil dragons. She is vengeful and covets power and wealth above all else. However, Tiamat isn’t reckless in her quests
to expand her hoard. The dragon queen exhibits shrewd battle tactics and beguiling charm, easily swaying mortals. Each of Tiamat’s five heads has
its own voice and mannerisms, but they all share the same consciousness.

The relationship between Tiamat and Bahamut is complicated. Many texts portray the two as mortal enemies, but other histories of the First World
depict the two as partners; some even speculate that she still feels great love for her creations on the Material Plane and grief over the loss of
Sardior.

Vecna

ARTIST: SCOTT MURPHY

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 13/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond

On countless worlds, his name evokes tales of terror and cruelty: Vecna, the Undying King. Vecna, the Whispered One. Vecna, the Lord of the Rotted
Tower. But Vecna had humble beginnings on the world of Oerth, where an order of wizards used him as a bootblack and scribe. He spent the better
part of his childhood secretly educating himself in his masters’ arts. Once Vecna learned all he could, he massacred the wizards. He then recorded
his every foul thought and dream as he started to write his Book of Vile Darkness.

Vecna forged a kingdom on Oerth, but he grew bored with it after several centuries. He started inflicting suffering on other worlds. In this adventure,
Vecna has risen to godhood on Oerth, but he seeks to become the most powerful god in existence and bend the multiverse to his will. By the time the
characters are involved, Vecna’s master plan is almost complete. He has funneled a significant amount of his energy into weaving his ritual.
Therefore, when the characters finally confront Vecna and try to save the multiverse, he is in his archlich form and not his divine form.

VECNA THE ARCHLICH Damage Immunities poison; bludgeoning, piercing, and slashing from nonmagical
attacks
Medium Undead (Wizard), Lawful Evil
Condition Immunities charmed, exhaustion, frightened, paralyzed, poisoned,
Armor Class 18 (natural armor)
stunned
Hit Points 272 (32d8 + 128) Senses truesight 120 ft., passive Perception 25
Speed 30 ft. Languages Common, Draconic, Elvish, Infernal

Challenge 26 (90,000 XP) Proficiency Bonus +8

STR DEX CON

14 (+2) 16 (+3) 18 (+4) Legendary Resistance (5/Day). If Vecna fails a saving throw, he can choose to
succeed instead.

INT WIS CHA Special Equipment. Vecna carries a magic dagger named Afterthought. In the
hands of anyone other than Vecna, Afterthought is a +2 Dagger.
22 (+6) 24 (+7) 16 (+3)
Undying. If Vecna is slain, his soul refuses to accept its fate and lives on as a
disembodied spirit that fashions a new body for itself after 1d100 years. Vecna’s
Saving Throws Con +12, Int +14, Wis +15 new body appears within 100 miles of where he was slain. When the new body is
complete, Vecna regains all his hit points and becomes active again.
Skills Arcana +22, History +14, Insight +15, Perception +15

Damage Resistances cold, lightning, necrotic Actions

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 14/15
24/5/24, 4:21 p.m. Dossier de personajes - Vecna: Eve of Ruin - Fuentes - D&D Beyond
Multiattack. Vecna uses Flight of the Damned (if available), Rotten Fate, or 2/día cada uno: Puerta Dimensional , Invisibilidad , Adivinación (como acción)
Spellcasting. He then makes two attacks with Afterthought.
1/día cada uno: Dominar Monstruo , Globo de Invulnerabilidad , Cambio de Plano
Afterthought. Melee Weapon Attack: +13 to hit, reach 5 ft., one target. Hit: 7 (1d4 (solo para uno mismo)
+ 5) piercing damage plus 9 (2d8) necrotic damage. If the target is a creature, it is
afflicted by entropic magic, taking 9 (2d8) necrotic damage at the start of each of Acciones de bonificación
its turns. Immediately after taking this damage on its turn, the target must make a
Teletransporte vil. Vecna ​se teletransporta, junto con cualquier equipo que esté
DC 20 Constitution saving throw, ending the effect on itself on a success. Until it
usando o llevando, hasta 30 pies a un espacio desocupado que pueda ver. Puede
succeeds on this save, the afflicted target can’t regain hit points.
hacer que cada criatura de su elección dentro de 15 pies de su espacio de
Flight of the Damned (Recharge 5–6). Vecna conjures a torrent of flying, spectral destino reciba 10 (3d6) de daño psíquico. Si al menos una criatura sufre este
entities that fill a 120-foot cone and pass through all creatures in that area before daño, Vecna ​recupera 80 puntos de vida.
dissipating. Each creature in that area must make a DC 22 Constitution saving
throw. On a failed save, the creature takes 36 (8d8) necrotic damage and has the Reacciones
frightened condition for 1 minute. On a successful save, the creature takes half
Vecna ​puede realizar hasta tres reacciones por ronda, pero sólo una por turno.
as much damage only. A frightened creature can repeat the saving throw at the
end of each of its turns, ending the effect on itself on a success. Contrahechizo aterrador. Vecna ​pronuncia una palabra terrible para interrumpir a
una criatura que puede ver que está lanzando un hechizo. Si el hechizo es de
Rotten Fate. Vecna causes necrotic magic to engulf one creature he can see nivel 4 o inferior, falla y no tiene ningún efecto. Si el hechizo es de nivel 5 o
within 120 feet of himself. The target must make a DC 22 Constitution saving superior, Vecna ​realiza una prueba de Inteligencia (CD 10 más el nivel del
throw, taking 96 (8d8 + 60) necrotic damage on a failed save or half as much
hechizo). Con una prueba exitosa, el hechizo falla y no tiene ningún efecto.
damage on a successful one. A Humanoid killed by this magic rises as a zombie Cualquiera que sea el nivel del hechizo, el lanzador sufre 10 (3d6) de daño
at the start of Vecna’s next turn and acts immediately after Vecna in the initiative psíquico si el hechizo falla.
order. The zombie is under Vecna’s control.
Cayó reprensión. En respuesta a ser golpeado por un ataque, Vecna ​pronuncia
Spellcasting. Vecna casts one of the following spells, requiring no material una mala palabra, causando 10 (3d6) de daño necrótico al atacante, y Vecna ​se
components and using Intelligence as the spellcasting ability (spell save DC 22): teletransporta, junto con cualquier equipo que esté usando o llevando, hasta 30
At will: Animate Dead (as an action), Detect Magic, Dispel Magic, Fly, Lightning pies a un espacio desocupado que pueda ver.
Bolt, Mage Hand, Prestidigitation

Hemos actualizado nuestros términos y condiciones . Haga clic en el enlace para obtener más información.

APOYO ACERCA DE ENCUÉNTRANOS EN LAS APLICACIÓN D&D MÁS ALLÁ

REDES SOCIALES
Portal de ayuda Contáctenos
Foro de soporte Carreras
No vendas ni magos de la costa
compartas mi
información
Galletas

© 2017- 2024 MAGOS DE LA COSTA LLC | RESERVADOS TODOS LOS DERECHOS

Dungeons & Dragons, D&D Beyond, D&D, Wizards of the Coast, el símbolo del dragón y todos los demás
nombres de productos, configuraciones de campaña, sus respectivos logotipos y el mejor juego de rol del POLÍTICA DE PRIVACIDAD TÉRMINOS DE SERVICIO
mundo de Wizards of the Coast son © y marca registrada de Wizards of the Coast en Estados Unidos y
otros países. © 2024 Magos.

https://www.dndbeyond.com/sources/veor/character-dossier 15/15